From cb6b82b5dc6ff89a0fe6ed4a1078fca1dfedb567 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jelmer Vernooij Date: Wed, 13 Aug 2003 03:57:48 +0000 Subject: Regenerate docs (This used to be commit 85414c8780cf57c396fea395918dfd161d67edb4) --- docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html | 8627 +++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 3985 insertions(+), 4642 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html') diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html index 44d9954758..a721fea6f1 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html @@ -16,14 +16,7 @@ insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obt from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big "Thank-you" is also offered. Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTOs - they are a source of inspiration and application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators. -">

SAMBA Project Documentation

Edited by

Jelmer R. Vernooij

John H. Terpstra

Gerald (Jerry) Carter

-This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) -version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source -distribution. A copy can be found on-line at http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt -

Attributions.  -
Introduction to Samba
How to Install and Test SAMBA
Fast Start for the Impatient
Server Types and Security Modes
Domain Control
Backup Domain Control
Domain Membership
Stand-Alone Servers
MS Windows Network Configuration Guide
Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide
Account Information Databases
Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups
File, Directory and Share Access Controls
File and Record Locking
Securing Samba
Interdomain Trust Relationships
Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba
Classical Printing Support
CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0
Stackable VFS modules
  • Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org>

  • John Terpstra <jht@samba.org>

  • Tim Potter

  • Simo Sorce (original vfs_skel README)

  • Alexander Bokovoy (original vfs_netatalk docs)

  • Stefan Metzmacher (Update for multiple modules)

Integrated Logon Support using Winbind
Advanced Network Management
System and Account Policies
Desktop Profile Management
PAM based Distributed Authentication
Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
Unicode/Charsets
Samba Backup Techniques
High Availability Options
Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0
Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC
SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool
The Samba checklist
Analysing and solving samba problems
Reporting Bugs
How to compile SAMBA
Portability
Samba and other CIFS clients
Samba Performance Tuning
DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide
Further Resources
- -

Monday April 21, 2003

Abstract

+">

SAMBA Project Documentation

Edited by

Jelmer R. Vernooij

John H. Terpstra

Gerald (Jerry) Carter

Monday April 21, 2003

Abstract

This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years. Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents. @@ -41,43 +34,49 @@ insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obt from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big "Thank-you" is also offered. Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTOs - they are a source of inspiration and application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators. -


Table of Contents

I. General Installation
1. Introduction to Samba
Background
Terminology
Related Projects
SMB Methodology
Epilogue
Miscellaneous
2. How to Install and Test SAMBA
Obtaining and installing samba
Configuring samba (smb.conf)
Example Configuration
SWAT
Try listing the shares available on your - server
Try connecting with the unix client
Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client
What If Things Don't Work?
Common Errors
Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?
I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs
3. Fast Start for the Impatient
Note
II. Server Configuration Basics
4. Server Types and Security Modes
Features and Benefits
Server Types
Samba Security Modes
User Level Security
Share Level Security
Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)
ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)
Server Security (User Level Security)
Seamless Windows Network Integration
Common Errors
What makes Samba a SERVER?
What makes Samba a Domain Controller?
What makes Samba a Domain Member?
Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server
5. Domain Control
Features and Benefits
Basics of Domain Control
Domain Controller Types
Preparing for Domain Control
Domain Control - Example Configuration
Samba ADS Domain Control
Domain and Network Logon Configuration
Domain Network Logon Service
Security Mode and Master Browsers
Common Problems and Errors
I cannot include a '$' in a machine name
I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." -or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.
The system can not log you on (C000019B)....
The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.
When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.
Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"
6. Backup Domain Control
Features And Benefits
Essential Background Information
MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control
Active Directory Domain Control
What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?
How does a Workstation find its domain controller?
Backup Domain Controller Configuration
Example Configuration
Common Errors
Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?
Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?
How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?
Can I do this all with LDAP?
7. Domain Membership
Features and Benefits
MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain
"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member
Domain Member Server
Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3
Why is this better than security = server?
Samba ADS Domain Membership
Setup your smb.conf
Setup your /etc/krb5.conf
Create the computer account
Test your server setup
Testing with smbclient
Notes
Common Errors
Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain
Adding Machine to Domain Fails
8. Stand-Alone Servers
Features and Benefits
Background
Example Configuration
Reference Documentation Server
Central Print Serving
Common Errors
9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide
Note
III. Advanced Configuration
10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide
Features and Benefits
What is Browsing?
Discussion
NetBIOS over TCP/IP
TCP/IP - without NetBIOS
DNS and Active Directory
How Browsing Functions
Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
Setting up DOMAIN Browsing
Forcing Samba to be the master
Making Samba the domain master
Note about broadcast addresses
Multiple interfaces
Use of the Remote Announce parameter
Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter
WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server
Setting up a WINS server
WINS Replication
Static WINS Entries
Helpful Hints
Windows Networking Protocols
Name Resolution Order
Technical Overview of browsing
Browsing support in Samba
Problem resolution
Browsing across subnets
Common Errors
How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?
My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"
11. Account Information Databases
Features and Benefits
Technical Information
Important Notes About Security
Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix
Account Management Tools
The smbpasswd Command
The pdbedit Command
Password Backends
Plain Text
smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database
tdbsam
ldapsam
MySQL
XML
Common Errors
Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM
Users are being added to the wrong backend database
auth methods does not work
12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups
Features and Benefits
Discussion
Example Configuration
Configuration Scripts
Sample smb.conf add group script
Script to configure Group Mapping
Common Errors
Adding Groups Fails
Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls
Features and Benefits
File System Access Controls
MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems
Managing Directories
File and Directory Access Control
Share Definition Access Controls
User and Group Based Controls
File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
Miscellaneous Controls
Access Controls on Shares
Share Permissions Management
MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability
Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs
Viewing File Security on a Samba Share
Viewing file ownership
Viewing File or Directory Permissions
Modifying file or directory permissions
Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters
Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping
Common Errors
Users can not write to a public share
I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files - I touch!
14. File and Record Locking
Features and Benefits
Discussion
Opportunistic Locking Overview
Samba Opportunistic Locking Control
Example Configuration
MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls
Workstation Service Entries
Server Service Entries
Persistent Data Corruption
Common Errors
locking.tdb error messages
Additional Reading
15. Securing Samba
Introduction
Features and Benefits
Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues
Using host based protection
User based protection
Using interface protection
Using a firewall
Using a IPC$ share deny
NTLMv2 Security
Upgrading Samba
Common Errors
Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead
Why can users access home directories of other users?
16. Interdomain Trust Relationships
Features and Benefits
Trust Relationship Background
Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)
NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)
Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts
Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain
Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain
Common Errors
Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba
17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba
Features and Benefits
Common Errors
18. Classical Printing Support
Features and Benefits
Technical Introduction
What happens if you send a Job from a Client
Printing Related Configuration Parameters
Parameters Recommended for Use
Parameters for Backwards Compatibility
Parameters no longer in use
A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3
Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
A little Experiment to warn you
Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3
Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
The [global] Section
The [printers] Section
Any [my_printer_name] Section
Print Commands
Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems
Setting up your own Print Commands
Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3
Creating the [print$] Share
Parameters in the [print$] Section
Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
Installing Drivers into [print$]
Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
Setting Drivers for existing Printers with -rpcclient
"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install -Procedure)
The first Client Driver Installation
IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
Further Client Driver Install Procedures
Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
Other Gotchas
Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
Supporting large Numbers of Printers
Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a -different Name
Be careful when assembling Driver Files
Samba and Printer Ports
Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
The Imprints Toolset
What is Imprints?
Creating Printer Driver Packages
The Imprints Server
The Installation Client
Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
The addprinter command
Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3
Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
Common Errors and Problems
I give my root password but I don't get access
My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost
19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0
Introduction
Features and Benefits
Overview
Basic Configuration of CUPS support
Linking of smbd with libcups.so
Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
More complex smb.conf Settings for -CUPS
Advanced Configuration
Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing -with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
Explicitly enable "raw" printing for -application/octet-stream!
Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing -with PostScript Driver Download
GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix
Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
PostScript and Ghostscript
Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
The CUPS Filtering Architecture
MIME types and CUPS Filters
MIME type Conversion Rules
Filter Requirements
Prefilters
pstops
pstoraster
imagetops and imagetoraster
rasterto [printers specific]
CUPS Backends
cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
The Complete Picture
mime.convs
"Raw" printing
"application/octet-stream" printing
PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and -native CUPS printing
Examples for filtering Chains
Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
Printing with Interface Scripts
Network printing (purely Windows)
From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
Driver Execution on the Client
Driver Execution on the Server
Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print -Servers)
From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use -PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many -Problems
Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?
PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel -Mode
Setting up CUPS for driver Download
cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
Prepare your smb.conf for -cupsaddsmb
CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
Recognize the different Driver Files
Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for -WinNT/2k/XP"
Caveats to be considered
What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for -Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?
Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
Understanding cupsaddsmb
How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully
cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
cupsaddsmb Flowchart
Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the -Client
Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using -rpcclient)
A Check of the rpcclient man Page
Understanding the rpcclient man Page
Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps
Troubleshooting revisited
The printing *.tdb Files
Trivial DataBase Files
Binary Format
Losing *.tdb Files
Using tdbbackup
CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
Page Accounting with CUPS
Setting up Quotas
Correct and incorrect Accounting
Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
The page_log File Syntax
Possible Shortcomings
Future Developments
Other Accounting Tools
Additional Material
Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
CUPS Configuration Settings explained
Pre-conditions
Manual Configuration
When not to use Samba to print to -CUPS
In Case of Trouble.....
Where to find Documentation
How to ask for Help
Where to find Help
Appendix
Printing from CUPS to Windows attached -Printers
More CUPS filtering Chains
Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing -Problems
An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes
20. Stackable VFS modules
Features and Benefits
Discussion
Included modules
audit
extd_audit
fake_perms
recycle
netatalk
VFS modules available elsewhere
DatabaseFS
vscan
Common Errors
21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind
Features and Benefits
Introduction
What Winbind Provides
Target Uses
How Winbind Works
Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls
Microsoft Active Directory Services
Name Service Switch
Pluggable Authentication Modules
User and Group ID Allocation
Result Caching
Installation and Configuration
Introduction
Requirements
Testing Things Out
Conclusion
Common Errors
22. Advanced Network Management
Features and Benefits
Remote Server Administration
Remote Desktop Management
Remote Management from NoMachines.Com
Network Logon Script Magic
Adding printers without user intervention
Common Errors
23. System and Account Policies
Features and Benefits
Creating and Managing System Policies
Windows 9x/Me Policies
Windows NT4 Style Policy Files
MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies
Managing Account/User Policies
Samba Editreg Toolset
Windows NT4/200x
Samba PDC
System Startup and Logon Processing Overview
Common Errors
Policy Does Not Work
24. Desktop Profile Management
Features and Benefits
Roaming Profiles
Samba Configuration for Profile Handling
Windows Client Profile Configuration Information
Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba
Mandatory profiles
Creating/Managing Group Profiles
Default Profile for Windows Users
MS Windows 9x/Me
MS Windows NT4 Workstation
MS Windows 200x/XP
Common Errors
How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?
Can NOT use Roaming Profiles
Changing the default profile
25. PAM based Distributed Authentication
Features and Benefits
Technical Discussion
PAM Configuration Syntax
Example System Configurations
smb.conf PAM Configuration
Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so
Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so
Common Errors
pam_winbind problem
26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
Features and Benefits
Background Information
Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world
/etc/hosts
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/host.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
The NetBIOS Name Cache
The LMHOSTS file
HOSTS file
DNS Lookup
WINS Lookup
Common Errors
My Boomerang Won't Come Back
Very Slow Network Connections
Samba server name change problem
27. Unicode/Charsets
Features and Benefits
What are charsets and unicode?
Samba and charsets
Conversion from old names
Japanese charsets
28. Samba Backup Techniques
Note
Features and Benefits
29. High Availability Options
Note
IV. Migration and Updating
30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0
Charsets
Obsolete configuration options
Password Backend
31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC
Planning and Getting Started
Objectives
Steps In Migration Process
Migration Options
Planning for Success
Samba Implementation Choices
32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool
Features and Benefits
Enabling SWAT for use
Securing SWAT through SSL
The SWAT Home Page
Global Settings
Share Settings
Printers Settings
The SWAT Wizard
The Status Page
The View Page
The Password Change Page
V. Troubleshooting
33. The Samba checklist
Introduction
Assumptions
The tests
Still having troubles?
34. Analysing and solving samba problems
Diagnostics tools
Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box
Useful URLs
Getting help from the mailing lists
How to get off the mailing lists
35. Reporting Bugs
Introduction
General info
Debug levels
Internal errors
Attaching to a running process
Patches
VI. Appendixes
36. How to compile SAMBA
Access Samba source code via CVS
Introduction
CVS Access to samba.org
Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
Verifying Samba's PGP signature
Building the Binaries
Compiling samba with Active Directory support
Starting the smbd and nmbd
Starting from inetd.conf
Alternative: starting it as a daemon
Common Errors
37. Portability
HPUX
SCO Unix
DNIX
RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II
AIX
Sequential Read Ahead
Solaris
Locking improvements
Winbind on Solaris 9
38. Samba and other CIFS clients
Macintosh clients?
OS2 Client
How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?
How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?
How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?
Windows for Workgroups
Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft
Delete .pwl files after password change
Configure WfW password handling
Case handling of passwords
Use TCP/IP as default protocol
Speed improvement
Windows '95/'98
Speed improvement
Windows 2000 Service Pack 2
Windows NT 3.1
39. Samba Performance Tuning
Comparisons
Socket options
Read size
Max xmit
Log level
Read raw
Write raw
Slow Logins
Client tuning
Samba performance problem due changing kernel
Corrupt tdb Files
40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide
Note
41. Further Resources
Websites
Related updates from Microsoft
Books
Index

List of Examples

12.1. smbgrpadd.sh
13.1. Example File

General Installation

Preparing Samba for Configuration

This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba +


Table of Contents

Legal Notice
Attributions
I. General Installation
1. Introduction to Samba
Background
Terminology
Related Projects
SMB Methodology
Epilogue
Miscellaneous
2. How to Install and Test SAMBA
Obtaining and installing samba
Configuring samba (smb.conf)
Example Configuration
SWAT
Try listing the shares available on your + server
Try connecting with the unix client
Try connecting from another SMB client
What If Things Don't Work?
Common Errors
Large number of smbd processes
"open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested"
"The network name cannot be found"
3. Fast Start for the Impatient
Note
II. Server Configuration Basics
4. Server Types and Security Modes
Features and Benefits
Server Types
Samba Security Modes
User Level Security
Share Level Security
Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)
ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)
Server Security (User Level Security)
Password checking
Common Errors
What makes Samba a SERVER?
What makes Samba a Domain Controller?
What makes Samba a Domain Member?
Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server
5. Domain Control
Features and Benefits
Basics of Domain Control
Domain Controller Types
Preparing for Domain Control
Domain Control - Example Configuration
Samba ADS Domain Control
Domain and Network Logon Configuration
Domain Network Logon Service
Security Mode and Master Browsers
Common Errors
'$' cannot be included in machine name
Joining domain fails because of existing machine account
The system can not log you on (C000019B)....
The machine trust account not accessible
Account disabled
Domain Controller Unavailable
Can not log onto domain member workstation after joining domain
6. Backup Domain Control
Features And Benefits
Essential Background Information
MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control
Active Directory Domain Control
What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?
How does a Workstation find its domain controller?
Backup Domain Controller Configuration
Example Configuration
Common Errors
Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?
Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?
How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?
Can I do this all with LDAP?
7. Domain Membership
Features and Benefits
MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain
"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member
Domain Member Server
Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3
Why is this better than security = server?
Samba ADS Domain Membership
Setup your smb.conf
Setup your /etc/krb5.conf
Create the computer account
Test your server setup
Testing with smbclient
Notes
Common Errors
Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain
Adding Machine to Domain Fails
I can't join a Windows 2003 PDC
8. Stand-Alone Servers
Features and Benefits
Background
Example Configuration
Reference Documentation Server
Central Print Serving
Common Errors
9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide
Note
III. Advanced Configuration
10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide
Features and Benefits
What is Browsing?
Discussion
NetBIOS over TCP/IP
TCP/IP - without NetBIOS
DNS and Active Directory
How Browsing Functions
Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
Setting up DOMAIN Browsing
Forcing Samba to be the master
Making Samba the domain master
Note about broadcast addresses
Multiple interfaces
Use of the Remote Announce parameter
Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter
WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server
Setting up a WINS server
WINS Replication
Static WINS Entries
Helpful Hints
Windows Networking Protocols
Name Resolution Order
Technical Overview of browsing
Browsing support in Samba
Problem resolution
Browsing across subnets
Common Errors
How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?
My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"
I get an Unable to browse the network error
11. Account Information Databases
Features and Benefits
Backwards Compatibility Backends
New Backends
Technical Information
Important Notes About Security
Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX
Mapping Common UIDs/GIDs on Distributed Machines
Account Management Tools
The smbpasswd Command
The pdbedit Command
Password Backends
Plain Text
smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database
tdbsam
ldapsam
MySQL
XML
Common Errors
Users can not logon
Users being added to wrong backend database
auth methods does not work
12. Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
Features and Benefits
Discussion
Example Configuration
Configuration Scripts
Sample smb.conf add group script
Script to configure Group Mapping
Common Errors
Adding Groups Fails
Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group
13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls
Features and Benefits
File System Access Controls
MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
Managing Directories
File and Directory Access Control
Share Definition Access Controls
User and Group Based Controls
File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
Miscellaneous Controls
Access Controls on Shares
Share Permissions Management
MS Windows Access Control Lists and UNIX Interoperability
Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs
Viewing File Security on a Samba Share
Viewing file ownership
Viewing File or Directory Permissions
Modifying file or directory permissions
Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters
Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mapping
Common Errors
Users can not write to a public share
I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!
MS Word with Samba changes owner of file
14. File and Record Locking
Features and Benefits
Discussion
Opportunistic Locking Overview
Samba Opportunistic Locking Control
Example Configuration
MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls
Workstation Service Entries
Server Service Entries
Persistent Data Corruption
Common Errors
locking.tdb error messages
Problems saving files in MS Office on Windows XP
Long delays deleting files over network with XP SP1
Additional Reading
15. Securing Samba
Introduction
Features and Benefits
Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues
Using host based protection
User based protection
Using interface protection
Using a firewall
Using a IPC$ share deny
NTLMv2 Security
Upgrading Samba
Common Errors
Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead
Why can users access home directories of other users?
16. Interdomain Trust Relationships
Features and Benefits
Trust Relationship Background
Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
Creating an NT4 Domain Trust
Completing an NT4 Domain Trust
Inter-Domain Trust Facilities
Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts
Samba as the Trusted Domain
Samba as the Trusting Domain
NT4-style Domain Trusts with Windows 2000
Common Errors
17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba
Features and Benefits
Common Errors
18. Classical Printing Support
Features and Benefits
Technical Introduction
What happens if you send a Job from a Client
Printing Related Configuration Parameters
Parameters Recommended for Use
A simple Configuration to Print
Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
A little Experiment to warn you
Extended Sample Configuration to Print
Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
The [global] Section
The [printers] Section
Any [my_printer_name] Section
Print Commands
Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems
Setting up your own Print Commands
Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3
Creating the [print$] Share
Parameters in the [print$] Section
Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
Installing Drivers into [print$]
Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient
Client Driver Install Procedure
The first Client Driver Installation
IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
Further Client Driver Install Procedures
Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
Other Gotchas
Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
Supporting large Numbers of Printers
Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name
Be careful when assembling Driver Files
Samba and Printer Ports
Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
The Imprints Toolset
What is Imprints?
Creating Printer Driver Packages
The Imprints Server
The Installation Client
Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
The addprinter command
Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba
Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
Common Errors
I give my root password but I don't get access
My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost
19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0
Introduction
Features and Benefits
Overview
Basic Configuration of CUPS support
Linking of smbd with libcups.so
Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS
Advanced Configuration
Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!
Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download
GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX
Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
PostScript and Ghostscript
Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
The CUPS Filtering Architecture
MIME types and CUPS Filters
MIME type Conversion Rules
Filter Requirements
Prefilters
pstops
pstoraster
imagetops and imagetoraster
rasterto [printers specific]
CUPS Backends
cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
The Complete Picture
mime.convs
"Raw" printing
"application/octet-stream" printing
PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing
Examples for filtering Chains
Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
Printing with Interface Scripts
Network printing (purely Windows)
From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
Driver Execution on the Client
Driver Execution on the Server
Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)
From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems
Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?
PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode
Setting up CUPS for driver Download
cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
Prepare your smb.conf for cupsaddsmb
CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
Recognize the different Driver Files
Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"
Caveats to be considered
Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
Understanding cupsaddsmb
How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully
cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
cupsaddsmb Flowchart
Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client
Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)
A Check of the rpcclient man Page
Understanding the rpcclient man page
Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
Troubleshooting revisited
The printing *.tdb Files
Trivial DataBase Files
Binary Format
Losing *.tdb Files
Using tdbbackup
CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
Page Accounting with CUPS
Setting up Quotas
Correct and incorrect Accounting
Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
The page_log File Syntax
Possible Shortcomings
Future Developments
Other Accounting Tools
Additional Material
Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
CUPS Configuration Settings explained
Pre-conditions
Manual Configuration
In Case of Trouble.....
Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers
More CUPS filtering Chains
Common Errors
Win9x client can't install driver
"cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in + neverending loop
"cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." + message while PPD file is present
Client can't connect to Samba printer
Can't reconnect to Samba under new account + from Win2K/XP
Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the + "wrong" user
Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on + NT/2K/XP clients gives problems
Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is + a PDC
Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shown
Win2K/XP "Local Security + Policies"
WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install + printers for all local users"
"Print Change Notify" functions on + NT-clients
WinXP-SP1
Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XP
Most common blunders in driver + settings on Windows clients
cupsaddsmb does not work + with newly installed printer
Permissions on +/var/spool/samba/ get reset after each +reboot
Printer named "lp" +intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different +ones
Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"
An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes
20. Stackable VFS modules
Features and Benefits
Discussion
Included modules
audit
extd_audit
fake_perms
recycle
netatalk
VFS modules available elsewhere
DatabaseFS
vscan
21. Winbind: Use of Domain Accounts
Features and Benefits
Introduction
What Winbind Provides
Target Uses
How Winbind Works
Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls
Microsoft Active Directory Services
Name Service Switch
Pluggable Authentication Modules
User and Group ID Allocation
Result Caching
Installation and Configuration
Introduction
Requirements
Testing Things Out
Conclusion
Common Errors
NSCD Problem Warning
22. Advanced Network Management
Features and Benefits
Remote Server Administration
Remote Desktop Management
Remote Management from NoMachines.Com
Network Logon Script Magic
Adding printers without user intervention
Common Errors
23. System and Account Policies
Features and Benefits
Creating and Managing System Policies
Windows 9x/Me Policies
Windows NT4 Style Policy Files
MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies
Managing Account/User Policies
Samba Editreg Toolset
Windows NT4/200x
Samba PDC
System Startup and Logon Processing Overview
Common Errors
Policy Does Not Work
24. Desktop Profile Management
Features and Benefits
Roaming Profiles
Samba Configuration for Profile Handling
Windows Client Profile Configuration Information
Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba
Mandatory profiles
Creating/Managing Group Profiles
Default Profile for Windows Users
MS Windows 9x/Me
MS Windows NT4 Workstation
MS Windows 200x/XP
Common Errors
Setting up roaming profiles for just a few user's or group's?
Can NOT use Roaming Profiles
Changing the default profile
25. PAM based Distributed Authentication
Features and Benefits
Technical Discussion
PAM Configuration Syntax
Example System Configurations
smb.conf PAM Configuration
Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so
Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so
Common Errors
pam_winbind problem
Winbind is not resolving users and groups
26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
Features and Benefits
Background Information
Name Resolution in a pure UNIX/Linux world
/etc/hosts
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/host.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
The NetBIOS Name Cache
The LMHOSTS file
HOSTS file
DNS Lookup
WINS Lookup
Common Errors
Pinging works only in one way
Very Slow Network Connections
Samba server name change problem
27. Unicode/Charsets
Features and Benefits
What are charsets and unicode?
Samba and charsets
Conversion from old names
Japanese charsets
Common errors
CP850.so can't be found
28. Samba Backup Techniques
Note
Features and Benefits
29. High Availability Options
Note
IV. Migration and Updating
30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0
New Features in Samba-3
Configuration Parameter Changes
Removed Parameters
New Parameters
Modified Parameters (changes in behavior):
New Functionality
Databases
Changes in Behavior
Charsets
Passdb Backends and Authentication
Charsets
LDAP
31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC
Planning and Getting Started
Objectives
Steps In Migration Process
Migration Options
Planning for Success
Samba-3 Implementation Choices
32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool
Features and Benefits
Enabling SWAT for use
Securing SWAT through SSL
The SWAT Home Page
Global Settings
Share Settings
Printers Settings
The SWAT Wizard
The Status Page
The View Page
The Password Change Page
V. Troubleshooting
33. The Samba checklist
Introduction
Assumptions
The tests
34. Analysing and solving samba problems
Diagnostics tools
Debugging with Samba itself
Tcpdump
Ethereal
The Windows Network Monitor
Useful URLs
Getting help from the mailing lists
How to get off the mailing lists
35. Reporting Bugs
Introduction
General info
Debug levels
Internal errors
Attaching to a running process
Patches
VI. Appendixes
36. How to compile Samba
Access Samba source code via CVS
Introduction
CVS Access to samba.org
Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
Verifying Samba's PGP signature
Building the Binaries
Compiling samba with Active Directory support
Starting the smbd and nmbd
Starting from inetd.conf
Alternative: starting it as a daemon
37. Portability
HPUX
SCO UNIX
DNIX
RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II
AIX
Sequential Read Ahead
Solaris
Locking improvements
Winbind on Solaris 9
38. Samba and other CIFS clients
Macintosh clients?
OS2 Client
Configuring OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba
Configuring OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba
Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?
Windows for Workgroups
Latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft
Delete .pwl files after password change
Configuring WfW password handling
Case handling of passwords
Use TCP/IP as default protocol
Speed improvement
Windows '95/'98
Speed improvement
Windows 2000 Service Pack 2
Windows NT 3.1
39. Samba Performance Tuning
Comparisons
Socket options
Read size
Max xmit
Log level
Read raw
Write raw
Slow Logins
Client tuning
Samba performance problem due changing kernel
Corrupt tdb Files
40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide
Note
41. Further Resources
Websites
Related updates from Microsoft
Index

Legal Notice

+This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) +version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source +distribution. A copy can be found on-line at http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt +

Attributions

Introduction to Samba

How to Install and Test SAMBA

Fast Start for the Impatient

Server Types and Security Modes

Domain Control

Backup Domain Control

Domain Membership

Stand-Alone Servers

MS Windows Network Configuration Guide

Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide

Account Information Databases

Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups

File, Directory and Share Access Controls

File and Record Locking

Securing Samba

Interdomain Trust Relationships

Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba

Classical Printing Support

CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0

Stackable VFS modules

  • Jelmer R. Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org>

  • John H. Terpstra <jht@samba.org>

  • Tim Potter

  • Simo Sorce (original vfs_skel README)

  • Alexander Bokovoy (original vfs_netatalk docs)

  • Stefan Metzmacher (Update for multiple modules)

Advanced Network Management

System and Account Policies

Desktop Profile Management

PAM based Distributed Authentication

Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba

Unicode/Charsets

Samba Backup Techniques

High Availability Options

Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0

Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC

SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool

The Samba checklist

Analysing and solving samba problems

Reporting Bugs

How to compile Samba

Portability

Samba and other CIFS clients

Samba Performance Tuning

DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide

Further Resources

General Installation

Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba

David Lechnyr

Unofficial HOWTO

April 14, 2003

"If you understand what you're doing, you're not learning anything." -- Anonymous

@@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ transport protocol. In fact, it can support any SMB/CIFS-enabled client. One of strengths is that you can use it to blend your mix of Windows and Linux machines together without requiring a separate Windows NT/2000/2003 Server. Samba is actively being developed by a global team of about 30 active programmers and was originally developed by Andrew Tridgell. -

Background

+

Background

Once long ago, there was a buzzword referred to as DCE/RPC. This stood for Distributed Computing Environment/Remote Procedure Calls and conceptually was a good idea. It was originally developed by Apollo/HP as NCA 1.0 (Network Computing Architecture) and only @@ -112,7 +111,7 @@ been dutifully waded through during the information-gathering stages of this pro are *still* many missing pieces... While often tedious, at least the way has been generously littered with occurrences of clapping hand to forehead and muttering 'crikey, what are they thinking? -

Terminology

  • +

Terminology

  • SMB: Acronym for "Server Message Block". This is Microsoft's file and printer sharing protocol.

  • CIFS: Acronym for "Common Internet File System". Around 1996, Microsoft apparently @@ -162,7 +161,7 @@ thinking? W3K: Acronym for Windows 2003 Server

If you plan on getting help, make sure to subscribe to the Samba Mailing List (available at http://www.samba.org). -

Related Projects

+

Related Projects

There are currently two network filesystem client projects for Linux that are directly related to Samba: SMBFS and CIFS VFS. These are both available in the Linux kernel itself.

  • @@ -184,7 +183,7 @@ nothing to do with acting as a file and print server for SMB/CIFS clients. There are other Open Source CIFS client implementations, such as the jCIFS project which provides an SMB client toolkit written in Java. -

SMB Methodology

+

SMB Methodology

Traditionally, SMB uses UDP port 137 (NetBIOS name service, or netbios-ns), UDP port 138 (NetBIOS datagram service, or netbios-dgm), and TCP port 139 (NetBIOS session service, or netbios-ssn). Anyone looking at their network with a good @@ -216,7 +215,7 @@ up a single file. In general, SMB sessions are established in the following orde A good way to examine this process in depth is to try out SecurityFriday's SWB program. It allows you to walk through the establishment of a SMB/CIFS session step by step. -

Epilogue

+

Epilogue

What's fundamentally wrong is that nobody ever had any taste when they did it. Microsoft has been very much into making the user interface look good, but internally it's just a complete mess. And even people who program for Microsoft @@ -245,56 +244,47 @@ not the completely clueless user who probably sits there shivering thinking That's what's really irritating to me."

-- Linus Torvalds, from an interview with BOOT Magazine, Sept 1998 -

Miscellaneous

+

Miscellaneous

This chapter is Copyright 2003 David Lechnyr (david at lechnyr dot com). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.txt. -

Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA

Andrew Tridgell

Samba Team

Jelmer R. Vernooij

The Samba Team

John H. Terpstra

Samba Team

Karl Auer

Obtaining and installing samba

Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or - Unix distribution. There are also some packages available at + UNIX distribution. There are also some packages available at the samba homepage. -

If you need to compile samba from source, check the - appropriate appendix chapter.

If you have already installed samba, or if your operating system +

If you need to compile samba from source, check + the chapter about compiling samba from scratch.

If you have already installed samba, or if your operating system was pre-installed with samba, then you may not need to bother with this chapter. On the other hand, you may want to read this chapter anyhow - for information about updating samba.

Configuring samba (smb.conf)

+ for information about updating samba.

Configuring samba (smb.conf)

Samba's configuration is stored in the smb.conf file, that usually resides in /etc/samba/smb.conf or /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf. You can either edit this file yourself or do it using one of the many graphical tools that are available, such as the web-based interface swat, that is included with samba. -

Example Configuration

+

Example Configuration

There are sample configuration files in the examples subdirectory in the distribution. I suggest you read them carefully so you can see how the options go together in practice. See the man page for all the options.

The simplest useful configuration file would be something like this: -

-
-	[global]
-		workgroup = MYGROUP
-
-	[homes]
-		guest ok = no
-		read only = no
-	
-

+

+

Example 2.1. Simplest possible smb.conf file

[global]
workgroup = MIDEARTH
[homes]
guest ok = no
read only = no

+

This will allow connections by anyone with an account on the server, using either - their login name or "homes" as the service name. + their login name or homes" as the service name. (Note that the workgroup that Samba must also be set.)

- Make sure you put the smb.conf file in the same place - you specified in the Makefile (the default is to - look for it in /usr/local/samba/lib/). + Make sure you put the smb.conf file in the correct place + (usually in /etc/samba).

For more information about security settings for the - [homes] share please refer to the chapter - Securing Samba. -

Test your config file with testparm

+ [homes] share please refer to + "Securing Samba". +

Test your config file with testparm

It's important that you test the validity of your smb.conf file using the testparm program. If testparm runs OK then it will list the loaded services. If not it will give an error message. @@ -302,7 +292,7 @@ Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/li Make sure it runs OK and that the services look reasonable before proceeding.

Always run testparm again when you change smb.conf! -

SWAT

+

SWAT

SWAT is a web-based interface that helps you configure samba. SWAT might not be available in the samba package on your platform, but in a separate package. Please read the swat manpage @@ -318,9 +308,10 @@ Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/li machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent in the clear over the wire. -

Try listing the shares available on your - server

$ smbclient -L - yourhostname

You should get back a list of shares available on +

Try listing the shares available on your + server

+$ smbclient -L yourhostname
+

You should get back a list of shares available on your server. If you don't then something is incorrectly setup. Note that this method can also be used to see what shares are available on other LanManager clients (such as WfWg).

If you choose user level security then you may find @@ -328,68 +319,31 @@ Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/li See the smbclient man page for details. (you can force it to list the shares without a password by adding the option -U% to the command line. This will not work - with non-Samba servers)

Try connecting with the unix client

$ smbclient - //yourhostname/aservice

Typically the yourhostname + with non-Samba servers)

Try connecting with the unix client

+

+$ smbclient  //yourhostname/aservice
+

Typically the yourhostname would be the name of the host where you installed smbd. The aservice is any service you have defined in the smb.conf file. Try your user name if you just have a [homes] section in smb.conf.

For example if your unix host is bambi - and your login name is fred you would type:

$ smbclient //bambi/fred -

Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client

Try mounting disks. eg:

C:\WINDOWS\> net use d: \\servername\service -

Try printing. eg:

C:\WINDOWS\> net use lpt1: - \\servername\spoolservice

C:\WINDOWS\> print filename -

What If Things Don't Work?

Then you might read the file chapter - Diagnosis and the - FAQ. If you are still stuck then try to follow - the Analysing and Solving Problems chapter + and your login name is fred you would type:

+$ smbclient //bambi/fred
+

Try connecting from another SMB client

Try mounting disks. from a DOS, Windows or OS/2 client, eg:

+C:\> net use d: \\servername\service
+

Try printing. eg:

+

+C:\> net use lpt1:	\\servername\spoolservice
+

+

C:\> print filename
+

What If Things Don't Work?

Then you might read the file chapter diagnosis + and the FAQ. If you are still stuck then refer to "Analysing and solving problems". Samba has been successfully installed at thousands of sites worldwide, - so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it.

Common Errors

+ so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it.

Common Errors

The following questions and issues get raised on the samba mailing list over and over again. -

Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?

-“ -Site that is running Samba on an AIX box. They are sharing out about 2 terabytes using samba. -Samba was installed using smitty and the binaries. We seem to be experiencing a memory problem -with this box. When I do a svmon -Pu the monitoring program shows that smbd has several -processes of smbd running: -” -

- “ -Is samba suppose to start this many different smbd processes? Or does it run as one smbd process? Also -is it normal for it to be taking up this much memory? -” -

-
-Inuse * 4096 = amount of memory being used by this process
-
-     Pid Command        Inuse      Pin     Pgsp  Virtual   64-bit    Mthrd
-   20950 smbd           33098     1906      181     5017        N        N
-   22262 smbd            9104     1906      5410
-   21060 smbd            9048     1906      181     5479        N        N
-   25972 smbd            8678     1906      181     5109        N        N
-   24524 smbd            8674     1906      181     5105        N        N
-   19262 smbd            8582     1906      181     5013        N        N
-   20722 smbd            8572     1906      181     5003        N        N
-   21454 smbd            8572     1906      181     5003        N        N
-   28946 smbd            8567     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   24076 smbd            8566     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   20138 smbd            8566     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   17608 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   21820 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   26940 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   19884 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-    9912 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   25800 smbd            8564     1906      181     4995        N        N
-   20452 smbd            8564     1906      181     4995        N        N
-   18592 smbd            8562     1906      181     4993        N        N
-   28216 smbd            8521     1906      181     4954        N        N
-   19110 smbd            8404     1906      181     4862        N        N
-
-   Total memory used:  841,592,832 bytes
-
-

+

Large number of smbd processes

Samba consists on three core programs: nmbd, smbd, winbindd. nmbd is the name server message daemon, smbd is the server message daemon, winbindd is the daemon that @@ -404,18 +358,19 @@ connection made. That is why you are seeing so many of them, one (1) per client

winbindd will run as one or two daemons, depending on whether or not it is being run in "split mode" (in which case there will be two instances). -

I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs

Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's running.

Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient

John H. Terpstra

Samba Team

Table of Contents

Note

Note

+

"open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested"

Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's configured properly. The loopback device is an internal (virtual) network device with + the ip address 127.0.0.1. Read your OS documentation for details + on how to configure the loopback on your system.

"The network name cannot be found"

+ This error can be caused by one of these misconfigurations: +

  • You specified an nonexisting path for the share in smb.conf

  • The user you are trying to access the share with does not + have sufficient permissions to access the path for the share. Both read (r) and access (x) should be possible.

  • The share you are trying to access does not exist.

Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient

John H. Terpstra

Samba Team

Table of Contents

Note

Note

This chapter did not make it into this release. It is planned for the published release of this document. -

Server Configuration Basics

First Steps in Server Configuration

+

Server Configuration Basics

First Steps in Server Configuration

Samba can operate in various modes within SMB networks. This HOWTO section contains information on configuring samba to function as the type of server your network requires. Please read this section carefully. -

Table of Contents

4. Server Types and Security Modes
Features and Benefits
Server Types
Samba Security Modes
User Level Security
Share Level Security
Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)
ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)
Server Security (User Level Security)
Seamless Windows Network Integration
Common Errors
What makes Samba a SERVER?
What makes Samba a Domain Controller?
What makes Samba a Domain Member?
Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server
5. Domain Control
Features and Benefits
Basics of Domain Control
Domain Controller Types
Preparing for Domain Control
Domain Control - Example Configuration
Samba ADS Domain Control
Domain and Network Logon Configuration
Domain Network Logon Service
Security Mode and Master Browsers
Common Problems and Errors
I cannot include a '$' in a machine name
I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." -or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.
The system can not log you on (C000019B)....
The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.
When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.
Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"
6. Backup Domain Control
Features And Benefits
Essential Background Information
MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control
Active Directory Domain Control
What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?
How does a Workstation find its domain controller?
Backup Domain Controller Configuration
Example Configuration
Common Errors
Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?
Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?
How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?
Can I do this all with LDAP?
7. Domain Membership
Features and Benefits
MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain
"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member
Domain Member Server
Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3
Why is this better than security = server?
Samba ADS Domain Membership
Setup your smb.conf
Setup your /etc/krb5.conf
Create the computer account
Test your server setup
Testing with smbclient
Notes
Common Errors
Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain
Adding Machine to Domain Fails
8. Stand-Alone Servers
Features and Benefits
Background
Example Configuration
Reference Documentation Server
Central Print Serving
Common Errors
9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide
Note

Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes

Andrew Tridgell

Samba Team

Jelmer R. Vernooij

The Samba Team

John H. Terpstra

Samba Team

+

Table of Contents

4. Server Types and Security Modes
Features and Benefits
Server Types
Samba Security Modes
User Level Security
Share Level Security
Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)
ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)
Server Security (User Level Security)
Password checking
Common Errors
What makes Samba a SERVER?
What makes Samba a Domain Controller?
What makes Samba a Domain Member?
Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server
5. Domain Control
Features and Benefits
Basics of Domain Control
Domain Controller Types
Preparing for Domain Control
Domain Control - Example Configuration
Samba ADS Domain Control
Domain and Network Logon Configuration
Domain Network Logon Service
Security Mode and Master Browsers
Common Errors
'$' cannot be included in machine name
Joining domain fails because of existing machine account
The system can not log you on (C000019B)....
The machine trust account not accessible
Account disabled
Domain Controller Unavailable
Can not log onto domain member workstation after joining domain
6. Backup Domain Control
Features And Benefits
Essential Background Information
MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control
Active Directory Domain Control
What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?
How does a Workstation find its domain controller?
Backup Domain Controller Configuration
Example Configuration
Common Errors
Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?
Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?
How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?
Can I do this all with LDAP?
7. Domain Membership
Features and Benefits
MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain
"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member
Domain Member Server
Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3
Why is this better than security = server?
Samba ADS Domain Membership
Setup your smb.conf
Setup your /etc/krb5.conf
Create the computer account
Test your server setup
Testing with smbclient
Notes
Common Errors
Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain
Adding Machine to Domain Fails
I can't join a Windows 2003 PDC
8. Stand-Alone Servers
Features and Benefits
Background
Example Configuration
Reference Documentation Server
Central Print Serving
Common Errors
9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide
Note

Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes

Andrew Tridgell

Samba Team

Jelmer R. Vernooij

The Samba Team

John H. Terpstra

Samba Team

This chapter provides information regarding the types of server that Samba may be configured to be. A Microsoft network administrator who wishes to migrate to or to use Samba will want to know what, within a Samba context, terms familiar to MS Windows @@ -425,10 +380,11 @@ modes function BEFORE we get into the details of how to configure the server its The chapter provides an overview of the security modes of which Samba is capable and how these relate to MS Windows servers and clients.

-Firstly we should recognise the question so often asked, "Why would I want to use Samba?" -So, in those chapters where the answer may be important you will see a section that highlights -features and benefits. These may be for or against Samba. -

Features and Benefits

+A question often asked is, "Why would I want to use Samba?" Most chapters contain a section +that highlights features and benefits. We hope that the information provided will help to +answer this question. Be warned though, we want to be fair and reasonable, so not all +features are positive towards Samba so the benefit may be on the side of our competition. +

Features and Benefits

Two men were walking down a dusty road, when one suddenly kicked up a small red stone. It hurt his toe and lodged in his sandal. He took the stone out and cursed it with a passion and fury fitting his anguish. The other looked at the stone and said, that is a garnet - I @@ -440,7 +396,7 @@ pleasure, but if you are forced upon it and have no time for its secrets then it a source of discomfort.

Samba started out as a project that sought to provide interoperability for MS Windows 3.x -clients with a Unix server. It has grown up a lot since its humble beginnings and now provides +clients with a UNIX server. It has grown up a lot since its humble beginnings and now provides features and functionality fit for large scale deployment. It also has some warts. In sections like this one we will tell of both.

@@ -464,14 +420,14 @@ So now, what are the benefits of features mentioned in this chapter? greater flexibility than MS Windows NT4 and in many cases a significantly higher utility than Active Directory domains with MS Windows 200x. -

Server Types

Administrators of Microsoft networks often refer to three -different type of servers:

  • Domain Controller

    Primary Domain Controller
    Backup Domain Controller
    ADS Domain Controller
  • Domain Member Server

    Active Directory Member Server
    NT4 Style Domain Member Server
  • Stand Alone Server

+

Server Types

Administrators of Microsoft networks often refer to three +different type of servers:

  • Domain Controller

    • Primary Domain Controller

    • Backup Domain Controller

    • ADS Domain Controller

  • Domain Member Server

    • Active Directory Domain Server

    • NT4 Style Domain Domain Server

  • Stand Alone Server

The chapters covering Domain Control, Backup Domain Control and Domain Membership provide -pertinent information regarding Samba-3 configuration for each of these server roles. +pertinent information regarding Samba configuration for each of these server roles. The reader is strongly encouraged to become intimately familiar with the information presented. -

Samba Security Modes

-In this section the function and purpose of Samba's security +

Samba Security Modes

+In this section the function and purpose of Samba's security modes are described. An accurate understanding of how Samba implements each security mode as well as how to configure MS Windows clients for each mode will significantly reduce user complaints and administrator heartache. @@ -486,7 +442,7 @@ ways that allow the security levels to be implemented. In actual fact, Samba imp ADS, and SERVER modes. They are documented in this chapter.

-A SMB server tells the client at startup what security level + A SMB server tells the client at startup what security level it is running. There are two options: share level and user level. Which of these two the client receives affects the way the client then tries to authenticate itself. It does not directly affect @@ -494,8 +450,8 @@ the way the client then tries to authenticate itself. It does not directly affec but it fits in with the client/server approach of SMB. In SMB everything is initiated and controlled by the client, and the server can only tell the client what is available and whether an action is allowed. -

User Level Security

-We will describe user level security first, as it's simpler. +

User Level Security

+We will describe user level security first, as it's simpler. In user level security, the client will send a session setup command directly after the protocol negotiation. This contains a username and password. The server can either accept or reject that @@ -512,13 +468,11 @@ It is also possible for a client to send multiple ses requests. When the server responds, it gives the client a uid to use as an authentication tag for that username/password. The client can maintain multiple authentication contexts in this way (WinDD is an example of an application that does this). -

Example Configuration

+

Example Configuration

The smb.conf parameter that sets User Level Security is: -

-	security = user
-

+

security = user

This is the default setting since samba-2.2.x. -

Share Level Security

+

Share Level Security

Ok, now for share level security. In share level security, the client authenticates itself separately for each share. It will send a password along with each tree connection (share mount). It does not explicitly send a @@ -538,104 +492,92 @@ level security. They normally send a valid username but no password. Samba recor this username in a list of possible usernames. When the client then does a tree connection it also adds to this list the name of the share they try to connect to (useful for home directories) and any users -listed in the user = smb.conf line. The password is then checked +listed in the user smb.conf line. The password is then checked in turn against these possible usernames. If a match is found then the client is authenticated as that user. -

Example Configuration

+

Example Configuration

The smb.conf parameter that sets Share Level Security is: -

-	security = share
-

+

security = share

Please note that there are reports that recent MS Windows clients do not like to work with share mode security servers. You are strongly discouraged from using share level security. -

Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)

-When Samba is operating in security = domain mode, +

Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)

+When Samba is operating in security = domain mode, the Samba server has a domain security trust account (a machine account) and will cause all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers. -

Example Configuration

+

Example Configuration

Samba as a Domain Member Server

This method involves addition of the following parameters in the smb.conf file: -

-        security = domain
-        workgroup = "name_of_NT_domain"
-

+

security = domain
workgroup = MIDEARTH

In order for this method to work, the Samba server needs to join the MS Windows NT security domain. This is done as follows:

  1. On the MS Windows NT domain controller, using the Server Manager, add a machine account for the Samba server. -

  2. Next, on the Unix/Linux system execute:

    root# smbpasswd -j DOMAIN_NAME -r PDC_NAME (samba-2.x)

    root# net join -U administrator%password (samba-3)

Note

-As of Samba-2.2.4 the Samba 2.2.x series can auto-join a Windows NT4 style Domain just -by executing: -
-root# smbpasswd -j DOMAIN_NAME -r PDC_NAME -U Administrator%password
-
+

  • Next, on the UNIX/Linux system execute:

    root# net rpc join -U administrator%password
  • Note

    +Samba-2.2.4 and later can auto-join a Windows NT4 style Domain just by executing: +

    +root# smbpasswd -j DOMAIN_NAME -r PDC_NAME \
    +	 -U Administrator%password
    +

    -As of Samba-3 the same can be done by executing: -

    -root# net join -U Administrator%password
    -
    -It is not necessary with Samba-3 to specify the DOMAIN_NAME or the PDC_NAME as it -figures this out from the smb.conf file settings. -

    -Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account +Samba-3 can do the same by executing: +

    +root# net rpc join -U Administrator%password
    +

    +It is not necessary with Samba-3 to specify the DOMAIN_NAME or the +PDC_NAME as it figures this out from the smb.conf file settings. +

    +Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard UNIX account for each user in order to assign a UID once the account has been authenticated by the remote Windows DC. This account can be blocked to prevent logons by clients other than MS Windows through means such as setting an invalid shell in the /etc/passwd entry.

    An alternative to assigning UIDs to Windows users on a Samba member server is -presented in the Winbind Overview chapter -in this HOWTO collection. +presented in the chapter about winbind.

    -For more information of being a domain member, see the Domain -Member section of this Howto. -

    ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)

    + For more information of being a domain member, see the chapter about domain membership. +

    ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)

    Both Samba 2.2 and 3.0 can join an Active Directory domain. This is -possible even if the domain is run in native mode. Active Directory in -native mode perfectly allows NT4-style domain members, contrary to +possible if the domain is run in native mode. Active Directory in +native mode perfectly allows NT4-style domain members. This is contrary to popular belief. The only thing that Active Directory in native mode prohibits is Backup Domain Controllers running NT4.

    -If you are running Active Directory starting with Samba 3.0 you can -however join as a native AD member. Why would you want to do that? +If you are using Active Directory, starting with Samba-3 you can +join as a native AD member. Why would you want to do that? Your security policy might prohibit the use of NT-compatible authentication protocols. All your machines are running Windows 2000 -and above and all use full Kerberos. In this case Samba as a NT4-style +and above and all use Kerberos. In this case Samba as a NT4-style domain would still require NT-compatible authentication data. Samba in -AD-member mode can accept Kerberos. -

    Example Configuration

    -	realm = your.kerberos.REALM
    -	security = ADS
    -

    - The following parameter may be required: -

    -	ads server = your.kerberos.server
    -

    -Please refer to the Domain Membership and Active Directory -Membership sections for more information regarding this configuration option. -

    Server Security (User Level Security)

    +AD-member mode can accept Kerberos tickets. +

    Example Configuration

    realm = your.kerberos.REALM
    security = ADS

    +The following parameter may be required: +

    ads server = your.kerberos.server

    +Please refer to the chapter on domain membership +for more information regarding this configuration option. +

    Server Security (User Level Security)

    Server security mode is a left over from the time when Samba was not capable of acting as a domain member server. It is highly recommended NOT to use this feature. Server security mode has many draw backs. The draw backs include: -

    Potential Account Lockout on MS Windows NT4/200x password servers
    Lack of assurance that the password server is the one specified
    Does not work with Winbind, particularly needed when storing profiles remotely
    This mode may open connections to the password server, and keep them open for extended periods.
    Security on the Samba server breaks badly when the remote password server suddenly shuts down
    With this mode there is NO security account in the domain that the password server belongs to for the Samba server.

    +

    • Potential Account Lockout on MS Windows NT4/200x password servers

    • Lack of assurance that the password server is the one specified

    • Does not work with Winbind, particularly needed when storing profiles remotely

    • This mode may open connections to the password server, and keep them open for extended periods.

    • Security on the Samba server breaks badly when the remote password server suddenly shuts down

    • With this mode there is NO security account in the domain that the password server belongs to for the Samba server.

    In server security mode the Samba server reports to the client that it is in user level security. The client then does a session setup as described earlier. The Samba server takes the username/password that the client sends and attempts to login to the -password server by sending exactly the same username/password that +password server by sending exactly the same username/password that it got from the client. If that server is in user level security and accepts the password, then Samba accepts the clients connection. This allows the Samba server to use another SMB -server as the password server. +server as the password server.

    You should also note that at the very start of all this, where the server tells the client what security level it is in, it also tells the client if it supports encryption. If it does then it supplies the client with a random cryptkey. The client will then send all passwords in encrypted form. Samba supports this type of encryption by default.

    -The parameter security = server means that Samba reports to clients that +The parameter security = server means that Samba reports to clients that it is running in user mode but actually passes off all authentication requests to another user mode server. This requires an additional -parameter password server that points to the real authentication server. +parameter password server that points to the real authentication server. That real authentication server can be another Samba server or can be a Windows NT server, the later natively capable of encrypted password support.

    Note

    @@ -646,15 +588,11 @@ lookups because the choice of the target authentication server is arbitrary and be determined from a domain name. In essence, a Samba server that is in server security mode is operating in what used to be known as workgroup mode. -

    Example Configuration

    +

    Example Configuration

    Using MS Windows NT as an authentication server

    This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the smb.conf file: -

    -        encrypt passwords = Yes
    -        security = server
    -        password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_a_DC"
    -

    +

    encrypt passwords = Yes
    security = server
    password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_a_DC"

    There are two ways of identifying whether or not a username and password pair was valid. One uses the reply information provided as part of the authentication messaging process, the other uses just an error code. @@ -665,9 +603,9 @@ server fails to reject the username and password pair then an alternative mode o identification of validation is used. Where a site uses password lock out after a certain number of failed authentication attempts this will result in user lockouts.

    -Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account +Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard UNIX account for the user, though this account can be blocked to prevent logons by non-SMB/CIFS clients. -

    Seamless Windows Network Integration

    +

    Password checking

    MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenge/response authentication model (a.k.a. NTLMv1 and NTLMv2) or alone, or clear text strings for simple password based authentication. It should be realized that with the SMB protocol, @@ -704,21 +642,18 @@ is definitely not a good idea to re-enable plain text password support in such c The following parameters can be used to work around the issue of Windows 9x clients upper casing usernames and password before transmitting them to the SMB server when using clear text authentication. -

    -        password level = integer
    -        username level = integer
    -

    +

    password level = integer
    username level = integer

    By default Samba will lower case the username before attempting to lookup the user in the database of local system accounts. Because UNIX usernames conventionally -only contain lower-case characters, the username level parameter +only contain lower-case character, the username level parameter is rarely needed.

    However, passwords on UNIX systems often make use of mixed-case characters. This means that in order for a user on a Windows 9x client to connect to a Samba -server using clear text authentication, the password level +server using clear text authentication, the password level must be set to the maximum number of upper case letters which could -appear in a password. Note that the server OS uses the traditional DES version -of crypt(), a password level of 8 will result in case +appear in a password. Note that if the server OS uses the traditional DES version +of crypt(), a password level of 8 will result in case insensitive passwords as seen from Windows users. This will also result in longer login times as Samba has to compute the permutations of the password string and try them one by one until a match is located (or all combinations fail). @@ -726,7 +661,7 @@ try them one by one until a match is located (or all combinations fail). The best option to adopt is to enable support for encrypted passwords wherever Samba is used. Most attempts to apply the registry change to re-enable plain text passwords will eventually lead to user complaints and unhappiness. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    We all make mistakes. It is Ok to make mistakes, so long as they are made in the right places and at the right time. A mistake that causes lost productivity is seldom tolerated. A mistake made in a developmental test lab is expected. @@ -736,32 +671,29 @@ on the Samba mailing lists. Many of these are avoidable by doing you homework be a Samba implementation. Some are the result of misunderstanding of the English language. The English language has many turns of phrase that are potentially vague and may be highly confusing to those for whom English is not their native tongue. -

    What makes Samba a SERVER?

    +

    What makes Samba a SERVER?

    To some the nature of the Samba security mode is very obvious, but entirely -wrong all the same. It is assumed that security = server means that Samba +wrong all the same. It is assumed that security = server means that Samba will act as a server. Not so! See above - this setting means that Samba will try to use another SMB server as its source of user authentication alone. -

    What makes Samba a Domain Controller?

    -The smb.conf parameter security = domain does NOT really make Samba behave +

    What makes Samba a Domain Controller?

    +The smb.conf parameter security = domain does NOT really make Samba behave as a Domain Controller! This setting means we want Samba to be a domain member! -

    What makes Samba a Domain Member?

    -Guess! So many others do. But whatever you do, do NOT think that security = user +

    What makes Samba a Domain Member?

    +Guess! So many others do. But whatever you do, do NOT think that security = user makes Samba act as a domain member. Read the manufacturers manual before the warranty expires! See -the Domain Member section of this Howto for more information. -

    Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server

    +the chapter about domain membership for more information. +

    Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server

    + “ Why does server_validate() simply give up rather than re-establishing its connection to the password server? Though I am not fluent in the SMB protocol, perhaps the cluster server process passes along to its client workstation the session key it receives from the password server, which means the password hashes submitted by the client would not work on a subsequent -connection, whose session key would be different. So server_validate() must give up. +connection, whose session key would be different. So server_validate() must give up.

    -Indeed. That's why security = server is at best a nasty hack. Please use security = domain. -security = server mode is also known as pass-through authentication. -

    Chapter 5. Domain Control

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    David Bannon

    Samba Team

    The Essence of Learning:  There are many who approach MS Windows networking with incredible misconceptions. That's OK, because it gives the rest of us plenty of opportunity to be of assistance. Those who really want help would be well advised to become familiar with information @@ -769,18 +701,18 @@ that is already available.

    The reader is advised NOT to tackle this section without having first understood and mastered some basics. MS Windows networking is not particularly forgiving of -misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain bitterly -of persistent niggles that may be caused by broken network or system configuration. +misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain +of persistent niggles that may be caused by a broken network configuration. To a great many people however, MS Windows networking starts with a domain controller that in some magical way is expected to solve all ills. -

    +

    Figure 5.1. An Example Domain

    An Example Domain

    From the Samba mailing list one can readily identify many common networking issues. If you are not clear on the following subjects, then it will do much good to read the sections of this HOWTO that deal with it. These are the most common causes of MS Windows networking problems: -

    Basic TCP/IP configuration
    NetBIOS name resolution
    Authentication configuration
    User and Group configuration
    Basic File and Directory Permission Control in Unix/Linux
    Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network - environment

    -Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that any fool +

    • Basic TCP/IP configuration

    • NetBIOS name resolution

    • Authentication configuration

    • User and Group configuration

    • Basic File and Directory Permission Control in UNIX/Linux

    • Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network + environment

    +Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that anyone can do it. In fact, it is not a good idea to set up an MS Windows network with inadequate training and preparation. But let's get our first indelible principle out of the way: It is perfectly OK to make mistakes! In the right place and at @@ -791,7 +723,7 @@ burden on an organisation. Where is the right place to make mistakes? Only out of harm's way! If you are going to make mistakes, then please do this on a test network, away from users and in such a way as to not inflict pain on others. Do your learning on a test network. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    What is the key benefit of Microsoft Domain security?

    In a word, Single Sign On, or SSO for short. To many, this is the holy @@ -802,13 +734,18 @@ and they will be able to log onto the network and access resources (shares, file as if they are sitting at their home (personal) workstation. This is a feature of the Domain security protocols.

    -The benefits of Domain security are fully available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC. +The benefits of Domain security are available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC. +A Domain provides a unique network security identifier (SID). Domain user and group security +identifiers are comprised of the network SID plus a relative identifier (RID) that is unique to +the account. User and Group SIDs (the network SID plus the RID) can be used to create Access Control +Lists (ACLs) attached to network resources to provide organizational access control. UNIX systems +know only of local security identifiers.

    Note

    Network clients of an MS Windows Domain security environment must be Domain members to be able to gain access to the advanced features provided. Domain membership involves more than just setting the workgroup name to the Domain name. It requires the creation of a Domain trust account for the workstation (called a machine account). Please refer to the chapter on -Domain Membership for more information. +setting up samba as a domain member for more information.

    The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release:

    • @@ -816,8 +753,7 @@ The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release:

    • Adding users via the User Manager for Domains. This can be done on any MS Windows client using the Nexus toolkit that is available from Microsoft's web site. - At some later date Samba-3 may get support for the use of the Microsoft Management - Console for user management. + Samba-3 supports the use of the Microsoft Management Console for user management.

    • Introduces replaceable and multiple user account (authentication) back ends. In the case where the back end is placed in an LDAP database, @@ -831,14 +767,18 @@ The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release: The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba-3:

      • SAM replication with Windows NT4 Domain Controllers - (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa) + (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa). This means samba + cannot operate as a BDC when the PDC is Microsoft-based or + replicate account data to Windows-BDC's.

      • Acting as a Windows 2000 Domain Controller (i.e. Kerberos and Active Directory) - In point of fact, Samba-3 DOES have some Active Directory Domain Control ability that is at this time purely experimental AND that is certain to change as it becomes a fully supported feature some time - during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle. + during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle. However, Active Directory is + more then just SMB - it's also LDAP, Kerberos, DHCP and other protocols + (with proprietary extensions, of course).

      Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain for reasons outlined in this chapter. The protocol for support of Windows 9x / Me style network (domain) logons @@ -847,67 +787,33 @@ for some time. These clients use the old LanMan Network Logon facilities that ar in Samba since approximately the Samba-1.9.15 series.

      Samba-3 has an implementation of group mapping between Windows NT groups -and Unix groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is -discussed more fully in the Group Mapping chapter. +and UNIX groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is +discussed more fully in the chapter on group mapping.

      Samba-3, like an MS Windows NT4 PDC or a Windows 200x Active Directory, needs to store -user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 -there can be multiple back-ends for this including: -

      • - smbpasswd - the plain ASCII file stored used by - earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires - a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for - machine accounts). This file will be located in the private - directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba). -

      • - tdbsam - a binary database backend that will be - stored in the private directory in a file called - passdb.tdb. The key benefit of this binary format - file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accommodated - in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. These permit the extended - account controls that MS Windows NT4 and later also have. -

      • - ldapsam - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the - LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com. - Like the tdbsam, ldapsam permits the storing of extended account attributes - for control of things like: Permitted access times, password activation and - expiry, permitted points of access (workstation names), per user profile - location, and much more. -

      • - ldapsam_compat - An LDAP back-end that maintains backwards - compatibility with the behaviour of samba-2.2.x. You should use this in the process - of migrating from samba-2.2.x to samba-3 if you do not want to rebuild your LDAP - database. -

      -Read the chapter about Account Information Database for details -regarding the choices available and how to configure them. -

      Note

      -The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store substantially more information than -smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify -per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the -smb.conf file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc. -Thus, with samba-3 it is possible to have a default system configuration for profiles, -and on a per user basis to over-ride this for those users who should not be subject -to the default configuration. -

    Basics of Domain Control

    +user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. +Refer to the section on machine trust accounts. With Samba-3 there can be multiple +back-ends for this. A complete discussion of account database backends can be found in +the chapter on Account Information Databases. +

    Basics of Domain Control

    Over the years, public perceptions of what Domain Control really is has taken on an almost mystical nature. Before we branch into a brief overview of Domain Control, there are three basic types of domain controllers: -

    Domain Controller Types

    • Primary Domain Controller

    • Backup Domain Controller

    • ADS Domain Controller

    +

    Domain Controller Types

    • Primary Domain Controller

    • Backup Domain Controller

    • ADS Domain Controller

    The Primary Domain Controller or PDC plays an important role in the MS -Windows NT4 and Windows 200x Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many -expect. There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows -network, the PDC should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network. +Windows NT4. In Windows 200x Domain Control architecture this role is held by domain controllers. +There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows +network, the domain controllers should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network. As strange as it may seem to say this here, good over all network performance dictates that -the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in the Backup -Domain Controllers and Stand-Alone (or Domain Member) servers than in the PDC. +the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in Stand-Alone +(or Domain Member) servers than in the domain controllers.

    -In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC seeds the Domain Control database, -a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key +In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC that initiates a new Domain Control database. +This forms a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key part in NT4 type domain user authentication and in synchronisation of the domain authentication database with Backup Domain Controllers.

    -With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller seeds a potential +With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller initiates a potential hierarchy of domain controllers, each with their own area of delegated control. The master domain controller has the ability to override any down-stream controller, but a down-line controller has control only over it's down-line. With Samba-3 this functionality can be implemented using an @@ -915,9 +821,7 @@ LDAP based user and machine account back end.

    New to Samba-3 is the ability to use a back-end database that holds the same type of data as the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files). -The Samba-3 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter -passwd backend and valid options include -smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, nisplussam, xmlsam, mysqlsam, guest. +[1]

    The Backup Domain Controller or BDC plays a key role in servicing network authentication requests. The BDC is biased to answer logon requests in preference to the PDC. @@ -941,11 +845,14 @@ excluding the SAM replication components. However, please be aware that Samba-3 MS Windows 200x domain control protocols also.

    At this time any appearance that Samba-3 is capable of acting as an -ADS Domain Controller is limited and experimental in nature. +Domain Controller in native ADS mode is limited and experimental in nature. This functionality should not be used until the Samba-Team offers formal support for it. At such a time, the documentation will be revised to duly reflect all configuration and -management requirements. -

    Preparing for Domain Control

    +management requirements. Samba can act as a NT4-style DC in a Windows 2000/XP +environment. However, there are certain compromises: + +

    • No machine policy files

    • No Group Policy Objects

    • No synchronously executed AD logon scripts

    • Can't use ANY Active Directory management tools to manage users and machines

    • Registry changes tattoo the main registry, while with AD they do NOT. ie: Leave permanent changes in effect

    • Without AD you can not peprform the function of exporting specific applications to specific users or groups

    +

    Preparing for Domain Control

    There are two ways that MS Windows machines may interact with each other, with other servers, and with Domain Controllers: Either as Stand-Alone systems, more commonly called Workgroup members, or as full participants in a security system, @@ -967,23 +874,22 @@ Domain it triggers a machine password change.

    Note

    When running a Domain all MS Windows NT / 200x / XP Professional clients should be configured as full Domain Members - IF A SECURE NETWORK IS WANTED. If the machine is NOT made a member of the -Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer the -Domain Membership chapter for information regarding - HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members. +Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer to +the chapter on domain membership for information regarding HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members.

    The following are necessary for configuring Samba-3 as an MS Windows NT4 style PDC for MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP clients. -

    Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking
    Correct designation of the Server Role (security = user)
    Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on Browsing and on - MS Windows network Integration)
    Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients
    Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage
    Configuration of Network/System Policies
    Adding and managing domain user accounts
    Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members

    +

    • Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking

    • Correct designation of the Server Role (security = user)

    • Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on Network Browsing and on + Integrating Unix into Windows networks)

    • Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients

    • Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage

    • Configuration of Network/System Policies

    • Adding and managing domain user accounts

    • Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members

    The following provisions are required to serve MS Windows 9x / Me Clients: -

    Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking
    Correct designation of the Server Role (security = user)
    Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain - members, they do not really participate in the security aspects of Domain logons as such)
    Roaming Profile Configuration
    Configuration of System Policy handling
    Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration - to log onto the domain
    Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow - all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.
    Adding and managing domain user accounts

    Note

    +

    • Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking

    • Correct designation of the Server Role (security = user)

    • Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain + members, they do not really participate in the security aspects of Domain logons as such)

    • Roaming Profile Configuration

    • Configuration of System Policy handling

    • Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration + to log onto the domain

    • Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow + all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.

    • Adding and managing domain user accounts

    Note

    Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics that are covered in the Profile Management and -Policy Management chapters of this document. However, these are not necessarily specific -to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts. +Policy Management chapters of this document. However, these are not +necessarily specific to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts.

    A Domain Controller is an SMB/CIFS server that:

    • @@ -998,120 +904,86 @@ A Domain Controller is an SMB/CIFS server that: Provides a share called NETLOGON

    For Samba to provide these is rather easy to configure. Each Samba Domain Controller must provide -the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the domain logons functionality +the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the domain logons functionality (after the name of the parameter in the smb.conf file). Additionally, one (1) server in a Samba-3 -Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser. This causes the Primary Domain Controller +Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser[2]. This causes the Primary Domain Controller to claim domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given domain/workgroup. Local master browsers in the same domain/workgroup on broadcast-isolated subnets then ask for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients will then contact their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet. -

    Domain Control - Example Configuration

    +

    Domain Control - Example Configuration

    The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to understand the parameters necessary -in smb.conf. Here we attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in -the smb.conf man page. -

    -Here is an example smb.conf for acting as a PDC: -

    -	[global]
    -	    ; Basic server settings
    -	    netbios name = POGO
    -	    workgroup = NARNIA
    -
    -	    ; User and Machine Account Backends
    -	    ; Choices are: tdbsam, smbpasswd, ldapsam, mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest
    -	    passdb backend = ldapsam, guest
    -
    -	    ; we should act as the domain and local master browser
    -	    os level = 64
    -	    preferred master = yes
    -	    domain master = yes
    -	    local master = yes
    -	    
    -	    ; security settings (must user security = user)
    -	    security = user
    -	    
    -	    ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC (default = Yes)
    -	    encrypt passwords = yes
    -	    
    -	    ; support domain logons
    -	    domain logons = yes
    -	    
    -	    ; where to store user profiles?
    -	    logon path = \\%N\profiles\%u
    -	    
    -	    ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at?
    -	    logon drive = H:
    -	    logon home = \\homeserver\%u\winprofile
    -	    
    -	    ; specify a generic logon script for all users
    -	    ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share
    -	    logon script = logon.cmd
    -
    -	; necessary share for domain controller
    -	[netlogon]
    -	    path = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon
    -	    read only = yes
    -	    write list = ntadmin
    -	    
    -	; share for storing user profiles
    -	[profiles]
    -	    path = /export/smb/ntprofile
    -	    read only = no
    -	    create mask = 0600
    -	    directory mask = 0700
    -

    Note

    +in smb.conf. An example smb.conf for acting as a PDC can be found in the example +for being a PDC. +

    +

    Example 5.1. smb.conf for being a PDC

    [global]
    netbios name = BELERIAND
    workgroup = MIDEARTH
    passdb backend = ldapsam, guest
    os level = 33
    preferred master = yes
    domain master = yes
    local master = yes
    security = user
    encrypt passwords = yes
    domain logons = yes
    logon path = \\%N\profiles\%u
    logon drive = H:
    logon home = \\homeserver\%u\winprofile
    logon script = logon.cmd
    [netlogon]
    path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    read only = yes
    write list = ntadmin
    [profiles]
    path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
    read only = no
    create mask = 0600
    directory mask = 0700

    +

    +The basic options shown above are explained as follows: +

    passdb backend

    + This contains all the user and group account information. Acceptable values for a PDC + are: smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam. The 'guest' entry provides needed + default accounts.

    + Where is is intended to use backup domain controllers (BDCs) the only logical choice is + to use LDAP so that the passdb backend can be distributed. The tdbsam and smbpasswd files + can not effectively be distributed and therefore should not be used. +

    Domain Control Parameters

    + The parameters os level, preferred master, domain master, security, + encrypt passwords, domain logons play a central role in assuring domain + control and network logon support.

    + The os level must be set at or above a value of 32. A domain controller + must be the domain master browser, must be set in user mode security, + must support Microsoft compatible encrypted passwords, and must provide the network logon + service (domain logons). Encrypted passwords must be enabled, for more details on how + to do this, refer to the chapter on account information databases. +

    Environment Parameters

    + The parameters logon path, logon home, logon drive, logon script are + environment support settings that help to facilitate client logon operations and that help + to provide automated control facilities to ease network management overheads. Please refer + to the man page information for these parameters. +

    NETLOGON Share

    + The NETLOGON share plays a central role in domain logon and domain membership support. + This share is provided on all Microsoft domain controllers. It is used to provide logon + scripts, to store Group Policy files (NTConfig.POL), as well as to locate other common + tools that may be needed for logon processing. This is an essential share on a domain controller. +

    PROFILE Share

    + This share is used to store user desktop profiles. Eash user must have a directory at the root + of this share. This directory must be write enabled for the user and must be globally read enabled. + Samba-3 has a VFS module called 'fake_permissions' that may be installed on this share. This will + allow a Samba administrator to make the directory read only to everyone. Of course this is useful + only after the profile has been properly created. +

    Note

    The above parameters make for a full set of parameters that may define the server's mode -of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone: - -

    -	workgroup = NARNIA
    -	domain logons = Yes
    -	domain master = Yes
    -	security = User
    -
    - -The additional parameters shown in the longer listing above just makes for a -more complete environment. -

    -There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration. -

    • - Encrypted passwords must be enabled. For more details on how - to do this, refer to Account Information Database chapter. -

    • - The server must support domain logons and have a - [netlogon] share -

    • - The server must be the domain master browser in order for Windows - client to locate the server as a DC. Please refer to the various - Network Browsing documentation included with this distribution for - details. -

    Samba ADS Domain Control

    -Samba-3 is not and can not act as an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as +of operation. The following smb.conf parameters are the essentials alone: +

    +

    netbios name = BELERIAND
    workgroup = MIDEARTH
    domain logons = Yes
    domain master = Yes
    security = User

    +

    +The additional parameters shown in the longer listing above just makes for +more complete explanation. +

    Samba ADS Domain Control

    +Samba-3 is not, and can not act as, an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller. The protocols for some of the functionality -the Active Directory Domain Controllers is have been partially implemented on an experimental -only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols - nor should you depend -on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may well remove such -experimental features or may change their behaviour. -

    Domain and Network Logon Configuration

    -The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it rightly forms +the Active Directory Domain Controllers has been partially implemented on an experimental +only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols. Do not depend +on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may remove these +experimental features or may change their behaviour. This is mentioned for the benefit of those +who have discovered secret capabilities in samba-3 and who have asked when this functionality will be +completed. The answer is: Maybe or maybe never! +

    +To be sure: Samba-3 is designed to provide most of the functionality that Microsoft Windows NT4 style +domain controllers have. Samba-3 does NOT have all the capabilities of Windows NT4, but it does have +a number of features that Windows NT4 domain contollers do not have. In short, Samba-3 is not NT4 and it +is not Windows Server 200x and it is not an Active Directory server. We hope this is plain and simple +enough for all to understand. +

    Domain and Network Logon Configuration

    +The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it forms an integral part of the essential functionality that is provided by a Domain Controller. -

    Domain Network Logon Service

    +

    Domain Network Logon Service

    All Domain Controllers must run the netlogon service (domain logons -in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with domain master = Yes -(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers domain master = No +in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with domain master = Yes +(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers domain master = No must be set. -

    Example Configuration

    -	[global]
    -		domain logons = Yes
    -		domain master = (Yes on PDC, No on BDCs)
    -
    -	[netlogon]
    -		comment = Network Logon Service
    -		path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    -		guest ok = Yes
    -		browseable = No
    -

    The Special Case of MS Windows XP Home Edition

    Note

    +

    Example Configuration

    Example 5.2. smb.conf for being a PDC

    [global]
    domain logons = Yes
    domain master = (Yes on PDC, No on BDCs)
    [netlogon]
    comment = Network Logon Service
    path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
    guest ok = Yes
    browseable = No

    The Special Case of MS Windows XP Home Edition

    Note

    MS Windows XP Home Edition does not have the ability to join any type of Domain security facility. Unlike, MS Windows 9x / Me, MS Windows XP Home Edition also completely lacks the ability to log onto a network. @@ -1123,8 +995,10 @@ MS Windows XP Professional.

    Now that this has been said, please do NOT ask the mailing list, or email any of the Samba-Team members with your questions asking how to make this work. It can't be done. -

    The Special Case of Windows 9x / Me

    -A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same thing in terms of network +If it can be done, then to do so would violate your software license agreement with +Microsoft, and we recommend that you do not do that. +

    The Special Case of Windows 9x / Me

    +A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same in terms of network browsing. The difference is that a distributable authentication database is associated with a domain, for secure login access to a network. Also, different access rights can be granted to users if they @@ -1145,7 +1019,7 @@ which are the focus of this section. When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon, it broadcasts requests for a logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed. -It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user +It is possible (but ill advised ) to create a domain where the user database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain. This demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely @@ -1196,14 +1070,17 @@ The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon server configuration is

    • Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. But note that beginning with MS Windows 98 the default setting is that plain-text - password support has been disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry + password support is disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry changes that are documented in the chapter on Policies.

    • Windows 9x/ME clients do not require and do not use machine trust accounts.

    A Samba PDC will act as a Windows 9x logon server; after all, it does provide the network logon services that MS Windows 9x / Me expect to find. -

    Security Mode and Master Browsers

    +

    Note

    +Use of plain-text passwords is strongly discouraged. Where used they are easily detected +using a sniffer tool to examine network traffic. +

    Security Mode and Master Browsers

    There are a few comments to make in order to tie up some loose ends. There has been much debate over the issue of whether or not it is ok to configure Samba as a Domain Controller in security @@ -1220,24 +1097,25 @@ are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to do so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN<#1b> NetBIOS name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC. Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB. +A DMB is a Domain Master Browser - see Domain Master Browser. For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB.

    Now back to the issue of configuring a Samba DC to use a mode other -than security = user. If a Samba host is configured to use +than security = user. If a Samba host is configured to use another SMB server or DC in order to validate user connection requests, then it is a fact that some other machine on the network -(the password server) knows more about the user than the Samba host. +(the password server) knows more about the user than the Samba host. 99% of the time, this other host is a domain controller. Now -in order to operate in domain mode security, the workgroup parameter +in order to operate in domain mode security, the workgroup parameter must be set to the name of the Windows NT domain (which already has a domain controller). If the domain does NOT already have a Domain Controller then you do not yet have a Domain!

    Configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that already by definition has a PDC is asking for trouble. Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC -to be the DMB for its domain and set security = user. +to be the DMB for its domain and set security = user. This is the only officially supported mode of operation. -

    Common Problems and Errors

    I cannot include a '$' in a machine name

    +

    Common Errors

    '$' cannot be included in machine name

    A 'machine account', (typically) stored in /etc/passwd, takes the form of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. @@ -1245,24 +1123,26 @@ systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly. Create a user without the '$'. Then use vipw to edit the entry, adding the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like; make sure you use a unique User ID! -

    I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +

    Note

    +The UNIX tool vipw is a common tool for directly editting the /etc/passwd file. +

    Joining domain fails because of existing machine account

    I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.

    +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.”

    This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC. The following command will remove all network drive connections:

    -	C:\WINNT\> net use * /d
    +C:\> net use * /d
     

    Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will get this message. Change the workgroup name to something else, it does not matter what, reboot, and try again. -

    The system can not log you on (C000019B)....

    I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading +

    The system can not log you on (C000019B)....

    I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, The system can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your -system administrator when attempting to logon. +system administrator when attempting to logon.”

    This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when @@ -1270,21 +1150,25 @@ the domain name and/or the server name (NetBIOS name) is changed. The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities. -

    +

    The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows: -

    +

     root# net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME'
     root# net setlocalsid 'SID'
    -
    -

    The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.

    -When I try to join the domain I get the message The machine account +

    +

    +Workstation machine trust accounts work only with the Domain (or network) SID. If this SID changes +then domain members (workstations) will not be able to log onto the domain. The original Domain SID +can be recovered from the secrets.tdb file. The alternative is to visit each workstation to re-join +it to the domain. +

    The machine trust account not accessible

    + “When I try to join the domain I get the message The machine account for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible. What's -wrong? +wrong?

    This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. -If you are using the add machine script method to create +If you are using the add machine script method to create accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain admin user system is working.

    @@ -1300,31 +1184,42 @@ Some people have also reported that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT client can cause this problem. Make sure that these are consistent for both client and server. -

    When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.

    +

    Account disabled

    When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, + I get a message about my account being disabled.

    Enable the user accounts with smbpasswd -e username , this is normally done as an account is created. -

    Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"

    +

    Domain Controller Unavailable

    Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"

    A domain controller has to announce on the network who it is. This usually takes a while. -

    Can not log onto domain member workstation after joining domain

    After successfully joining the domain user logons fail with one of two messages:

    One to the effect that the domain controller can not be found, the other claiming that the + account does not exist in the domain or that the password is incorrect.

    This may be due to incompatible settings between + the Windows client and the Samba-3 server for schannel (secure channel) settings + or smb signing settings. Check your samba settings for + client schannel, server schannel, client signing, server signing by executing: + testparm -v | more and looking for the value of these parameters. +

    + Also use the Microsoft Management Console - Local Security Settings. This tool is available from the + Control Panel. The Policy settings are found in the Local Policies / Securty Options area and are prefixed by + Secure Channel: ..., and Digitally sign .... +

    + It is important that these be set consistently with the Samba-3 server settings. +

    Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Volker Lendecke

    Before you continue reading in this section, please make sure that you are comfortable -with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in the -Domain Control chapter. -

    Features And Benefits

    +with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in chapter on setting up Samba as a PDC. +

    Features And Benefits

    This is one of the most difficult chapters to summarise. It does not matter what we say here for someone will still draw conclusions and / or approach the Samba-Team with expectations that are either not yet capable of being delivered, or that can be achieved far more -effectively using a totally different approach. Since this HOWTO is already so large and -extensive, we have taken the decision to provide sufficient (but not comprehensive) -information regarding Backup Domain Control. In the event that you should have a persistent -concern that is not addressed in this HOWTO document then please email +effectively using a totally different approach. In the event that you should have a persistent +concern that is not addressed in this book then please email John H Terpstra clearly setting out your requirements and / or question and we will do our best to provide a solution.

    Samba-3 is capable of acting as a Backup Domain Controller to another Samba Primary Domain -Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The Samba-3 BDC can -operate with a slave LDAP server for the Account backend. This effectively gives samba a high -degree of scalability. This is a very sweet (nice) solution for large organisations. +Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The LDAP backend can be +either a common master LDAP server, or a slave server. The use of a slave LDAP server has the +benefit that when the master is down clients may still be able to log onto the network. +This effectively gives samba a high degree of scalability iand is a very sweet (nice) solution +for large organisations.

    While it is possible to run a Samba-3 BDC with non-LDAP backend, the administrator will need to figure out precisely what is the best way to replicate (copy / distribute) the @@ -1349,8 +1244,9 @@ lets consider each possible option and look at the pro's and con's for each theo

    Arguments Against: Complexity

  • - Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based "net rpc vampire" to - suck down the Accounts database from the PDC + Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based net rpc vampire to + obtain the Accounts database from the PDC and place them into the Samba SAM. + net rpc vampire is a Samba function of the "net" command.

    Arguments For: It would be a nice solution

    @@ -1371,7 +1267,7 @@ lets consider each possible option and look at the pro's and con's for each theo Arguments Against: All machine trust accounts and user accounts will be locally maintained. Domain users will NOT be able to roam from office to office. This is a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. -

  • Essential Background Information

    +

    Essential Background Information

    A Domain Controller is a machine that is able to answer logon requests from network workstations. Microsoft LanManager and IBM LanServer were two early products that provided this capability. The technology has become known as the LanMan Netlogon service. @@ -1381,7 +1277,7 @@ and with it a new form of the network logon service that has extended functional This service became known as the NT NetLogon Service. The nature of this service has changed with the evolution of MS Windows NT and today provides a very complex array of services that are implemented over a complex spectrum of technologies. -

    MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control

    +

    MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control

    Whenever a user logs into a Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional Workstation, the workstation connects to a Domain Controller (authentication server) to validate the username and password that the user entered are valid. If the information entered @@ -1439,32 +1335,29 @@ one of the BDCs can be promoted to a PDC. If this happens while the original PDC line then it is automatically demoted to a BDC. This is an important aspect of Domain Controller management. The tool that is used to affect a promotion or a demotion is the Server Manager for Domains. -

    Example PDC Configuration

    +

    Example PDC Configuration

    Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all current Windows Clients, including Windows NT4, 2003 and XP Professional. For samba to be enabled as a PDC some parameters in the [global]-section of the smb.conf have to be set: -

    -	workgroup = SAMBA
    -	domain master = yes
    -	domain logons = yes
    -

    -Several other things like a [homes] and a [netlogon] share also need to be set along with +

    Example 6.1. Minimal smb.conf for being a PDC

    workgroup = MIDEARTH
    domain master = yes
    domain logons = yes

    +Several other things like a [homes] and a +[netlogon] share also need to be set along with settings for the profile path, the users home drive, etc.. This will not be covered in this -chapter, for more information please refer to the chapter on Domain Control. -

    Active Directory Domain Control

    +chapter, for more information please refer to the chapter about samba as a PDC. +

    Active Directory Domain Control

    As of the release of MS Windows 2000 and Active Directory, this information is now stored in a directory that can be replicated and for which partial or full administrative control can be delegated. Samba-3 is NOT able to be a Domain Controller within an Active Directory tree, and it can not be an Active Directory server. This means that Samba-3 also can NOT act as a Backup Domain Controller to an Active Directory Domain Controller. -

    What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?

    +

    What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?

    Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to register the NetBIOS group name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server and/or by broadcast on the local network. The PDC also registers the unique NetBIOS name SAMBA<#1b> with the WINS server. The name type <#1b> name is normally reserved for the Domain Master Browser, a role that has nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the Microsoft Domain implementation requires the domain master browser to be on the same machine as the PDC. -

    How does a Workstation find its domain controller?

    +

    How does a Workstation find its domain controller?

    An MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does this by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA<#1c>. It assumes that each @@ -1472,22 +1365,22 @@ of the machines it gets back from the queries is a domain controller and can ans requests. To not open security holes both the workstation and the selected domain controller authenticate each other. After that the workstation sends the user's credentials (name and password) to the local Domain Controller, for validation. -

    Backup Domain Controller Configuration

    +

    Backup Domain Controller Configuration

    Several things have to be done:

    • The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created - anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is - stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb + since Samba 2.2.5. Nowadays the domain SID is stored in the file + private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this new BDC SID.

      To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the secrets.tdb, execute:

      -	root# net rpc getsid
      -	
    • - The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the +root# net rpc getsid +

    • + The UNIX user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master @@ -1507,23 +1400,30 @@ Several things have to be done: BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed, or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd synchronization. -

    Example Configuration

    +

    Example Configuration

    Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done by setting: -

    -	workgroup = SAMBA
    -	domain master = no
    -	domain logons = yes
    -

    -in the [global]-section of the smb.conf of the BDC. This makes the BDC +

    Example 6.2. Minimal setup for being a BDC

    workgroup = MIDEARTH
    domain master = no
    domain logons = yes
    idmap backend = ldapsam://slave-ldap.quenya.org

    +In the [global]-section of the smb.conf of the BDC. This makes the BDC only register the name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server. This is no problem as the name SAMBA<#1c> is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to -be registered by more than one machine. The parameter 'domain master = -no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA<#1b> which as a unique NetBIOS +be registered by more than one machine. The parameter +domain master = no +forces the BDC not to register SAMBA<#1b> which as a unique NetBIOS name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller. -

    Common Errors

    +

    +The idmap backend will redirect the winbindd utility to +use the LDAP database to resolve all UIDs and GIDs for UNIX accounts. +

    Note

    +Samba-3 has introduced a new ID mapping facility. One of the features of this facility is that it +allows greater flexibility in how user and group IDs are handled in respect of NT Domain User and Group +SIDs. One of the new facilities provides for explicitly ensuring that UNIX / Linux UID and GID values +will be consistent on the PDC, all BDCs and all Domain Member servers. The parameter that controls this +is called idmap backend. Please refer to the man page for smb.conf for more information +regarding it's behaviour. Do NOT set this parameter except where an LDAP backend (ldapsam) is in use. +

    Common Errors

    As this is a rather new area for Samba there are not many examples that we may refer to. Keep watching for updates to this section. -

    Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?

    +

    Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?

    This problem will occur when occur when the passdb (SAM) files are copied from a central server but the local Backup Domain Controllers. Local machine trust account password updates are not copied back to the central server. The newer machine account password is then over @@ -1534,18 +1434,15 @@ to proceed and the account expiry error will be reported.

    The solution: use a more robust passdb backend, such as the ldapsam backend, setting up an slave LDAP server for each BDC, and a master LDAP server for the PDC. -

    Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?

    +

    Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?

    With version 2.2, no. The native NT4 SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully implemented. The Samba Team is working on understanding and implementing the protocols, -but this work has not been finished for version 2.2. +but this work has not been finished for Samba-3.

    -With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a suitable storage -mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC support is expected soon. -

    -Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes. The main reason for implementing a +Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes, but only to a Samba PDC. The main reason for implementing a BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, a second Samba machine can be set up to service logon requests whenever the PDC is down. -

    How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?

    +

    How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?

    Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done whenever changes to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is done in the smbpasswd file and has to be replicated to the BDC. So replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary. @@ -1559,12 +1456,12 @@ to type a password. As said a few times before, use of this method is broken and flawed. Machine trust accounts will go out of sync, resulting in a very broken domain. This method is not recommended. Try using LDAP instead. -

    Can I do this all with LDAP?

    +

    Can I do this all with LDAP?

    The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports binding to a replica LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and rebind to the master if it ever needs to make a modification to the database. (Normally BDCs are read only, so this will not occur often). -

    Chapter 7. Domain Membership

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Domain Membership is a subject of vital concern, Samba must be able to participate as a member server in a Microsoft Domain security context, and Samba must be capable of providing Domain machine member trust accounts, @@ -1574,12 +1471,11 @@ This chapter covers background information pertaining to domain membership, Samba configuration for it, and MS Windows client procedures for joining a domain. Why is this necessary? Because both are areas in which there exists within the current MS Windows networking world and particularly in the -Unix/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of +UNIX/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of mis-information, incorrect understanding, and a lack of knowledge. Hopefully this chapter will fill the voids. -

    Features and Benefits

    -MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain -security need to +

    Features and Benefits

    +MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain security need to be made Domain members. Participating in Domain security is often called Single Sign On or SSO for short. This chapter describes the process that must be followed to make a workstation @@ -1614,7 +1510,7 @@ Domain membership has many advantages: client or server, other than the central Domain database (either NT4/Samba SAM style Domain, NT4 Domain that is back ended with an LDAP directory, or via an Active Directory infrastructure) -

    MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts

    +

    MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts

    A machine trust account is an account that is used to authenticate a client machine (rather than a user) to the Domain Controller server. In Windows terminology, @@ -1633,18 +1529,18 @@ shared secret with the domain controller. A Windows NT4 PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows Registry. The introduction of MS Windows 2000 saw the introduction of Active Directory, the new repository for machine trust accounts. -

    +

    A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts, as follows: -

    • +

      • A Domain Security Account (stored in the - passdb backend that has been configured in the + passdb backend that has been configured in the smb.conf file. The precise nature of the account information that is stored depends on the type of backend database that has been chosen.

        The older format of this data is the smbpasswd database - which contains the unix login ID, the Unix user identifier (UID), and the + which contains the UNIX login ID, the UNIX user identifier (UID), and the LanMan and NT encrypted passwords. There is also some other information in this file that we do not need to concern ourselves with here.

        @@ -1653,17 +1549,18 @@ as follows: older smbpasswd file did. The extra information enables new user account controls to be used.

      • - A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in + A corresponding UNIX account, typically stored in /etc/passwd. Work is in progress to allow a - simplified mode of operation that does not require Unix user accounts, but + simplified mode of operation that does not require UNIX user accounts, but this may not be a feature of the early releases of Samba-3. -

      -

      +

    +

    There are three ways to create machine trust accounts:

    • - Manual creation from the Unix/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and - corresponding Unix account are created by hand. + Manual creation from the UNIX/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and + corresponding UNIX account are created by hand.

    • + Using the MS Windows NT4 Server Manager (either from an NT4 Domain member server, or using the Nexus toolkit available from the Microsoft web site. This tool can be run from any MS Windows machine so long as the user is @@ -1671,28 +1568,39 @@ There are three ways to create machine trust accounts:

    • "On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust account is automatically created by Samba at the time the client is joined to the domain. - (For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding Unix + (For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding UNIX account may be created automatically or manually. -

    Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts

    +

    Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts

    The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to manually -create the corresponding Unix account in /etc/passwd. +create the corresponding UNIX account in /etc/passwd. This can be done using vipw or another 'add user' command -that is normally used to create new Unix accounts. The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server: -

    -root# /usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c "machine nickname" -s /bin/false machine_name$ +that is normally used to create new UNIX accounts. The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server: + + + +

    +

    +root# /usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c "machine nickname" \
    +   -s /bin/false machine_name$ 
    +
     root# passwd -l machine_name$
    +

    + On *BSD systems, this can be done using the chpass utility:

    -root# chpass -a "machine_name$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation machine_name:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin" +

    +root# chpass -a \
    +  "machine_name$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation machine_name:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"
    +

    The /etc/passwd entry will list the machine name with a "$" appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an /etc/passwd entry like this:

    -doppy$:x:505:501:machine_nickname:/dev/null:/bin/false
    +doppy$:x:505:100:machine_nickname:/dev/null:/bin/false
     

    Above, machine_nickname can be any descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer. @@ -1701,39 +1609,44 @@ name of the client to be joined to the domain. The "$" must be appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize this as a machine trust account.

    -Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create +Now that the corresponding UNIX account has been created, the next step is to create the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial -machine trust account password. This can be done using the smbpasswd(8) command +machine trust account password. This can be done using the +smbpasswd command as shown here: -

    -
    +

    +

     root# smbpasswd -a -m machine_name
    -
    -

    +

    +

    where machine_name is the machine's NetBIOS name. The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of -the corresponding Unix account. +the corresponding UNIX account.

    Join the client to the domain immediately

    Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using + the Server Manager. From the time at which the account is created to the time which the client joins the domain and changes the password, your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently trusts members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user information to such clients. You have been warned! -

    Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain

    +

    Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain

    If the machine from which you are trying to manage the domain is an -MS Windows NT4 workstation +MS Windows NT4 workstation or MS Windows 200x / XP Professional then the tool of choice is the package called SRVTOOLS.EXE. -When executed in the target directory this will unpack -SrvMge.exe and UsrMgr.exe (both are -Domain Management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation. +When executed in the target directory this will unpack SrvMge.exe +and UsrMgr.exe (both are domain management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation).

    -If your workstation is any other MS Windows product you should download the -Nexus.exe package from the Microsoft web site. When executed -from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on -MS Windows 9x/Me/200x/XP. +If your workstation is a Microsoft Windows 9x/Me family product + you should download the Nexus.exe package from the Microsoft web site. +When executed from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on +this platform. +

    +Further information about these tools may be obtained from the following locations: +http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;173673 +http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;172540

    Launch the srvmgr.exe (Server Manager for Domains) and follow these steps:

    Procedure 7.1. Server Manager Account Machine Account Management

    1. @@ -1753,25 +1666,21 @@ Launch the srvmgr.exe (Server Manager for Domains) and fo Add NT Workstation of Server, then enter the machine name in the field provided, then click the Add button. -

    "On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts

    +

    "On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts

    The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client is joined to the domain. -

    Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding Unix account, a method -for automatically creating the Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the -add machine script option in -smb.conf. This method is not required, however; corresponding Unix +

    Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding UNIX account, a method +for automatically creating the UNIX account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the +add machine script option in +smb.conf. This method is not required, however; corresponding UNIX accounts may also be created manually.

    Below is an example for a RedHat Linux system. -

    -[global]
    -   # <...remainder of parameters...>
    -   add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u 
    -

    Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member

    +

    [global]
    # <...remainder of parameters...>
    add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u

    Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member

    The procedure for making an MS Windows workstation of server a member of the domain varies with the version of Windows: -

    Windows 200x XP Professional

    +

    Windows 200x XP Professional

    When the user elects to make the client a domain member, Windows 200x prompts for an account and password that has privileges to create machine accounts in the domain. A Samba administrative account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the @@ -1785,13 +1694,13 @@ with the version of Windows: The name of the account that is used to create domain member machine accounts can be anything the network administrator may choose. If it is other than root then this is easily mapped to root using the file pointed to be the smb.conf parameter - username map = /etc/samba/smbusers. + username map = /etc/samba/smbusers.

    The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or updated if it already exists. -

    Windows NT4

    +

    Windows NT4

    If the machine trust account was created manually, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not check the box Create a Computer Account in the Domain. @@ -1804,8 +1713,8 @@ with the version of Windows: Domain. In this case, joining the domain proceeds as above for Windows 2000 (i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when prompted). -

    Samba

    Joining a Samba client to a domain is documented in - the Domain Member Server section of this chapter chapter. +

    Samba

    Joining a Samba client to a domain is documented in + the domain member chapter.

    Domain Member Server

    This mode of server operation involves the Samba machine being made a member of a domain security context. This means by definition that all user @@ -1821,47 +1730,39 @@ This can be LDAP (from OpenLDAP), or Sun's iPlanet, of NetWare Directory Server, etc.

    -Please refer to the Domain Control chapter +Please refer to the chapter on setting up a PDC for more information regarding how to create a domain machine account for a domain member server as well as for information regarding how to enable the Samba domain member machine to join the domain and to be fully trusted by it. -

    Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3

    -

    Table 7.1. Assumptions

    NetBIOS name:SERV1
    Win2K/NT domain name:DOM
    Domain's PDC NetBIOS name:DOMPDC
    Domain's BDC NetBIOS names:DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2
    -

    +

    Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3

    +

    Table 7.1. Assumptions

    NetBIOS name:SERV1
    Win2K/NT domain name:MIDEARTH
    Domain's PDC NetBIOS name:DOMPDC
    Domain's BDC NetBIOS names:DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2

    +

    First, you must edit your smb.conf file to tell Samba it should now use domain security.

    -Change (or add) your -security line in the [global] section + Change (or add) your + security line in the [global] section of your smb.conf to read: -

    -
    -security = domain
    -
    -

    -Next change the -workgroup line in the [global] +

    +

    security = domain

    +

    +Next change the workgroup line in the [global] section to read: -

    -
    -workgroup = DOM
    -
    -

    +

    +

    workgroup = MIDEARTH

    +

    as this is the name of the domain we are joining.

    -You must also have the parameter -encrypt passwords set to yes +You must also have the parameter +encrypt passwords set to yes in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC.

    -Finally, add (or modify) a -password server line in the [global] +Finally, add (or modify) a password server line in the [global] section to read: -

    -
    -password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2
    -
    -

    +

    +

    password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2

    +

    These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to @@ -1871,21 +1772,19 @@ among domain controllers. Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may set this line to be: -

    -
    -password server = *
    -
    -

    +

    +

    password server = *

    +

    This method allows Samba to use exactly the same mechanism that NT does. This method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to find domain controllers to authenticate against.

    In order to actually join the domain, you must run this command: -

    -
    -root# net join -S DOMPDC -UAdministrator%password
    -
    -

    +

    +

    +root# net rpc join -S DOMPDC -UAdministrator%password
    +

    +

    If the -S DOMPDC argument is not given then the domain name will be obtained from smb.conf.

    @@ -1900,8 +1799,8 @@ you will see the message: Joined domain DOM. or Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'

    -in your terminal window. See the -net(8) man page for more details. +in your terminal window. See the +net man page for more details.

    This process joins the server to the domain without having to create the machine trust account on the PDC beforehand. @@ -1919,21 +1818,25 @@ security for your system, and should be treated as carefully as a shadow password file.

    Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for -clients to begin using domain security! -

    Why is this better than security = server?

    +clients to begin using domain security! The way you can restart your +samba daemons depends on your distribution, but in most cases running +

    +	root# /etc/init.d/samba restart
    +

    +does the job. +

    Why is this better than security = server?

    Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from -having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching +having to create local UNIX users to represent the users attaching to your server. This means that if domain user DOM\fred attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs -to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix +to be a local UNIX user fred to represent that user in the UNIX filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode -security = server, +security = server, where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would.

    -Please refer to the Winbind chapter -for information on a system to automatically -assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups. + Please refer to the chapter on winbind for information on a system +to automatically assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups.

    The advantage to domain-level security is that the authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated @@ -1943,11 +1846,11 @@ exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource domain PDC to an account domain PDC).

    -In addition, with security = server every Samba +In addition, with security = server every Samba daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run -out of available connections. With security = domain, +out of available connections. With security = domain, however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, thus conserving PDC connection resources. @@ -1961,44 +1864,39 @@ Much of the text of this document was first published in the Web magazine LinuxWorld as the article Doing the NIS/NT Samba. -

    Samba ADS Domain Membership

    +

    Samba ADS Domain Membership

    This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with Kerberos authentication against a Windows2000 KDC. A familiarity with Kerberos is assumed. -

    Setup your smb.conf

    +

    Setup your smb.conf

    You must use at least the following 3 options in smb.conf: -

    -	realm = your.kerberos.REALM
    -	security = ADS
    -	encrypt passwords = yes
    -
    +

    realm = your.kerberos.REALM
    security = ADS
    encrypt passwords = yes

    In case samba can't figure out your ads server using your realm name, use the -ads server option in smb.conf: -

    -	ads server = your.kerberos.server
    -
    -

    Note

    +ads server option in smb.conf: +

    ads server = your.kerberos.server

    +

    Note

    You do not need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will be authenticated as -if security = domain, although it won't do any harm and +if security = domain, although it won't do any harm and allows you to have local users not in the domain. It is expected that the above required options will change soon when active directory integration will get better. -

    Setup your /etc/krb5.conf

    +

    Setup your /etc/krb5.conf

    The minimal configuration for krb5.conf is:

    -        [libdefaults]
    -            default_realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM
    +[libdefaults]
    +   default_realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM
     
     	[realms]
    -	    YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = {
    -		kdc = your.kerberos.server
    +	YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = {
    +	kdc = your.kerberos.server
     	    }
    -

    +

    Test your config by doing a kinit USERNAME@REALM and making sure that your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC.

    Note

    The realm must be uppercase or you will get Cannot find KDC for -requested realm while getting initial credentials error. +requested realm while getting initial credentials error (Kerberos +is case-sensitive!).

    Note

    Time between the two servers must be synchronized. You will get a kinit(v5): Clock skew too great while getting initial credentials @@ -2020,20 +1918,20 @@ straight to Test wi Creating a computer account and testing your servers is only needed if you want Kerberos support for smbd and winbindd. -

    Create the computer account

    +

    Create the computer account

    As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory (usually root) run: -

    -	root# net join -U Administrator%password
    -
    -

    Possible errors

    -
    ADS support not compiled in

    Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled +

    +root#  net ads join -U Administrator%password
    +

    +

    Possible errors

    +

    ADS support not compiled in

    Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled (make clean all install) after the Kerberos libs and headers are installed. -

    net join prompts for user name

    You need to login to the domain using kinit +

    net ads join prompts for user name

    You need to login to the domain using kinit USERNAME@REALM. USERNAME must be a user who has rights to add a machine - to the domain.

    -

    Test your server setup

    + to the domain.

    +

    Test your server setup

    If the join was successful, you will see a new computer account with the NetBIOS name of your Samba server in Active Directory (in the "Computers" folder under Users and Computers. @@ -2042,41 +1940,41 @@ On a Windows 2000 client try net use * \\server\shareklist tickets. Did you get a ticket for the server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ? -

    Testing with smbclient

    +

    Testing with smbclient

    On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba server using smbclient and Kerberos. Use smbclient as usual, but -specify the -k option to choose Kerberos authentication. -

    Notes

    +specify the -k option to choose Kerberos authentication. +

    Notes

    You must change administrator password at least once after DC install, to create the right encoding types

    W2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in -their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs? -

    Common Errors

    +their defaults DNS setup. Maybe this will be fixed later in service packs. +

    Common Errors

    In the process of adding / deleting / re-adding domain member machine accounts there are many traps for the unwary player and there are many “little” things that can go wrong. It is particularly interesting how often subscribers on the samba mailing list have concluded after repeated failed attempts to add a machine account that it is necessary to "re-install" MS Windows on t he machine. In truth, it is seldom necessary to reinstall because of this type of problem. The real solution is often very simple, and with understanding of how MS Windows -networking functions. easily overcome. -

    Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain

    -Problem: A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine +networking functions easy to overcome. +

    Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain

    +“ A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine account was deleted and added immediately. The workstation will not join the domain if I use the same machine name. Attempts to add the machine fail with a message that the machine already -exists on the network - I know it doesn't. Why is this failing? +exists on the network - I know it doesn't. Why is this failing?

    The original name is still in the NetBIOS name cache and must expire after machine account deletion BEFORE adding that same name as a domain member again. The best advice is to delete the old account and then to add the machine with a new name. -

    Adding Machine to Domain Fails

    -Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a +

    Adding Machine to Domain Fails

    + “Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a message that, The machine could not be added at this time, there is a network problem. -Please try again later. Why? + Please try again later. Why?”

    -You should check that there is an add machine script in your smb.conf +You should check that there is an add machine script in your smb.conf file. If there is not, please add one that is appropriate for your OS platform. If a script -has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the log level +has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the log level in the smb.conf file to level 10, then try to rejoin the domain. Check the logs to see which operation is failing.

    @@ -2085,21 +1983,23 @@ Possible causes include: The script does not actually exist, or could not be located in the path specified.

    Corrective Action: Fix it. Make sure that when run manually - that the script will add both the Unix system account _and_ the Samba SAM account. + that the script will add both the UNIX system account _and_ the Samba SAM account.

  • - The machine could not be added to the Unix system accounts file /etc/passwd + The machine could not be added to the UNIX system accounts file /etc/passwd

    - Corrective Action: Check that the machine name is a legal Unix - system account name. ie: If the Unix utility useradd is called + Corrective Action: Check that the machine name is a legal UNIX + system account name. ie: If the UNIX utility useradd is called then make sure that the machine name you are trying to add can be added using this tool. Useradd on some systems will not allow any upper case characters nor will it allow spaces in the name. -

  • I can't join a Windows 2003 PDC

    Windows 2003 requires SMB signing. Client side SMB signing has + only been implemented partially in Samba 3.0. Set client use spnego = no when communicating + with a windows 2003 server.

    Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Stand-Alone servers are independent of Domain Controllers on the network. They are NOT domain members and function more like workgroup servers. In many cases a stand-alone server is configured with a minimum of security control with the intent that all data served will be readily accessible to all users. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    Stand-Alone servers can be as secure or as insecure as needs dictate. They can have simple or complex configurations. Above all, despite the hoopla about Domain security they remain a very common installation. @@ -2116,7 +2016,7 @@ that are queued off a single central server. Everyone needs to be able to print to the printers, there is no need to affect any access controls and no files will be served from the print server. Again a share mode stand-alone server makes a great solution. -

    Background

    +

    Background

    The term stand-alone server means that the server will provide local authentication and access control for all resources that are available from it. In general this means that there will be a @@ -2138,50 +2038,37 @@ local or on a remote server, even if from the Samba protocol perspective the Samba server is NOT a member of a domain security context.

    Through the use of PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) and nsswitch -(the name service switcher) the source of authentication may reside on +(the name service switcher, which maintains the unix user database) the source of authentication may reside on another server. We would be inclined to call this the authentication server. -This means that the Samba server may use the local Unix/Linux system password database +This means that the Samba server may use the local UNIX/Linux system password database (/etc/passwd or /etc/shadow), may use a local smbpasswd file, or may use an LDAP back end, or even via PAM and Winbind another CIFS/SMB server for authentication. -

    Example Configuration

    +

    Example Configuration

    The following examples are designed to inspire simplicity. It is too easy to attempt a high level of creativity and to introduce too much complexity in server and network design. -

    Reference Documentation Server

    +

    Reference Documentation Server

    Configuration of a read-only data server that EVERYONE can access is very simple. Here is the smb.conf file that will do this. Assume that all the reference documents are stored in the directory /export, that the documents are owned by a user other than nobody. No home directories are shared, that are no users in the /etc/passwd -Unix system database. This is a very simple system to administer. -

    -	# Global parameters
    -	[global]
    -		workgroup = MYGROUP
    -		netbios name = REFDOCS
    -		security = SHARE
    -		passdb backend = guest
    -		wins server = 192.168.1.1
    -
    -	[data]
    -		comment = Data
    -		path = /export
    -		guest only = Yes
    -

    +UNIX system database. This is a very simple system to administer. +

    Example 8.1. smb.conf for Reference Documentation Server

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    workgroup = MIDEARTH
    netbios name = GANDALF
    security = SHARE
    passdb backend = guest
    wins server = 192.168.1.1
    [data]
    comment = Data
    path = /export
    guest only = Yes

    In the above example the machine name is set to REFDOCS, the workgroup is set to the name of the local workgroup so that the machine will appear in with systems users are familiar with. The only password backend required is the "guest" backend so as to allow default unprivileged account names to be used. Given that there is a WINS server on this network we do use it. -

    Central Print Serving

    +

    Central Print Serving

    Configuration of a simple print server is very simple if you have all the right tools on your system.

    Assumptions:

    1. The print server must require no administration

    2. The print spooling and processing system on our print server will be CUPS. - (Please refer to the CUPS Printing chapter for more information). + (Please refer to the chapter about CUPS for more information).

    3. All printers that the print server will service will be network printers. They will be correctly configured, by the administrator, @@ -2194,77 +2081,68 @@ In this example our print server will spool all incoming print jobs to /var/spool/samba until the job is ready to be submitted by Samba to the CUPS print processor. Since all incoming connections will be as the anonymous (guest) user, two things will be required: -

      Enabling Anonymous Printing

      • - The Unix/Linux system must have a guest account. +

        Enabling Anonymous Printing

        • + The UNIX/Linux system must have a guest account. The default for this is usually the account nobody. To find the correct name to use for your version of Samba do the following: -

          +

           $ testparm -s -v | grep "guest account"
          -	
          +

          Then make sure that this account exists in your system password database (/etc/passwd). -

        • +

        • The directory into which Samba will spool the file must have write access for the guest account. The following commands will ensure that this directory is available for use: -

          +

           root# mkdir /var/spool/samba
           root# chown nobody.nobody /var/spool/samba
           root# chmod a+rwt /var/spool/samba
          -	
          -
        -
        -	# Global parameters
        -	[global]
        -		workgroup = MYGROUP
        -		netbios name = PTRSVR1
        -		security = SHARE
        -		passdb backend = guest
        -		wins server = 192.168.1.1
        -
        -	[printers]
        -		comment = All Printers
        -		path = /var/spool/samba
        -		printer admin = root
        -		guest ok = Yes
        -		printable = Yes
        -		printing = cups
        -		use client driver = Yes
        -		browseable = No
        -
        -

    Common Errors

    +

    +

    +

    Example 8.2. smb.conf for anonymous printing

    # Global parameters
    [global]
    workgroup = MIDEARTH
    netbios name = GANDALF
    security = SHARE
    passdb backend = guest
    wins server = noldor
    printing = cups
    printcap name = cups
    [printers]
    comment = All Printers
    path = /var/spool/samba
    printer admin = root
    guest ok = Yes
    printable = Yes
    use client driver = Yes
    browseable = No

    +

    Common Errors

    The greatest mistake so often made is to make a network configuration too complex. It pays to use the simplest solution that will meet the needs of the moment. -

    Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note

    Note

    +

    Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note

    Note

    This chapter did not make it into this release. It is planned for the published release of this document. -

    Advanced Configuration

    Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information

    +

    Advanced Configuration

    Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information

    Samba has several features that you might want or might not want to use. The chapters in this part each cover specific Samba features. -

    Table of Contents

    10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide
    Features and Benefits
    What is Browsing?
    Discussion
    NetBIOS over TCP/IP
    TCP/IP - without NetBIOS
    DNS and Active Directory
    How Browsing Functions
    Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
    Setting up DOMAIN Browsing
    Forcing Samba to be the master
    Making Samba the domain master
    Note about broadcast addresses
    Multiple interfaces
    Use of the Remote Announce parameter
    Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter
    WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server
    Setting up a WINS server
    WINS Replication
    Static WINS Entries
    Helpful Hints
    Windows Networking Protocols
    Name Resolution Order
    Technical Overview of browsing
    Browsing support in Samba
    Problem resolution
    Browsing across subnets
    Common Errors
    How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?
    My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"
    11. Account Information Databases
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Information
    Important Notes About Security
    Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix
    Account Management Tools
    The smbpasswd Command
    The pdbedit Command
    Password Backends
    Plain Text
    smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database
    tdbsam
    ldapsam
    MySQL
    XML
    Common Errors
    Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM
    Users are being added to the wrong backend database
    auth methods does not work
    12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups
    Features and Benefits
    Discussion
    Example Configuration
    Configuration Scripts
    Sample smb.conf add group script
    Script to configure Group Mapping
    Common Errors
    Adding Groups Fails
    Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
    13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls
    Features and Benefits
    File System Access Controls
    MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems
    Managing Directories
    File and Directory Access Control
    Share Definition Access Controls
    User and Group Based Controls
    File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
    Miscellaneous Controls
    Access Controls on Shares
    Share Permissions Management
    MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability
    Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs
    Viewing File Security on a Samba Share
    Viewing file ownership
    Viewing File or Directory Permissions
    Modifying file or directory permissions
    Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters
    Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping
    Common Errors
    Users can not write to a public share
    I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files - I touch!
    14. File and Record Locking
    Features and Benefits
    Discussion
    Opportunistic Locking Overview
    Samba Opportunistic Locking Control
    Example Configuration
    MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls
    Workstation Service Entries
    Server Service Entries
    Persistent Data Corruption
    Common Errors
    locking.tdb error messages
    Additional Reading
    15. Securing Samba
    Introduction
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues
    Using host based protection
    User based protection
    Using interface protection
    Using a firewall
    Using a IPC$ share deny
    NTLMv2 Security
    Upgrading Samba
    Common Errors
    Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead
    Why can users access home directories of other users?
    16. Interdomain Trust Relationships
    Features and Benefits
    Trust Relationship Background
    Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
    NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)
    NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)
    Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts
    Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain
    Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain
    Common Errors
    Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba
    17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba
    Features and Benefits
    Common Errors
    18. Classical Printing Support
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Introduction
    What happens if you send a Job from a Client
    Printing Related Configuration Parameters
    Parameters Recommended for Use
    Parameters for Backwards Compatibility
    Parameters no longer in use
    A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3
    Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
    A little Experiment to warn you
    Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3
    Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
    The [global] Section
    The [printers] Section
    Any [my_printer_name] Section
    Print Commands
    Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems
    Setting up your own Print Commands
    Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
    Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
    The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3
    Creating the [print$] Share
    Parameters in the [print$] Section
    Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
    Installing Drivers into [print$]
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with -rpcclient
    "The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install -Procedure)
    The first Client Driver Installation
    IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
    Further Client Driver Install Procedures
    Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
    Other Gotchas
    Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
    Supporting large Numbers of Printers
    Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
    Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a -different Name
    Be careful when assembling Driver Files
    Samba and Printer Ports
    Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
    The Imprints Toolset
    What is Imprints?
    Creating Printer Driver Packages
    The Imprints Server
    The Installation Client
    Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
    The addprinter command
    Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3
    Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
    Common Errors and Problems
    I give my root password but I don't get access
    My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost
    19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0
    Introduction
    Features and Benefits
    Overview
    Basic Configuration of CUPS support
    Linking of smbd with libcups.so
    Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
    More complex smb.conf Settings for -CUPS
    Advanced Configuration
    Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
    CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing -with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
    Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
    Explicitly enable "raw" printing for -application/octet-stream!
    Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
    Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing -with PostScript Driver Download
    GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix
    Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
    Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
    PostScript and Ghostscript
    Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
    PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
    CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
    CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
    The CUPS Filtering Architecture
    MIME types and CUPS Filters
    MIME type Conversion Rules
    Filter Requirements
    Prefilters
    pstops
    pstoraster
    imagetops and imagetoraster
    rasterto [printers specific]
    CUPS Backends
    cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
    The Complete Picture
    mime.convs
    "Raw" printing
    "application/octet-stream" printing
    PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
    Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and -native CUPS printing
    Examples for filtering Chains
    Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
    Printing with Interface Scripts
    Network printing (purely Windows)
    From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
    Driver Execution on the Client
    Driver Execution on the Server
    Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print -Servers)
    From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
    Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
    Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use -PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
    Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
    Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many -Problems
    Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
    CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?
    PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel -Mode
    Setting up CUPS for driver Download
    cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
    Prepare your smb.conf for -cupsaddsmb
    CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
    Recognize the different Driver Files
    Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
    ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for -WinNT/2k/XP"
    Caveats to be considered
    What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for -Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?
    Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
    Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
    Understanding cupsaddsmb
    How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully
    cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
    cupsaddsmb Flowchart
    Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
    Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the -Client
    Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using -rpcclient)
    A Check of the rpcclient man Page
    Understanding the rpcclient man Page
    Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
    What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
    Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps
    Troubleshooting revisited
    The printing *.tdb Files
    Trivial DataBase Files
    Binary Format
    Losing *.tdb Files
    Using tdbbackup
    CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
    Page Accounting with CUPS
    Setting up Quotas
    Correct and incorrect Accounting
    Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
    The page_log File Syntax
    Possible Shortcomings
    Future Developments
    Other Accounting Tools
    Additional Material
    Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
    CUPS Configuration Settings explained
    Pre-conditions
    Manual Configuration
    When not to use Samba to print to -CUPS
    In Case of Trouble.....
    Where to find Documentation
    How to ask for Help
    Where to find Help
    Appendix
    Printing from CUPS to Windows attached -Printers
    More CUPS filtering Chains
    Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing -Problems
    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes
    20. Stackable VFS modules
    Features and Benefits
    Discussion
    Included modules
    audit
    extd_audit
    fake_perms
    recycle
    netatalk
    VFS modules available elsewhere
    DatabaseFS
    vscan
    Common Errors
    21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind
    Features and Benefits
    Introduction
    What Winbind Provides
    Target Uses
    How Winbind Works
    Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls
    Microsoft Active Directory Services
    Name Service Switch
    Pluggable Authentication Modules
    User and Group ID Allocation
    Result Caching
    Installation and Configuration
    Introduction
    Requirements
    Testing Things Out
    Conclusion
    Common Errors
    22. Advanced Network Management
    Features and Benefits
    Remote Server Administration
    Remote Desktop Management
    Remote Management from NoMachines.Com
    Network Logon Script Magic
    Adding printers without user intervention
    Common Errors
    23. System and Account Policies
    Features and Benefits
    Creating and Managing System Policies
    Windows 9x/Me Policies
    Windows NT4 Style Policy Files
    MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies
    Managing Account/User Policies
    Samba Editreg Toolset
    Windows NT4/200x
    Samba PDC
    System Startup and Logon Processing Overview
    Common Errors
    Policy Does Not Work
    24. Desktop Profile Management
    Features and Benefits
    Roaming Profiles
    Samba Configuration for Profile Handling
    Windows Client Profile Configuration Information
    Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
    Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba
    Mandatory profiles
    Creating/Managing Group Profiles
    Default Profile for Windows Users
    MS Windows 9x/Me
    MS Windows NT4 Workstation
    MS Windows 200x/XP
    Common Errors
    How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?
    Can NOT use Roaming Profiles
    Changing the default profile
    25. PAM based Distributed Authentication
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Discussion
    PAM Configuration Syntax
    Example System Configurations
    smb.conf PAM Configuration
    Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so
    Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so
    Common Errors
    pam_winbind problem
    26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
    Features and Benefits
    Background Information
    Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world
    /etc/hosts
    /etc/resolv.conf
    /etc/host.conf
    /etc/nsswitch.conf
    Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
    The NetBIOS Name Cache
    The LMHOSTS file
    HOSTS file
    DNS Lookup
    WINS Lookup
    Common Errors
    My Boomerang Won't Come Back
    Very Slow Network Connections
    Samba server name change problem
    27. Unicode/Charsets
    Features and Benefits
    What are charsets and unicode?
    Samba and charsets
    Conversion from old names
    Japanese charsets
    28. Samba Backup Techniques
    Note
    Features and Benefits
    29. High Availability Options
    Note

    Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    July 5, 1998

    Updated: April 21, 2003

    +

    Table of Contents

    10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide
    Features and Benefits
    What is Browsing?
    Discussion
    NetBIOS over TCP/IP
    TCP/IP - without NetBIOS
    DNS and Active Directory
    How Browsing Functions
    Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
    Setting up DOMAIN Browsing
    Forcing Samba to be the master
    Making Samba the domain master
    Note about broadcast addresses
    Multiple interfaces
    Use of the Remote Announce parameter
    Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter
    WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server
    Setting up a WINS server
    WINS Replication
    Static WINS Entries
    Helpful Hints
    Windows Networking Protocols
    Name Resolution Order
    Technical Overview of browsing
    Browsing support in Samba
    Problem resolution
    Browsing across subnets
    Common Errors
    How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?
    My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"
    I get an Unable to browse the network error
    11. Account Information Databases
    Features and Benefits
    Backwards Compatibility Backends
    New Backends
    Technical Information
    Important Notes About Security
    Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX
    Mapping Common UIDs/GIDs on Distributed Machines
    Account Management Tools
    The smbpasswd Command
    The pdbedit Command
    Password Backends
    Plain Text
    smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database
    tdbsam
    ldapsam
    MySQL
    XML
    Common Errors
    Users can not logon
    Users being added to wrong backend database
    auth methods does not work
    12. Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
    Features and Benefits
    Discussion
    Example Configuration
    Configuration Scripts
    Sample smb.conf add group script
    Script to configure Group Mapping
    Common Errors
    Adding Groups Fails
    Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
    Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group
    13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls
    Features and Benefits
    File System Access Controls
    MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
    Managing Directories
    File and Directory Access Control
    Share Definition Access Controls
    User and Group Based Controls
    File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
    Miscellaneous Controls
    Access Controls on Shares
    Share Permissions Management
    MS Windows Access Control Lists and UNIX Interoperability
    Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs
    Viewing File Security on a Samba Share
    Viewing file ownership
    Viewing File or Directory Permissions
    Modifying file or directory permissions
    Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters
    Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mapping
    Common Errors
    Users can not write to a public share
    I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!
    MS Word with Samba changes owner of file
    14. File and Record Locking
    Features and Benefits
    Discussion
    Opportunistic Locking Overview
    Samba Opportunistic Locking Control
    Example Configuration
    MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls
    Workstation Service Entries
    Server Service Entries
    Persistent Data Corruption
    Common Errors
    locking.tdb error messages
    Problems saving files in MS Office on Windows XP
    Long delays deleting files over network with XP SP1
    Additional Reading
    15. Securing Samba
    Introduction
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues
    Using host based protection
    User based protection
    Using interface protection
    Using a firewall
    Using a IPC$ share deny
    NTLMv2 Security
    Upgrading Samba
    Common Errors
    Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead
    Why can users access home directories of other users?
    16. Interdomain Trust Relationships
    Features and Benefits
    Trust Relationship Background
    Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
    Creating an NT4 Domain Trust
    Completing an NT4 Domain Trust
    Inter-Domain Trust Facilities
    Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts
    Samba as the Trusted Domain
    Samba as the Trusting Domain
    NT4-style Domain Trusts with Windows 2000
    Common Errors
    17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba
    Features and Benefits
    Common Errors
    18. Classical Printing Support
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Introduction
    What happens if you send a Job from a Client
    Printing Related Configuration Parameters
    Parameters Recommended for Use
    A simple Configuration to Print
    Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
    A little Experiment to warn you
    Extended Sample Configuration to Print
    Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
    The [global] Section
    The [printers] Section
    Any [my_printer_name] Section
    Print Commands
    Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems
    Setting up your own Print Commands
    Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
    Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
    The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3
    Creating the [print$] Share
    Parameters in the [print$] Section
    Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
    Installing Drivers into [print$]
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient
    Client Driver Install Procedure
    The first Client Driver Installation
    IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
    Further Client Driver Install Procedures
    Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
    Other Gotchas
    Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
    Supporting large Numbers of Printers
    Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
    Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name
    Be careful when assembling Driver Files
    Samba and Printer Ports
    Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
    The Imprints Toolset
    What is Imprints?
    Creating Printer Driver Packages
    The Imprints Server
    The Installation Client
    Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
    The addprinter command
    Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba
    Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
    Common Errors
    I give my root password but I don't get access
    My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost
    19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0
    Introduction
    Features and Benefits
    Overview
    Basic Configuration of CUPS support
    Linking of smbd with libcups.so
    Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
    More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS
    Advanced Configuration
    Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
    CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
    Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
    Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!
    Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
    Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download
    GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX
    Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
    UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
    PostScript and Ghostscript
    Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
    PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
    CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
    CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
    The CUPS Filtering Architecture
    MIME types and CUPS Filters
    MIME type Conversion Rules
    Filter Requirements
    Prefilters
    pstops
    pstoraster
    imagetops and imagetoraster
    rasterto [printers specific]
    CUPS Backends
    cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
    The Complete Picture
    mime.convs
    "Raw" printing
    "application/octet-stream" printing
    PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
    Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing
    Examples for filtering Chains
    Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
    Printing with Interface Scripts
    Network printing (purely Windows)
    From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
    Driver Execution on the Client
    Driver Execution on the Server
    Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)
    From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
    Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
    Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
    Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
    Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems
    Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
    CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?
    PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode
    Setting up CUPS for driver Download
    cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
    Prepare your smb.conf for cupsaddsmb
    CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
    Recognize the different Driver Files
    Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
    ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"
    Caveats to be considered
    Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
    Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
    Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
    Understanding cupsaddsmb
    How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully
    cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
    cupsaddsmb Flowchart
    Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
    Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client
    Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)
    A Check of the rpcclient man Page
    Understanding the rpcclient man page
    Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
    What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
    Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    Troubleshooting revisited
    The printing *.tdb Files
    Trivial DataBase Files
    Binary Format
    Losing *.tdb Files
    Using tdbbackup
    CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
    Page Accounting with CUPS
    Setting up Quotas
    Correct and incorrect Accounting
    Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
    The page_log File Syntax
    Possible Shortcomings
    Future Developments
    Other Accounting Tools
    Additional Material
    Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
    CUPS Configuration Settings explained
    Pre-conditions
    Manual Configuration
    In Case of Trouble.....
    Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers
    More CUPS filtering Chains
    Common Errors
    Win9x client can't install driver
    "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in + neverending loop
    "cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." + message while PPD file is present
    Client can't connect to Samba printer
    Can't reconnect to Samba under new account + from Win2K/XP
    Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the + "wrong" user
    Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on + NT/2K/XP clients gives problems
    Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is + a PDC
    Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shown
    Win2K/XP "Local Security + Policies"
    WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install + printers for all local users"
    "Print Change Notify" functions on + NT-clients
    WinXP-SP1
    Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XP
    Most common blunders in driver + settings on Windows clients
    cupsaddsmb does not work + with newly installed printer
    Permissions on +/var/spool/samba/ get reset after each +reboot
    Printer named "lp" +intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different +ones
    Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"
    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes
    20. Stackable VFS modules
    Features and Benefits
    Discussion
    Included modules
    audit
    extd_audit
    fake_perms
    recycle
    netatalk
    VFS modules available elsewhere
    DatabaseFS
    vscan
    21. Winbind: Use of Domain Accounts
    Features and Benefits
    Introduction
    What Winbind Provides
    Target Uses
    How Winbind Works
    Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls
    Microsoft Active Directory Services
    Name Service Switch
    Pluggable Authentication Modules
    User and Group ID Allocation
    Result Caching
    Installation and Configuration
    Introduction
    Requirements
    Testing Things Out
    Conclusion
    Common Errors
    NSCD Problem Warning
    22. Advanced Network Management
    Features and Benefits
    Remote Server Administration
    Remote Desktop Management
    Remote Management from NoMachines.Com
    Network Logon Script Magic
    Adding printers without user intervention
    Common Errors
    23. System and Account Policies
    Features and Benefits
    Creating and Managing System Policies
    Windows 9x/Me Policies
    Windows NT4 Style Policy Files
    MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies
    Managing Account/User Policies
    Samba Editreg Toolset
    Windows NT4/200x
    Samba PDC
    System Startup and Logon Processing Overview
    Common Errors
    Policy Does Not Work
    24. Desktop Profile Management
    Features and Benefits
    Roaming Profiles
    Samba Configuration for Profile Handling
    Windows Client Profile Configuration Information
    Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
    Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba
    Mandatory profiles
    Creating/Managing Group Profiles
    Default Profile for Windows Users
    MS Windows 9x/Me
    MS Windows NT4 Workstation
    MS Windows 200x/XP
    Common Errors
    Setting up roaming profiles for just a few user's or group's?
    Can NOT use Roaming Profiles
    Changing the default profile
    25. PAM based Distributed Authentication
    Features and Benefits
    Technical Discussion
    PAM Configuration Syntax
    Example System Configurations
    smb.conf PAM Configuration
    Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so
    Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so
    Common Errors
    pam_winbind problem
    Winbind is not resolving users and groups
    26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
    Features and Benefits
    Background Information
    Name Resolution in a pure UNIX/Linux world
    /etc/hosts
    /etc/resolv.conf
    /etc/host.conf
    /etc/nsswitch.conf
    Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
    The NetBIOS Name Cache
    The LMHOSTS file
    HOSTS file
    DNS Lookup
    WINS Lookup
    Common Errors
    Pinging works only in one way
    Very Slow Network Connections
    Samba server name change problem
    27. Unicode/Charsets
    Features and Benefits
    What are charsets and unicode?
    Samba and charsets
    Conversion from old names
    Japanese charsets
    Common errors
    CP850.so can't be found
    28. Samba Backup Techniques
    Note
    Features and Benefits
    29. High Availability Options
    Note

    Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    July 5, 1998

    Updated: April 21, 2003

    This document contains detailed information as well as a fast track guide to implementing browsing across subnets and / or across workgroups (or domains). WINS is the best tool for resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addresses. WINS is @@ -2275,11 +2153,11 @@ over TCP/IP. Samba-3 and later also supports this mode of operation. When the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP has been disabled then the primary means for resolution of MS Windows machine names is via DNS and Active Directory. The following information assumes that your site is running NetBIOS over TCP/IP. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    Someone once referred to the past in terms of: They were the worst of times, they were the best of times. The more we look back, them more we long for what was and hope it never returns!. -

    +

    For many MS Windows network administrators, that statement sums up their feelings about NetBIOS networking precisely. For those who mastered NetBIOS networking, its fickle nature was just par for the course. For those who never quite managed to tame its @@ -2304,63 +2182,55 @@ help Samba to affect stable WINS operations beyond the normal scope of MS WINS.

    Please note that WINS is exclusively a service that applies only to those systems that run NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows 200x / XP have the capacity to turn off -support for NetBIOS, in which case WINS is of no relevance. Samba-3 supports this also. +support for NetBIOS, in which case WINS is of no relevance. Samba supports this also.

    For those networks on which NetBIOS has been disabled (ie: WINS is NOT required) the use of DNS is necessary for host name resolution. -

    What is Browsing?

    +

    What is Browsing?

    To most people browsing means that they can see the MS Windows and Samba servers in the Network Neighborhood, and when the computer icon for a particular server is clicked, it opens up and shows the shares and printers available on the target server.

    What seems so simple is in fact a very complex interaction of different technologies. The technologies (or methods) employed in making all of this work includes: -

    MS Windows machines register their presence to the network
    Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network
    One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements
    The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines
    The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses
    The client machine is able to connect to a target machine

    +

    • MS Windows machines register their presence to the network

    • Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network

    • One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements

    • The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines

    • The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses

    • The client machine is able to connect to a target machine

    The Samba application that controls browse list management and name resolution is called nmbd. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation are: -

    -		
    -	Browsing options:
    -	-----------------
    -		* os level
    -		  lm announce
    -		  lm interval
    -		* preferred master
    -		* local master
    -		* domain master
    -		  browse list
    -		  enhanced browsing
    -
    -	Name Resolution Method:
    -	-----------------------
    -		* name resolve order
    -
    -	WINS options:
    -	-------------
    -		  dns proxy
    -		  wins proxy
    -		* wins server
    -		* wins support
    -		  wins hook
    -

    +

    Browsing options: os level(*), + lm announce, + lm interval, + preferred master(*), + local master(*), + domain master(*), + browse list, + enhanced browsing. +

    Name Resolution Method: + name resolve order(*). +

    WINS options: + dns proxy, + wins proxy, + wins server(*), + wins support(*), + wins hook. +

    For Samba, the WINS Server and WINS Support are mutually exclusive options. Those marked with an '*' are the only options that commonly MAY need to be modified. Even if not one of these parameters is set nmbd will still do it's job. -

    Discussion

    +

    Discussion

    Firstly, all MS Windows networking uses SMB (Server Message Block) based messaging. SMB messaging may be implemented with or without NetBIOS. MS Windows 200x supports NetBIOS over TCP/IP for backwards compatibility. Microsoft is intent on phasing out NetBIOS support. -

    NetBIOS over TCP/IP

    +

    NetBIOS over TCP/IP

    Samba implements NetBIOS, as does MS Windows NT / 200x / XP, by encapsulating it over TCP/IP. MS Windows products can do likewise. NetBIOS based networking uses broadcast messaging to affect browse list management. When running NetBIOS over TCP/IP, this uses UDP based messaging. UDP messages can be broadcast or unicast. -

    +

    Normally, only unicast UDP messaging can be forwarded by routers. The -remote announce parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements +remote announce parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements to remote network segments via unicast UDP. Similarly, the -remote browse sync parameter of smb.conf +remote browse sync parameter of smb.conf implements browse list collation using unicast UDP.

    Secondly, in those networks where Samba is the only SMB server technology, @@ -2368,12 +2238,13 @@ wherever possible nmbd should be configured on one (1) server. This makes it easy to manage the browsing environment. If each network segment is configured with it's own Samba WINS server, then the only way to get cross segment browsing to work is by using the -remote announce and the remote browse sync +remote announce and the remote browse sync parameters to your smb.conf file.

    + If only one WINS server is used for an entire multi-segment network then -the use of the remote announce and the -remote browse sync parameters should NOT be necessary. +the use of the remote announce and the +remote browse sync parameters should NOT be necessary.

    As of Samba 3 WINS replication is being worked on. The bulk of the code has been committed, but it still needs maturation. This is NOT a supported feature @@ -2384,7 +2255,7 @@ Right now Samba WINS does not support MS-WINS replication. This means that when setting up Samba as a WINS server there must only be one nmbd configured as a WINS server on the network. Some sites have used multiple Samba WINS servers for redundancy (one server per subnet) and then used -remote browse sync and remote announce +remote browse sync and remote announce to affect browse list collation across all segments. Note that this means clients will only resolve local names, and must be configured to use DNS to resolve names on other subnets in order to resolve the IP addresses of the servers they can see @@ -2395,7 +2266,10 @@ Lastly, take note that browse lists are a collection of unreliable broadcast messages that are repeated at intervals of not more than 15 minutes. This means that it will take time to establish a browse list and it can take up to 45 minutes to stabilise, particularly across network segments. -

    TCP/IP - without NetBIOS

    +

    TCP/IP - without NetBIOS

    + + + All TCP/IP using systems use various forms of host name resolution. The primary methods for TCP/IP hostname resolutions involves either a static file (/etc/hosts ) or DNS (the Domain Name System). DNS is the technology that makes @@ -2418,7 +2292,7 @@ it follows a defined path:

  • Looks up entries in LMHOSTS. It is located in C:\WinNT\System32\Drivers\etc. -

  • +

    Windows 200x / XP can register it's host name with a Dynamic DNS server. You can force register with a Dynamic DNS server in Windows 200x / XP using: ipconfig /registerdns @@ -2431,8 +2305,8 @@ consequently network services will be severely impaired. The use of Dynamic DNS is highly recommended with Active Directory, in which case the use of BIND9 is preferred for it's ability to adequately support the SRV (service) records that are needed for Active Directory. -

    DNS and Active Directory

    -Occasionally we hear from Unix network administrators who want to use a Unix based Dynamic +

    DNS and Active Directory

    +Occasionally we hear from UNIX network administrators who want to use a UNIX based Dynamic DNS server in place of the Microsoft DNS server. While this might be desirable to some, the MS Windows 200x DNS server is auto-configured to work with Active Directory. It is possible to use BIND version 8 or 9, but it will almost certainly be necessary to create service records @@ -2453,7 +2327,7 @@ The following are some of the default service records that Active Directory requ

  • _ldap._tcp.Site.gc.ms-dcs.DomainTree

    Used by MS Windows clients to locate site configuration dependent Global Catalog server. -

  • How Browsing Functions

    +

    How Browsing Functions

    MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names (ie: the machine name for each service type in operation) on start up. The exact method by which this name registration @@ -2467,7 +2341,7 @@ resolution to the local subnet, unless LMHOSTS is used to list all names and IP addresses. In such situations Samba provides a means by which the Samba server name may be forcibly injected into the browse list of a remote MS Windows network (using the -remote announce parameter). +remote announce parameter).

    Where a WINS server is used, the MS Windows client will use UDP unicast to register with the WINS server. Such packets can be routed @@ -2495,20 +2369,18 @@ will annoy users because they will have to put up with protracted inability to use the network services.

    Samba supports a feature that allows forced synchronisation -of browse lists across routed networks using the remote -browse sync parameter in the smb.conf file. +of browse lists across routed networks using the remote browse sync parameter in the smb.conf file. This causes Samba to contact the local master browser on a remote network and to request browse list synchronisation. This effectively bridges two networks that are separated by routers. The two remote networks may use either broadcast based name resolution or WINS -based name resolution, but it should be noted that the remote -browse sync parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and +based name resolution, but it should be noted that the remote browse sync parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and that is distinct from name to address resolution, in other words, for cross subnet browsing to function correctly it is essential that a name to address resolution mechanism be provided. This mechanism could be via DNS, /etc/hosts, and so on. -

    Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing

    +

    Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing

    To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines in up to be in a WORKGROUP, not an NT Domain you need to set up one Samba server to be the Domain Master Browser (note that this is *NOT* @@ -2526,22 +2398,15 @@ Samba server, and there must only be one domain master browser per workgroup name. To set up a Samba server as a domain master browser, set the following option in the [global] section of the smb.conf file : -

    -
    -	domain master = yes
    -
    -

    -The domain master browser should also preferrably be the local master +

    +

    domain master = yes

    +

    +The domain master browser should also preferably be the local master browser for its own subnet. In order to achieve this set the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file : -

    -
    -	domain master = yes
    -	local master = yes
    -	preferred master = yes
    -	os level = 65
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Example 10.1. Domain master browser smb.conf

    [global]
    domain master = yes
    local master = yes
    preferred master = yes
    os level = 65

    +

    The domain master browser may be the same machine as the WINS server, if you require.

    @@ -2553,21 +2418,16 @@ tend to get rebooted more often, so it's not such a good idea to use these). To make a Samba server a local master browser set the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file : -

    -
    -	domain master = no
    -	local master = yes
    -	preferred master = yes
    -	os level = 65
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Example 10.2. Local master browser smb.conf

    [global]
    domain master = no
    local master = yes
    preferred master = yes
    os level = 65

    +

    Do not do this for more than one Samba server on each subnet, or they will war with each other over which is to be the local master browser.

    -The local master parameter allows Samba to act as a -local master browser. The preferred master causes nmbd -to force a browser election on startup and the os level +The local master parameter allows Samba to act as a +local master browser. The preferred master causes nmbd +to force a browser election on startup and the os level parameter sets Samba high enough so that it should win any browser elections.

    If you have an NT machine on the subnet that you wish to @@ -2575,14 +2435,9 @@ be the local master browser then you can disable Samba from becoming a local master browser by setting the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file : -

    -
    -	domain master = no
    -	local master = no
    -	preferred master = no
    -	os level = 0
    -
    -

    Setting up DOMAIN Browsing

    +

    +

    Example 10.3. smb.conf for not being a master browser

    [global]
    domain master = no
    local master = no
    preferred master = no
    os level = 0

    +

    Setting up DOMAIN Browsing

    If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then you must not set up a Samba server as a domain master browser. By default, a Windows NT Primary Domain Controller for a domain @@ -2594,18 +2449,13 @@ with WINS instead of the PDC. For subnets other than the one containing the Windows NT PDC you may set up Samba servers as local master browsers as described. To make a Samba server a local master browser set -the following options in the [global] section +the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file : -

    -
    -	domain master = no
    -	local master = yes
    -	preferred master = yes
    -	os level = 65
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Example 10.4. Local master browser smb.conf

    [global]
    domain master = no
    local master = yes
    preferred master = yes
    os level = 65

    +

    If you wish to have a Samba server fight the election with machines -on the same subnet you may set the os level parameter +on the same subnet you may set the os level parameter to lower levels. By doing this you can tune the order of machines that will become local master browsers if they are running. For more details on this see the section @@ -2618,39 +2468,34 @@ you can disable Samba from taking part in browser elections and ever becoming a local master browser by setting following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file : -

    -
    -        domain master = no
    -        local master = no
    -        preferred master = no
    -        os level = 0
    -
    -

    Forcing Samba to be the master

    -Who becomes the master browser is determined by an election +

    +

    Example 10.5. smb.conf for not being a master browser

    [global]
    domain master = no
    local master = no
    preferred master = no
    os level = 0

    +

    Forcing Samba to be the master

    +Who becomes the master browser is determined by an election process using broadcasts. Each election packet contains a number of parameters which determine what precedence (bias) a host should have in the election. By default Samba uses a very low precedence and thus loses elections to just about anyone else.

    -If you want Samba to win elections then just set the os level global +If you want Samba to win elections then just set the os level global option in smb.conf to a higher number. It defaults to 0. Using 34 would make it win all elections over every other system (except other samba systems!)

    -A os level of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows +A os level of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows NT/2K Server. A MS Windows NT/2K Server domain controller uses level 32.

    The maximum os level is 255

    If you want Samba to force an election on startup, then set the -preferred master global option in smb.conf to yes. Samba will +preferred master global option in smb.conf to yes. Samba will then have a slight advantage over other potential master browsers that are not preferred master browsers. Use this parameter with care, as if you have two hosts (whether they are Windows 95 or NT or -Samba) on the same local subnet both set with preferred master to +Samba) on the same local subnet both set with preferred master to yes, then periodically and continually they will force an election in order to become the local master browser.

    -If you want Samba to be a domain master browser, then it is -recommended that you also set preferred master to yes, because + If you want Samba to be a domain master browser, then it is +recommended that you also set preferred master to yes, because Samba will not become a domain master browser for the whole of your LAN or WAN if it is not also a local master browser on its own broadcast isolated subnet. @@ -2662,10 +2507,10 @@ attempt to become the domain master browser every 5 minutes. They will find that another Samba server is already the domain master browser and will fail. This provides automatic redundancy, should the current domain master browser fail. -

    Making Samba the domain master

    +

    Making Samba the domain master

    The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets. You can -make Samba act as the domain master by setting domain master = yes +make Samba act as the domain master by setting domain master = yes in smb.conf. By default it will not be a domain master.

    Note that you should not set Samba to be the domain master for a @@ -2677,8 +2522,8 @@ master browsers on other subnets and then contact them to synchronise browse lists.

    If you want Samba to be the domain master then I suggest you also set -the os level high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set -preferred master to yes, to get Samba to force an election on +the os level high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set +preferred master to yes, to get Samba to force an election on startup.

    Note that all your servers (including Samba) and clients should be @@ -2704,31 +2549,31 @@ If, however, both Samba and your clients are using a WINS server, then: resolve the NetBIOS name of that host. as long as that host has registered its NetBIOS name with the same WINS server, the user will be able to see that host. -

    Note about broadcast addresses

    +

    Note about broadcast addresses

    If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it ends in a 0) then you will strike problems. Windows for Workgroups does not seem to support a 0's broadcast and you will probably find that browsing and name lookups won't work. -

    Multiple interfaces

    +

    Multiple interfaces

    Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you -have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the interfaces +have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the interfaces option in smb.conf to configure them. -

    Use of the Remote Announce parameter

    -The remote announce parameter of +

    Use of the Remote Announce parameter

    +The remote announce parameter of smb.conf can be used to forcibly ensure that all the NetBIOS names on a network get announced to a remote network. -The syntax of the remote announce parameter is: -

    -	remote announce = a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ...
    -
    +The syntax of the remote announce parameter is: +

    remote announce = a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ...

    or -

    -	remote announce = a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ...
    -
    +

    remote announce = a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ...

    where: -

    a.b.c.d and -e.f.g.h

    is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address +

    a.b.c.d and +e.f.g.h

    + + + + is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address or the broadcast address of the remote network. ie: the LMB is at 192.168.1.10, or the address could be given as 192.168.1.255 where the netmask @@ -2743,23 +2588,21 @@ workgroup name of the remote network then our NetBIOS machine names will end up looking like they belong to that workgroup, this may cause name resolution problems and should be avoided. -

    -

    Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter

    -The remote browse sync parameter of +

    +

    Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter

    +The remote browse sync parameter of smb.conf is used to announce to another LMB that it must synchronise its NetBIOS name list with our Samba LMB. It works ONLY if the Samba server that has this option is simultaneously the LMB on its network segment. -

    -The syntax of the remote browse sync parameter is: +

    +The syntax of the remote browse sync parameter is: -

    -remote browse sync = a.b.c.d
    -
    +

    remote browse sync = a.b.c.d

    where a.b.c.d is either the IP address of the remote LMB or else is the network broadcast address of the remote segment. -

    WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server

    +

    WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server

    Use of WINS (either Samba WINS or MS Windows NT Server WINS) is highly recommended. Every NetBIOS machine registers its name together with a name_type value for each of several types of service it has available. @@ -2800,36 +2643,34 @@ lookup attempts by other clients and will therefore cause workstation access errors.

    To configure Samba as a WINS server just add -wins support = yes to the smb.conf -file [globals] section. +wins support = yes to the smb.conf +file [global] section.

    To configure Samba to register with a WINS server just add -wins server = a.b.c.d to your smb.conf file [globals] section. +wins server = a.b.c.d to your smb.conf file [global] section.

    Important

    -Never use both wins support = yes together -with wins server = a.b.c.d +Never use both wins support = yes together +with wins server = a.b.c.d particularly not using it's own IP address. Specifying both will cause nmbd to refuse to start! -

    Setting up a WINS server

    +

    Setting up a WINS server

    Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up as a WINS server. To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must add the following option to the smb.conf file on the selected machine : -in the [globals] section add the line -

    -
    -	wins support = yes
    -
    -

    +in the [global] section add the line +

    +

    wins support = yes

    +

    Versions of Samba prior to 1.9.17 had this parameter default to yes. If you have any older versions of Samba on your network it is strongly suggested you upgrade to a recent version, or at the very least set the parameter to 'no' on all these machines.

    -Machines with wins support = yes will keep a list of +Machines with wins support = yes will keep a list of all NetBIOS names registered with them, acting as a DNS for NetBIOS names.

    You should set up only ONE WINS server. Do NOT set the -wins support = yes option on more than one Samba +wins support = yes option on more than one Samba server.

    To set up a Windows NT Server as a WINS server you need to set up @@ -2841,7 +2682,7 @@ participate in these replications. It is possible in the future that a Samba->Samba WINS replication protocol may be defined, in which case more than one Samba machine could be set up as a WINS server but currently only one Samba server should have the -wins support = yes parameter set. +wins support = yes parameter set.

    After the WINS server has been configured you must ensure that all machines participating on the network are configured with the address @@ -2851,18 +2692,16 @@ the Control Panel->Network->Protocols->TCP->W in Windows 95 or Windows NT. To tell a Samba server the IP address of the WINS server add the following line to the [global] section of all smb.conf files : -

    -
    -	wins server = <name or IP address>
    -
    -

    +

    +

    wins server = <name or IP address>

    +

    where <name or IP address> is either the DNS name of the WINS server machine or its IP address.

    Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the smb.conf file of the Samba server acting as the WINS server itself. If you set both the -wins support = yes option and the -wins server = <name> option then +wins support = yes option and the +wins server = <name> option then nmbd will fail to start.

    There are two possible scenarios for setting up cross subnet browsing. @@ -2870,45 +2709,45 @@ The first details setting up cross subnet browsing on a network containing Windows 95, Samba and Windows NT machines that are not configured as part of a Windows NT Domain. The second details setting up cross subnet browsing on networks that contain NT Domains. -

    WINS Replication

    +

    WINS Replication

    Samba-3 permits WINS replication through the use of the wrepld utility. This tool is not currently capable of being used as it is still in active development. As soon as this tool becomes moderately functional we will prepare man pages and enhance this section of the documentation to provide usage and technical details. -

    Static WINS Entries

    -Adding static entries to your Samba-3 WINS server is actually fairly easy. +

    Static WINS Entries

    +Adding static entries to your Samba WINS server is actually fairly easy. All you have to do is add a line to wins.dat, typically located in /usr/local/samba/var/locks. -

    +

    Entries in wins.dat take the form of -

    +

     "NAME#TYPE" TTL ADDRESS+ FLAGS
    -
    +

    where NAME is the NetBIOS name, TYPE is the NetBIOS type, TTL is the time-to-live as an absolute time in seconds, ADDRESS+ is one or more addresses corresponding to the registration and FLAGS are the NetBIOS flags for the registration. - +

    A typical dynamic entry looks like: -

    +

     "MADMAN#03" 1055298378 192.168.1.2 66R
    -
    +

    To make it static, all that has to be done is set the TTL to 0: -

    +

     "MADMAN#03" 0 192.168.1.2 66R
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Though this method works with early Samba-3 versions, there's a possibility that it may change in future versions if WINS replication is added. -

    Helpful Hints

    +

    Helpful Hints

    The following hints should be carefully considered as they are stumbling points for many new network administrators. -

    Windows Networking Protocols

    Warning

    +

    Windows Networking Protocols

    Warning

    Do NOT use more than one (1) protocol on MS Windows machines

    A very common cause of browsing problems results from installing more than @@ -2938,34 +2777,27 @@ differently from MS Windows NT4. Generally, where a server does NOT support the newer or extended protocol, these will fall back to the NT4 protocols.

    The safest rule of all to follow it this - USE ONLY ONE PROTOCOL! -

    Name Resolution Order

    +

    Name Resolution Order

    Resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addresses can take place using a number of methods. The only ones that can provide NetBIOS name_type information are: -

    WINS: the best tool!
    LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.
    Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.

    +

    • WINS: the best tool!

    • LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.

    • Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.

    Alternative means of name resolution includes: -

    /etc/hosts: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info
    DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.
    +

    • /etc/hosts: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info

    • DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.

    Many sites want to restrict DNS lookups and want to avoid broadcast name -resolution traffic. The name resolve order parameter is -of great help here. The syntax of the name resolve order -parameter is: -

    -name resolve order = wins lmhosts bcast host
    -
    +resolution traffic. The name resolve order parameter is of great help here. +The syntax of the name resolve order parameter is: +

    name resolve order = wins lmhosts bcast host

    or -

    -name resolve order = wins lmhosts  	(eliminates bcast and host)
    -
    +

    name resolve order = wins lmhosts (eliminates bcast and host)

    The default is: -

    -name resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast
    -
    -where "host" refers the the native methods used by the Unix system +

    name resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast

    +where "host" refers to the native methods used by the UNIX system to implement the gethostbyname() function call. This is normally controlled by /etc/host.conf, /etc/nsswitch.conf and /etc/resolv.conf. -

    Technical Overview of browsing

    +

    Technical Overview of browsing

    SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list -of machines in a network, a so-called browse list. This list +of machines in a network, a so-called browse list. This list contains machines that are ready to offer file and/or print services to other machines within the network. Thus it does not include machines which aren't currently able to do server tasks. The browse @@ -2983,7 +2815,7 @@ Where NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled use of a WINS server is highly recommended to aid the resolution of NetBIOS (SMB) names to IP addresses. WINS allows remote segment clients to obtain NetBIOS name_type information that can NOT be provided by any other means of name resolution. -

    Browsing support in Samba

    +

    Browsing support in Samba

    Samba facilitates browsing. The browsing is supported by nmbd and is also controlled by options in the smb.conf file. Samba can act as a local browse master for a workgroup and the ability @@ -3010,15 +2842,15 @@ WINS server capabilities. In a Samba-only environment, it is recommended that you use one and only one Samba server as your WINS server.

    To get browsing to work you need to run nmbd as usual, but will need -to use the workgroup option in smb.conf +to use the workgroup option in smb.conf to control what workgroup Samba becomes a part of.

    Samba also has a useful option for a Samba server to offer itself for browsing on another subnet. It is recommended that this option is only used for 'unusual' purposes: announcements over the internet, for -example. See remote announce in the +example. See remote announce in the smb.conf man page. -

    Problem resolution

    +

    Problem resolution

    If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmbd file will help you track down the problem. Try a debug level of 2 or 3 for finding problems. Also note that the current browse list usually gets stored @@ -3029,7 +2861,7 @@ type the server name as \\SERVER in filemanager then hit enter and filemanager should display the list of available shares.

    Some people find browsing fails because they don't have the global -guest account set to a valid account. Remember that the +guest account set to a valid account. Remember that the IPC$ connection that lists the shares is done as guest, and thus you must have a valid guest account.

    @@ -3043,7 +2875,7 @@ server resources. The other big problem people have is that their broadcast address, netmask or IP address is wrong (specified with the "interfaces" option in smb.conf) -

    Browsing across subnets

    +

    Browsing across subnets

    Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1), Samba has supported the replication of browse lists across subnet boundaries. This section describes how to set this feature up in different settings. @@ -3064,32 +2896,14 @@ be they Windows 95, Windows NT, or Samba servers must have the IP address of a WINS server given to them by a DHCP server, or by manual configuration (for Win95 and WinNT, this is in the TCP/IP Properties, under Network settings) for Samba this is in the smb.conf file. -

    How does cross subnet browsing work ?

    +

    How does cross subnet browsing work ?

    Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple moving parts. It has taken Microsoft several years to get the code that achieves this correct, and Samba lags behind in some areas. Samba is capable of cross subnet browsing when configured correctly.

    -Consider a network set up as follows : -

    - -
    -                                   (DMB)
    -             N1_A      N1_B        N1_C       N1_D        N1_E
    -              |          |           |          |           |
    -          -------------------------------------------------------
    -            |          subnet 1                       |
    -          +---+                                      +---+
    -          |R1 | Router 1                  Router 2   |R2 |
    -          +---+                                      +---+
    -            |                                          |
    -            |  subnet 2              subnet 3          |
    -  --------------------------       ------------------------------------
    -  |     |     |      |               |        |         |           |
    - N2_A  N2_B  N2_C   N2_D           N3_A     N3_B      N3_C        N3_D 
    -                    (WINS)
    -
    -

    + Consider a network set up as in the diagram below. +

    Figure 10.1. Cross subnet browsing example

    Cross subnet browsing example

    Consisting of 3 subnets (1, 2, 3) connected by two routers (R1, R2) - these do not pass broadcasts. Subnet 1 has 5 machines on it, subnet 2 has 4 machines, subnet 3 has 4 machines. Assume @@ -3130,9 +2944,9 @@ called 'non-authoritative'. At this point the browse lists look as follows (these are the machines you would see in your network neighborhood if you looked in it on a particular network right now). -

    -

    Table 10.1. Browse subnet example 1

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D
    -

    +

    +

    Table 10.1. Browse subnet example 1

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D

    +

    Note that at this point all the subnets are separate, no machine is seen across any of the subnets.

    @@ -3152,26 +2966,31 @@ names it knows about. Once the domain master browser receives the MasterAnnouncement packet it schedules a synchronization request to the sender of that packet. After both synchronizations are done the browse lists look like : -

    -

    Table 10.2. Browse subnet example 2

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D
    +

    +

    Table 10.2. Browse subnet example 2

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, +N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), +N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D

    Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. -

    +

    At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on subnets 1 or 2 will see all the servers on both, users on subnet 3 will still only see the servers on their own subnet.

    -The same sequence of events that occured for N2_B now occurs +The same sequence of events that occurred for N2_B now occurs for the local master browser on subnet 3 (N3_D). When it synchronizes browse lists with the domain master browser (N1_A) it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on subnet 2. After N3_D has synchronized with N1_C and vica-versa the browse lists look like. -

    -

    Table 10.3. Browse subnet example 3

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)
    +

    +

    Table 10.3. Browse subnet example 3

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, +N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), +N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), +N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)

    Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. -

    +

    At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on subnets 1 or 3 will see all the servers on all subnets, users on subnet 2 will still only see the servers on subnets 1 and 2, but not 3. @@ -3180,11 +2999,17 @@ Finally, the local master browser for subnet 2 (N2_B) will sync again with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will receive the missing server entries. Finally - and as a steady state (if no machines are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like : -

    -

    Table 10.4. Browse subnet example 4

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)
    +

    +

    Table 10.4. Browse subnet example 4

    SubnetBrowse MasterList
    Subnet1N1_CN1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, +N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), +N3_C(*), N3_D(*)
    Subnet2N2_BN2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), +N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), +N3_C(*), N3_D(*)
    Subnet3N3_DN3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), +N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), +N2_C(*), N2_D(*)

    Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. -

    +

    Synchronizations between the domain master browser and local master browsers will continue to occur, but this should be a steady state situation. @@ -3202,11 +3027,11 @@ If either router R1 or R2 fails the following will occur: be able to access servers on its local subnet, by using subnet-isolated broadcast NetBIOS name resolution. The effects are similar to that of losing access to a DNS server. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    Many questions are asked on the mailing lists regarding browsing. The majority of browsing problems originate out of incorrect configuration of NetBIOS name resolution. Some are of particular note. -

    How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?

    +

    How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?

    Samba's nmbd process controls all browse list handling. Under normal circumstances it is safe to restart nmbd. This will effectively flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache and cause it to be rebuilt. Note that this does NOT make certain that a rogue machine name will not re-appear @@ -3216,33 +3041,37 @@ want to clear a rogue machine from the list then every machine on the network wi shut down and restarted at after all machines are down. Failing a complete restart, the only other thing you can do is wait until the entry times out and is then flushed from the list. This may take a long time on some networks (months). -

    My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"

    +

    My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"

    Your guest account is probably invalid for some reason. Samba uses the guest account for browsing in smbd. Check that your guest account is valid. -

    See also guest account in the smb.conf man page.

    Chapter 11. Account Information Databases

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Olivier (lem) Lemaire

    May 24, 2003

    -Samba-3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends. -The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba-3 a degree of flexibility +

    See also guest account in the smb.conf man page.

    I get an Unable to browse the network error

    This error can have multiple causes:

    • There is no local master browser. Configure nmbd + or any other machine to serve as local master browser.

    • You can not log onto the machine that is the local master + browser. Can you logon to it as guest user?

    • There is no IP connectivity to the local master browser. + Can you reach it by broadcast?

    Chapter 11. Account Information Databases

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Olivier (lem) Lemaire

    May 24, 2003

    +Samba 3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends. +The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba 3 a degree of flexibility and scalability that previously could be achieved only with MS Windows Active Directory. This chapter describes the new functionality and how to get the most out of it.

    In the course of development of Samba-3, a number of requests were received to provide the ability to migrate MS Windows NT4 SAM accounts to Samba-3 without the need to provide -matching Unix/Linux accounts. We called this the Non Unix Accounts (NUA) +matching UNIX/Linux accounts. We called this the Non UNIX Accounts (NUA) capability. The intent was that an administrator could decide to use the tdbsam -backend and by simply specifying "passdb backend = tdbsam_nua, guest" -this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use Unix accounts per se. Late +backend and by simply specifying passdb backend = tdbsam_nua +this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use UNIX accounts per se. Late in the development cycle, the team doing this work hit upon some obstacles that prevents this solution from being used. Given the delays with Samba-3 release a decision was made to NOT deliver this functionality until a better method of recognising NT Group SIDs from NT User SIDs could be found. This feature may thus return during the life cycle for the Samba-3 series.

    Note

    -Samba-3.0.0 does NOT support Non-Unix Account (NUA) operation. -

    Features and Benefits

    +Samba-3 does NOT support Non-UNIX Account (NUA) operation for user accounts. +Samba-3 does support NUA operation for machine accounts. +

    Features and Benefits

    Samba-3 provides for complete backwards compatibility with Samba-2.2.x functionality as follows: -

    Backwards Compatibility Backends

    Plain Text:

    - This option uses nothing but the Unix/Linux /etc/passwd +

    Backwards Compatibility Backends

    Plain Text:

    + This option uses nothing but the UNIX/Linux /etc/passwd style back end. On systems that have PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) support all PAM modules are supported. The behaviour is just as it was with Samba-2.2.x, and the protocol limitations imposed by MS Windows clients @@ -3264,13 +3093,9 @@ as follows: This option is provided primarily as a migration tool, although there is no reason to force migration at this time. Note that this tool will eventually be deprecated. -

    +

    New Backends

    Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: -

    New Backends

    guest:

    - This is always required as the last backend specified. - It provides the ability to handle guest account requirements for access to - resources like IPC$ which is used for browsing. -

    tdbsam:

    +

    tdbsam:

    This backend provides a rich database backend for local servers. This backend is NOT suitable for multiple domain controller (ie: PDC + one or more BDC) installations. @@ -3312,10 +3137,7 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: The xmlsam option can be useful for account migration between database backends or backups. Use of this tool will allow the data to be edited before migration into another backend format. -

    nisplussam:

    - The NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an - optional argument. Only works with Sun NIS+ servers. -

    Technical Information

    +

    Technical Information

    Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. Samba can check these passwords by crypting them and comparing them to the hash stored in the unix user database.

    @@ -3330,10 +3152,10 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: In addition to differently encrypted passwords, windows also stores certain data for each user that is not stored in a unix user database. e.g: workstations the user may logon from, the location where the users' profile is stored, and so on. Samba retrieves and stores this - information using a passdb backend. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text + information using a passdb backend. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text file, MySQL and nisplus. For more information, see the man page for smb.conf regarding the - passdb backend parameter. -

    Important Notes About Security

    + passdb backend parameter. +

    Figure 11.1. IDMAP

    IDMAP

    Important Notes About Security

    The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme @@ -3357,12 +3179,12 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:

    The following versions of MS Windows do not support full domain security protocols, although they may log onto a domain environment: -

    MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed
    Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed
    Windows 98 [se]
    Windows Me

    Note

    +

    • MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed

    • Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed

    • Windows 98 [se]

    • Windows Me

    Note

    MS Windows XP Home does not have facilities to become a domain member and it can not participate in domain logons.

    The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain security protocols. -

    Windows NT 3.5x
    Windows NT 4.0
    Windows 2000 Professional
    Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server
    Windows XP Professional

    +

    • Windows NT 3.5x

    • Windows NT 4.0

    • Windows 2000 Professional

    • Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server

    • Windows XP Professional

    All current release of Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling clear text authentication does not disable the ability of the client to participate in encrypted authentication. @@ -3375,7 +3197,7 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: (broken) only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server to affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted passwords the auto-reconnect will fail. USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS IS STRONGLY ADVISED. -

    Advantages of Encrypted Passwords

    • Plain text passwords are not passed across +

      Advantages of Encrypted Passwords

      • Plain text passwords are not passed across the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just record passwords going to the SMB server.

      • Plain text passwords are not stored anywhere in memory or on disk.

      • WinNT doesn't like talking to a server @@ -3386,32 +3208,44 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption.

      • Encrypted password support allows automatic share (resource) reconnects.

      • Encrypted passwords are essential for PDC/BDC - operation.

      Advantages of non-encrypted passwords

      • Plain text passwords are not kept + operation.

      Advantages of non-encrypted passwords

      • Plain text passwords are not kept on disk, and are NOT cached in memory.

      • Uses same password file as other unix services such as login and ftp

      • Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB - isn't such a big deal.

    Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix

    - Every operation in Unix/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in + isn't such a big deal.

    Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX

    + Every operation in UNIX/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in MS Windows NT4 / 200x this requires a Security Identifier (SID). Samba provides - two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a Unix/Linux UID. + two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a UNIX/Linux UID.

    Firstly, all Samba SAM (Security Account Manager database) accounts require - a Unix/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account - information database, Samba-3 will call the add user script - interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence, all accounts in + a UNIX/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account + information database, Samba will call the add user script + interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence all accounts in the local SAM require a local user account.

    - The second way to affect Windows SID to Unix UID mapping is via the + The second way to affect Windows SID to UNIX UID mapping is via the idmap uid, idmap gid parameters in smb.conf. Please refer to the man page for information about these parameters. These parameters are essential when mapping users from a remote SAM server. -

    Account Management Tools

    -Samba-3 provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are +

    Mapping Common UIDs/GIDs on Distributed Machines

    + Samba-3 has a special facility that makes it possible to maintain identical UIDs and GIDs + on all servers in a distributed network. A distributed network is one where there exists + a PDC, one or more BDCs and/or one or more domain member servers. Why is this important? + This is important if files are being shared over more than one protocol (eg: NFS) and where + users are copying files across UNIX/Linux systems using tools such as rsync. +

    + The special facility is enabled using a parameter called idmap backend. + The default setting for this parameter is an empty string. Administrators should NOT set this + parameter except when an LDAP based passdb backend is in use. An example of use is: +

    +

    Example 11.1. 

    [global]
    idmap backend = ldapsam://ldap-server.quenya.org:636

    +

    Account Management Tools

    +Samba provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are called smbpasswd and pdbedit. A third tool is under development but is NOT expected to ship in time for Samba-3.0.0. The new tool will be a TCL/TK GUI tool that looks much like the MS Windows NT4 Domain User Manager - hopefully this will be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release. -

    The smbpasswd Command

    +

    The smbpasswd Command

    The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the passwd or yppasswd programs. It maintains the two 32 byte password fields in the passdb backend. @@ -3425,20 +3259,20 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release. if changing an NT Domain user's password).

    smbpasswd can be used to: -

    add user or machine accounts
    delete user or machine accounts
    enable user or machine accounts
    disable user or machine accounts
    set to NULL user passwords
    manage interdomain trust accounts

    +

    • add user or machine accounts

    • delete user or machine accounts

    • enable user or machine accounts

    • disable user or machine accounts

    • set to NULL user passwords

    • manage interdomain trust accounts

    To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type: -

    -
    -		$ smbpasswd
    -		Old SMB password: secret
    -		
    +

    +

    +$ smbpasswd
    +Old SMB password: secret
    +

    For secret type old value here - or hit return if there was no old password -

    -		New SMB Password: new secret
    -		Repeat New SMB Password: new secret
    -		
    -

    +

    +New SMB Password: new secret
    +Repeat New SMB Password: new secret
    +

    +

    If the old value does not match the current value stored for that user, or the two new values do not match each other, then the password will not be changed.

    @@ -3457,10 +3291,10 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.

    For more details on using smbpasswd refer to the man page (the definitive reference). -

    The pdbedit Command

    +

    The pdbedit Command

    pdbedit is a tool that can be used only by root. It is used to manage the passdb backend. pdbedit can be used to: -

    add, remove or modify user accounts
    listing user accounts
    migrate user accounts

    +

    • add, remove or modify user accounts

    • listing user accounts

    • migrate user accounts

    The pdbedit tool is the only one that can manage the account security and policy settings. It is capable of all operations that smbpasswd can do as well as a super set of them. @@ -3472,50 +3306,60 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release. The following is an example of the user account information that is stored in a tdbsam password backend. This listing was produced by running:

    -		$ pdbedit -Lv met
    -		Unix username:        met
    -		NT username:
    -		Account Flags:        [UX         ]
    -		User SID:             S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004
    -		Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201
    -		Full Name:            Melissa E Terpstra
    -		Home Directory:       \\frodo\met\Win9Profile
    -		HomeDir Drive:        H:
    -		Logon Script:         scripts\logon.bat
    -		Profile Path:         \\frodo\Profiles\met
    -		Domain:               MIDEARTH
    -		Account desc:
    -		Workstations:         melbelle
    -		Munged dial:
    -		Logon time:           0
    -		Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
    -		Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
    -		Password last set:    Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT
    -		Password can change:  Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT
    -		Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
    -		

    Password Backends

    -Samba-3 offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server +$ pdbedit -Lv met +UNIX username: met +NT username: +Account Flags: [UX ] +User SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004 +Primary Group SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201 +Full Name: Melissa E Terpstra +Home Directory: \\frodo\met\Win9Profile +HomeDir Drive: H: +Logon Script: scripts\logon.bat +Profile Path: \\frodo\Profiles\met +Domain: MIDEARTH +Account desc: +Workstations: melbelle +Munged dial: +Logon time: 0 +Logoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT +Kickoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT +Password last set: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT +Password can change: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT +Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT +

    + The pdbedit tool allows migration of authentication (account) + databases from one backend to another. For example: To migrate accounts from an + old smbpasswd database to a tdbsam + backend: +

    1. + Set the passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd. +

    2. + Execute: +

      +root# pdbedit -i smbpassed -e tdbsam
      +

      +

    3. + Now remove the smbpasswd from the passdb backend + configuration in smb.conf. +

    Password Backends

    +Samba offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server technology available today. The flexibility is immediately obvious as one begins to explore this capability.

    It is possible to specify not only multiple different password backends, but even multiple backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases: -

    -
    -[globals]
    -		passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, \
    -		tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb, guest
    -
    -

    Plain Text

    +

    +

    passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb

    +

    Plain Text

    Older versions of Samba retrieved user information from the unix user database and eventually some other fields from the file /etc/samba/smbpasswd or /etc/smbpasswd. When password encryption is disabled, no SMB specific data is stored at all. Instead all operations are conducted via the way that the Samba host OS will access its /etc/passwd database. eg: On Linux systems that is done via PAM. -

    smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database

    - Traditionally, when configuring encrypt - passwords = yes in Samba's smb.conf file, user account +

    smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database

    + Traditionally, when configuring encrypt passwords = yes in Samba's smb.conf file, user account information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account flags have been stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. There are several disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted @@ -3541,10 +3385,10 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases: is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb API, and is still so named in the Samba CVS trees).

    - Samba-3 provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies + Samba provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies of the smbpasswd plain text database. These are tdbsam, ldapsam, and xmlsam. Of these ldapsam will be of most interest to large corporate or enterprise sites. -

    tdbsam

    Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). +

    tdbsam

    Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). Using this backend doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is recommended for new installations that do not require LDAP.

    @@ -3552,7 +3396,7 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases: that have 250 or more users. Additionally, tdbsam is not capable of scaling for use in sites that require PDB/BDC implementations that requires replication of the account database. Clearly, for reason of scalability, the use of ldapsam should be encouraged. -

    ldapsam

    +

    ldapsam

    There are a few points to stress that the ldapsam does not provide. The LDAP support referred to in the this documentation does not include:

    Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are

    • The Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.

    • The NT migration scripts from IDEALX that are geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration. -

    Supported LDAP Servers

    +

    Supported LDAP Servers

    The LDAP ldapsam code has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 and 2.1 server and client libraries. The same code should work with Netscape's Directory Server and client SDK. However, there are bound to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix. Please submit fixes via Bug reporting facility. -

    Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount

    +

    Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount

    Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in examples/LDAP/samba.schema. The sambaSamAccount objectclass is given here: -

    -
    -objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
    -    DESC 'Samba Auxiliary Account'
    -    MUST ( uid $ rid )
    -    MAY  ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $
    -           logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $
    -           displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $
    -           description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain ))
    -
    -

    +

    +

    +objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.6 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
    +    DESC 'Samba 3.0 Auxiliary SAM Account'
    +    MUST ( uid $ sambaSID )
    +    MAY  ( cn $ sambaLMPassword $ sambaNTPassword $ sambaPwdLastSet $
    +          sambaLogonTime $ sambaLogoffTime $ sambaKickoffTime $
    +          sambaPwdCanChange $ sambaPwdMustChange $ sambaAcctFlags $
    +          displayName $ sambaHomePath $ sambaHomeDrive $ sambaLogonScript $
    +          sambaProfilePath $ description $ sambaUserWorkstations $
    +          sambaPrimaryGroupSID $ sambaDomainName ))
    +

    +

    The samba.schema file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0/2.1. The OID's are owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published. If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please @@ -3620,23 +3466,23 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure. -

    OpenLDAP configuration

    +

    OpenLDAP configuration

    To include support for the sambaSamAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory. The samba.schema file can be found in the directory examples/LDAP in the samba source distribution. -

    -
    +			

    +

     root# cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Next, include the samba.schema file in slapd.conf. The sambaSamAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema files. The 'uid' attribute is defined in cosine.schema and the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the inetorgperson.schema file. Both of these must be included before the samba.schema file. -

    -
    +			

    +

     ## /etc/openldap/slapd.conf
     
     ## schema files (core.schema is required by default)
    @@ -3648,13 +3494,13 @@ include            /etc/openldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema
     include            /etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema
     include            /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema
     ....
    -
    -

    +

    +

    It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most useful attributes, like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaSamAccount objectclasses (and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well). -

    -
    +		

    +

     # Indices to maintain
     ## required by OpenLDAP
     index objectclass             eq
    @@ -3676,132 +3522,101 @@ index   sambaSID              eq
     index   sambaPrimaryGroupSID  eq
     index   sambaDomainName       eq
     index   default               sub
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Create the new index by executing: -

    -
    -./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf
    -
    -

    +

    +

    +root# ./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf
    +

    +

    Remember to restart slapd after making these changes: -

    -
    +		

    +

     root# /etc/init.d/slapd restart
    -
    -

    Initialise the LDAP database

    +

    +

    Initialise the LDAP database

    Before you can add accounts to the LDAP database you must create the account containers that they will be stored in. The following LDIF file should be modified to match your needs (ie: Your DNS entries, etc.). -

    -
    +		

    +

     # Organization for Samba Base
    -dn: dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    +dn: dc=quenya,dc=org
     objectclass: dcObject
     objectclass: organization
    -dc: plainjoe
    -o: Terpstra Org Network
    +dc: quenya
    +o: Quenya Org Network
     description: The Samba-3 Network LDAP Example
     
     # Organizational Role for Directory Management
    -dn: cn=Manager,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    +dn: cn=Manager,dc=quenya,dc=org
     objectclass: organizationalRole
     cn: Manager
     description: Directory Manager
     
     # Setting up container for users
    -dn: ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    +dn: ou=People,dc=quenya,dc=org
     objectclass: top
     objectclass: organizationalUnit
     ou: People
     
     # Setting up admin handle for People OU
    -dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    +dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=quenya,dc=org
     cn: admin
     objectclass: top
     objectclass: organizationalRole
     objectclass: simpleSecurityObject
     userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
    -
    -

    +

    +

    The userPassword shown above should be generated using slappasswd.

    The following command will then load the contents of the LDIF file into the LDAP database. -

    -
    +		

    +

     $ slapadd -v -l initldap.dif
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Do not forget to secure your LDAP server with an adequate access control list, as well as an admin password. -

    Note

    +

    Note

    Before Samba can access the LDAP server you need to store the LDAP admin password into the Samba-3 secrets.tdb database by: -

    -root#  smbpasswd -w secret
    -		
    -

    Configuring Samba

    +

    +root# smbpasswd -w secret
    +

    +

    Configuring Samba

    The following parameters are available in smb.conf only if your version of samba was built with LDAP support. Samba automatically builds with LDAP support if the LDAP libraries are found. -

    +

    LDAP related smb.conf options: + passdb backend = ldapsam:url, + ldap ssl, + ldap admin dn, + ldap suffix, + ldap filter, + ldap machine suffix, + ldap user suffix, + ldap delete dn, + ldap passwd sync, + ldap trust ids. +

    These are described in the smb.conf man page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for use with an LDAP directory could appear as -

    -
    -## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
    -[global]
    -     security = user
    -     encrypt passwords = yes
    -
    -     netbios name = TASHTEGO
    -     workgroup = NARNIA
    -
    -     # ldap related parameters
    -
    -     # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers
    -     # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf.  Rather it
    -     # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w secretpw' to store the
    -     # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file.  If the "ldap admin dn" values
    -     # change, this password will need to be reset.
    -     ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"
    -
    -     # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory
    -     # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default))
    -     ldap ssl = start tls
    -
    -     # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port]
    -     passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org, guest
    -
    -     # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry
    -     ldap delete dn = no
    -
    -     # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix
    -     # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default
    -     ldap user suffix = ou=People
    -     ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems
    -
    -     # Trust unix account information in LDAP
    -     #  (see the smb.conf manpage for details)
    -     ldap trust ids = Yes
    -
    -     # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory
    -     ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"
    -
    -     # generally the default ldap search filter is ok
    -     # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))"
    -
    -

    Accounts and Groups management

    +

    +

    Example 11.2. Configuration with LDAP

    [global]
    security = user
    encrypt passwords = yes
    netbios name = TASHTEGO
    workgroup = NARNIA
    # ldap related parameters
    # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers
    # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf. Rather it
    # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w secretpw' to store the
    # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file. If the "ldap admin dn" values
    # change, this password will need to be reset.
    ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"
    # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory
    # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default))
    ldap ssl = start tls
    # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port]
    passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org
    # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry
    ldap delete dn = no
    # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix
    # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default
    ldap user suffix = ou=People
    ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems
    # Trust unix account information in LDAP
    # (see the smb.conf manpage for details)
    ldap trust ids = Yes
    # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory
    ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"
    # generally the default ldap search filter is ok
    ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))"

    +

    Accounts and Groups management

    As users accounts are managed through the sambaSamAccount objectclass, you should modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaSamAccount attributes.

    Machines accounts are managed with the sambaSamAccount objectclass, just like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store those accounts in a different tree of your LDAP namespace: you should use - "ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and - "ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your + "ou=Groups,dc=quenya,dc=org" to store groups and + "ou=People,dc=quenya,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration file).

    @@ -3809,7 +3624,7 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz groups. This means that Samba makes use of the posixGroup objectclass. For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local groups). -

    Security and sambaSamAccount

    +

    Security and sambaSamAccount

    There are two important points to remember when discussing the security of sambaSamAccount entries in the directory.

    • Never retrieve the lmPassword or @@ -3820,13 +3635,13 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the Account Information Database section of this chapter.

      - To remedy the first security issue, the ldap ssl smb.conf parameter defaults - to require an encrypted session (ldap ssl = on) using + To remedy the first security issue, the ldap ssl smb.conf parameter defaults + to require an encrypted session (ldap ssl = on) using the default port of 636 when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP server, it is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security - (ldap ssl = off). + (ldap ssl = off).

      Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for @@ -3835,88 +3650,87 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from harvesting password hashes from the directory. This can be done using the following ACL in slapd.conf: -

      -
      +			

      +

       ## allow the "ldap admin dn" access, but deny everyone else
       access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
      -     by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" write
      +     by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org" write
            by * none
      -
      -

    LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts

    +

    +

    LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts

    The sambaSamAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes: -

    -

    Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)

    lmPasswordthe LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character - representation of a hexadecimal string.
    ntPasswordthe NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character - representation of a hexadecimal string.
    pwdLastSetThe integer time in seconds since 1970 when the - lmPassword and ntPassword attributes were last set. -
    acctFlagsstring of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] +

    +

    Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)

    sambaLMPasswordthe LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character +representation of a hexadecimal string.
    sambaNTPasswordthe NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character + representation of a hexadecimal string.
    sambaPwdLastSetThe integer time in seconds since 1970 when the + sambaLMPassword and sambaNTPassword attributes were last set. +
    sambaAcctFlagsstring of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), I(Domain trust account), H(Home dir required), S(Server trust account), - and D(disabled).
    logonTimeInteger value currently unused
    logoffTimeInteger value currently unused
    kickoffTimeInteger value currently unused
    pwdCanChangeInteger value currently unused
    pwdMustChangeInteger value currently unused
    homeDrivespecifies the drive letter to which to map the - UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" + and D(disabled).
    sambaLogonTimeInteger value currently unused
    sambaLogoffTimeInteger value currently unused
    sambaKickoffTimeInteger value currently unused
    sambaPwdCanChangeInteger value currently unused
    sambaPwdMustChangeInteger value currently unused
    sambaHomeDrivespecifies the drive letter to which to map the + UNC path specified by sambaHomePath. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the - smb.conf(5) man page for more information.
    scriptPathThe scriptPath property specifies the path of + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.
    sambaLogonScriptThe sambaLogonScript property specifies the path of the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path - is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the - smb.conf(5) man page for more information.
    profilePathspecifies a path to the user's profile. + is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the logon script parameter in the + smb.conf man page for more information.
    sambaProfilePathspecifies a path to the user's profile. This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the - "logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.
    smbHomeThe homeDirectory property specifies the path of - the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies - a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network - UNC path of the form \\server\share\directory. This value can be a null string. - Refer to the logon home parameter in the smb.conf man page for more information. -
    userWorkstationcharacter string value currently unused. -
    ridthe integer representation of the user's relative identifier - (RID).
    primaryGroupIDthe relative identifier (RID) of the primary group - of the user.
    domaindomain the user is part of.
    -

    + logon path parameter in the smb.conf man page for more information.

    sambaHomePathThe sambaHomePath property specifies the path of +the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If sambaHomeDrive is set and specifies +a drive letter, sambaHomePath should be a UNC path. The path must be a network +UNC path of the form \\server\share\directory. This value can be a null string. +Refer to the logon home parameter in the smb.conf man page for more information. +
    sambaUserWorkstationscharacter string value currently unused. +
    sambaSIDThe security identifier(SID) of the user. The windows equivalent of unix uid's.
    sambaPrimaryGroupSIDthe relative identifier (RID) of the primary group + of the user.
    sambaDomainNamedomain the user is part of.

    +

    The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of a domain (refer to the Samba as a primary domain controller chapter for details on how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if the values are non-default values: -

    smbHome
    scriptPath
    logonPath
    homeDrive

    +

    • sambaHomePath

    • sambaLogonScript

    • sambaProfilePath

    • sambaHomeDrive

    These attributes are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been - configured as a PDC and that logon home = \\%L\%u was defined in + configured as a PDC and that logon home = \\%L\%u was defined in its smb.conf file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain, - the logon home string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. + the logon home string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org", this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value - of the logon home parameter is used in its place. Samba + of the logon home parameter is used in its place. Samba will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is something other than the default (e.g. \\MOBY\becky). -

    Example LDIF Entries for a sambaSamAccount

    +

    Example LDIF Entries for a sambaSamAccount

    The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass: -

    -
    -	dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    -	ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
    -	pwdMustChange: 2147483647
    -	primaryGroupID: 1201
    -	lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
    -	pwdLastSet: 1010179124
    -	logonTime: 0
    +			

    +

    +	dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org
    +	sambaNTPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
    +	sambaPwdMustChange: 2147483647
    +	sambaPrimaryGroupSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-513
    +	sambaNTPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
    +	sambaPwdLastSet: 1010179124
    +	sambaLogonTime: 0
     	objectClass: sambaSamAccount
     	uid: guest2
    -	kickoffTime: 2147483647
    -	acctFlags: [UX         ]
    -	logoffTime: 2147483647
    -	rid: 19006
    -	pwdCanChange: 0
    -	
    -

    + sambaKickoffTime: 2147483647 + sambaAcctFlags: [UX ] + sambaLogoffTime: 2147483647 + sambaSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-5006 + sambaPwdCanChange: 0 +

    +

    The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaSamAccount and posixAccount objectclasses: -

    -
    -	dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    -	logonTime: 0
    +			

    +

    +	dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org
    +	sambaLogonTime: 0
     	displayName: Gerald Carter
    -	lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
    -	primaryGroupID: 1201
    +	sambaLMPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
    +	sambaPrimaryGroupSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-1201
     	objectClass: posixAccount
     	objectClass: sambaSamAccount
    -	acctFlags: [UX         ]
    +	sambaAcctFlags: [UX         ]
     	userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo
     	uid: gcarter
     	uidNumber: 9000
    @@ -3924,60 +3738,59 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
     	loginShell: /bin/bash
     	logoffTime: 2147483647
     	gidNumber: 100
    -	kickoffTime: 2147483647
    -	pwdLastSet: 1010179230
    -	rid: 19000
    +	sambaKickoffTime: 2147483647
    +	sambaPwdLastSet: 1010179230
    +	sambaSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-5004
     	homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter
    -	pwdCanChange: 0
    -	pwdMustChange: 2147483647
    -	ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
    -
    -

    Password synchronisation

    + sambaPwdCanChange: 0 + sambaPwdMustChange: 2147483647 + sambaNTPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 +

    +

    Password synchronisation

    Since version 3.0 samba can update the non-samba (LDAP) password stored with an account. When using pam_ldap, this allows changing both unix and windows passwords at once. -

    The ldap passwd sync options can have the following values:

    yes

    When the user changes his password, update +

    The ldap passwd sync options can have the following values:

    yes

    When the user changes his password, update ntPassword, lmPassword - and the password fields.

    no

    Only update ntPassword and lmPassword.

    only

    Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry - about the other fields. This option is only available when the LDAP server supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD.

    More information can be found in the smb.conf manpage. -

    MySQL

    + and the password fields.

    no

    Only update ntPassword and lmPassword.

    only

    Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry about the other fields. This option is only available on some LDAP servers. [3]

    More information can be found in the smb.conf manpage. +

    MySQL

    Every so often someone will come along with a great new idea. Storing of user accounts in an SQL backend is one of them. Those who want to do this are in the best position to know what the specific benefits are to them. This may sound like a cop-out, but in truth we can not attempt to document every nitty little detail why certain things of marginal utility to the bulk of Samba users might make sense to the rest. In any case, the following instructions should help the determined SQL user to implement a working system. -

    Creating the database

    +

    Creating the database

    You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below for the column names) or use the default table. The file examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command : -

    $ mysql -uusername -hhostname -ppassword \
    -databasename < /path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump
    -

    Configuring

    This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:

    Add a the following to the passdb backend variable in your smb.conf: -
    -			passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins]
    -			
    -

    The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with +

    +$ mysql -uusername -hhostname -ppassword \
    +databasename < /path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump
    +

    +

    Configuring

    This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:

    Add a the following to the passdb backend variable in your smb.conf: +

    passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins]

    +

    The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you - specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in passdb backend, you also need to + specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in passdb backend, you also need to use different identifiers!

    Additional options can be given through the smb.conf file in the [global] section. -

    -

    Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend

    FieldContents
    identifier:mysql hosthost name, defaults to 'localhost'
    identifier:mysql password 
    identifier:mysql userdefaults to 'samba'
    identifier:mysql databasedefaults to 'samba'
    identifier:mysql portdefaults to 3306
    identifier:tableName of the table containing users
    -

    Warning

    +

    +

    Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend

    FieldContents
    mysql hosthost name, defaults to 'localhost'
    mysql password 
    mysql userdefaults to 'samba'
    mysql databasedefaults to 'samba'
    mysql portdefaults to 3306
    tableName of the table containing users

    +

    Warning

    Since the password for the MySQL user is stored in the - smb.conf file, you should make the the smb.conf file + smb.conf file, you should make the smb.conf file readable only to the user that runs Samba This is considered a security bug and will be fixed soon. -

    Names of the columns in this table (I've added column types those columns should have first):

    -

    Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend

    FieldTypeContents
    identifier:logon time columnint(9) 
    identifier:logoff time columnint(9) 
    identifier:kickoff time columnint(9) 
    identifier:pass last set time columnint(9) 
    identifier:pass can change time columnint(9) 
    identifier:pass must change time columnint(9) 
    identifier:username columnvarchar(255)unix username
    identifier:domain columnvarchar(255)NT domain user is part of
    identifier:nt username columnvarchar(255)NT username
    identifier:fullname columnvarchar(255)Full name of user
    identifier:home dir columnvarchar(255)Unix homedir path
    identifier:dir drive columnvarchar(2)Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')
    identifier:logon script columnvarchar(255)Batch file to run on client side when logging on
    identifier:profile path columnvarchar(255)Path of profile
    identifier:acct desc columnvarchar(255)Some ASCII NT user data
    identifier:workstations columnvarchar(255)Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)
    identifier:unknown string columnvarchar(255)unknown string
    identifier:munged dial columnvarchar(255)?
    identifier:user sid columnvarchar(255)NT user SID
    identifier:group sid columnvarchar(255)NT group ID
    identifier:lanman pass columnvarchar(255)encrypted lanman password
    identifier:nt pass columnvarchar(255)encrypted nt passwd
    identifier:plain pass columnvarchar(255)plaintext password
    identifier:acct control columnint(9)nt user data
    identifier:unknown 3 columnint(9)unknown
    identifier:logon divs columnint(9)?
    identifier:hours len columnint(9)?
    identifier:unknown 5 columnint(9)unknown
    identifier:unknown 6 columnint(9)unknown
    -

    +

    Names of the columns in this table (I've added column types those columns should have first):

    +

    Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend

    FieldTypeContents
    logon time columnint(9) 
    logoff time columnint(9) 
    kickoff time columnint(9) 
    pass last set time columnint(9) 
    pass can change time columnint(9) 
    pass must change time columnint(9) 
    username columnvarchar(255)unix username
    domain columnvarchar(255)NT domain user is part of
    nt username columnvarchar(255)NT username
    fullname columnvarchar(255)Full name of user
    home dir columnvarchar(255)UNIX homedir path
    dir drive columnvarchar(2)Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')
    logon script columnvarchar(255)Batch file to run on client side when logging on
    profile path columnvarchar(255)Path of profile
    acct desc columnvarchar(255)Some ASCII NT user data
    workstations columnvarchar(255)Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)
    unknown string columnvarchar(255)unknown string
    munged dial columnvarchar(255)?
    user sid columnvarchar(255)NT user SID
    group sid columnvarchar(255)NT group ID
    lanman pass columnvarchar(255)encrypted lanman password
    nt pass columnvarchar(255)encrypted nt passwd
    plain pass columnvarchar(255)plaintext password
    acct control columnint(9)nt user data
    unknown 3 columnint(9)unknown
    logon divs columnint(9)?
    hours len columnint(9)?
    unknown 5 columnint(9)unknown
    unknown 6 columnint(9)unknown

    +

    Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be updated. -

    Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password

    +

    Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password

    I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them:

    If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set @@ -3987,7 +3800,7 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword

    If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default. -

    Getting non-column data from the table

    +

    Getting non-column data from the table

    It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'.

    For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : @@ -4002,75 +3815,68 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword

    To import data, use: $ pdbedit -i xml:filename -

    Common Errors

    Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM

    - People forget to put their users in their backend and then complain Samba won't authorize them. -

    Users are being added to the wrong backend database

    +

    Common Errors

    Users can not logon

    I've installed samba, but now I can't log on with my unix account!

    Make sure your user has been added to the current samba passdb backend. Read the section Account Management Tools for details.

    Users being added to wrong backend database

    A few complaints have been received from users that just moved to Samba-3. The following smb.conf file entries were causing problems, new accounts were being added to the old smbpasswd file, not to the tdbsam passdb.tdb file: -

    -
    -	[globals]
    -		...
    -		passdb backend = smbpasswd, tdbsam, guest
    -		...
    -	
    -

    +

    +

    [global]
    ...
    passdb backend = smbpasswd, tdbsam
    ...

    +

    Samba will add new accounts to the first entry in the passdb backend parameter entry. If you want to update to the tdbsam, then change the entry to: -

    -
    -	[globals]
    -		...
    -		passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd, guest
    -		...
    -	
    -

    auth methods does not work

    - If you explicitly set an 'auth methods' parameter, guest must be specified as the first - entry on the line. Eg: auth methods = guest sam.

    - This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the passdb backed +

    [globals]
    ...
    passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd
    ...

    +

    auth methods does not work

    + If you explicitly set an auth methods parameter, guest must be specified as the first + entry on the line. Eg: auth methods = guest sam. +

    + This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the passdb backend option, where it must be the LAST parameter on the line. -



    [3] Only when the LDAP server supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD

    Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups

    Jean François Micouleau

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Starting with Samba-3, new group mapping functionality is available to create associations - between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The groupmap subcommand + between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The groupmap subcommand included with the net tool can be used to manage these associations.

    Warning

    The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that + the domain admin group has been removed and should no longer be specified in smb.conf. This parameter was used to give the listed users membership in the Domain Admins Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations (in default configurations). -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    Samba allows the administrator to create MS Windows NT4 / 200x group accounts and to - arbitrarily associate them with Unix/Linux group accounts. -

    - Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x MMC tools - so long as appropriate interface scripts have been provided to smb.conf. -

    + arbitrarily associate them with UNIX/Linux group accounts. +

    + Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x / XP Professional MMC tools. + Appropriate interface scripts should be provided in smb.conf if it is desired that UNIX / Linux system + accounts should be automatically created when these tools are used. In the absence of these scripts, and + so long as winbind is running, Samba accounts group accounts that are created using these tools will be + allocated UNIX UIDs/GIDs from the parameters set by the idmap uid/idmap gid settings + in the smb.conf file. +

    Figure 12.1. IDMAP groups

    IDMAP groups

    Administrators should be aware that where smb.conf group interface scripts make - direct calls to the Unix/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, groupadd, - groupdel, groupmod) then the resulting Unix/Linux group names will be subject + direct calls to the UNIX/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, groupadd, + groupdel, groupmod) then the resulting UNIX/Linux group names will be subject to any limits imposed by these tools. If the tool does NOT allow upper case characters or space characters, then the creation of an MS Windows NT4 / 200x style group of - Engineering Managers will attempt to create an identically named - Unix/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail! -

    + Engineering Managers will attempt to create an identically named + UNIX/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail! +

    There are several possible work-arounds for the operating system tools limitation. One - method is to use a script that generates a name for the Unix/Linux system group that - fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the Unix/Linux group id (GID) + method is to use a script that generates a name for the UNIX/Linux system group that + fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the UNIX/Linux group id (GID) back to the calling Samba interface. This will provide a dynamic work-around solution.

    - Another work-around is to manually create a Unix/Linux group, then manually create the + Another work-around is to manually create a UNIX/Linux group, then manually create the MS Windows NT4 / 200x group on the Samba server and then use the net groupmap tool to connect the two to each other. -

    Discussion

    +

    Discussion

    When installing MS Windows NT4 / 200x on a computer, the installation program creates default users and groups, notably the Administrators group, and gives that group privileges necessary privileges to perform essential system tasks. eg: Ability to change the date and time or to kill (or close) any process running on the local machine. -

    +

    The 'Administrator' user is a member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus inherits 'Administrators' group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created to be a member of the 'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'. @@ -4083,58 +3889,58 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword The following steps describe how to make Samba PDC users members of the 'Domain Admins' group?

    1. create a unix group (usually in /etc/group), let's call it domadm -

    2. add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example +

    3. add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example if you want joe, john and mary, your entry in /etc/group will look like:

       		domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary
      -		
      -
    4. +

      +

    5. Map this domadm group to the "Domain Admins" group by running the command: -

      -
      -		root# net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm
      -		
      -

      - The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. +

      +

      +root# net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm
      +

      +

      + The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. Also make sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=).

    Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators! -

    +

    It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT4 / 200x group as well as making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. For example, if you wanted to include a UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a local file or printer on a domain member machine, you would flag that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC: -

    -
    -	root# net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct
    -	
    -

    +

    +

    +root# net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct
    +

    +

    Be aware that the RID parameter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should normally start at 1000. However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned - to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend + to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on the passdb backend you are using. Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically, but for now the burden is on you. -

    Example Configuration

    +

    Example Configuration

    You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing net groupmap list. Here is an example: -

    -
    -		root#  net groupmap list
    -		System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin
    -		Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin
    -		Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser
    -		Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest
    -		
    -

    +

    +

    +root#  net groupmap list
    +System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin
    +Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin
    +Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser
    +Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest
    +

    +

    For complete details on net groupmap, refer to the net(8) man page. -

    Configuration Scripts

    +

    Configuration Scripts

    Everyone needs tools. Some of us like to create our own, others prefer to use canned tools (ie: prepared by someone else for general use). -

    Sample smb.conf add group script

    - A script to great complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces: -

    -

    Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh

    +	

    Sample smb.conf add group script

    + A script to create complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces: +

    +

    Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh

     
     #!/bin/bash
     
    @@ -4150,17 +3956,15 @@ cat /etc/group.bak | sed s/smbtmpgrp00/$1/g > /etc/group
     # Now return the GID as would normally happen.
     echo $thegid
     exit 0
    -
    - +

    +

    The smb.conf entry for the above script would look like: -

    -		add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g
    -		
    -

    Script to configure Group Mapping

    - In our example we have created a Unix/Linux group called ntadmin. - Our script will create the additional groups Engineers, Marketoids, Gnomes: -

    -
    +		

    add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g

    +

    Script to configure Group Mapping

    + In our example we have created a UNIX/Linux group called ntadmin. + Our script will create the additional groups Orks, Elves, Gnomes: +

    +

     #!/bin/bash
     
     net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmin
    @@ -4176,58 +3980,70 @@ net groupmap modify ntgroup="Print Operators" unixgroup=lp
     net groupmap modify ntgroup="Replicators" unixgroup=daemon
     net groupmap modify ntgroup="Power Users" unixgroup=sys
     
    -#groupadd Engineers
    -#groupadd Marketoids
    -#groupadd Gnomes
    +groupadd Orks
    +groupadd Elves
    +groupadd Gnomes
     
    -#net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers"  unixgroup=Engineers    type=d
    -#net groupmap add ntgroup="Marketoids" unixgroup=Marketoids   type=d
    -#net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes"     unixgroup=Gnomes       type=d
    -
    -

    +net groupmap add ntgroup="Orks" unixgroup=Orks type=d +net groupmap add ntgroup="Elves" unixgroup=Elves type=d +net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes" unixgroup=Gnomes type=d +

    +

    Of course it is expected that the administrator will modify this to suit local needs. For information regarding the use of the net groupmap tool please refer to the man page. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    At this time there are many little surprises for the unwary administrator. In a real sense it is imperative that every step of automated control scripts must be carefully tested manually before putting them into active service. -

    Adding Groups Fails

    +

    Adding Groups Fails

    This is a common problem when the groupadd is called directly - by the Samba interface script for the add group script in + by the Samba interface script for the add group script in the smb.conf file.

    The most common cause of failure is an attempt to add an MS Windows group account that has either an upper case character and/or a space character in it.

    There are three possible work-arounds. Firstly, use only group names that comply - with the limitations of the Unix/Linux groupadd system tool. + with the limitations of the UNIX/Linux groupadd system tool. The second involves use of the script mentioned earlier in this chapter, and the - third option is to manually create a Unix/Linux group account that can substitute + third option is to manually create a UNIX/Linux group account that can substitute for the MS Windows group name, then use the procedure listed above to map that group to the MS Windows group. -

    Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails

    +

    Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails

    Samba-3 does NOT support nested groups from the MS Windows control environment. -

    Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group

    + What must I do to add Domain Users to the Power Users group? +

    + The Power Users group is a group that is local to each Windows + 200x / XP Professional workstation. You can not add the Domain Users group to the Power Users + group automatically, this must be done on each workstation by logging in as the local workstation + administrator and then using click on Start / Control Panel / Users and Passwords + now click on the 'Advanced' tab, then on the 'Advanced' Button. +

    + Now click on 'Groups', then double click on 'Power Users'. This will launch the panel to add users + or groups to the local machine 'Power Uses' group. Click on the 'Add' button, select the domain + from which the 'Domain Users' group is to be added, double click on the 'Domain Users' group, then + click on the 'Ok' button. Note: If a logon box is presented during this process please remember to + enter the connect as DOMAIN\UserName. ie: For the domain MIDEARTH and the user 'root' enter + MIDEARTH\root. +

    Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    drawing
    The Samba Team

    May 10, 2003

    Advanced MS Windows users are frequently perplexed when file, directory and share manipulation of resources shared via Samba do not behave in the manner they might expect. MS Windows network -administrators are often confused regarding network access controls and what is the best way to -provide users with the type of access they need while protecting resources from the consequences -of untoward access capabilities. +administrators are often confused regarding network access controls and how to +provide users with the access they need while protecting resources from unauthorised access.

    -Unix administrators frequently are not familiar with the MS Windows environment and in particular +Many UNIX administrators are unfamiliar with the MS Windows environment and in particular have difficulty in visualizing what the MS Windows user wishes to achieve in attempts to set file and directory access permissions.

    The problem lies in the differences in how file and directory permissions and controls work between the two environments. This difference is one that Samba can not completely hide, even -though it does try to make the chasm transparent. -

    +though it does try to bridge the chasm to a degree. +

    POSIX Access Control List technology has been available (along with Extended Attributes) -for Unix for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This +for UNIX for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This explains to some extent the slow adoption of ACLs into commercial Linux products. MS Windows administrators are astounded at this given that ACLs were a foundational capability of the now decade old MS Windows NT operating system. @@ -4236,25 +4052,24 @@ The purpose of this chapter is to present each of the points of control that are Samba-3 in the hope that this will help the network administrator to find the optimum method for delivering the best environment for MS Windows desktop users.

    -This is an opportune point to mention that it should be borne in mind that Samba was created to -provide a means of interoperability and interchange of data between two operating environments -that are quite different. It was never the intent to make Unix/Linux like MS Windows NT. Instead -the purpose was an is to provide a sufficient level of exchange of data between the two environments. -What is available today extends well beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to -shrink. -

    Features and Benefits

    +This is an opportune point to mention that Samba was created to provide a means of interoperability +and interchange of data between differing operating environments. Samba has no intent change +UNIX/Linux into a platform like MS Windows. Instead the purpose was and is to provide a sufficient +level of exchange of data between the two environments. What is available today extends well +beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to shrink. +

    Features and Benefits

    Samba offers a lot of flexibility in file system access management. These are the key access control facilities present in Samba today:

    Samba Access Control Facilities

    • - Unix File and Directory Permissions + UNIX File and Directory Permissions

      - Samba honours and implements Unix file system access controls. Users + Samba honours and implements UNIX file system access controls. Users who access a Samba server will do so as a particular MS Windows user. This information is passed to the Samba server as part of the logon or connection setup process. Samba uses this user identity to validate whether or not the user should be given access to file system resources (files and directories). This chapter provides an overview for those - to whom the Unix permissions and controls are a little strange or unknown. + to whom the UNIX permissions and controls are a little strange or unknown.

    • Samba Share Definitions

      @@ -4273,22 +4088,22 @@ shrink. easiest ways to affect access controls (restrictions) and can often do so with minimum invasiveness compared with other methods.

    • - MS Windows ACLs through Unix POSIX ACLs + MS Windows ACLs through UNIX POSIX ACLs

      - The use of POSIX ACLs on Unix/Linux is possible ONLY if the underlying + The use of POSIX ACLs on UNIX/Linux is possible ONLY if the underlying operating system supports them. If not, then this option will not be - available to you. Current Unix technology platforms have native support + available to you. Current UNIX technology platforms have native support for POSIX ACLs. There are patches for the Linux kernel that provide this also. Sadly, few Linux platforms ship today with native ACLs and Extended Attributes enabled. This chapter has pertinent information for users of platforms that support them. -

    File System Access Controls

    +

    File System Access Controls

    Perhaps the most important recognition to be made is the simple fact that MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP -implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the Unix operating system +implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the UNIX operating system environment. Firstly we should consider what the most significant differences are, then we shall look at how Samba helps to bridge the differences. -

    MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems

    - Samba operates on top of the Unix file system. This means it is subject to Unix file system conventions +

    MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems

    + Samba operates on top of the UNIX file system. This means it is subject to UNIX file system conventions and permissions. It also means that if the MS Windows networking environment requires file system behaviour that differs from unix file system behaviour then somehow Samba is responsible for emulating that in a transparent and consistent manner. @@ -4298,128 +4113,108 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences. but for the greater part we will stay within the bounds of default behaviour. Those wishing to explore to depths of control ability should review the smb.conf man page.

    File System Feature Comparison

    Name Space

    - MS Windows NT4 / 200x/ XP files names may be up to 254 characters long, Unix file names + MS Windows NT4 / 200x/ XP files names may be up to 254 characters long, UNIX file names may be 1023 characters long. In MS Windows file extensions indicate particular file types, - in Unix this is not so rigorously observed as all names are considered arbitrary. + in UNIX this is not so rigorously observed as all names are considered arbitrary.

    - What MS Windows calls a Folder, Unix calls a directory, + What MS Windows calls a Folder, UNIX calls a directory.

    Case Sensitivity

    - MS Windows file names are generally Upper Case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name + + MS Windows file names are generally upper case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name and 3 character extension. If longer than 8.3 file names are Case Preserving, and Case Insensitive.

    - Unix file and directory names are Case Sensitive and Case Preserving. Samba implements the - MS Windows file name behaviour, but it does so as a user application. The Unix file system + UNIX file and directory names are case sensitive and case preserving. Samba implements the + MS Windows file name behaviour, but it does so as a user application. The UNIX file system provides no mechanism to perform case insensitive file name lookups. MS Windows does this by default. This means that Samba has to carry the processing overhead to provide features - that are NOT native to the Unix operating system environment. + that are NOT native to the UNIX operating system environment.

    - Consider the following, all are unique Unix names but one single MS Windows file name: + Consider the following, all are unique UNIX names but one single MS Windows file name: MYFILE.TXT MyFile.txt myfile.txt - So clearly, In an MS Windows file name space these three files CAN NOT co-exist! But in Unix + So clearly, In an MS Windows file name space these three files CAN NOT co-exist! But in UNIX they can. So what should Samba do if all three are present? Answer, the one that is lexically first will be accessible to MS Windows users, the others are invisible and unaccessible - any other solution would be suicidal.

    Directory Separators

    - MS Windows and DOS uses the back-slash '\' as a directory delimiter, Unix uses the forward-slash '/' + MS Windows and DOS uses the back-slash '\' as a directory delimiter, UNIX uses the forward-slash '/' as it's directory delimiter. This is transparently handled by Samba.

    Drive Identification

    MS Windows products support a notion of drive letters, like C: to represent - disk partitions. Unix has NO concept if separate identifiers for file partitions since each + disk partitions. UNIX has NO concept if separate identifiers for file partitions since each such file system is mounted to become part of the over-all directory tree. - The Unix directory tree begins at '/', just like the root of a DOS drive is specified like + The UNIX directory tree begins at '/', just like the root of a DOS drive is specified like C:\.

    File Naming Conventions

    - MS Windows generally never experiences file names that begin with a '.', while in Unix these + MS Windows generally never experiences file names that begin with a '.', while in UNIX these are commonly found in a user's home directory. Files that begin with a '.' are typically - either start up files for various Unix applications, or they may be files that contain + either start up files for various UNIX applications, or they may be files that contain start-up configuration data.

    Links and Short-Cuts

    + + + + MS Windows make use of "links and Short-Cuts" that are actually special types of files that will - redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. Unix knows of file and directory + redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. UNIX knows of file and directory links, but they are entirely different from what MS Windows users are used to.

    - Symbolic links are files in Unix that contain the actual location of the data (file OR directory). An + Symbolic links are files in UNIX that contain the actual location of the data (file OR directory). An operation (like read or write) will operate directly on the file referenced. Symbolic links are also referred to as 'soft links'. A hard link is something that MS Windows is NOT familiar with. It allows one physical file to be known simultaneously by more than one file name.

    There are many other subtle differences that may cause the MS Windows administrator some temporary discomfort - in the process of becoming familiar with Unix/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the - purpose of Unix/Linux training/education. -

    Managing Directories

    + in the process of becoming familiar with UNIX/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the + purpose of UNIX/Linux training/education. +

    Managing Directories

    There are three basic operations for managing directories, create, delete, rename. -

    Table 13.1. Managing directories with unix and windows

    ActionMS Windows CommandUnix Command
    createmd foldermkdir folder
    deleterd folderrmdir folder
    renamerename oldname newnamemv oldname newname
    -

    File and Directory Access Control

    +

    Table 13.1. Managing directories with unix and windows

    ActionMS Windows CommandUNIX Command
    createmd foldermkdir folder
    deleterd folderrmdir folder
    renamerename oldname newnamemv oldname newname

    +

    File and Directory Access Control

    The network administrator is strongly advised to read foundational training manuals and reference materials - regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic Unix permissions + regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic UNIX permissions without having to resort to more complex facilities like POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs) or Extended Attributes (EAs). -

    - Unix/Linux file and directory access permissions involves setting three (3) primary sets of data and one (1) control set. - A Unix file listing looks as follows:- - -
    -	jht@frodo:~/stuff> ls -la
    -	total 632
    -	drwxr-xr-x   13 jht   users      816 2003-05-12 22:56 .
    -	drwxr-xr-x   37 jht   users     3800 2003-05-12 22:29 ..
    -	d---------    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado00
    -	d--x--x--x    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado01
    -	dr-xr-xr-x    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado02
    -	drwxrwxrwx    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado03
    -	drw-rw-rw-    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado04
    -	d-w--w--w-    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado05
    -	dr--r--r--    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado06
    -	drwxrwxrwt    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado07
    -	drwsrwsrwx    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08
    -	----------    1 jht   users     1242 2003-05-12 22:31 mydata00.lst
    -	---x--x--x    1 jht   users     1674 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata01.lst
    -	--w--w--w-    1 jht   users     7754 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata02.lst
    -	--wx-wx-wx    1 jht   users   260179 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata03.lst
    -	-r--r--r--    1 jht   users    21017 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata04.lst
    -	-r-xr-xr-x    1 jht   users   206339 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata05.lst
    -	-rw-rw-rw-    1 jht   users    41105 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata06.lst
    -	-rwxrwxrwx    1 jht   users    19312 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata07.lst
    -	jht@frodo:~/stuff>
    -	
    -

    - The columns above represent (from left to right): permissions, no blocks used, owner, group, size (bytes), access date, access time, file name. -

    - The permissions field is made up of: +

    + UNIX/Linux file and directory access permissions involves setting three (3) primary sets of data and one (1) control set. + A UNIX file listing looks as follows:- -

    -	 JRV: Put this into a diagram of some sort
    -	[ type  ] [ users ] [ group ] [ others ]   [File, Directory Permissions]
    -	[ d | l ] [ r w x ] [ r w x ] [ r w x  ]
    -	  |   |     | | |     | | |     | | |
    -	  |   |     | | |     | | |     | | |-----> Can Execute, List files
    -	  |   |     | | |     | | |     | |-------> Can Write,   Create files
    -	  |   |     | | |     | | |     |---------> Can Read,    Read files
    -	  |   |     | | |     | | |---------------> Can Execute, List files
    -	  |   |     | | |     | |-----------------> Can Write,   Create files
    -	  |   |     | | |     |-------------------> Can Read,    Read files
    -	  |   |     | | |-------------------------> Can Execute, List files
    -	  |   |     | |---------------------------> Can Write,   Create files
    -	  |   |     |-----------------------------> Can Read,    Read files
    -	  |   |-----------------------------------> Is a symbolic Link
    -	  |---------------------------------------> Is a directory
    -	
    - +

    +$ ls -la
    +total 632
    +drwxr-xr-x   13 maryo   gnomes      816 2003-05-12 22:56 .
    +drwxrwxr-x   37 maryo   gnomes     3800 2003-05-12 22:29 ..
    +dr-xr-xr-x    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado02
    +drwxrwxrwx    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado03
    +drw-rw-rw-    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado04
    +d-w--w--w-    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado05
    +dr--r--r--    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado06
    +drwsrwsrwx    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08
    +----------    1 maryo   gnomes     1242 2003-05-12 22:31 mydata00.lst
    +--w--w--w-    1 maryo   gnomes     7754 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata02.lst
    +-r--r--r--    1 maryo   gnomes    21017 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata04.lst
    +-rw-rw-rw-    1 maryo   gnomes    41105 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata06.lst
    +$ 
    +

    +

    + The columns above represent (from left to right): permissions, number of hard links to file, owner, group, size (bytes), access date, access time, file name. +

    + An overview of the permissions field can be found in the image below. +

    Figure 13.1. Overview of unix permissions field

    Overview of unix permissions field

    Any bit flag may be unset. An unset bit flag is the equivalent of 'Can NOT' and is represented as a '-' character. -

    Example 13.1. Example File

    +	

    Example 13.1. Example File

     		-rwxr-x---   Means: The owner (user) can read, write, execute
     		                    the group can read and execute
     		                    everyone else can NOT do anything with it
    -		
    +

    -

    - Additional possibilities in the [type] field are: c = character device, b = block device, p = pipe device, s = Unix Domain Socket. +

    + Additional possibilities in the [type] field are: c = character device, b = block device, p = pipe device, s = UNIX Domain Socket.

    The letters `rwxXst' set permissions for the user, group and others as: read (r), write (w), execute (or access for directories) (x), execute only if the file is a directory or already has execute permission for some user (X), set user or group ID on execution (s), @@ -4438,101 +4233,101 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences. the (x) execute flags are not set files can not be listed (seen) in the directory by anyone. The group can read files in the directory but can NOT create new files. NOTE: If files in the directory are set to be readable and writable for the group, then group members will be able to write to (or delete) them. -

    Share Definition Access Controls

    +

    Share Definition Access Controls

    The following parameters in the smb.conf file sections that define a share control or affect access controls. Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for smb.conf. -

    User and Group Based Controls

    +

    User and Group Based Controls

    User and group based controls can prove very useful. In some situations it is distinctly desirable to affect all - file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the force user and - force group behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a + file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the force user and + force group behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a paranoia level of control to ensure that only particular authorised persons will be able to access a share or - it's contents, here the use of the valid users or the invalid users may + it's contents, here the use of the valid users or the invalid users may be most useful.

    As always, it is highly advisable to use the least difficult to maintain and the least ambiguous method for controlling access. Remember, that when you leave the scene someone else will need to provide assistance and if that person finds too great a mess, or if they do not understand what you have done then there is risk of Samba being removed and an alternative solution being adopted. -

    Table 13.2. User and Group Based Controls

    Control ParameterDescription - Action - Notes
    admin users

    +

    Table 13.2. User and Group Based Controls

    Control ParameterDescription - Action - Notes
    admin users

    List of users who will be granted administrative privileges on the share. They will do all file operations as the super-user (root). Any user in this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, irrespective of file permissions. -

    force group

    +

    force group

    Specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting to this service. -

    force user

    +

    force user

    Specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. This is useful for sharing files. Incorrect use can cause security problems. -

    guest ok

    +

    guest ok

    If this parameter is set for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be those of the guest account. -

    invalid users

    +

    invalid users

    List of users that should not be allowed to login to this service. -

    only user

    +

    only user

    Controls whether connections with usernames not in the user list will be allowed. -

    read list

    +

    read list

    List of users that are given read-only access to a service. Users in this list will not be given write access, no matter what the read only option is set to. -

    username

    +

    username

    Refer to the smb.conf man page for more information - this is a complex and potentially misused parameter. -

    valid users

    +

    valid users

    List of users that should be allowed to login to this service. -

    write list

    +

    write list

    List of users that are given read-write access to a service. -

    File and Directory Permissions Based Controls

    +

    File and Directory Permissions Based Controls

    The following file and directory permission based controls, if misused, can result in considerable difficulty to diagnose the cause of mis-configuration. Use them sparingly and carefully. By gradually introducing each one by one undesirable side-effects may be detected. In the event of a problem, always comment all of them out and then gradually re-introduce them in a controlled fashion. -

    Table 13.3. File and Directory Permission Based Controls

    Control ParameterDescription - Action - Notes
    create mask

    +

    Table 13.3. File and Directory Permission Based Controls

    Control ParameterDescription - Action - Notes
    create mask

    Refer to the smb.conf man page. -

    directory mask

    +

    directory mask

    The octal modes used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories. See also: directory security mask. -

    dos filemode

    +

    dos filemode

    Enabling this parameter allows a user who has write access to the file to modify the permissions on it. -

    force create mode

    +

    force create mode

    This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a file created by Samba. -

    force directory mode

    +

    force directory mode

    This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a directory created by Samba. -

    force directory security mode

    +

    force directory security mode

    Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating UNIX permissions on a directory -

    force security mode

    +

    force security mode

    Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client manipulates UNIX permissions. -

    hide unreadable

    +

    hide unreadable

    Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be read. -

    hide unwriteable files

    +

    hide unwriteable files

    Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be written to. Unwriteable directories are shown as usual. -

    nt acl support

    +

    nt acl support

    This parameter controls whether smbd will attempt to map UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. -

    security mask

    +

    security mask

    Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permissions on a file. -

    Miscellaneous Controls

    - The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertant barriers to file +

    Miscellaneous Controls

    + The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertent barriers to file access by not understanding the full implications of smb.conf file settings. -

    Table 13.4. Other Controls

    Control ParameterDescription - Action - Notes
    case sensitive, default case, short preserve case

    +

    Table 13.4. Other Controls

    Control ParameterDescription - Action - Notes
    case sensitive, default case, short preserve case

    This means that all file name lookup will be done in a case sensitive manner. Files will be created with the precise filename Samba received from the MS Windows client. -

    csc policy

    +

    csc policy

    Client Side Caching Policy - parallels MS Windows client side file caching capabilities. -

    dont descend

    +

    dont descend

    Allows to specify a comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty. -

    dos filetime resolution

    +

    dos filetime resolution

    This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. -

    dos filetimes

    +

    dos filetimes

    DOS and Windows allows users to change file time stamps if they can write to the file. POSIX semantics prevent this. This options allows DOS and Windows behaviour. -

    fake oplocks

    +

    fake oplocks

    Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an oplock then the client is free to assume that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file data. -

    hide dot files, hide files, veto files

    +

    hide dot files, hide files, veto files

    Note: MS Windows Explorer allows over-ride of files marked as hidden so they will still be visible. -

    read only

    +

    read only

    If this parameter is yes, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's directory. -

    veto files

    +

    veto files

    List of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. -

    Access Controls on Shares

    +

    Access Controls on Shares

    This section deals with how to configure Samba per share access control restrictions. By default, Samba sets no restrictions on the share itself. Restrictions on the share itself can be set on MS Windows NT4/200x/XP shares. This can be a very effective way to limit who can @@ -4549,9 +4344,9 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for /usr/local/samba/var. If the tdbdump utility has been compiled and installed on your system, then you can examine the contents of this file by: tdbdump share_info.tdb. -

    Share Permissions Management

    +

    Share Permissions Management

    The best tool for the task is platform dependant. Choose the best tool for your environment. -

    Windows NT4 Workstation/Server

    +

    Windows NT4 Workstation/Server

    The tool you need to use to manage share permissions on a Samba server is the NT Server Manager. Server Manager is shipped with Windows NT4 Server products but not with Windows NT4 Workstation. You can obtain the NT Server Manager for MS Windows NT4 Workstation from Microsoft - see details below. @@ -4561,9 +4356,9 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for

  • Now click on the share that you wish to manage, then click on the Properties tab, next click on the Permissions tab. Now you can add or change access control settings as you wish. -

  • Windows 200x/XP

    +

    Windows 200x/XP

    On MS Windows NT4/200x/XP system access control lists on the share itself are set using native - tools, usually from filemanager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder, + tools, usually from file manager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder, then select Sharing, then click on Permissions. The default Windows NT4/200x permission allows Everyone Full Control on the Share.

    @@ -4590,71 +4385,70 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for no access means that MaryK who is part of the group Everyone will have no access even if this user is given explicit full control access. -

    MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability

    Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs

    Windows NT clients can use their native security settings - dialog box to view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.

    Note that this ability is careful not to compromise - the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and - still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba - administrator can set.

    Note

    - All access to Unix/Linux system file via Samba is controlled at - the operating system file access control level. When trying to - figure out file access problems it is vitally important to identify - the identity of the Windows user as it is presented by Samba at - the point of file access. This can best be determined from the +

    MS Windows Access Control Lists and UNIX Interoperability

    Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs

    + Windows NT clients can use their native security settings dialog box to view and modify the + underlying UNIX permissions. +

    + Note that this ability is careful not to compromise the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and + still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba administrator can set. +

    + Samba does not attempt to go beyond POSIX ACLs, so that the various finer-grained access control + options provided in Windows are actually ignore. +

    Note

    + All access to UNIX/Linux system files via Samba is controlled by the operating system file access controls. + When trying to figure out file access problems it is vitally important to find the identity of the Windows + user as it is presented by Samba at the point of file access. This can best be determined from the Samba log files. -

    Viewing File Security on a Samba Share

    From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right - mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted - drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click - on the Properties entry at the bottom of - the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog - box. Click on the tab Security and you - will see three buttons, Permissions, - Auditing, and Ownership. - The Auditing button will cause either - an error message A requested privilege is not held - by the client to appear if the user is not the - NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an - Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the - user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is - non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only - useful button, the Add button will not currently - allow a list of users to be seen.

    Viewing file ownership

    Clicking on the Ownership button - brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The - owner name will be of the form :

    "SERVER\user (Long name)"

    Where SERVER is the NetBIOS name of - the Samba server, user is the user name of - the UNIX user who owns the file, and (Long name) - is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the - GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the - Close button to remove this dialog.

    If the parameter nt acl support - is set to false then the file owner will - be shown as the NT user "Everyone".

    The Take Ownership button will not allow - you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on - it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are - currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason - for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged - operation in UNIX, available only to the root - user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change - the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT - client this will not work with Samba at this time.

    There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba - and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected - to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of - files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS - or Samba drive. This is available as part of the Seclib - NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of - the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.

    Viewing File or Directory Permissions

    The third button is the Permissions - button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both - the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. - The owner is displayed in the form :

    "SERVER\ +

    Viewing File Security on a Samba Share

    + From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba + mounted drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click on the Properties + entry at the bottom of the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog box. Click on the tab + Security and you will see three buttons, Permissions, + Auditing, and Ownership. The Auditing + button will cause either an error message A requested privilege is not held by the client + to appear if the user is not the NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an Administrator + to add auditing requirements to a file if the user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is + non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only useful button, the Add + button will not currently allow a list of users to be seen. +

    Viewing file ownership

    + Clicking on the Ownership button brings up a dialog box telling you who owns + the given file. The owner name will be of the form: +

    + "SERVER\user (Long name)" +

    + Where SERVER is the NetBIOS name of the Samba server, user + is the user name of the UNIX user who owns the file, and (Long name) is the + descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the GECOS field of the UNIX password database). + Click on the Close button to remove this dialog. +

    + If the parameter nt acl support is set to false + then the file owner will be shown as the NT user "Everyone". +

    + The Take Ownership button will not allow you to change the ownership of this file to + yourself (clicking on it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are currently logged onto + the NT client cannot be found). The reason for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged + operation in UNIX, available only to the root user. As clicking on this button causes + NT to attempt to change the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT client this will + not work with Samba at this time.

    + There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected + to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS + or Samba drive. This is available as part of the Seclib NT security library written + by Jeremy Allison of the Samba-Team, available from the main Samba FTP site.

    Viewing File or Directory Permissions

    + The third button is the Permissions button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box + that shows both the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. The owner is displayed in the form: +

    "SERVER\ user - (Long name)"

    Where SERVER is the NetBIOS name of - the Samba server, user is the user name of - the UNIX user who owns the file, and (Long name) - is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the - GECOS field of the UNIX password database).

    If the parameter nt acl support - is set to false then the file owner will - be shown as the NT user "Everyone" and the - permissions will be shown as NT "Full Control".

    The permissions field is displayed differently for files - and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions - are displayed first.

    File Permissions

    The standard UNIX user/group/world triplet and + (Long name)"

    Where SERVER is the NetBIOS name of the Samba server, + user is the user name of the UNIX user who owns the file, and + (Long name) is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the + GECOS field of the UNIX password database).

    + If the parameter nt acl support is set to false + then the file owner will be shown as the NT user "Everyone" and the permissions will be + shown as NT "Full Control". +

    + The permissions field is displayed differently for files and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions + are displayed first. +

    File Permissions

    The standard UNIX user/group/world triplet and the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions triplets are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding @@ -4669,14 +4463,14 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for or full control then usually the permissions will be prefixed by the words "Special Access" in the NT display list.

    But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed - for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order + for a particular UNIX user group or world component? In order to allow "no permissions" to be seen and modified then Samba overloads the NT "Take Ownership" ACL attribute (which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with no permissions as having the NT "O" bit set. This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will - be given below.

    Directory Permissions

    Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two + be given below.

    Directory Permissions

    Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed in the first set of parentheses in the normal "RW" @@ -4687,12 +4481,12 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for permissions that any file created within this directory would inherit.

    Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file - created by Samba on this share would receive.

    Modifying file or directory permissions

    Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple + created by Samba on this share would receive.

    Modifying file or directory permissions

    Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and clicking the OK button. However, there are limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS - attributes that need to also be taken into account.

    If the parameter nt acl support + attributes that need to also be taken into account.

    If the parameter nt acl support is set to false then any attempt to set security permissions will fail with an "Access Denied" message.

    The first thing to note is that the "Add" @@ -4721,59 +4515,56 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for Remove button, or set the component to only have the special Take Ownership permission (displayed as "O" - ) highlighted.

    Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters

    There are four parameters + ) highlighted.

    Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters

    There are four parameters to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters. These are : -
    security mask
    force security mode
    directory security mask
    force directory security mode
    +

    • security mask

    • force security mode

    • directory security mask

    • force directory security mode

    -

    Once a user clicks OK to apply the +

    Once a user clicks OK to apply the permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world r/w/x triplet set, and then will check the changed permissions for a - file against the bits set in the - security mask parameter. Any bits that + file against the bits set in the + security mask parameter. Any bits that were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone - in the file permissions.

    Essentially, zero bits in the security mask + in the file permissions.

    Essentially, zero bits in the security mask mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change.

    If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as - the create mask - parameter. To allow a user to modify all the + the create mask parameter. To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter to 0777.

    Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against - the bits set in the - force security mode parameter. Any bits + the bits set in the + force security mode parameter. Any bits that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter are forced to be set.

    Essentially, bits set in the force security mode parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.

    If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value - as the force - create mode parameter. + as the force create mode parameter. To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file - with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.

    The security mask and force + with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.

    The security mask and force security mode parameters are applied to the change request in that order.

    For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as described above for a file except using the parameter directory security mask instead of security mask, and force directory security mode parameter instead of force security mode - .

    The directory security mask parameter + .

    The directory security mask parameter by default is set to the same value as the directory mask parameter and the force directory security mode parameter by default is set to the same value as - the force directory mode parameter.

    In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that + the force directory mode parameter.

    In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users to modify the permission bits within that restriction.

    If you want to set up a share that allows users full control in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following parameters in the smb.conf file in that share specific section : -

    security mask = 0777
    force security mode = 0
    directory security mask = 0777
    force directory security mode = 0

    Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping

    Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read +

    security mask = 0777
    force security mode = 0
    directory security mask = 0777
    force directory security mode = 0

    Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mapping

    Note

    Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping. -

    One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access +

    One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access for the owner it will show up as "read only" in the standard file attributes tabbed dialog. Unfortunately this dialog is the same one that contains the security info in another tab.

    What this can mean is that if the owner changes the permissions @@ -4785,10 +4576,10 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for OK to get back to the attributes dialog you should always hit Cancel rather than OK to ensure that your changes - are not overridden.

    Common Errors

    + are not overridden.

    Common Errors

    File, Directory and Share access problems are very common on the mailing list. The following are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times. -

    Users can not write to a public share

    +

    Users can not write to a public share

    We are facing some troubles with file / directory permissions. I can log on the domain as admin user(root), and there's a public share, on which everyone needs to have permission to create / modify files, but only @@ -4797,80 +4588,89 @@ are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.

    There are many ways to solve this problem, here are a few hints: -

    Procedure 13.3. Example Solution:

    1. +

      1. Go to the top of the directory that is shared -

      2. +

      3. Set the ownership to what ever public owner and group you want -

        -			find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chown user.group {}\;
        -			find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chmod 6775 'directory_name'
        -			find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chmod 0775 {} \;
        -			find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chown user.group {}\;
        -			
        -

        Note

        +

        +$ find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chown user.group {}\;
        +$ find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chmod 6775 'directory_name'
        +$ find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chmod 0775 {} \;
        +$ find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chown user.group {}\;
        +

        +

        Note

        The above will set the 'sticky bit' on all directories. Read your - Unix/Linux man page on what that does. It causes the OS to assign + UNIX/Linux man page on what that does. It causes the OS to assign to all files created in the directories the ownership of the directory. -

      4. +

    2. Directory is: /foodbar -

      -				$ chown jack.engr /foodbar
      -			
      -

      Note

      -

      This is the same as doing:

      -
      -					$ chown jack /foodbar
      -					$ chgrp engr /foodbar
      -				
      -
    3. Now do: +

      +$ chown jack.engr /foodbar
      +

      +

      Note

      This is the same as doing:

      +$ chown jack /foodbar
      +$ chgrp engr /foodbar
      +
    4. Now do: -

      -				$ chmod 6775 /foodbar
      -				$ ls -al /foodbar/..
      -			
      +

      +$ chmod 6775 /foodbar
      +$ ls -al /foodbar/..
      +

      - You should see: -

      -				drwsrwsr-x  2 jack  engr    48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar
      -			
      -
    5. Now do: -
      -				$ su - jill
      -				$ cd /foodbar
      -				$ touch Afile
      -				$ ls -al
      -			
      - +

      You should see: +

      +drwsrwsr-x  2 jack  engr    48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar
      +

      +

    6. Now do: +

      +$ su - jill
      +$ cd /foodbar
      +$ touch Afile
      +$ ls -al
      +

      +

      You should see that the file Afile created by Jill will have ownership and permissions of Jack, as follows: -

      -		-rw-r--r--  1 jack  engr     0 2003-02-04 09:57 Afile
      -		
      -
    7. +

      +-rw-r--r--  1 jack  engr     0 2003-02-04 09:57 Afile
      +

      +

    8. Now in your smb.conf for the share add: -

      -		force create mode = 0775
      -		force directory mode = 6775
      -		
      -

      Note

      +

      force create mode = 0775
      force direcrtory mode = 6775

      +

      Note

      The above are only needed if your users are not members of the group you have used. ie: Within the OS do not have write permission on the directory. -

      +

      An alternative is to set in the smb.conf entry for the share: -

      -		force user = jack
      -		force group = engr
      -		
      -

    I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files - I touch!

    - When you have a user in 'admin users', Samba will always do file operations for - this user as root, even if force user has been set. -

    Chapter 14. File and Record Locking

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Eric Roseme

    HP Oplocks Usage Recommendations Whitepaper

    +

    force user = jack
    force group = engr

    +

    I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!

    + When you have a user in admin users, samba will always do file operations for + this user as root, even if force user has been set. +

    MS Word with Samba changes owner of file

    + Question:When userB saves a word document that is owned by userA the updated file is now owned by userB. + Why is Samba doing this? How do I fix this?” +

    + Answer: Word does the following when you modify/change a Word document: Word Creates a NEW document with + a temporary name, Word then closes the old document and deletes it, Word then renames the new document to the original document name. + There is NO mechanism by which Samba CAN IN ANY WAY know that the new document really should be owned by the owners + of the original file. Samba has no way of knowing that the file will be renamed by MS Word. As far as Samba is able + to tell, the file that gets created is a NEW file, not one that the application (Word) is updating. +

    + There is a work-around to solve the permissions problem. That work-around involves understanding how you can manage file + system behaviour from within the smb.conf file, as well as understanding how Unix file systems work. Set on the directory + in which you are changing word documents: chmod g+s 'directory_name' This ensures that all files will + be created with the group that owns the directory. In smb.conf share declaration section set: +

    +

    force create mode = 0660
    force directory mode = 0770

    +

    + These two settings will ensure that all directories and files that get created in the share will be read/writable by the + owner and group set on the directory itself. +

    Chapter 14. File and Record Locking

    Jeremy Allison

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Eric Roseme

    HP Oplocks Usage Recommendations Whitepaper

    One area which causes trouble for many network administrators is locking. The extent of the problem is readily evident from searches over the internet. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    Samba provides all the same locking semantics that MS Windows clients expect and that MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers provide also.

    @@ -4892,13 +4692,13 @@ settings on the MS Windows client.

    Note

    Sometimes it is necessary to disable locking control settings BOTH on the Samba server as well as on each MS Windows client! -

    Discussion

    +

    Discussion

    There are two types of locking which need to be performed by a SMB server. The first is record locking which allows a client to lock a range of bytes in a open file. The second is the deny modes that are specified when a file is open.

    -Record locking semantics under Unix are very different from record locking under +Record locking semantics under UNIX are very different from record locking under Windows. Versions of Samba before 2.2 have tried to use the native fcntl() unix system call to implement proper record locking between different Samba clients. This can not be fully correct due to several reasons. The simplest is the fact @@ -4909,29 +4709,29 @@ many more differences, too many to be listed here.

    Samba 2.2 and above implements record locking completely independent of the underlying unix system. If a byte range lock that the client requests happens -to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the Unix system. +to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the UNIX system. All other locks can not be seen by unix anyway.

    -Strictly a SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on -a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may overstress +Strictly an SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on +a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may over-stress the rpc.lockd. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked -to by a client, but if you set strict locking = yes then it +to by a client, but if you set strict locking = yes then it will make lock checking calls on every read and write.

    -You can also disable byte range locking completely using locking = no. +You can also disable byte range locking completely using locking = no. This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it (such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to tell clients that everything is OK.

    -The second class of locking is the deny modes. These +The second class of locking is the deny modes. These are set by an application when it opens a file to determine what types of access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility modes called DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS. -

    Opportunistic Locking Overview

    +

    Opportunistic Locking Overview

    Opportunistic locking (Oplocks) is invoked by the Windows file system (as opposed to an API) via registry entries (on the server AND client) for the purpose of enhancing network performance when accessing a file @@ -5054,7 +4854,7 @@ In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks enabled and disabled. -

    Exclusively Accessed Shares

    +

    Exclusively Accessed Shares

    Opportunistic locking is most effective when it is confined to shares that are exclusively accessed by a single user, or by only one user at a time. Because the true value of opportunistic locking is the local @@ -5063,7 +4863,7 @@ mechanism will cause a delay.

    Home directories are the most obvious examples of where the performance benefit of opportunistic locking can be safely realized. -

    Multiple-Accessed Shares or Files

    +

    Multiple-Accessed Shares or Files

    As each additional user accesses a file in a share with opportunistic locking enabled, the potential for delays and resulting perceived poor performance increases. When multiple users are accessing a file on a @@ -5075,17 +4875,17 @@ of the caching user. As each additional client attempts to access a file with oplocks set, the potential performance improvement is negated and eventually results in a performance bottleneck. -

    Unix or NFS Client Accessed Files

    -Local Unix and NFS clients access files without a mandatory +

    UNIX or NFS Client Accessed Files

    +Local UNIX and NFS clients access files without a mandatory file locking mechanism. Thus, these client platforms are incapable of initiating an oplock break request from the server to a Windows client -that has a file cached. Local Unix or NFS file access can therefore +that has a file cached. Local UNIX or NFS file access can therefore write to a file that has been cached by a Windows client, which exposes the file to likely data corruption.

    -If files are shared between Windows clients, and either local Unix +If files are shared between Windows clients, and either local UNIX or NFS users, then turn opportunistic locking off. -

    Slow and/or Unreliable Networks

    +

    Slow and/or Unreliable Networks

    The biggest potential performance improvement for opportunistic locking occurs when the client-side caching of reads and writes delivers the most differential over sending those reads and writes over the wire. @@ -5100,7 +4900,7 @@ the most advantageous scenario to utilize opportunistic locking. If the network is slow, unreliable, or a WAN, then do not configure opportunistic locking if there is any chance of multiple users regularly opening the same file. -

    Multi-User Databases

    +

    Multi-User Databases

    Multi-user databases clearly pose a risk due to their very nature - they are typically heavily accessed by numerous users at random intervals. Placing a multi-user database on a share with opportunistic @@ -5108,7 +4908,7 @@ locking enabled will likely result in a locking management bottleneck on the Samba server. Whether the database application is developed in-house or a commercially available product, ensure that the share has opportunistic locking disabled. -

    PDM Data Shares

    +

    PDM Data Shares

    Process Data Management (PDM) applications such as IMAN, Enovia, and Clearcase, are increasing in usage with Windows client platforms, and therefore SMB data stores. PDM applications manage multi-user @@ -5121,8 +4921,8 @@ application and PDM server to negotiate and maintain. It is appropriate to eliminate the client OS from any caching tasks, and the server from any oplock management, by disabling opportunistic locking on the share. -

    Beware of Force User

    -Samba includes an smb.conf parameter called force user that changes +

    Beware of Force User

    +Samba includes an smb.conf parameter called force user that changes the user accessing a share from the incoming user to whatever user is defined by the smb.conf variable. If opportunistic locking is enabled on a share, the change in user access causes an oplock break to be sent @@ -5134,26 +4934,26 @@ to overcome the lost oplock break.

    Avoid the combination of the following:

    • - force user in the smb.conf share configuration. + force user in the smb.conf share configuration.

    • Slow or unreliable networks

    • Opportunistic Locking Enabled -

    Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters

    +

    Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters

    Samba provides opportunistic locking parameters that allow the administrator to adjust various properties of the oplock mechanism to account for timing and usage levels. These parameters provide good versatility for implementing oplocks in environments where they would likely cause problems. The parameters are: -oplock break wait time, -oplock contention limit. +oplock break wait time, +oplock contention limit.

    For most users, administrators, and environments, if these parameters are required, then the better option is to simply turn oplocks off. The samba SWAT help text for both parameters reads "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." This is good advice. -

    Mission Critical High Availability

    +

    Mission Critical High Availability

    In mission critical high availability environments, data integrity is often a priority. Complex and expensive configurations are implemented to ensure that if a client loses connectivity with a file server, a @@ -5183,10 +4983,10 @@ In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks enabled and disabled. -

    Samba Opportunistic Locking Control

    +

    Samba Opportunistic Locking Control

    Opportunistic Locking is a unique Windows file locking feature. It is not really file locking, but is included in most discussions of Windows -file locking, so is considered a defacto locking feature. +file locking, so is considered a de facto locking feature. Opportunistic Locking is actually part of the Windows client file caching mechanism. It is not a particularly robust or reliable feature when implemented on the variety of customized networks that exist in @@ -5217,7 +5017,7 @@ file locking with the under lying OS, SGI IRIX and Linux are the only two OS's t oplock aware at this time.

    Unless your system supports kernel oplocks, you should disable oplocks if you are -accessing the same files from both Unix/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should +accessing the same files from both UNIX/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should always be disabled if you are sharing a database file (e.g., Microsoft Access) between multiple clients, as any break the first client receives will affect synchronisation of the entire file (not just the single record), which will result in a noticeable performance @@ -5233,29 +5033,23 @@ of your client sending oplock breaks and will instead want to disable oplocks fo

    Another factor to consider is the perceived performance of file access. If oplocks provide no measurable speed benefit on your network, it might not be worth the hassle of dealing with them. -

    Example Configuration

    +

    Example Configuration

    In the following we examine two distinct aspects of Samba locking controls. -

    Disabling Oplocks

    +

    Disabling Oplocks

    You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following: -

    -
    -[acctdata]
    -	oplocks = False
    -	level2 oplocks = False
    -
    -

    +

    +

    [acctdata]
    oplocks = False
    level2 oplocks = False

    +

    The default oplock type is Level1. Level2 Oplocks are enabled on a per-share basis in the smb.conf file.

    Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share: -

    -
    -	veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/
    -
    -

    +

    +

    veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/

    +

    If you are experiencing problems with oplocks as apparent from Samba's log entries, you may want to play it safe and disable oplocks and level2 oplocks. -

    Disabling Kernel OpLocks

    +

    Disabling Kernel OpLocks

    Kernel OpLocks is an smb.conf parameter that notifies Samba (if the UNIX kernel has the capability to send a Windows client an oplock break) when a UNIX process is attempting to open the file that is @@ -5267,13 +5061,10 @@ to the risk of data corruption. If the UNIX kernel has the ability to send an oplock break, then the kernel oplocks parameter enables Samba to send the oplock break. Kernel oplocks are enabled on a per-server basis in the smb.conf file. -

    -
    -[global]
    -kernel oplocks = yes
    -
    +

    +

    kernel oplocks = yes

    The default is "no". -

    +

    Veto OpLocks is an smb.conf parameter that identifies specific files for which Oplocks are disabled. When a Windows client opens a file that has been configured for veto oplocks, the client will not be granted @@ -5285,26 +5076,17 @@ allow Windows clients to utilize the performance benefit of file caching without the risk of data corruption. Veto Oplocks can be enabled on a per-share basis, or globally for the entire server, in the smb.conf file: -

    -
    <title>Example Veto OpLock Settings</title>
    -[global]
    -        veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/
    -
    -[share_name]
    -        veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/
    -
    -

    -Oplock break wait time is an smb.conf parameter that adjusts the time +

    +

    Example 14.1. Share with some files oplocked

    [global]
    veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/
    [share_name]
    veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/

    +

    + oplock break wait time is an smb.conf parameter that adjusts the time interval for Samba to reply to an oplock break request. Samba recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break Wait Time can only be configured globally in the smb.conf file: -

    -
    -[global]
    -          oplock break wait time =  0 (default)
    -
    -

    +

    +

    oplock break wait time = 0 (default)

    +

    Oplock break contention limit is an smb.conf parameter that limits the response of the Samba server to grant an oplock if the configured number of contending clients reaches the limit specified by the @@ -5312,15 +5094,9 @@ parameter. Samba recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break Contention Limit can be enable on a per-share basis, or globally for the entire server, in the smb.conf file: -

    -
    -[global]
    -          oplock break contention limit =  2 (default)
    -
    -[share_name]
    -         oplock break contention limit =  2 (default)
    -
    -

    MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls

    +

    +

    Example 14.2. 

    [global]
    oplock break contention limit = 2 (default)
    [share_name]
    oplock break contention limit = 2 (default)

    +

    MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls

    There is a known issue when running applications (like Norton Anti-Virus) on a Windows 2000/ XP workstation computer that can affect any application attempting to access shared database files across a network. This is a result of a default setting configured in the Windows 2000/XP @@ -5357,20 +5133,20 @@ Windows 2000 will still respect the EnableOplocks registry value used to disable in earlier versions of Windows.

    You can also deny the granting of opportunistic locks by changing the following registry entries: -

    -
    +

    +

     	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\
     		CurrentControlSet\Services\MRXSmb\Parameters\
     
     		OplocksDisabled REG_DWORD 0 or 1
     		Default: 0 (not disabled)
    -
    -

    Note

    +

    +

    Note

    The OplocksDisabled registry value configures Windows clients to either request or not request opportunistic locks on a remote file. To disable oplocks, the value of OplocksDisabled must be set to 1. -

    -
    +

    +

     	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\
     		CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters
     
    @@ -5379,8 +5155,8 @@ request opportunistic locks on a remote file. To disable oplocks, the value of
     
     		EnableOpLockForceClose REG_DWORD 0 or 1
     		Default: 0 (Disabled by Default)
    -
    -

    Note

    +

    +

    Note

    The EnableOplocks value configures Windows-based servers (including Workstations sharing files) to allow or deny opportunistic locks on local files.

    @@ -5412,7 +5188,7 @@ An illustration of how level II oplocks work: station holds any oplock on the file. Because the workstations can have no cached writes or locks at this point, they need not respond to the break-to-none advisory; all they need do is invalidate locally cashed read-ahead data. -

    Workstation Service Entries

    +	

    Workstation Service Entries

     	\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\
     		CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanWorkstation\Parameters
     
    @@ -5421,7 +5197,7 @@ An illustration of how level II oplocks work:
     

    Indicates whether the redirector should use opportunistic-locking (oplock) performance enhancement. This parameter should be disabled only to isolate problems. -

    Server Service Entries

    +

    Server Service Entries

     	\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\
     		CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters
     
    @@ -5450,8 +5226,8 @@ the server disables raw I/O and opportunistic locking for this connection.
     Specifies the time that the server waits for a client to respond to an oplock break
     request. Smaller values can allow detection of crashed clients more quickly but can
     potentially cause loss of cached data.
    -

    Persistent Data Corruption

    -If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this paper but data corruption problems +

    Persistent Data Corruption

    +If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this chapter but data corruption problems and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out:

    We have credible reports from developers that faulty network hardware, such as a single @@ -5461,7 +5237,7 @@ rebuild the data files in question. This involves creating a new data file with same definition as the file to be rebuilt and transferring the data from the old file to the new one. There are several known methods for doing this that can be found in our Knowledge Base. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    In some sites locking problems surface as soon as a server is installed, in other sites locking problems may not surface for a long time. Almost without exception, when a locking problem does surface it will cause embarrassment and potential data corruption. @@ -5491,18 +5267,23 @@ so far: report on https://bugzilla.samba.org without delay. Make sure that you give as much information as you possibly can to help isolate the cause and to allow reproduction of the problem (an essential step in problem isolation and correction). -

    locking.tdb error messages

    -
    -	> We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like:
    -	>
    -	>    tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic
    -	> 0x4d6f4b61 at offset=36116
    -	>
    -	> What do these mean?
    -	
    -

    +

    locking.tdb error messages

    + “ + We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like: +” +

    +tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic
    + 0x4d6f4b61 at offset=36116
    +

    +“ + What do these mean? + ” +

    Corrupted tdb. Stop all instances of smbd, delete locking.tdb, restart smbd. -

    Additional Reading

    +

    Problems saving files in MS Office on Windows XP

    This is a bug in Windows XP. More information can be + found in Microsoft Knowledge Base article 812937.

    Long delays deleting files over network with XP SP1

    It sometimes takes approximately 35 seconds to delete files over the network after XP SP1 has been applied

    This is a bug in Windows XP. More information can be + found in + Microsoft Knowledge Base article 811492.

    Additional Reading

    You may want to check for an updated version of this white paper on our Web site from time to time. Many of our white papers are updated as information changes. For those papers, the Last Edited date is always at the top of the paper. @@ -5522,7 +5303,7 @@ Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202. -

    Chapter 15. Securing Samba

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    May 26, 2003

    Introduction

    This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an important security fix. The information contained here applies to Samba installations in general. @@ -5534,7 +5315,7 @@ on it!" Security concerns are just like that: You need to know a little about the subject to appreciate how obvious most of it really is. The challenge for most of us is to discover that first morsel of knowledge with which we may unlock the secrets of the masters. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    There are three level at which security principals must be observed in order to render a site at least moderately secure. These are: the perimeter firewall, the configuration of the host server that is running Samba, and Samba itself. @@ -5546,58 +5327,50 @@ Samba may be secured from connections that originate from outside the local netw done using host based protection (using samba's implementation of a technology known as "tcpwrappers", or it may be done be using interface based exclusion so that smbd will bind only to specifically permitted interfaces. It is also -possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the IPC$ -auto-share. The IPC$ share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish +possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the [IPC$] +auto-share. The [IPC$] share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish TCP/IP connections.

    Another method by which Samba may be secured is by way of setting Access Control Entries in an Access Control List on the shares themselves. This is discussed in the chapter on File, Directory and Share Access Control. -

    Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues

    +

    Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues

    The key challenge of security is the fact that protective measures suffice at best only to close the door on known exploits and breach techniques. Never assume that because you have followed these few measures that the Samba server is now an impenetrable fortress! Given the history of information systems so far, it is only a matter of time before someone will find yet another vulnerability. -

    Using host based protection

    +

    Using host based protection

    In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be especially vulnerable.

    - One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the hosts allow and - hosts deny options in the Samba smb.conf configuration file to only + One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the hosts allow and + hosts deny options in the Samba smb.conf configuration file to only allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example might be: -

    -		hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24
    -		hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
    -	

    +

    hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24
    hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0

    The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and 192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a not listening on called name error. -

    User based protection

    +

    User based protection

    If you want to restrict access to your server to valid users only then the following - method may be of use. In the smb.conf [globals] section put: -

    -		valid users = @smbusers, jacko
    -	

    + method may be of use. In the smb.conf [global] section put: +

    valid users = @smbusers, jacko

    What this does is, it restricts all server access to either the user jacko or to members of the system group smbusers. -

    Using interface protection

    +

    Using interface protection

    By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those links. This may not be what you want.

    You can change this behaviour using options like the following: -

    -		interfaces = eth* lo
    -		bind interfaces only = yes
    -	

    +

    interfaces = eth* lo
    bind interfaces only = yes

    This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what @@ -5609,7 +5382,7 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability. connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that interface to any samba process. -

    Using a firewall

    +

    Using a firewall

    Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea, although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above @@ -5622,7 +5395,7 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability. The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in recent years. -

    Using a IPC$ share deny

    +

    Using a IPC$ share deny

    If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other @@ -5630,11 +5403,7 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability. hosts.

    To do that you could use: -

    -[ipc$]
    -	hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1
    -	hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
    -	

    +

    [ipc$]
    hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1
    hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0

    this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the @@ -5649,42 +5418,44 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.

    This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other methods listed above for some reason. -

    NTLMv2 Security

    +

    NTLMv2 Security

    To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about: -

    -
    +	

    +

     		[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa]
     		"lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003
    -
    +		

    +

    0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication, use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication. - +

    +

     		[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0]
     		"NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000
    -
    +		

    +

    0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2 session security is not negotiated. -

    -

    Upgrading Samba

    +

    Upgrading Samba

    Please check regularly on http://www.samba.org/ for updates and important announcements. Occasionally security releases are made and it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability -is discovered. -

    Common Errors

    +is discovered. Check with your OS vendor for OS specific upgrades. +

    Common Errors

    If all of samba and host platform configuration were really as intuitive as one might like then this section would not be necessary. Security issues are often vexing for a support person to resolve, not because of the complexity of the problem, but for reason that most administrators who post what turns out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is with Samba. -

    Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead

    +

    Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead

    This is a very common problem. Red Hat Linux (as do others) will install a default firewall. With the default firewall in place only traffic on the loopback adapter (IP address 127.0.0.1) will be allowed through the firewall.

    The solution is either to remove the firewall (stop it) or to modify the firewall script to allow SMB networking traffic through. See section above in this chapter. -

    Why can users access home directories of other users?

    +

    Why can users access home directories of other users?

    We are unable to keep individual users from mapping to any other user's home directory once they have supplied a valid password! They only need @@ -5713,27 +5484,24 @@ out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is w the policies and permissions he or she desires.

    Samba does allow the setup you require when you have set the - only user = yes option on the share, is that you have not set the + only user = yes option on the share, is that you have not set the valid users list for the share. -

    +

    Note that only user works in conjunction with the users= list, so to get the behavior you require, add the line : -

    -	users = %S
    -	
    +

    users = %S

    this is equivalent to: -

    -	valid users = %S
    -	
    +

    valid users = %S

    to the definition of the [homes] share, as recommended in the smb.conf man page. -

    Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Rafal Szczesniak

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    drawing
    The Samba Team

    Stephen Langasek

    April 3, 2003

    Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now -possible for Samba-3 to NT4 trust (and vice versa), as well as Samba3 to Samba3 trusts. -

    Features and Benefits

    +possible for Samba-3 to trust NT4 (and vice versa), as well as to create Samba3-to-Samba3 +trusts. +

    Features and Benefits

    Samba-3 can participate in Samba-to-Samba as well as in Samba-to-MS Windows NT4 style trust relationships. This imparts to Samba similar scalability as is possible with MS Windows NT4. @@ -5743,10 +5511,10 @@ database such as LDAP, and given it's ability to run in Primary as well as Backu modes, the administrator would be well advised to consider alternatives to the use of Interdomain trusts simply because by the very nature of how this works it is fragile. That was, after all, a key reason for the development and adoption of Microsoft Active Directory. -

    Trust Relationship Background

    +

    Trust Relationship Background

    MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure. The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking -in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat-name space that results from +in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat namespace that results from this design significantly impacts the delegation of administrative responsibilities in large and diverse organisations.

    @@ -5772,90 +5540,136 @@ relationship, and WHITE and BLUE have a trust relationship, then it holds that t implied trust between the RED and BLUE domains. ie: Relationships are explicit and not transitive.

    + New to MS Windows 2000 ADS security contexts is the fact that trust relationships are two-way by default. Also, all inter-ADS domain trusts are transitive. In the case of the RED, WHITE and BLUE domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each other. This is an inherent feature of ADS domains. Samba-3 implements MS Windows NT4 style Interdomain trusts and interoperates with MS Windows 200x ADS security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains. -

    Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration

    -There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship. -

    NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)

    +

    Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration

    +There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship. To effect a two-way trust +relationship it is necessary for each domain administrator to create a trust account for the +other domain to use in verifying security credentials. + + +

    Creating an NT4 Domain Trust

    For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the -Domain User Manager. To affect a two way trust relationship it is -necessary for each domain administrator to make available (for use by an external domain) it's -security resources. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies entry on the menu bar. -From the Policy menu, select Trust Relationships, then -next to the lower box that is labelled Permitted to Trust this Domain are two -buttons, Add and Remove. The Add -button will open a panel in which needs to be entered the remote domain that will be able to assign -user rights to your domain. In addition it is necessary to enter a password -that is specific to this trust relationship. The password needs to be -typed twice (for standard confirmation). -

    NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)

    +Domain User Manager. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies +entry on the menu bar. From the Policy menu, select +Trust Relationships. Next to the lower box labelled +Permitted to Trust this Domain are two buttons, Add +and Remove. The Add button will open a panel in which +to enter the name of the remote domain that will be able to assign access rights to users in +your domain. You will also need to enter a password for this trust relationship, which the +trusting domain will use when authenticating users from the trusted domain. +The password needs to be typed twice (for standard confirmation). +

    Completing an NT4 Domain Trust

    + A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections with the trusted domain. To consummate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the Add button that is next to the box that is labelled Trusted Domains. A panel will open in which must be entered the name of the remote domain as well as the password assigned to that trust. -

    Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts

    +

    Inter-Domain Trust Facilities

    +A two-way trust relationship is created when two one-way trusts are created, one in each direction. +Where a one-way trust has been established between two MS Windows NT4 domains (let's call them +DomA and DomB) the following facilities are created: +

    Figure 16.1. Trusts overview

    Trusts overview
    • + DomA (completes the trust connection) Trusts DomB +

    • + DomA is the Trusting domain +

    • + DomB is the Trusted domain (originates the trust account) +

    • + Users in DomB can access resources in DomA +

    • + Users in DomA can NOT access resources in DomB +

    • + Global groups from DomB CAN be used in DomA +

    • + Global groups from DomA can NOT be used in DomB +

    • + DomB DOES appear in the logon dialog box on client workstations in DomA +

    • + DomA does NOT appear in the logon dialog box on client workstations in DomB +

    • + Users / Groups in a trusting domain can NOT be granted rights, permissions or access + to a trusted domain. +

    • + The trusting domain CAN access and use accounts (Users / Global Groups) in the + trusted domain. +

    • + Administrators of the trusted domain CAN be granted admininstrative rights in the + trusting domain. +

    • + Users in a trusted domain CAN be given rights and privileges in the trusting + domain. +

    • + Trusted domain Global Groups CAN be given rights and permissions in the trusting + domain. +

    • + Global Groups from the trusted domain CAN be made members in Local Groups on + MS Windows domain member machines. +

    Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts

    This description is meant to be a fairly short introduction about how to set up a Samba server so that it could participate in interdomain trust relationships. Trust relationship support in Samba is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet.

    -Each of the procedures described below is treated as they were performed with Windows NT4 Server on -one end. The remote end could just as well be another Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after -reading this document, that combining Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust -between domains in purely Samba environment. -

    Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain

    -In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship first you need -to create special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that, +Each of the procedures described below assumes the peer domain in the trust relationship is +controlled by a Windows NT4 server. However, the remote end could just as well be another +Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after reading this document, that combining +Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust between domains in a purely Samba +environment. +

    Samba as the Trusted Domain

    +In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship you first need +to create a special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that, you can use the 'smbpasswd' utility. Creating the trusted domain account is very similar to creating a trusted machine account. Suppose, your domain is called SAMBA, and the remote domain is called RUMBA. The first step will be to issue this command from your favourite shell: -

    -
    +

    +

     root#  smbpasswd -a -i rumba
    -	New SMB password: XXXXXXXX
    -	Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX
    -	Added user rumba$
    -
    +New SMB password: XXXXXXXX +Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX +Added user rumba$ +

    where -a means to add a new account into the passdb database and -i means: ''create this account with the InterDomain trust flag'' -

    +

    The account name will be 'rumba$' (the name of the remote domain)

    After issuing this command you'll be asked to enter the password for the account. You can use any password you want, but be aware that Windows NT will not change this password until 7 days following account creation. After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new account -(in the standard way depending on your configuration) and see that account's name is -really RUMBA$ and it has 'I' flag in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm +(in the standard way as appropriate for your configuration) and see that account's name is +really RUMBA$ and it has the 'I' flag set in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server. -

    -Open User Manager for Domains and from menu -Policies select Trust Relationships.... -Right beside Trusted domains list box press the +

    +Open User Manager for Domains and from the +Policies menu, select Trust Relationships.... +Right beside the Trusted domains list box press the Add... button. You will be prompted for the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Type in SAMBA, as this is -your domain name, and the password used at the time of account creation. +the name of the remote domain, and the password used at the time of account creation. Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see Trusted domain relationship successfully established message. -

    Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain

    +

    Samba as the Trusting Domain

    This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called RUMBA.

    -The very first thing requirement is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC. -

    +The very first step is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC. +

    Launch the Domain User Manager, then from the menu select Policies, Trust Relationships. -Now, next to Trusted Domains box press the Add -button, and type in the name of the trusted domain (SAMBA) and password securing +Now, next to the Trusted Domains box press the Add +button, and type in the name of the trusted domain (SAMBA) and the password to use in securing the relationship.

    The password can be arbitrarily chosen. It is easy to change the password @@ -5867,61 +5681,60 @@ Using your favourite shell while being logged in as root, issue this command: root# net rpc trustdom establish rumba

    You will be prompted for the password you just typed on your Windows NT4 Server box. -Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a returned code of -NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT. It means the +Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a return code of +NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT. It means the password you gave is correct and the NT4 Server says the account is ready for interdomain connection and not for ordinary -connection. After that, be patient it can take a while (especially -in large networks), you should see the Success message. +connection. After that, be patient; it can take a while (especially +in large networks), but eventually you should see the Success message. Congratulations! Your trust relationship has just been established.

    Note

    Note that you have to run this command as root because you must have write access to the secrets.tdb file. -

    Common Errors

    +

    NT4-style Domain Trusts with Windows 2000

    +Although Domain User Manager is not present in Windows 2000, it is +also possible to establish an NT4-style trust relationship with a Windows 2000 domain +controller running in mixed mode as the trusting server. It should also be possible for +Samba to trust a Windows 2000 server, however, more testing is still needed in this area. +

    +After creating the interdomain trust account on the +Samba server as described above, open Active Directory Domains and +Trusts on the AD controller of the domain whose resources you wish Samba users +to have access to. Remember that since NT4-style trusts are not transitive, if you want +your users to have access to multiple mixed-mode domains in your AD forest, you will need to +repeat this process for each of those domains. With Active Directory Domains +and Trusts open, right-click on the name of the Active Directory domain that +will trust our Samba domain and choose Properties, then click on +the Trusts tab. In the upper part of the panel, you will see a list box +labelled Domains trusted by this domain:, and an +Add... button next to it. Press this button, and just as with NT4, you +will be prompted for the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Press OK, and +after a moment, Active Directory will respond with The trusted domain has +been added and the trust has been verified. Your Samba users can now be +granted acess to resources in the AD domain. +

    Common Errors

    Interdomain trust relationships should NOT be attempted on networks that are unstable or that suffer regular outages. Network stability and integrity are key concerns with distributed trusted domains. -

    Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba

    - Like many, I administer multiple LANs connected together using NT trust - relationships. This was implemented about 4 years ago. I now have the - occasion to consider performing this same task again, but this time, I - would like to implement it solely through samba - no Microsoft PDCs - anywhere. -

    - I have read documentation on samba.org regarding NT-style trust - relationships and am now wondering, can I do what I want to? I already - have successfully implemented 2 samba servers, but they are not PDCs. - They merely act as file servers. I seem to remember, and it appears to - be true (according to samba.org) that trust relationships are a - challenge. -

    - Please provide any helpful feedback that you may have. -

    - These are almost complete in Samba 3.0 snapshots. The main catch - is getting winbindd to be able to allocate UID/GIDs for trusted - users/groups. See the updated Samba HOWTO collection for more - details. -

    Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba

    Shirish Kalele

    Samba Team & Veritas Software


    +

    Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba

    Shirish Kalele

    Samba Team & Veritas Software

    12 Jul 2000

    Features and Benefits

    +

    12 Jul 2000

    Features and Benefits

    The Distributed File System (or DFS) provides a means of separating the logical view of files and directories that users see from the actual physical locations of these resources on the network. It allows for higher availability, smoother storage expansion, load balancing etc.

    - For information about DFS, refer to - - Microsoft documentation at http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp. + For information about DFS, refer to the +Microsoft documentation.

    - This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a Unix machine (for DFS-aware + This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a UNIX machine (for DFS-aware clients to browse) using Samba.

    - To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the --with-msdfs + To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the --with-msdfs option. Once built, a Samba server can be made a DFS server by setting the global - boolean host msdfs - parameter in the smb.conf file. You designate a share as a DFS - root using the share level boolean - msdfs root parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS + boolean host msdfs + parameter in the smb.conf file. You designate a share as a DFS + root using the share level boolean msdfs root parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS links in the form of symbolic links that point to other servers. For example, a symbolic link junction->msdfs:storage1\share1 in the share directory acts as the DFS junction. When DFS-aware clients attempt to access the junction link, @@ -5930,23 +5743,14 @@ distributed trusted domains. DFS trees on Samba work with all DFS-aware clients ranging from Windows 95 to 200x.

    Here's an example of setting up a DFS tree on a Samba server. -

    -# The smb.conf file:
    -[global]
    -	netbios name = SMOKEY
    -	host msdfs   = yes
    -
    -[dfs]
    -	path = /export/dfsroot
    -	msdfs root = yes
    -	

    In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to +

    Example 17.1. smb.conf with DFS configured

    [global]
    netbios name = GANDALF
    host msdfs = yes
    [dfs]
    path = /export/dfsroot
    msdfs root = yes

    In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our DFS links to other servers on the network.

    -	root# cd /export/dfsroot
    -	root# chown root /export/dfsroot
    -	root# chmod 755 /export/dfsroot
    -	root# ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka
    -	root# ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb
    -	

    You should set up the permissions and ownership of +root# cd /export/dfsroot +root# chown root /export/dfsroot +root# chmod 755 /export/dfsroot +root# ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka +root# ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb +

    You should set up the permissions and ownership of the directory acting as the DFS root such that only designated users can create, delete or modify the msdfs links. Also note that symlink names should be all lowercase. This limitation exists @@ -5955,22 +5759,21 @@ distributed trusted domains. network shares you want, and start Samba.

    Users on DFS-aware clients can now browse the DFS tree on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client) - takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.

    Common Errors

    • Windows clients need to be rebooted - if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs + takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.

    Common Errors

    • Windows clients need to be rebooted + if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a DFS root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a - new share and make it the dfs root.

    • Currently there's a restriction that msdfs + new share and make it the DFS root.

    • Currently there's a restriction that msdfs symlink names should all be lowercase.

    • For security purposes, the directory acting as the root of the DFS tree should have ownership and permissions set so that only designated users can - modify the symbolic links in the directory.

    Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support

    Kurt Pfeifle

    Danka Deutschland GmbH

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    May 32, 2003

    Table of Contents

    Features and Benefits
    Technical Introduction
    What happens if you send a Job from a Client
    Printing Related Configuration Parameters
    Parameters Recommended for Use
    Parameters for Backwards Compatibility
    Parameters no longer in use
    A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3
    Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
    A little Experiment to warn you
    Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3
    Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
    The [global] Section
    The [printers] Section
    Any [my_printer_name] Section
    Print Commands
    Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems
    Setting up your own Print Commands
    Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
    Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
    The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3
    Creating the [print$] Share
    Parameters in the [print$] Section
    Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
    Installing Drivers into [print$]
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with -rpcclient
    "The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install -Procedure)
    The first Client Driver Installation
    IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
    Further Client Driver Install Procedures
    Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
    Other Gotchas
    Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
    Supporting large Numbers of Printers
    Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
    Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a -different Name
    Be careful when assembling Driver Files
    Samba and Printer Ports
    Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
    The Imprints Toolset
    What is Imprints?
    Creating Printer Driver Packages
    The Imprints Server
    The Installation Client
    Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
    The addprinter command
    Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3
    Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
    Common Errors and Problems
    I give my root password but I don't get access
    My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost

    Features and Benefits

    + modify the symbolic links in the directory.

    Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support

    Kurt Pfeifle

    Danka Deutschland GmbH

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    May 31, 2003

    Table of Contents

    Features and Benefits
    Technical Introduction
    What happens if you send a Job from a Client
    Printing Related Configuration Parameters
    Parameters Recommended for Use
    A simple Configuration to Print
    Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
    A little Experiment to warn you
    Extended Sample Configuration to Print
    Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
    The [global] Section
    The [printers] Section
    Any [my_printer_name] Section
    Print Commands
    Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems
    Setting up your own Print Commands
    Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
    Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
    The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3
    Creating the [print$] Share
    Parameters in the [print$] Section
    Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
    Installing Drivers into [print$]
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient
    Client Driver Install Procedure
    The first Client Driver Installation
    IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
    Further Client Driver Install Procedures
    Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
    Other Gotchas
    Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
    Supporting large Numbers of Printers
    Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
    Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name
    Be careful when assembling Driver Files
    Samba and Printer Ports
    Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
    The Imprints Toolset
    What is Imprints?
    Creating Printer Driver Packages
    The Imprints Server
    The Installation Client
    Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
    The addprinter command
    Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba
    Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
    Common Errors
    I give my root password but I don't get access
    My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost

    Features and Benefits

    Printing is often a mission-critical service for the users. Samba can provide this service reliably and seamlessly for a client network consisting of Windows workstations.

    -A Samba-3.0 print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain +A Samba print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain member server, side by side with file serving functions, or on a dedicated print server. It can be made as tight or as loosely secured as needs dictate. Configurations may be simple or complex. Available @@ -5994,40 +5797,40 @@ implemented by the more traditional UNIX (BSD- and System V-style) printing systems. Many things apply to CUPS, the newer Common UNIX Printing System, too; so if you use CUPS, you might be tempted to jump to the next chapter -- but you will certainly miss a few things if you -do so. Better read this chapter too. +do so. Better to read this chapter too.

    Note

    Most of the given examples have been verified on Windows XP Professional clients. Where this document describes the responses to commands given, bear in mind that Windows 2000 clients are very similar, but may differ in details. Windows NT is somewhat different again. -

    Technical Introduction

    +

    Technical Introduction

    Samba's printing support always relies on the installed print -subsystem of the Unix OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes +subsystem of the UNIX OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes printfiles from Windows (or other SMB) clients and passes them to the real printing system for further processing. Therefore it needs to -"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the Unix +"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the UNIX printing system. Hence we must differentiate between the various client OS types each of which behave differently, as well as the various UNIX print subsystems, which themselves have different features and are accessed differently. This part of the Samba HOWTO -Collection deals with the "traditional" way of Unix printing first; +Collection deals with the "traditional" way of UNIX printing first; the next chapter covers in great detail the more modern Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS). -

    Important

    CUPS users, be warned: don't just jump on to the next +

    Important

    CUPS users, be warned: don't just jump on to the next chapter. You might miss important information contained only -here!

    -

    What happens if you send a Job from a Client

    +here!

    +

    What happens if you send a Job from a Client

    To successfully print a job from a Windows client via a Samba print server to a UNIX printer, there are 6 (potentially 7) stages: -

    1. Windows opens a connection to the printershare

    2. Samba must authenticate the user

    3. Windows sends a copy of the printfile over the network +

      1. Windows opens a connection to the printer share

      2. Samba must authenticate the user

      3. Windows sends a copy of the printfile over the network into Samba's spooling area

      4. Windows closes the connection again

      5. Samba invokes the print command to hand the file over -to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area

      6. The Unix print subsystem processes the print +to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area

      7. The UNIX print subsystem processes the print job

      8. The printfile may need to be explicitly deleted -from the Samba spooling area.

    Printing Related Configuration Parameters

    +from the Samba spooling area.

    Printing Related Configuration Parameters

    There are a number of configuration parameters in controlling Samba's printing behaviour. Please also refer to the man page for smb.conf to @@ -6035,74 +5838,65 @@ acquire an overview about these. As with other parameters, there are Global Level (tagged with a "G" in the listings) and Service Level ("S") parameters.

    Service Level Parameters

    These may go into the -[global] section of -. In this case they define the default +[global] section of smb.conf. +In this case they define the default behaviour of all individual or service level shares (provided those don't have a different setting defined for the same parameter, thus overriding the global default).

    Global Parameters

    These may not go into individual shares. If they go in by error, the "testparm" utility can discover -this (if you run it) and tell you so.

    Parameters Recommended for Use

    The following smb.conf parameters directly -related to printing are used in Samba-3. See also the +this (if you run it) and tell you so.

    Parameters Recommended for Use

    The following smb.conf parameters directly +related to printing are used in Samba. See also the smb.conf man page for detailed explanations: -

    List of printing related parameters in Samba-3.  -

    Global level parameters:

    • addprinter command (G)

    • deleteprinter command (G)

    • disable spoolss (G)

    • enumports command (G)

    • load printers (G)

    • lpq cache time (G)

    • os2 driver map (G)

    • printcap name (G), printcap (G)

    • show add printer wizard (G)

    • total print jobs (G)

    • use client driver (G)

    - -

    Service level parameters:

    • hosts allow (S)

    • hosts deny (S)

    • lppause command (S)

    • lpq command (S)

    • lpresume command (S)

    • lprm command (S)

    • max print jobs (S)

    • min print space (S)

    • print command (S)

    • printable (S), print ok (S)

    • printer name (S), printer (S)

    • printer admin (S)

    • printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...] (S)

    • queuepause command (S)

    • queueresume command (S)

    • total print jobs (S)

    -

    +

    Global level parameters: addprinter command, +deleteprinter command, +disable spoolss, +enumports command, +load printers, +lpq cache time, +os2 driver map, +printcap name, printcap, +show add printer wizard, +total print jobs, +use client driver. +

    Service level parameters: hosts allow, +hosts deny, +lppause command, +lpq command, +lpresume command, +lprm command, +max print jobs, +min print space, +print command, +printable, print ok , +printer name, printer, +printer admin, +printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...], +queuepause command, +queueresume command, +total print jobs. +

    Samba's printing support implements the Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls (MS-RPC) methods for printing. These are used by Windows NT (and later) print servers. The old "LanMan" protocol is still supported as a fallback resort, and for older clients to use. More details will follow further beneath. -

    Parameters for Backwards Compatibility

    -Two new parameters that were added in Samba 2.2.2, are still present -in Samba-3.0. Both of these options are described in the -smb.conf man page and are disabled by -default. Use them with caution! -

    disable spoolss(G)

    This is -provided for better support of Samba 2.0.x backwards capability. It -will disable Samba's support for MS-RPC printing and yield identical -printing behaviour to Samba 2.0.x.

    use client driver (G)

    was provided -for using local printer drivers on Windows NT/2000 clients. It does -not apply to Windows 95/98/ME clients.

    Parameters "for backward compatibility only", use with caution.  -
    • disable spoolss (G)

    • use client driver (S)

    -

    Parameters no longer in use

    -Samba users upgrading from 2.2.x to 3.0 need to be aware that some -previously available settings are no longer supported (as was -announced some time ago). Here is a list of them: -

    "old" parameters, removed in Samba-3.  -The following smb.conf parameters have been -deprecated already in Samba 2.2 and are now completely removed from -Samba-3. You cannot use them in new 3.0 installations: - -
    • printer driver file (G)

    • total print jobs (G)

    • postscript (S)

    • printer driver (S)

    • printer driver location (S)

    -

    A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3

    +

    A simple Configuration to Print

    Here is a very simple example configuration for print related settings -in the file. If you compare it with your -own system's , you probably find some +in the file. If you compare it with your own system's , you probably find some additional parameters included there (as pre-configured by your OS vendor). Further below is a discussion and explanation of the parameters. Note, that this example doesn't use many parameters. However, in many environments these are enough to provide a valid - which enables all clients to print. -

    - [global]
    -         printing = bsd
    -         load printers = yes
    -
    - [printers]
    -         path = /var/spool/samba
    -         printable = yes
    -         public = yes
    -         writable = no
    -

    -This is only an example configuration. Many settings, if not -explicitly set to a specific value, are used and set by Samba -implicitly to its own default, because these have been compiled in. -To see all settings, let root use the testparm -utility. testparm also gives warnings if you have -mis-configured certain things. Its complete output is easily 340 lines -and more. You may want to pipe it through a pager program. +smb.conf file which enables all clients to print. +

    Example 18.1. Simple configuration with BSD printing

    [global]
    printing = bsd
    load printers = yes
    [printers]
    path = /var/spool/samba
    printable = yes
    public = yes
    writable = no

    +This is only an example configuration. Samba assigns default values to all +configuration parameters. On the whole the defaults are conservative and +sensible. When a parameter is specified in the smb.conf file this overwrites +the default value. The testparm utility when run as root +is capable of reporting all setting, both default as well as smb.conf file +settings. Testparm gives warnings for all mis-configured +settings. The complete output is easily 340 lines and more, so you may want +to pipe it through a pager program.

    The syntax for the configuration file is easy to grasp. You should know that is not very picky about its @@ -6111,7 +5905,7 @@ reminder: It even tolerates some spelling errors (like "browsable" instead of "browseable"). Most spelling is case-insensitive. Also, you can use "Yes|No" or "True|False" for boolean settings. Lists of names may be separated by commas, spaces or tabs. -

    Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm

    +

    Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm

    To see all (or at least most) printing related settings in Samba, including the implicitly used ones, try the command outlined below (hit "ENTER" twice!). It greps for all occurrences of "lp", "print", @@ -6162,20 +5956,20 @@ as shown above: You can easily verify which settings were implicitly added by Samba's default behaviour. Don't forget about this point: it may be important in your future dealings with Samba. -

    Note

    testparm in Samba-3.0 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used +

    Note

    testparm in samba 3 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used without the "-v" switch it only shows you the settings actually written into ! To see the complete -configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.

    A little Experiment to warn you

    +configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.

    A little Experiment to warn you

    Should you need to troubleshoot at any stage, please always come back to this point first and verify if "testparm" shows the parameters you expect! To give you an example from personal experience as a warning, -try to just "comment out" the load printers" +try to just "comment out" the load printers" parameter. If your 2.2.x system behaves like mine, you'll see this:

     root# grep "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf
      #      load printers = Yes
    -        # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!!
    -
    + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!!
    + 
     root# testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf | egrep "(load printers)"
             load printers = Yes
     
    @@ -6196,7 +5990,7 @@ any more... at least not by this ;-)
     
     

    Only when setting the parameter explicitly to -"load printers = No" +"load printers = No" would Samba recognize my intentions. So my strong advice is:

    • Never rely on "commented out" parameters!

    • Always set it up explicitly as you intend it to behave.

    • Use testparm to uncover hidden @@ -6222,7 +6016,7 @@ ask testparm what the Samba print configuration would be, if you used this minimalistic file as your real :

      -root#  testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"
      +root# testparm -v smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"
        Processing section "[printers]"
        WARNING: [printers] service MUST be printable!
        No path in service printers - using /tmp
      @@ -6255,8 +6049,8 @@ testparm issued 2 warnings:
       [printers] section as printable,
       and

    • because we didn't tell it which spool directory to use.

    -However, this was not fatal, and Samba-3.0 will default to values that -will work here. But, please!, don't rely on this and don't use this +However, this was not fatal, and samba will default to values that +will work here. Please, don't rely on this and don't use this example! This was only meant to make you careful to design and specify your setup to be what you really want it to be. The outcome on your system may vary for some parameters, since you may have a Samba built @@ -6268,61 +6062,20 @@ comment sign at the front). At first I regarded this as a bug in my Samba version(s). But the man page states: “Internal whitespace in a parameter value is retained verbatim.” This means that a line consisting of, for example, -

    -printing = lprng     #This defines LPRng as the printing system"
    -

    +

    # This defines LPRng as the printing system"
    printing = lprng

    will regard the whole of the string after the "=" sign as the value you want to define. And this is an invalid value that will be ignored, and a default value used instead.] -

    Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3

    -Here we show a more verbose example configuration for print related -settings in an . Below is a discussion +

    Extended Sample Configuration to Print

    + In the extended BSD configuration example we show a more verbose example configuration for print related + settings in BSD-printing style environment . Below is a discussion and explanation of the various parameters. We chose to use BSD-style printing here, because we guess it is still the most commonly used system on legacy Linux installations (new installs now predominantly have CUPS, which is discussed entirely in the next chapter of this document). Note, that this example explicitly names many parameters -which don't need to be stated because they are set by default. You -might be able to do with a leaner .

    Tip

    -if you read access it with the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT), -and then write it to disk again, it will be optimized in a way such -that it doesn't contain any superfluous parameters and comments. SWAT -organizes the file for best performance. Remember that each smbd -re-reads the Samba configuration once a minute, and that each -connection spawns an smbd process of its own, so it is not a bad idea -to optimize the in environments with -hundreds or thousands of clients.

    - [global]
    -         printing = bsd
    -         load printers = yes
    -         show add printer wizard = yes
    -         printcap name = /etc/printcap
    -         printer admin = @ntadmin, root
    -         total print jobs = 100
    -         lpq cache time = 20
    -         use client driver = no
    -
    - [printers]
    -         comment = All Printers
    -         printable = yes
    -         path = /var/spool/samba
    -         browseable = no
    -         guest ok = yes
    -         public = yes
    -         read only = yes
    -         writable = no       
    -
    - [my_printer_name]
    -         comment = Printer with Restricted Access
    -         path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer
    -         printer admin = kurt
    -         browseable = yes
    -         printable = yes
    -         writeable = no
    -         hosts allow = 0.0.0.0
    -         hosts deny = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60
    -         guest ok = no
    -

    +which don't need to be specified because they are set by default. You +might be able to do with a leaner smb.conf file.

    Example 18.2. Extended configuration with BSD printing

    [global]
    printing = bsd
    load printers = yes
    show add printer wizard = yes
    printcap name = /etc/printcap
    printer admin = @ntadmin, root
    total print jobs = 100
    lpq cache time = 20
    use client driver = no
    [printers]
    comment = All Printers
    printable = yes
    path = /var/spool/samba
    browseable = no
    guest ok = yes
    public = yes
    read only = yes
    writable = no
    [my_printer_name]
    comment = Printer with Restricted Access
    path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer
    printer admin = kurt
    browseable = yes
    printable = yes
    writeable = no
    hosts allow = 0.0.0.0
    hosts deny = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60
    guest ok = no

    This also is only an example configuration. You may not find all the settings in your own (as pre-configured by your OS @@ -6332,31 +6085,31 @@ default, because these have been compiled in. To see all settings, let root use the testparm utility. testparm also gives warnings if you have mis-configured certain things.. -

    Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings

    +

    Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings

    Following is a discussion of the settings from above shown example. -

    The [global] Section

    +

    The [global] Section

    The [global] section is one of 4 special sections (along with [[homes], [printers] and [print$]...) It contains all parameters which apply to the server as a whole. It is the place for parameters which -have only a "global" meaning (G). It may also contain service level -parameters (S) which then define default settings for all other +have only a "global" meaning. It may also contain service level +parameters which then define default settings for all other sections and shares. This way you can simplify the configuration and avoid setting the same value repeatedly. (Within each individual section or share you may however override these globally set "share level" settings and specify other values). -

    printing = bsd

    this causes Samba to use default print commands +

    printing = bsd

    this causes Samba to use default print commands applicable for the BSD (a.k.a. RFC 1179 style or LPR/LPD) printing system. In general, the "printing" parameter informs Samba about the print subsystem it should expect. Samba supports CUPS, LPD, LPRNG, SYSV, HPUX, AIX, QNX and PLP. Each of these systems defaults to a -different print command (and other queue control -commands).

    Caution

    The printing parameter is +different print command (and other queue control +commands).

    Caution

    The printing parameter is normally a service level parameter. Since it is included here in the [global] section, it will take effect for all -printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba-3.0 no longer -supports the SOFTQ printing system.

    load printers = yes

    this tells Samba to create automatically all +printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba 3 no longer +supports the SOFTQ printing system.

    load printers = yes

    this tells Samba to create automatically all available printer shares. "Available" printer shares are discovered by scanning the printcap file. All created printer shares are also loaded for browsing. If you use this parameter, you do not need to specify @@ -6365,8 +6118,7 @@ share will clone the configuration options found in the [printers] section. (A load printers = no setting will allow you to specify each UNIX printer you want to share separately, leaving out some you don't want to be -publicly visible and available).

    show add printer wizard = -yes

    this setting is normally +publicly visible and available).

    show add printer wizard = yes

    this setting is normally enabled by default (even if the parameter is not written into the ). It makes the Add Printer Wizard icon show up in the Printers folder of the Samba host's @@ -6377,38 +6129,38 @@ will not suffice!). The Add Printer Wizard lets you upload printer drivers to the [print$] share and associate it with a printer (if the respective queue exists there before the action), or exchange a printer's driver against any other previously -uploaded driver.

    total print jobs = 100

    this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs +uploaded driver.

    total print jobs = 100

    this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs being active on the Samba server at any one time. Should a client submit a job which exceeds this number, a “no more space available on server” type of error message will be returned by Samba to the client. A setting of "0" (the default) means there is no limit at all! -

    printcap name = /etc/printcap

    this tells Samba where to look for a list of +

    printcap name = /etc/printcap

    this tells Samba where to look for a list of available printer names. (If you use CUPS, make sure that a printcap file is written: this is controlled by the "Printcap" directive of cupsd.conf). -

    printer admin = @ntadmin

    members of the ntadmin group should be able to add +

    printer admin = @ntadmin

    members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set printer properties ("ntadmin" is only an example name, it needs to be a valid UNIX group name); root is implicitly always a -printer admin. The "@" sign precedes group names in +printer admin. The "@" sign precedes group names in . A printer admin can do anything to printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC -(see below). Note that the printer admin +(see below). Note that the printer admin parameter is normally a share level parameter, so you may associate different groups to different printer shares in larger installations, -if you use the printer admin parameter on the +if you use the printer admin parameter on the share levels). -

    lpq cache time = 20

    this controls the cache time for the results of the +

    lpq cache time = 20

    this controls the cache time for the results of the lpq command. It prevents the lpq command being called too often and reduces load on a heavily used print server. -

    use client driver = no

    if set to yes, this setting only +

    use client driver = no

    if set to yes, this setting only takes effect for Win NT/2k/XP clients (and not for Win 95/98/ME). Its default value is No (or False). It must not be enabled on print shares (with a yes or true setting) which have valid drivers installed on the Samba server! For more detailed explanations see the man page of smb.conf. -

    The [printers] Section

    +

    The [printers] Section

    This is the second special section. If a section with this name appears in the smb.conf, users are able to connect to any printer specified in the Samba host's printcap file, @@ -6418,41 +6170,40 @@ section as a general convenience shortcut to share all printers with minimal configuration. It is also a container for settings which should apply as default to all printers. (For more details see the smb.conf man page.) Settings inside this -container must be share level parameters (S). -

    comment = All printers

    the comment is shown next to +container must be share level parameters. +

    comment = All printers

    the comment is shown next to the share if a client queries the server, either via Network Neighbourhood or with the net view command to list available shares. -

    printable = yes

    please note well, that the +

    printable = yes

    please note well, that the [printers] service must be declared as printable. If you specify otherwise, smbd will refuse to load at startup. This parameter allows connected clients to open, write to and submit spool files into the -directory specified with the path parameter for +directory specified with the path parameter for this service. It is used by Samba to differentiate printer shares from -file shares.

    path = /var/spool/samba

    this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool +file shares.

    path = /var/spool/samba

    this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool incoming print files. It must not be the same as the spool directory specified in the configuration of your UNIX print subsystem! The path would typically point to a directory which is world writeable, with the "sticky" bit set to it. -

    browseable = no

    this is always set to no if -printable = yes. It makes the +

    browseable = no

    this is always set to no if +printable = yes. It makes the [printer] share itself invisible in the list of available shares in a net view command or in the Explorer browse list. (Note that you will of course see the individual printers). -

    guest ok = yes

    +

    guest ok = yes

    if set to yes, then no password is required to connect to the printers service. Access will be granted with the -privileges of the guest account. On many systems the +privileges of the guest account. On many systems the guest account will map to a user named "nobody". This user is in the UNIX passwd file with an empty password, but with no valid UNIX login. (Note: on some systems the guest account might not have the privilege to be able to print. Test this by logging in as your guest user using su - guest and run a system print command like -

    lpr -P printername /etc/motd

    public = yes

    this is a synonym for guest ok = -yes. Since we have guest ok = yes, +

    lpr -P printername /etc/motd

    public = yes

    this is a synonym for guest ok = yes. Since we have guest ok = yes, it really doesn't need to be here! (This leads to the interesting question: “What, if I by accident have to contradictory settings for the same share?” The answer is: the last one encountered by @@ -6461,16 +6212,16 @@ complain about different settings of the same parameter for the same share! You can test this by setting up multiple lines for the "guest account" parameter with different usernames, and then run testparm to see which one is actually used by Samba.) -

    read only = yes

    this normally (for other types of shares) prevents +

    read only = yes

    this normally (for other types of shares) prevents users creating or modifying files in the service's directory. However, in a "printable" service, it is always allowed to write to the directory (if user privileges allow the connection), but only via print spooling operations. "Normal" write operations are not -allowed.

    writeable = no

    -synonym for read only = yes -

    Any [my_printer_name] Section

    +allowed.

    writeable = no

    +synonym for read only = yes +

    Any [my_printer_name] Section

    If a section appears in the , which is -tagged as printable = yes, Samba presents it as +tagged as printable = yes, Samba presents it as a printer share to its clients. Note, that Win95/98/ME clients may have problems with connecting or loading printer drivers if the share name has more than 8 characters! Also be very careful if you give a @@ -6479,37 +6230,36 @@ client's connection request to a certain sharename, Samba always tries to find file shares with that name first; if it finds one, it will connect to this and will never ultimately connect to a printer with the same name! -

    comment = Printer with Restricted Access

    the comment says it all. -

    path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer

    here we set the spooling area for this printer to +

    comment = Printer with Restricted Access

    the comment says it all. +

    path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer

    here we set the spooling area for this printer to another directory than the default. It is not a requirement to set it differently, but the option is available. -

    printer admin = kurt

    the printer admin definition is different for this +

    printer admin = kurt

    the printer admin definition is different for this explicitly defined printer share from the general [printers] share. It is not a requirement; we did it to show that it is possible if you want it. -

    browseable = yes

    we also made this printer browseable (so that the +

    browseable = yes

    we also made this printer browseable (so that the clients may conveniently find it when browsing the Network Neighbourhood). -

    printable = yes

    see explanation in last subsection. -

    writeable = no

    see explanation in last subsection. -

    hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.

    here we exercise a certain degree of access control -by using the hosts allow and hosts deny parameters. Note, that +

    printable = yes

    see explanation in last subsection. +

    writeable = no

    see explanation in last subsection. +

    hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.

    here we exercise a certain degree of access control +by using the hosts allow and hosts deny parameters. Note, that this is not by any means a safe bet. It is not a way to secure your printers. This line accepts all clients from a certain subnet in a first evaluation of access control -

    hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60 -

    all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they +

    hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60

    all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they belong to the "allowed subnets"). As you can see, you could name IP addresses as well as NetBIOS hostnames here. -

    guest ok = no

    this printer is not open for the guest account! -

    Print Commands

    +

    guest ok = no

    this printer is not open for the guest account! +

    Print Commands

    In each section defining a printer (or in the [printers] section), a print command parameter may be defined. It sets a command to process the files which have been placed into the Samba print spool directory for that printer. (That spool directory was, if you -remember, set up with the path +remember, set up with the path parameter). Typically, this command will submit the spool file to the Samba host's print subsystem, using the suitable system print command. But there is no requirement that this needs to be the @@ -6521,24 +6271,24 @@ your own print commands (or even develop print command shell scripts), make sure you pay attention to the need to remove the files from the Samba spool directory. Otherwise your hard disk may soon suffer from shortage of free space. -

    Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems

    +

    Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems

    You learned earlier on, that Samba in most cases uses its built-in settings for many parameters if it can not find an explicitly stated one in its configuration file. The same is true for the -print command. The default print command varies -depending on the printing =... parameter +print command. The default print command varies +depending on the printing parameter setting. In the commands listed below, you will notice some parameters of the form %X where X is p, s, J etc. These letters stand for "printername", "spoolfile" and "job ID" respectively. They are explained in more detail further below. Here is an overview (excluding the special case of CUPS, which is discussed in the next chapter): -

    If this setting is active......this is used in lieu of an explicit command:
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plpprint command is lpr -r -P%p %s
    printing = sysv|hpuxprint command is lp -c -P%p %s; rm %s
    printing = qnxprint command is lp -r -P%p -s %s
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplpq command is lpq -P%p
    printing = sysv|hpuxlpq command is lpstat -o%p
    printing = qnxlpq command is lpq -P%p
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplprm command is lprm -P%p %j
    printing = sysv|hpuxlprm command is cancel %p-%j
    printing = qnxlprm command is cancel %p-%j
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplppause command is lp -i %p-%j -H hold
    printing = sysv|hpuxlppause command (...is empty)
    printing = qnxlppause command (...is empty)
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplpresume command is lp -i %p-%j -H resume
    printing = sysv|hpuxlpresume command (...is empty)
    printing = qnxlpresume command (...is empty)

    +

    If this setting is active......this is used in lieu of an explicit command:
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plpprint command is lpr -r -P%p %s
    printing = sysv|hpuxprint command is lp -c -P%p %s; rm %s
    printing = qnxprint command is lp -r -P%p -s %s
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplpq command is lpq -P%p
    printing = sysv|hpuxlpq command is lpstat -o%p
    printing = qnxlpq command is lpq -P%p
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplprm command is lprm -P%p %j
    printing = sysv|hpuxlprm command is cancel %p-%j
    printing = qnxlprm command is cancel %p-%j
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplppause command is lp -i %p-%j -H hold
    printing = sysv|hpuxlppause command (...is empty)
    printing = qnxlppause command (...is empty)
    printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plplpresume command is lp -i %p-%j -H resume
    printing = sysv|hpuxlpresume command (...is empty)
    printing = qnxlpresume command (...is empty)

    We excluded the special CUPS case here, because it is discussed in the next chapter. Just a short summary. For printing = CUPS: If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, it uses the CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. (It is a good idea also to set -printcap = cups in case your +printcap = cups in case your cupsd.conf is set to write its autogenerated printcap file to an unusual place). Otherwise Samba maps to the System V printing commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it uses @@ -6561,9 +6311,9 @@ check which command takes effect. Then check that this command is adequate and actually works for your installed print subsystem. It is always a good idea to explicitly set up your configuration files the way you want them to work and not rely on any built-in defaults. -

    Setting up your own Print Commands

    +

    Setting up your own Print Commands

    After a print job has finished spooling to a service, the -print command will be used by Samba via a +print command will be used by Samba via a system() call to process the spool file. Usually the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem. But there is no requirement at all that this must @@ -6616,22 +6366,16 @@ expand the included environment variables as usual. (The syntax to include a UNIX environment variable $variable in or in the Samba print command is %$variable.) To give you a working -print command example, the following will log a +print command example, the following will log a print job to /tmp/print.log, print the file, then remove it. Note that ';' is the usual separator for commands in shell scripts: -

    -
    - print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s
    -
    -

    +

    print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s

    You may have to vary your own command considerably from this example depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default -for the print command parameter varies depending on the setting of -the printing parameter. Another example is: -

    - print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s
    -

    Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2

    +for the print command parameter varies depending on the setting of +the printing parameter. Another example is: +

    print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s

    Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2

    Before version 2.2.0, Samba's print server support for Windows clients was limited to the level of LanMan printing calls. This is the same protocol level as Windows 9x PCs offer when @@ -6646,16 +6390,14 @@ The additional functionality provided by the new SPOOLSS support includes: 95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand (Point'n'Print);

  • Uploading of printer drivers via the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard (APW) or the -Imprints tool set (refer to http://imprints.sourceforge.net); +Imprints tool set.

  • Support for the native MS-RPC printing calls such as -StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the MSDN documentation -at http://msdn.microsoft.com/ -for more information on the Win32 printing API);

  • Support for NT Access Control + StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the MSDN documentation for more information on the Win32 printing API);

  • Support for NT Access Control Lists (ACL) on printer objects;

  • Improved support for printer queue manipulation through the use of internal databases for spooled job information (implemented by various *.tdb files).

  • -One other benefit of an update is this: Samba-3 is able to publish +One other benefit of an update is this: Samba 3 is able to publish all its printers in Active Directory (or LDAP)!

    One slight difference is here: it is possible on a Windows NT print @@ -6672,7 +6414,7 @@ default permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the "Print" permissions to the well-known Everyone group. (The older clients of type Win9x can only print to "shared" printers). -

    Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print

    +

    Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print

    There is still confusion about what all this means: Is it or is it not a requirement for printer drivers to be installed on a Samba host in order to support printing from Windows clients? The @@ -6707,10 +6449,10 @@ does not use these uploaded drivers in any way to process spooled files. Drivers are utilized entirely by the clients, who download and install them via the "Point'n'Print" mechanism supported by Samba. The clients use these drivers to generate print files in the -format the printer (or the Unix print system) requires. Print files -received by Samba are handed over to the Unix printing system, which +format the printer (or the UNIX print system) requires. Print files +received by Samba are handed over to the UNIX printing system, which is responsible for all further processing, if needed. -

    The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3

    +

    The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3

    [print$] vs. [printer$] Versions of Samba prior to 2.2 made it possible to use a share @@ -6726,7 +6468,7 @@ files associated with that printer. Another parameter named printer driver provided a means of defining the printer driver name to be sent to the client. These parameters, including the printer driver file parameter, -are now removed and can not be used in installations of Samba-3.0. +are now removed and can not be used in installations of samba-3. Now the share name [print$] is used for the location of downloadable printer drivers. It is taken from the [print$] service created by Windows NT PCs when @@ -6736,7 +6478,7 @@ access (in the context of its ACLs) in order to support printer driver down- and uploads. Don't fear -- this does not mean Windows 9x clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's [print$] share support just fine. -

    Creating the [print$] Share

    +

    Creating the [print$] Share

    In order to support the up- and downloading of printer driver files, you must first configure a file share named [print$]. The "public" name of this share is @@ -6750,42 +6492,25 @@ add the global parameters and create the [print$] file share (of course, some of the parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced with appropriate values for your site): -

    - [global]
    -      ; members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set
    -      ; printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'.
    -      printer admin = @ntadmin
    -      [....]
    -
    - [printers]
    -      [....]
    -
    - [print$]
    -      comment = Printer Driver Download Area
    -      path = /etc/samba/drivers
    -      browseable = yes
    -      guest ok = yes
    -      read only = yes
    -      write list = @ntadmin, root
    -

    +

    Example 18.3. [print\$] example

    [global]
    # members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set
    # printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'.
    printer admin = @ntadmin
    ...
    [printers]
    ...
    [print$]
    comment = Printer Driver Download Area
    path = /etc/samba/drivers
    browseable = yes
    guest ok = yes
    read only = yes
    write list = @ntadmin, root

    Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the -path parameter exists on the Unix file system. -

    Parameters in the [print$] Section

    +path parameter exists on the UNIX file system. +

    Parameters in the [print$] Section

    [print$] is a special section in . It contains settings relevant to potential printer driver download and local installation by clients. -

    comment = Printer Driver -Download Area

    the comment appears next to the share name if it is +

    comment = Printer Driver + Download Area

    the comment appears next to the share name if it is listed in a share list (usually Windows clients won't see it often but it will also appear up in a smbclient -L sambaserver - output).

    path = /etc/samba/printers

    this is the path to the location of the Windows + output).

    path = /etc/samba/printers

    this is the path to the location of the Windows driver file deposit from the UNIX point of -view.

    browseable = no

    this makes the [print$] share +view.

    browseable = no

    this makes the [print$] share "invisible" in Network Neighbourhood to clients. However, you can still "mount" it from any client using the net use g:\\sambaserver\print$ command in a "DOS box" or the "Connect network drive" menu from Windows -Explorer.

    guest ok = yes

    this gives read only access to this share for all +Explorer.

    guest ok = yes

    this gives read only access to this share for all guest users. Access may be used to download and install printer drivers on clients. The requirement for guest ok = yes depends upon how your site is configured. If users @@ -6798,13 +6523,13 @@ validated by the Domain Controller in order to logon to the Windows NT session), then guest access is not necessary. Of course, in a workgroup environment where you just want to be able to print without worrying about silly accounts and security, then configure the share -for guest access. You'll probably want to add map to guest -= Bad User in the [global] section +for guest access. You'll probably want to add map to guest = Bad User in the +[global] section as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before using it. -

    read only = yes

    as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or +

    read only = yes

    as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or even change driver settings) we tagged this share as not -writeable.

    write list = @ntadmin,root

    since the [print$] was made +writeable.

    write list = @ntadmin,root

    since the [print$] was made read only by the previous setting, we need to create a "write list" also. UNIX groups (denoted with a leading "@" character) and users listed here are allowed write access (as an exception to the general @@ -6813,13 +6538,13 @@ share. Normally you will want to only name administrative level user accounts in this setting. Check the file system permissions to make sure these accounts can copy files to the share. If this is a non-root account, then the account should also be mentioned in the global -printer admin parameter. See the +printer admin parameter. See the man page for more information on -configuring file shares.

    Subdirectory Structure in [print$]

    +configuring file shares.

    Subdirectory Structure in [print$]

    In order for a Windows NT print server to support the downloading of driver files by multiple client architectures, you must create several subdirectories within the [print$] service -(i.e. the Unix directory named by the path +(i.e. the UNIX directory named by the path parameter). These correspond to each of the supported client architectures. Samba follows this model as well. Just like the name of the [print$] share itself, the subdirectories @@ -6854,7 +6579,7 @@ client workstation. Open Network Neighbourhood or Once you have located the server, navigate to its Printers and Faxes folder. You should see an initial listing of printers that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host. -

    Installing Drivers into [print$]

    +

    Installing Drivers into [print$]

    You have successfully created the [print$] share in ? And Samba has re-read its configuration? Good. But you are not yet ready to take off. The @@ -6872,11 +6597,11 @@ Properties and Add Printer Wizard

    The latter option is probably the easier one (even if the only entrance to this realm seems a little bit weird at first). -

    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI

    +

    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI

    The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's Printers folder accessed from a client's Explorer -will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in -Samba-3 (as in 2.2.1 and later) this driver name is set to a NULL +will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default +this driver name is set to a NULL string. This must be changed now. The local Add Printer Wizard, run from NT/2000/XP clients, will help us in this task. @@ -6907,18 +6632,18 @@ Once the APW is started, the procedure is exactly the same as the one you are familiar with in Windows (we assume here that you are familiar with the printer driver installations procedure on Windows NT). Make sure your connection is in fact setup as a user with -printer admin privileges (if in doubt, use +printer admin privileges (if in doubt, use smbstatus to check for this). If you wish to install printer drivers for client operating systems other than Windows NT x86, you will need to use the Sharing tab of the printer properties dialog.

    Assuming you have connected with an administrative (or root) account -(as named by the printer admin parameter), +(as named by the printer admin parameter), you will also be able to modify other printer properties such as ACLs and default device settings using this dialog. For the default device settings, please consider the advice given further below. -

    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +

    Setting Drivers for existing Printers with rpcclient

    The second way to install printer drivers into [print$] and set them up in a valid way can be @@ -6933,7 +6658,7 @@ time with the setdriver subcommand.

    We will provide detailed hints for each of these steps in the next few paragraphs. -

    Identifying the Driver Files

    +

    Identifying the Driver Files

    To find out about the driver files, you have two options: you could investigate the driver CD which comes with your printer. Study the *.inf file on the CD, if it is contained. This @@ -6981,35 +6706,35 @@ create scripts to automate the procedure for a large number of printers and drivers. Note the different quotes used to overcome the different spaces in between words:

    -root# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c 'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP
    -  cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3
    -
    -  [Windows NT x86]
    -  Printer Driver Info 3:
    -          Version: [2]
    -          Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)]
    -          Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
    -          Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL]
    -          Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd]
    -          Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL]
    -          Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP]
    +root# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c \
    +	'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP
    +cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3
    +
    +[Windows NT x86]
    +Printer Driver Info 3:
    +  Version: [2]
    +  Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)]
    +  Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
    +  Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL]
    +  Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd]
    +  Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL]
    +  Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP]
       
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll]
    -          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll]
    +  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF]
       
    -          Monitorname: []
    -          Defaultdatatype: []
    -
    +  Monitorname: []
    +  Defaultdatatype: []
     

    You may notice, that this driver has quite a big number of Dependentfiles (I know worse cases however). Also, @@ -7036,7 +6761,7 @@ Windows 2000 changed this. While it still can use the Kernel Mode drivers (if this is enabled by the Admin), its native mode for printer drivers is User Mode execution. This requires drivers designed for this. These type of drivers install into the "3" subdirectory. -

    Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's +

    Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's [print$] Share

    Now we need to collect all the driver files we identified. in our previous step. Where do we get them from? Well, why not retrieve them @@ -7049,15 +6774,15 @@ listing is edited to include linebreaks for readability: root# smbclient //TURBO_XP/print\$ -U'Danka%xxxx' \ -c 'cd W32X86/2;mget HD*_de.* \ hd*ppd Hd*_de.* Hddm*dll HDN*Aux.DLL' - added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 - Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 ) - Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] - Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? n - Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? y - getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def (22.0 kb/s) (average 22.0 kb/s) - Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? y - getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL (737.3 kb/s) (average 737.3 kb/s) - [...] +added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 +Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 ) +Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] +Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? n +Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? y +getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def +Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? y +getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL +[...]

    After this command is complete, the files are in our current local @@ -7072,7 +6797,7 @@ files for these architectures are in the WIN40/0/ subdir. Once we are complete, we can run smbclient ... put to store the collected files on the Samba server's [print$] share. -

    Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]

    +

    Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]

    So, now we are going to put the driver files into the [print$] share. Remember, the UNIX path to this share has been defined previously in your @@ -7093,7 +6818,8 @@ running getdriver against the original store the files into a Samba/UNIX print server's [print$] share...

    -root# smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \
    +		root# smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c \
    + 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \
       put Hddm91c1_de.ppd; put HDNIS01U_de.DLL;        \
       put HDNIS01U_de.HLP; put Hddm91c1_de.DLL;        \
       put Hddm91c1_de.INI; put Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL;      \
    @@ -7102,26 +6828,25 @@ store the files into a Samba/UNIX print s
       put Hddm91c1_de.vnd; put Hddm91c1_de.hlp;        \
       put Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP; put HDNIS01Aux.dll;     \
       put HDNIS01_de.NTF'
    - added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    - Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
    - Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    - putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL (4465.5 kb/s) (average 4465.5 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd (12876.8 kb/s) (average 4638.9 kb/s)
    - putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL (20249.8 kb/s) (average 5828.3 kb/s)
    - putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP (9652.8 kb/s) (average 5899.8 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL (23777.7 kb/s) (average 10400.6 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI (98.6 kb/s) (average 10329.0 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL (22931.5 kb/s) (average 10501.7 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (2462.8 kb/s) (average 10393.0 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (4925.3 kb/s) (average 10356.3 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def (417.9 kb/s) (average 10290.1 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre (22571.3 kb/s) (average 11338.5 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd (3384.6 kb/s) (average 10754.3 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp (18406.8 kb/s) (average 10839.8 kb/s)
    - putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP (20278.3 kb/s) (average 11386.3 kb/s)
    - putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll (14994.6 kb/s) (average 11405.2 kb/s)
    - putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF (23390.2 kb/s) (average 13170.8 kb/s)
    -
    +added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    +Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
    +Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    +putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd
    +putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL
    +putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI
    +putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp
    +putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP
    +putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll
    +putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF
     

    Phewww -- that was a lot of typing! Most drivers are a lot smaller -- many only having 3 generic PostScript driver files plus 1 PPD. Note, @@ -7133,47 +6858,47 @@ re-location will automatically be done by the don't forget to also put the files for the Win95/98/ME architecture into the WIN40/ subdirectory should you need them). -

    Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)

    +

    Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)

    For now we verify that our files are there. This can be done with smbclient too (but of course you can log in via SSH also and do this through a standard UNIX shell access too):

    -root# smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'
    +root# smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' \
    +	-c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'
      added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    - Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
    - Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    -
    -  Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\
    -  .                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
    -  ..                                  D        0  Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003
    -  2                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
    -  HDNIS01Aux.dll                      A    15356  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL                   A    46966  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  HDNIS01_de.DLL                      A   434400  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  HDNIS01_de.NTF                      A   790404  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.DLL                     A   876544  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.INI                     A      101  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.dat                     A     5044  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.def                     A      428  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.hlp                     A    37699  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.hre                     A   323584  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.ppd                     A    26373  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de.vnd                     A    45056  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  HDNIS01U_de.DLL                     A   165888  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  HDNIS01U_de.HLP                     A    19770  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -  Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP                 A   228417  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    -                40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
    -
    -  Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\
    -  .                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
    -  ..                                  D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
    -  ADOBEPS5.DLL                        A   434400  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
    -  laserjet4.ppd                       A     9639  Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003
    -  ADOBEPSU.DLL                        A   109568  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
    -  ADOBEPSU.HLP                        A    18082  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
    -  PDFcreator2.PPD                     A    15746  Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003
    -                40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
    -
    +Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
    +Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    +
    +Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\
    +.                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
    +..                                  D        0  Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003
    +2                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
    +HDNIS01Aux.dll                      A    15356  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL                   A    46966  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +HDNIS01_de.DLL                      A   434400  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +HDNIS01_de.NTF                      A   790404  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.DLL                     A   876544  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.INI                     A      101  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.dat                     A     5044  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.def                     A      428  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.hlp                     A    37699  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.hre                     A   323584  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.ppd                     A    26373  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de.vnd                     A    45056  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +HDNIS01U_de.DLL                     A   165888  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +HDNIS01U_de.HLP                     A    19770  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP                 A   228417  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
    +              40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
    +
    +Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\
    +.                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
    +..                                  D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
    +ADOBEPS5.DLL                        A   434400  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
    +laserjet4.ppd                       A     9639  Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003
    +ADOBEPSU.DLL                        A   109568  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
    +ADOBEPSU.HLP                        A    18082  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
    +PDFcreator2.PPD                     A    15746  Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003
    +              40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
     

    Notice that there are already driver files present in the 2 subdir (probably from a previous @@ -7186,7 +6911,7 @@ Point'n'Print. The reason is: Samba doesn't know yet that these files are something special, namely printer driver files and it doesn't know yet to which print queue(s) these driver files belong. -

    Running rpcclient with +

    Running rpcclient with adddriver

    So, next you must tell Samba about the special category of the files you just uploaded into the [print$] share. This @@ -7195,21 +6920,23 @@ prompt Samba to register the driver files into its internal TDB database files. The following command and its output has been edited, again, for readability:

    -root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \
    -  Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
    -  NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
    -  Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
    -  Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
    -  HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,                     \
    -  Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS
    +		root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \
    +"dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \
    +Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
    + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
    + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
    + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
    + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,                     \
    + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS
     
    - cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:    \
    -  HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \
    -  Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,          \
    -  Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL,        \
    -  HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP"
    +cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" \
    +"dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:    \
    + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \
    + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,          \
    + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL,        \
    + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP"
     
    - Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed.
    +Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed.
     
     

    After this step the driver should be recognized by Samba on the print @@ -7221,7 +6948,7 @@ files successfully, but render the driver unworkable. So take care! Hints about the syntax of the adddriver command are in the man page. The CUPS printing chapter of this HOWTO collection provides a more detailed description, if you should need it. -

    Check how Driver Files have been moved after +

    Check how Driver Files have been moved after adddriver finished

    One indication for Samba's recognition of the files as driver files is the successfully installed message. @@ -7230,9 +6957,9 @@ Another one is the fact, that our files have been moved by the subdirectory. You can check this again with smbclient:

    -root# smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xxxx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'
    +root# smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'
      added interface ip=10.160.51.162 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    - Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
     
       Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\
       .                                   D        0  Sun May  4 04:32:48 2003
    @@ -7269,7 +6996,7 @@ subdirectory. You can check this again with
     

    Another verification is that the timestamp of the printing TDB files is now updated (and possibly their filesize has increased). -

    Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba

    +

    Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba

    Now the driver should be registered with Samba. We can easily verify this, and will do so in a moment. However, this driver is not yet associated with a particular @@ -7313,19 +7040,19 @@ time. Our new driver only shows up for Windows NT 4.0 or 2000. To have it present for Windows 95, 98 and ME you'll have to repeat the whole procedure with the WIN40 architecture and subdirectory. -

    A side note: you are not bound to specific driver names

    +

    A side note: you are not bound to specific driver names

    You can name the driver as you like. If you repeat the adddriver step, with the same files as before, but with a different driver name, it will work the same:

     root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx                                        \
    -      -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"                     \
    -      "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:              \
    -      Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
    -      NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
    -      Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
    -      Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
    -      HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS
    +  -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"                     \
    +  "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:              \
    +  Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
    +  NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
    +  Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
    +  Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
    +  HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS
       
     
      cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" 
    @@ -7347,7 +7074,7 @@ repeatedly. Each run "consumes" the files you had put into the
     respective subdirectories. So you must precede an
     smbclient ... put command before each
     rpcclient ...  adddriver" command.
    -

    La Grande Finale: Running rpcclient with +

    Running rpcclient with setdriver

    Samba still needs to know which printer's driver this is. It needs to create a mapping of the driver to a printer, and @@ -7377,20 +7104,19 @@ known to Samba already. A bug in 2.2.x prevented Samba from recognizing freshly installed printers. You had to restart Samba, or at least send a HUP signal to all running smbd processes to work around this: -kill -HUP `pidof smbd`.

    "The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install -Procedure)

    +kill -HUP `pidof smbd`.

    Client Driver Install Procedure

    A famous philosopher said once: “The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating”. The proof for our setup lies in the printing. So let's install the printer driver onto the client PCs. This is not as straightforward as it may seem. Read on. -

    The first Client Driver Installation

    +

    The first Client Driver Installation

    Especially important is the installation onto the first client PC (for each architectural platform separately). Once this is done correctly, all further clients are easy to setup and shouldn't need further attention. What follows is a description for the recommended first procedure. You work now from a client workstation. First you should guarantee that your connection is not unwittingly mapped to -bad user "nobody". In a DOS box type: +bad user "nobody". In a DOS box type:

    net use \\SAMBA-SERVER\print$ /user:root

    Replace root, if needed, by another valid printer admin user as given in the definition. @@ -7426,7 +7152,7 @@ Data" set is still incomplete.

    You must now make sure that a valid "Device Mode" is set for the driver. Don't fear -- we will explain now what that means. -

    IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers

    +

    IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers

    In order for a printer to be truly usable by a Windows NT/2K/XP client, it must possess:

    • a valid Device Mode generated by @@ -7453,7 +7179,7 @@ This can be achieved by accessing the drivers remotely from an NT (or 2k/XP) client, as is discussed in the next paragraphs.

      Be aware, that a valid Device Mode can only be initiated by a -printer admin, or root (the reason should be +printer admin, or root (the reason should be obvious). Device Modes can only correctly be set by executing the printer driver program itself. Since Samba can not execute this Win32 platform driver code, it sets this field initially to NULL (which is @@ -7498,7 +7224,7 @@ properties. Others may crash the client's spooler service. So use this parameter with caution. It is always better to have the client generate a valid device mode for the printer and store it on the server for you. -

    Further Client Driver Install Procedures

    +

    Further Client Driver Install Procedures

    Every further driver may be done by any user, along the lines described above: Browse network, open printers folder on Samba server, right-click printer and choose Connect.... Once @@ -7518,12 +7244,12 @@ rundll32 shell32.dll,Control_RunDLL MAIN.CPL @2 You can enter the commands either inside a DOS box window or in the Run command... field from the Start menu. -

    Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"

    +

    Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"

    After you installed the driver on the Samba server (in its [print$] share, you should always make sure that your first client installation completes correctly. Make it a habit for yourself to build that the very first connection from a client as -printer admin. This is to make sure that: +printer admin. This is to make sure that:

    • a first valid Device Mode is really initialized (see above for more explanation details), and that

    • the default print settings of your printer for all @@ -7537,20 +7263,23 @@ set to Letter, when you are all using

      To connect as root to a Samba printer, try this command from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt: -

      runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n \\SAMBA-SERVER\printername" +

      +C:\> runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n 
      +	\\SAMBA-SERVER\printername"
      +

      You will be prompted for root's Samba-password; type it, wait a few seconds, click on Printing Defaults... and proceed to set the job options as should be used as defaults by all clients. Alternatively, instead of root you can name one other member -of the printer admins from the setting. +of the printer admin from the setting.

      Now all the other users downloading and installing the driver the same way (called Point'n'Print) will have the same defaults set for them. If you miss this step you'll get a lot of helpdesk calls from your users. But maybe you like to talk to people.... ;-) -

    Other Gotchas

    +

    Other Gotchas

    Your driver is installed. It is ready for Point'n'Print installation by the clients now. You may have tried to download and use it @@ -7560,7 +7289,7 @@ example, suppose you didn't manage to "set the defaults" on the printer, as advised in the preceding paragraphs? And your users complain about various issues (such as “We need to set the paper size for each job from Letter to A4 and it won't store it!”) -

    Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers

    +

    Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers

    The last sentence might be viewed with mixed feelings by some users and admins. They have struggled for hours and hours and couldn't arrive at a point were their settings seemed to be saved. It is not their @@ -7570,7 +7299,7 @@ up when you right-click the printer name and select looking dialogs, each claiming that they help you to set printer options, in three different ways. Here is the definite answer to the "Samba Default Driver Setting FAQ": -

    I can't set and save default print options +

    I can't set and save default print options for all users on Win2K/XP! Why not?”  How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way.... (it is not very easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring you to @@ -7581,41 +7310,41 @@ dialogs look the same. Only one of them Administrator to do this for all users. Here is how I reproduce it in on XP Professional: -

    1. The first "wrong" way: +

      1. The first "wrong" way: -

        1. Open the Printers +

          1. Open the Printers folder.

          2. Right-click on the printer (remoteprinter on cupshost) and select in context menu Printing Preferences...

          3. Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks -like.

          -
        2. The second "wrong" way: +like.

        +

      2. The second "wrong" way: -

        1. Open the Printers +

          1. Open the Printers folder.

          2. Right-click on the printer (remoteprinter on cupshost) and select in the context menu Properties

          3. Click on the General tab

          4. Click on the button Printing Preferences...

          5. A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back -to the parent dialog.

          -
        2. The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +to the parent dialog.

        +

      3. The third, the "correct" way: (should you do this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second "way" above) -

        1. Click on the Advanced +

          1. Click on the Advanced tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged in as a user with enough privileges).

          2. Click on the Printing Defaults... button.

          3. On any of the two new tabs, click on the Advanced... button.

          4. A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, -identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".

          -
        +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".

      +

    Do you see any difference in the two settings dialogs? I don't either. However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps C.1.-6. will permanently save any settings which will then become the defaults for new users. If you want all clients to have the same defaults, you need to conduct these steps as administrator -(printer admin in ) +(printer admin in ) before a client downloads the driver (the clients can later set their own per-user defaults by following the procedures A. @@ -7635,7 +7364,7 @@ try the same way with Win2k or WinXP. You wouldn't dream that there is now a different "clicking path" to arrive at an identically looking, but functionally different dialog to set defaults for all users! -

    Tip

    Try (on Win2000 and WinXP) to run this command (as a user +

    Tip

    Try (on Win2000 and WinXP) to run this command (as a user with the right privileges):

    rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n\\SAMBA-SERVER\printersharename @@ -7649,7 +7378,7 @@ to see the tab with the Printing Preferences... button (the one which doesn't set system-wide defaults). You can start the commands from inside a DOS box" or from the Start -- Run... menu. -

    Supporting large Numbers of Printers

    +

    Supporting large Numbers of Printers

    One issue that has arisen during the recent development phase of Samba is the need to support driver downloads for 100's of printers. Using Windows NT APW here is somewhat awkward (to say the least). If you @@ -7686,9 +7415,9 @@ following is an example of how this could be accomplished: Driver Name: [myphantasydrivername] [....] - +

    -

    +

     root# rpcclient SAMBA-CUPS -U root%secret -c 'enumprinters'
      cmd = enumprinters
        flags:[0x800000]
    @@ -7696,36 +7425,39 @@ following is an example of how this could be accomplished:
        description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
        comment:[110 ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
      [....]
    -
    +

    -

    -root# rpcclient SAMBA-CUPS -U root%secret -c 'setdriver dm9110 "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)"'
    +

    +root# rpcclient SAMBA-CUPS -U root%secret -c \
    +  'setdriver dm9110 "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)"'
      cmd = setdriver dm9110 Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PPD)
      Successfully set dm9110 to driver Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS).
    -
    +

    -

    +

     root# rpcclient SAMBA-CUPS -U root%secret -c 'enumprinters'
      cmd = enumprinters
        flags:[0x800000]
        name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110]
    -   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
    +   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),\
    +     110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
        comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
      [....]
    -
    +

    -

    +

     root# rpcclient SAMBA-CUPS -U root%secret -c 'setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername'
      cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername
      Successfully set dm9110 to myphantasydrivername.
    -
    +

    -

    +

     root# rpcclient SAMBA-CUPS -U root%secret -c 'enumprinters'
      cmd = enumprinters
        flags:[0x800000]
        name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110]
    -   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
    +   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,\
    +     110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
        comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
      [....]
     

    @@ -7736,7 +7468,7 @@ commas in the "description" field). After the setdriver command succeeded, all is well. (The CUPS Printing chapter has more info about the installation of printer drivers with the help of rpcclient). -

    Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW

    +

    Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW

    By default, Samba exhibits all printer shares defined in smb.conf in the Printers... folder. Also located in this folder @@ -7744,29 +7476,29 @@ is the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be shown only if:

    • ...the connected user is able to successfully execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative -privileges (i.e. root or printer admin). +privileges (i.e. root or printer admin).

      Tip

      Try this from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt:

      runas /netonly /user:root rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n \\SAMBA-SERVER\printersharename

      and click on Printing Preferences...

    • ... contains the setting -show add printer wizard = yes (the +show add printer wizard = yes (the default).

    The APW can do various things:

    • upload a new driver to the Samba [print$] share;

    • associate an uploaded driver with an existing (but still "driverless") print queue;

    • exchange the currently used driver for an existing print queue with one that has been uploaded before;

    • add an entirely new printer to the Samba host (only in -conjunction with a working add printer command; -a corresponding delete printer command for +conjunction with a working add printer command; +a corresponding delete printer command for removing entries from the Printers... folder may be provided too)

    The last one (add a new printer) requires more effort than the previous ones. In order to use the APW to successfully add a printer -to a Samba server, the add printer command must +to a Samba server, the add printer command must have a defined value. The program hook must successfully add the -printer to the Unix print system (i.e. to +printer to the UNIX print system (i.e. to /etc/printcap, /etc/cups/printers.conf or other appropriate files) and to if necessary. @@ -7776,13 +7508,11 @@ exist, smbd will execute the add printer command and reparse to the to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not defined, an error of Access Denied is -returned to the client. Note that the add printer -command is executed under the context of the connected -user, not necessarily a root account. A map to guest = bad -user may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong +returned to the client. Note that the add printer command is executed under the context of the connected +user, not necessarily a root account. A map to guest = bad user may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong privilege; you should check it by using the smbstatus command. -

    Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +

    Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a different Name

    Once you are connected with the wrong credentials, there is no means to reverse the situation other than to close all Explorer windows, and @@ -7812,7 +7542,7 @@ message. You close all Explorer Windows and start it again. You try to connect - and this times it works! Windows seems to cache connection info somewhere and doesn't keep it up to date (if you are unlucky you might need to reboot to get rid of the error message). -

    Be careful when assembling Driver Files

    +

    Be careful when assembling Driver Files

    You need to be very careful when you take notes about the files and belonging to a particular driver. Don't confuse the files for driver version "0" (for Win95/98/ME, going into @@ -7953,7 +7683,7 @@ In my example were even more differences than shown here. Conclusion: you must be very careful to select the correct driver files for each driver version. Don't rely on the names alone. Don't interchange files belonging to different driver versions. -

    Samba and Printer Ports

    +

    Samba and Printer Ports

    Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer. These normally take the form of LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:, etc. Samba @@ -7972,20 +7702,20 @@ multiple ports as a form of load balancing or fail over. If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason or another (“My users and my Boss should not know that they are working with Samba”), possesses a -enumports command which can be used to define +enumports command which can be used to define an external program that generates a listing of ports on a system. -

    Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver

    +

    Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver

    So - printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, which don't look good at all. Some jobs print fast, and some are dead-slow. We can't cover it all; but we want to encourage you to read the little paragraph about "Avoiding the wrong PostScript Driver Settings" in the CUPS Printing part of this document. -

    The Imprints Toolset

    +

    The Imprints Toolset

    The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please refer to the Imprints web site -athttp://imprints.sourceforge.net/ +at http://imprints.sourceforge.net/ as well as the documentation included with the imprints source distribution. This section will only provide a brief introduction to the features of Imprints. @@ -7998,20 +7728,20 @@ coordinate your efforts on the samba-technical mailing list. The toolset is still in usable form; but only for a series of older printer models, where there are prepared packages to use. Packages for more up to date print devices are needed if Imprints should have a -future.

    What is Imprints?

    +future.

    What is Imprints?

    Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting these goals:

    • Providing a central repository information regarding Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages

    • Providing the tools necessary for creating the Imprints printer driver packages.

    • Providing an installation client which will obtain printer drivers from a central internet (or intranet) Imprints Server repository and install them on remote Samba and Windows NT4 print -servers.

    Creating Printer Driver Packages

    +servers.

    Creating Printer Driver Packages

    The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included with the Samba distribution for more information). In short, an Imprints driver package is a gzipped tarball containing the driver files, related INF files, and a control file needed by the installation client. -

    The Imprints Server

    +

    The Imprints Server

    The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer entry in the database has an associated URL for the actual downloading of the package. Each @@ -8019,7 +7749,7 @@ package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints database. It is strongly recommended that this security check not be disabled. -

    The Installation Client

    +

    The Installation Client

    More information regarding the Imprints installation client is available in the Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps file included with the imprints source package. @@ -8034,10 +7764,10 @@ remote Samba and Windows NT print servers.

    The basic installation process is in four steps and perl code is wrapped around smbclient and rpcclient -

    • +

      • foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) -

        1. rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory on the remote server

        2. smbclient: Upload the driver files

        3. rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC

        -
      • rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually create the printer

      +

      1. rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory on the remote server

      2. smbclient: Upload the driver files

      3. rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC

      +

    • rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually create the printer

    One of the problems encountered when implementing the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between various supported client architectures. For example, Windows NT includes a driver named "Apple @@ -8060,7 +7790,7 @@ if is has not already been installed? The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require that all Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel Windows NT and 95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is installed first. -

    Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction

    +

    Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction

    The following MS Knowledge Base article may be of some help if you need to handle Windows 2000 clients: How to Add Printers with No User Interaction in Windows 2000. ( http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105 @@ -8085,13 +7815,7 @@ printers via Samba, but works for Windows-based print servers too): rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /y /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"

    Here is a list of the used commandline parameters: -

    /dn

    deletes a network printer

    /q

    quiet modus

    /n

    names a printer

    /in

    adds a network printer connection

    /y

    sets printer as default printer

    -I have tested this with a Samba 2.2.7a and a Samba-3alpha24 -installation and Windows XP Professional clients. Note that this -specific command set works with network print queues (installing -local print queues requires different parameters, but this is of no -interest here). -

    • Line 1 deletes a possibly existing previous network +

      /dn

      deletes a network printer

      /q

      quiet modus

      /n

      names a printer

      /in

      adds a network printer connection

      /y

      sets printer as default printer

      • Line 1 deletes a possibly existing previous network printer infotec2105-IPDS (which had used native Windows drivers with LPRng that were removed from the server which was converted to CUPS). The /q at the end eliminates @@ -8135,7 +7859,7 @@ at logon time will not really be noticeable. Printers can be centrally added, changed, and deleted at will on the server with no user intervention required on the clients (you just need to keep the logon scripts up to date). -

      The addprinter command

      +

      The addprinter command

      The addprinter command can be configured to be a shell script or program executed by Samba. It is triggered by running the APW from a client against the Samba print server. The APW asks the @@ -8147,7 +7871,7 @@ on legacy systems, or execute the lpadmin command on more modern systems) and create the associated share in , then the APW will in effect really create a new printer on Samba and the UNIX print subsystem! -

      Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3

      +

      Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba

      The basic "NT-style" printer driver management has not changed considerably in 3.0 over the 2.2.x releases (apart from many small improvements). Here migration should be quite easy, especially if you @@ -8158,14 +7882,13 @@ is more of an effort. Please read the appropriate release notes and the HOWTO Collection for 2.2. You can follow several paths. Here are possible scenarios for migration:

      • You need to study and apply the new Windows NT printer -and driver support. Previously used parameters "printer -driver file", " printer driver" and -"printer driver location" are no longer +and driver support. Previously used parameters printer +driver file, printer driver and +printer driver location are no longer supported.

      • If you want to take advantage of WinNT printer driver support you also need to migrate the Win9x/ME drivers to the new setup.

      • An existing printers.def file -(the one specified in the now removed parameter printer -driver file = ...) will work no longer with Samba-3.0. In + (the one specified in the now removed parameter printer driver file) will work no longer with samba 3. In 3.0, smbd attempts to locate a Win9x/ME driver files for the printer in [print$] and additional settings in the TDB and only there; if it fails it will not (as 2.2.x @@ -8181,77 +7904,79 @@ only solution is to use the Windows NT APW to install the NT drivers and the 9x drivers. This can be scripted using smbclient and rpcclient. See the Imprints installation client at:

        -http://imprints.sourceforge.net/ + http://imprints.sourceforge.net/

        for an example. See also the discussion of rpcclient usage in the -"CUPS Printing" section.

      Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP

      +"CUPS Printing" section.

    Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP

    We will publish an update to this section shortly. -

    Common Errors and Problems

    -Here are a few typical errors and problems people have -encountered. You can avoid them. Read on. -

    I give my root password but I don't get access

    -Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the Unix system +

    Common Errors

    I give my root password but I don't get access

    +Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the UNIX system (and in most cases stored in the form of a one-way hash in a file named /etc/shadow) with the password used to authenticate against Samba!. Samba doesn't know the UNIX password; for root to access Samba resources via Samba-type access, a Samba account for root must be created first. This is often done with the smbpasswd command. -

    My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost

    -Don't use the existing Unix print system spool directory for the Samba +

    My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost

    +Don't use the existing UNIX print system spool directory for the Samba spool directory. It may seem convenient and a saving of space, but it only leads to problems. The two must be separate. -

    Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0

    Kurt Pfeifle

    Danka Deutschland GmbH

    Ciprian Vizitiu

    drawings

    (3 June 2003)

    Table of Contents

    Introduction
    Features and Benefits
    Overview
    Basic Configuration of CUPS support
    Linking of smbd with libcups.so
    Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
    More complex smb.conf Settings for -CUPS
    Advanced Configuration
    Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
    CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing -with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
    Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
    Explicitly enable "raw" printing for -application/octet-stream!
    Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
    Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing -with PostScript Driver Download
    GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix
    Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
    Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
    PostScript and Ghostscript
    Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
    PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
    CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
    CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
    The CUPS Filtering Architecture
    MIME types and CUPS Filters
    MIME type Conversion Rules
    Filter Requirements
    Prefilters
    pstops
    pstoraster
    imagetops and imagetoraster
    rasterto [printers specific]
    CUPS Backends
    cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
    The Complete Picture
    mime.convs
    "Raw" printing
    "application/octet-stream" printing
    PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
    Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and -native CUPS printing
    Examples for filtering Chains
    Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
    Printing with Interface Scripts
    Network printing (purely Windows)
    From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
    Driver Execution on the Client
    Driver Execution on the Server
    Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print -Servers)
    From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
    Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
    Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use -PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
    Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
    Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many -Problems
    Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
    CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?
    PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel -Mode
    Setting up CUPS for driver Download
    cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
    Prepare your smb.conf for -cupsaddsmb
    CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
    Recognize the different Driver Files
    Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
    ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for -WinNT/2k/XP"
    Caveats to be considered
    What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for -Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?
    Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
    Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
    Understanding cupsaddsmb
    How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully
    cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
    cupsaddsmb Flowchart
    Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
    Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the -Client
    Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using -rpcclient)
    A Check of the rpcclient man Page
    Understanding the rpcclient man Page
    Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
    What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
    Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps
    Troubleshooting revisited
    The printing *.tdb Files
    Trivial DataBase Files
    Binary Format
    Losing *.tdb Files
    Using tdbbackup
    CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
    Page Accounting with CUPS
    Setting up Quotas
    Correct and incorrect Accounting
    Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
    The page_log File Syntax
    Possible Shortcomings
    Future Developments
    Other Accounting Tools
    Additional Material
    Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
    CUPS Configuration Settings explained
    Pre-conditions
    Manual Configuration
    When not to use Samba to print to -CUPS
    In Case of Trouble.....
    Where to find Documentation
    How to ask for Help
    Where to find Help
    Appendix
    Printing from CUPS to Windows attached -Printers
    More CUPS filtering Chains
    Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing -Problems
    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes

    Introduction

    Features and Benefits

    - The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) has become very popular. All - big Linux distributions now ship it as their default printing - system. But to many it is still a very mystical tool. Normally it - "just works" (TM). People tend to regard it as a sort of "black box", - which they don't want to look into, as long as it works OK. But once +

    Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0

    Kurt Pfeifle

    Danka Deutschland GmbH

    Ciprian Vizitiu

    drawings

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    drawings
    The Samba Team

    (3 June 2003)

    Table of Contents

    Introduction
    Features and Benefits
    Overview
    Basic Configuration of CUPS support
    Linking of smbd with libcups.so
    Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
    More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS
    Advanced Configuration
    Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
    CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
    Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
    Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!
    Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
    Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download
    GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX
    Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
    UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
    PostScript and Ghostscript
    Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
    PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
    CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
    CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
    The CUPS Filtering Architecture
    MIME types and CUPS Filters
    MIME type Conversion Rules
    Filter Requirements
    Prefilters
    pstops
    pstoraster
    imagetops and imagetoraster
    rasterto [printers specific]
    CUPS Backends
    cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
    The Complete Picture
    mime.convs
    "Raw" printing
    "application/octet-stream" printing
    PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
    Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing
    Examples for filtering Chains
    Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
    Printing with Interface Scripts
    Network printing (purely Windows)
    From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
    Driver Execution on the Client
    Driver Execution on the Server
    Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)
    From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
    Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
    Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
    PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
    Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
    Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems
    Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
    CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?
    PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode
    Setting up CUPS for driver Download
    cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
    Prepare your smb.conf for cupsaddsmb
    CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
    Recognize the different Driver Files
    Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
    ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"
    Caveats to be considered
    Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
    Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
    Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
    Understanding cupsaddsmb
    How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully
    cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
    cupsaddsmb Flowchart
    Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
    Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client
    Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)
    A Check of the rpcclient man Page
    Understanding the rpcclient man page
    Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
    What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
    Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    Troubleshooting revisited
    The printing *.tdb Files
    Trivial DataBase Files
    Binary Format
    Losing *.tdb Files
    Using tdbbackup
    CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
    foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
    Page Accounting with CUPS
    Setting up Quotas
    Correct and incorrect Accounting
    Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
    The page_log File Syntax
    Possible Shortcomings
    Future Developments
    Other Accounting Tools
    Additional Material
    Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
    CUPS Configuration Settings explained
    Pre-conditions
    Manual Configuration
    In Case of Trouble.....
    Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers
    More CUPS filtering Chains
    Common Errors
    Win9x client can't install driver
    "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in + neverending loop
    "cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." + message while PPD file is present
    Client can't connect to Samba printer
    Can't reconnect to Samba under new account + from Win2K/XP
    Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the + "wrong" user
    Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on + NT/2K/XP clients gives problems
    Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is + a PDC
    Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shown
    Win2K/XP "Local Security + Policies"
    WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install + printers for all local users"
    "Print Change Notify" functions on + NT-clients
    WinXP-SP1
    Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XP
    Most common blunders in driver + settings on Windows clients
    cupsaddsmb does not work + with newly installed printer
    Permissions on +/var/spool/samba/ get reset after each +reboot
    Printer named "lp" +intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different +ones
    Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"
    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes

    Introduction

    Features and Benefits

    + The Common UNIX Print System (CUPS) has become very popular. All + major Linux distributions now ship it as their default printing + system. To many it is still a very mystical tool. Mostly, it + "just works" (TM). People tend to regard it as a "black box" + which they don't want to look into, as long as it works. But once there is a little problem, they are in trouble to find out where to - start debugging it. Also, even the most recent and otherwise excellent - printed Samba documentation has only limited attention paid to CUPS - printing, leaving out important pieces or even writing plain wrong - things about it. This demands rectification. But before you dive into - this chapter, make sure that you don't forget to refer to the - "Classical Printing" chapter also. It contains a lot of information - that is relevant for CUPS too. + start debugging it. Refer to the "Classical Printing" chapter also, it + contains a lot of information that is relevant for CUPS.

    CUPS sports quite a few unique and powerful features. While their basic functions may be grasped quite easily, they are also new. Because they are different from other, more traditional printing systems, it is best to try and not apply any prior knowledge about - printing upon this new system. Rather try to start understand CUPS - from the beginning. This documentation will lead you here to a - complete understanding of CUPS, if you study all of the material - contained. But lets start with the most basic things first. Maybe this - is all you need for now. Then you can skip most of the other - paragraphs. -

    Overview

    + printing upon this new system. Rather, try to understand CUPS + from the beginning. This documentation will lead you to a + complete understanding of CUPS. Let's start with the most basic + things first. +

    Overview

    CUPS is more than just a print spooling system. It is a complete printer management system that complies with the new IPP (Internet Printing Protocol). IPP is an industry and IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standard for network printing. Many of its functions can be managed remotely (or locally) via a web browser (giving you a - platform-independent access to the CUPS print server). In addition it - has the traditional commandline and several more modern GUI interfaces + platform-independent access to the CUPS print server). Additionally, it + has the traditional command line and several more modern GUI interfaces (GUI interfaces developed by 3rd parties, like KDE's overwhelming KDEPrint).

    @@ -8263,80 +7988,53 @@ Problems

    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Proce argue that CUPS is better! In any case, let us now move on to explore how one may configure CUPS for interfacing with MS Windows print clients via Samba. -

    Basic Configuration of CUPS support

    - Printing with CUPS in the most basic smb.conf - setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two - settings: printing = cups and printcap - = cups. CUPS itself doesn't need a printcap file - anymore. However, the cupsd.conf configuration - file knows two related directives: they control if such a file should - be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of - third party applications (example: Printcap - /etc/printcap and PrintcapFormat - BSD). These legacy programs often require the existence of - printcap file containing printernames or they will refuse to - print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap! For - details see man cupsd.conf and other CUPS-related - documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server +

    Basic Configuration of CUPS support

    + Printing with CUPS in the most basic smb.conf setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two + settings: printing = cups and + printcap = cups. CUPS does not need a printcap file. + However, the cupsd.conf configuration file knows of two related directives that control + how such a file will be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of third party + applications (example: Printcap /etc/printcap and PrintcapFormat BSD). + Legacy programs often require the existence of a printcap file containing printer names or they will refuse to + print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap file! For details see + man cupsd.conf and other CUPS-related documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server itself: http://localhost:631/documentation.html. -

    Linking of smbd with libcups.so

    - Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. The reason is: Samba - can be compiled with CUPS library support. Most recent installations - have this support enabled, and per default CUPS linking is compiled +

    Linking of smbd with libcups.so

    + Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. Samba can be compiled with CUPS library support. + Most recent installations have this support enabled. Per default CUPS linking is compiled into smbd and other Samba binaries. Of course, you can use CUPS even if Samba is not linked against libcups.so -- but there are some differences in required or supported configuration then.

    - If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then printcap = - cups uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, - query queues, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with an - additional -oraw option for printing. On a Linux - system, you can use the ldd utility to find out - details (ldd may not be present on other OS platforms, or its function - may be embodied by a different command): + When Samba is compiled against libcups, printcap = cups + uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, query queues, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V + commands with an additional -oraw option for printing. On a Linux + system, you can use the ldd utility to find out details (ldd may not be present on + other OS platforms, or its function may be embodied by a different command):

    -				transmeta:/home/kurt # ldd `which smbd`
    -				libssl.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000)
    -				libcrypto.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000)
    -				libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)
    -				[....]
    -		

    - The line libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 - (0x40123000) shows there is CUPS support compiled - into this version of Samba. If this is the case, and printing = cups - is set, then any otherwise manually set print command in - smb.conf is ignored. This is an - important point to remember! -

    Tip

    Should you require -- for any reason -- to set your own - print commands, you can still do this by setting printing = - sysv. However, you'll loose all the benefits from the - close CUPS/Samba integration. You are on your own then to manually - configure the rest of the printing system commands (most important: - print command; other commands are - lppause command, lpresume command, lpq command, lprm - command, queuepause command and queue resume - command).

    Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS

    - To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup - for smb.conf to enable basic CUPS support: -

    -
    -				[global]
    -				load printers = yes
    -				printing = cups
    -				printcap name = cups
    -
    -				[printers]
    -				comment = All Printers
    -				path = /var/spool/samba
    -				browseable = no
    -				public = yes
    -				guest ok = yes
    -				writable = no
    -				printable = yes
    -				printer admin = root, @ntadmins
    -
    -		

    +root# ldd `which smbd` +libssl.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000) +libcrypto.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000) +libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000) +[....] +

    + The line libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000) shows + there is CUPS support compiled into this version of Samba. If this is the case, and printing = cups + is set, then any otherwise manually set print command in smb.conf is ignored. + This is an important point to remember! +

    Tip

    Should it be necessary, for any reason, to set your own print commands, you can do this by setting + printing = sysv. However, you will loose all the benefits + of tight CUPS/Samba integration. When you do this you must manually configure the printing system commands + (most important: print command; other commands are + lppause command, + lpresume command, + lpq command, + lprm command, + queuepause command and + queue resume command).

    Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS

    + To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup for smb.conf to enable basic CUPS support: +

    Example 19.1. Simplest printing-related smb.conf

    [global]
    load printers = yes
    printing = cups
    printcap name = cups
    [printers]
    comment = All Printers
    path = /var/spool/samba
    browseable = no
    public = yes
    guest ok = yes
    writable = no
    printable = yes
    printer admin = root, @ntadmins

    This is all you need for basic printing setup for CUPS. It will print all Graphic, Text, PDF and PostScript file submitted from Windows clients. However, most of your Windows users would not know how to @@ -8351,67 +8049,29 @@ Problems

    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Proce printer is not a PostScript device, the print data stream is "binary", sensible only for the target printer. Read on to learn which problem this may cause and how to avoid it. -

    More complex smb.conf Settings for +

    More complex smb.conf Settings for CUPS

    Here is a slightly more complex printing-related setup for smb.conf. It enables general CUPS printing support for all printers, but defines one printer share which is set up differently. -

    -
    - [global]
    -         printing = cups
    -         printcap name = cups
    -         load printers = yes
    -
    - [printers]
    -         comment = All Printers
    -         path = /var/spool/samba
    -         public = yes
    -         guest ok = yes
    -         writable = no
    -         printable = yes
    -         printer admin = root, @ntadmins
    - 
    - [special_printer]
    -         comment = A special printer with his own settings
    -         path = /var/spool/samba-special
    -         printing = sysv
    -         printcap = lpstat
    -         print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\
    -                         echo "     `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\
    -                         echo "     `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log :\
    -                         rm %f
    -         public = no
    -         guest ok = no
    -         writeable = no
    -         printable = yes
    -         printer admin = kurt
    -         hosts deny = 0.0.0.0
    -         hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60
    -
    -

    -This special share is only there for my testing purposes. It doesn't -even write the print job to a file. It just logs the job parameters -known to Samba into the /tmp/smbprn.log file and -deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the printer -admin of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group); -guest access is not allowed; the share isn't announced in Network -Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it is only -allowing access from three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and -taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set -printing = sysv and printcap = -lpstat. -

    Advanced Configuration

    -Before we dive into all the configuration options, let's clarify a few +

    Example 19.2. Overriding global CUPS settings for one printer

    [global]
    printing = cups
    printcap name = cups
    load printers = yes
    [printers]
    comment = All Printers
    path = /var/spool/samba
    public = yes
    guest ok = yes
    writable = no
    printable = yes
    printer admin = root, @ntadmins
    [special_printer]
    comment = A special printer with his own settings
    path = /var/spool/samba-special
    printing = sysv
    printcap = lpstat
    print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \
    echo " `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \
    echo " `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log : rm %f
    public = no
    guest ok = no
    writeable = no
    printable = yes
    printer admin = kurt
    hosts deny = 0.0.0.0
    hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60

    +This special share is only there for testing purposes. It does not write the print job to a file. It just logs the job parameters +known to Samba into the /tmp/smbprn.log file and deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the +printer admin of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group); +guest access is not allowed; the share isn not published to the Network Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it only +allows access from only three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set +printing = sysv and +printcap = lpstat. +

    Advanced Configuration

    +Before we delve into all the configuration options, let us clarify a few points. Network printing needs to be organized and setup correctly. Often this is not done correctly. Legacy systems -or small LANs in business environments often lack a clear design and -good housekeeping. -

    Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing

    +or small business LAN environments often lack design and good housekeeping. +

    Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing

    Many small office or home networks, as well as badly organized larger environments, allow each client a direct access to available network -printers. Generally, this is a bad idea. It often blocks one client's +printers. This is generally a bad idea. It often blocks one client's access to the printer when another client's job is printing. It also might freeze the first client's application while it is waiting to get rid of the job. Also, there are frequent complaints about various jobs @@ -8420,18 +8080,18 @@ is the usage of a "print server": it routes all jobs through one central system, which responds immediately, takes jobs from multiple concurrent clients at the same time and in turn transfers them to the printer(s) in the correct order. -

    CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing -with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients

    -Most traditionally configured Unix print servers acting on behalf of +

    CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients

    +Most traditionally configured UNIX print servers acting on behalf of Samba's Windows clients represented a really simple setup. Their only task was to manage the "raw" spooling of all jobs handed to them by Samba. This approach meant that the Windows clients were expected to -prepare the print job file in such a way that it became fit to be fed to -the printing device. Here a native (vendor-supplied) Windows printer +prepare the print job file that it s ready to be sent to the printing +device. Here a native (vendor-supplied) Windows printer driver for the target device needed to be installed on each and every client.

    -Of course you can setup CUPS, Samba and your Windows clients in the +It is possible to configure CUPS, Samba and your Windows clients in the same, traditional and simple way. When CUPS printers are configured for RAW print-through mode operation it is the responsibility of the Samba client to fully render the print job (file). The file must be @@ -8439,21 +8099,23 @@ sent in a format that is suitable for direct delivery to the printer. Clients need to run the vendor-provided drivers to do this. In this case CUPS will NOT do any print file format conversion work. -

    Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients

    +

    Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients

    The printer drivers on the Windows clients may be installed in two functionally different ways:

    • manually install the drivers locally on each client, one by one; this yields the old LanMan style printing; it uses a \\sambaserver\printershare -type of connection.

    • deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on +type of connection.

    • + + deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on the print server (Samba); this enables the clients to use -"Point'n'Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the +"Point and Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the first time they access the printer; with this method NT/2K/XP clients use the SPOOLSS/MS-RPC type printing calls.

    The second method is recommended for use over the first. -

    Explicitly enable "raw" printing for -application/octet-stream!

    +

    Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!

    If you use the first option (drivers are installed on the client side), there is one setting to take care of: CUPS needs to be told that it should allow "raw" printing of deliberate (binary) file @@ -8466,16 +8128,12 @@ be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation. In/etc/cups/mime.types make sure this line is present:

    -
      application/octet-stream
    -
     

    In /etc/cups/mime.convs, have this line: -

    -
    +

      application/octet-stream   application/vnd.cups-raw   0   - 
    -
     

    If these two files are not set up correctly for raw Windows client printing, you may encounter the dreaded Unable to @@ -8484,7 +8142,7 @@ convert file 0 in your CUPS error_log file. mime.types file does not enforce "raw" printing, it only allows it. -

    Background.  +

    Background.  CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones does not by default allow a user to send deliberate (possibly binary) data to printing devices. This could be easily abused to launch a @@ -8501,7 +8159,7 @@ This is all you need to know to get the CUPS/Samba combo printing locally installed. If you are not interested in background information about more advanced CUPS/Samba printing, simply skip the remaining sections of this chapter. -

    Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one

    +

    Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one

    If you want to use the MS-RPC type printing, you must upload the drivers onto the Samba server first ([print$] share). For a discussion on how to deposit printer drivers on the @@ -8509,23 +8167,25 @@ Samba host (so that the Windows clients can download and use them via "Point'n'Print") please also refer to the previous chapter of this HOWTO Collection. There you will find a description or reference to three methods of preparing the client drivers on the Samba server: -

    • the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard" +

      • the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard" upload-from-a-Windows-client method;

      • the commandline, "smbclient/rpcclient" upload-from-a-UNIX-workstation -method;

      • the Imprints Toolset +method;

      • + + the Imprints Toolset method.

      These 3 methods apply to CUPS all the same. A new and more convenient way to load the Windows drivers into Samba is provided -provided if you use CUPS: -

      • the cupsaddsmb +if you use CUPS: +

        • the cupsaddsmb utility.

        cupsaddsmb is discussed in much detail further below. But we will first explore the CUPS filtering system and compare the Windows and UNIX printing architectures. -

    Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing -with PostScript Driver Download

    -Still reading on? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know +

    Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download

    +Are you still following this? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know how to set up a "dump" printserver, that is, a server which is spooling printjobs "raw", leaving the print data untouched.

    @@ -8546,13 +8206,13 @@ server meeting these requirements, you'll first need to learn about how CUPS works and how you can enable its features.

    What follows is the comparison of some fundamental concepts for -Windows and Unix printing; then is the time for a description of the +Windows and UNIX printing; then is the time for a description of the CUPS filtering system, how it works and how you can tweak it. -

    GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix

    +

    GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX

    Network printing is one of the most complicated and error-prone day-to-day tasks any user or an administrator may encounter. This is true for all OS platforms. And there are reasons for this. -

    +

    You can't expect for most file formats to just throw them towards printers and they get printed. There needs to be a file format conversion in between. The problem is: there is no common standard for @@ -8564,7 +8224,7 @@ into semi-official "standards", by being the most widely used PDLs many manufacturers who "roll their own" (their reasons may be unacceptable license fees for using printer-embedded PostScript interpreters, etc.). -

    Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF

    +

    Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF

    In Windows OS, the format conversion job is done by the printer drivers. On MS Windows OS platforms all application programmers have at their disposal a built-in API, the GDI (Graphical Device @@ -8581,16 +8241,17 @@ the GDI, produces often a file format called EMF (Enh MetaFile). The EMF is processed by the printer driver and converted to the printer-specific file format.

    Note

    + To the GDI foundation in MS Windows, Apple has chosen to put paper and screen output on a common foundation for their -(BSD-Unix-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating -Systems.Their Core Graphic Engine uses a -PDF derivate for all display work. -

    +(BSD-UNIX-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating +Systems. Their Core Graphic Engine uses a +PDF derivative for all display work. +

    -

    Figure 19.1. Windows Printing to a local Printer

    Windows Printing to a local Printer
    -

    Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics

    -In Unix and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS +

    Figure 19.1. Windows Printing to a local Printer

    Windows Printing to a local Printer

    +

    UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics

    +In UNIX and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS kernel(s) or the X (screen display) server. Every application is responsible for itself to create its print output. Fortunately, most use PostScript. That gives at least some common ground. Unfortunately, @@ -8609,7 +8270,7 @@ ready for prime time.) You can see this unfavorable inheritance up to the present day by looking into the various "font" directories on your system; there are separate ones for fonts used for X display and fonts to be used on paper. -

    Background.  +

    Background.  The PostScript programming language is an "invention" by Adobe Inc., but its specifications have been published to the full. Its strength lies in its powerful abilities to describe graphical objects (fonts, @@ -8625,9 +8286,9 @@ form and you will be reading its PostScript code, the language instructions which need to be interpreted by a rasterizer. Rasterizers produce pixel images, which may be displayed on screen by a viewer program or on paper by a printer. -

    PostScript and Ghostscript

    -So, Unix is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and -displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for Unix, basic +

    PostScript and Ghostscript

    +So, UNIX is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and +displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for UNIX, basic printing is fairly easy: if you have PostScript printers at your disposal! The reason is: these devices have a built-in PostScript language "interpreter", also called a Raster Image @@ -8637,34 +8298,36 @@ spit out your printed pages. Their RIP is doing all the hard work of converting the PostScript drawing commands into a bitmap picture as you see it on paper, in a resolution as done by your printer. This is no different to PostScript printing of a file from a Windows origin. -

    Note

    Traditional Unix programs and printing systems -- while +

    Note

    + +Traditional UNIX programs and printing systems -- while using PostScript -- are largely not PPD-aware. PPDs are "PostScript Printer Description" files. They enable you to specify and control all options a printer supports: duplexing, stapling, punching... Therefore -Unix users for a long time couldn't choose many of the supported +UNIX users for a long time couldn't choose many of the supported device and job options, unlike Windows or Apple users. But now there -is CUPS.... ;-) -

    -

    Figure 19.2. Printing to a Postscript Printer

    Printing to a Postscript Printer
    -

    +is CUPS.... +

    +

    Figure 19.2. Printing to a Postscript Printer

    Printing to a Postscript Printer

    +

    However, there are other types of printers out there. These don't know how to print PostScript. They use their own Page Description Language (PDL, often proprietary). To print to them is much -more demanding. Since your Unix applications mostly produce +more demanding. Since your UNIX applications mostly produce PostScript, and since these devices don't understand PostScript, you need to convert the printfiles to a format suitable for your printer on the host, before you can send it away. -

    Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers

    +

    Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers

    Here is where Ghostscript kicks in. Ghostscript is the traditional (and quite powerful) PostScript interpreter used on -Unix platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a +UNIX platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a lot of file format conversions, for a very broad spectrum of hardware devices as well as software file formats. Ghostscript technology and drivers is what enables PostScript printing to non-PostScript hardware. -

    -

    Figure 19.3. Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers

    Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers
    -

    Tip

    +

    +

    Figure 19.3. Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers

    Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers

    +

    Tip

    Use the "gs -h" command to check for all built-in "devices" of your Ghostscript version. If you specify e.g. a parameter of -sDEVICE=png256 on your Ghostscript command @@ -8676,12 +8339,12 @@ intervals, now by artofcode LLC. They are initially put under the "AFPL" license, but re-released under the GNU GPL as soon as the next AFPL version appears. GNU Ghostscript is probably the version installed on most Samba systems. But it has got some -deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an +deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an enhancement over GNU Ghostscript, with lots of bug-fixes, additional devices and improvements. It is jointly maintained by developers from CUPS, Gimp-Print, MandrakeSoft, SuSE, RedHat and Debian. It includes the "cups" device (essential to print to non-PS printers from CUPS). -

    PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification

    +

    PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification

    While PostScript in essence is a Page Description Language (PDL) to represent the page layout in a device independent way, real world print jobs are @@ -8707,15 +8370,16 @@ user selections are somehow written (in the form of special PostScript, PJL, JCL or vendor-dependent commands) into the PostScript file created by the driver.

    Warning

    + A PostScript file that was created to contain device-specific commands for achieving a certain print job output (e.g. duplexed, stapled and punched) on a specific target machine, may not print as expected, or may not be printable at all on other models; it also may not be fit for further processing by software (e.g. by a PDF distilling program). -

    CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs

    +

    CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs

    CUPS can handle all spec-compliant PPDs as supplied by the manufacturers for their PostScript models. Even if a -Unix/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite +UNIX/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite OS in his manuals and brochures -- you can safely trust this: if you get hold of the Windows NT version of the PPD, you can use it unchanged in CUPS and thus access the full @@ -8727,6 +8391,8 @@ immediately. CUPS in all versions after 1.1.19 has a much more strict internal PPD parsing and checking code enabled; in case of printing trouble this online resource should be one of your first pitstops.

    Warning

    + + For real PostScript printers don't use the Foomatic or cupsomatic PPDs from Linuxprinting.org. With these devices the original @@ -8739,7 +8405,7 @@ your LAN has the PostScript driver installed, just use access the Windows directory where all printer driver files are stored. First look in the W32X86/2 subdir for the PPD you are seeking. -

    CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers

    +

    CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers

    CUPS also uses specially crafted PPDs to handle non-PostScript printers. These PPDs are usually not available from the vendors (and no, you can't just take the PPD of a Postscript printer with the same @@ -8747,7 +8413,7 @@ model name and hope it works for the non-PostScript version too). To understand how these PPDs work for non-PS printers we first need to dive deeply into the CUPS filtering and file format conversion architecture. Stay tuned. -

    The CUPS Filtering Architecture

    +

    The CUPS Filtering Architecture

    The core of the CUPS filtering system is based on Ghostscript. In addition to Ghostscript, CUPS uses some other filters of its own. You (or your OS vendor) may have @@ -8773,23 +8439,27 @@ Make sure your Ghostscript version has the "cups" device compiled in may encounter the dreaded Unable to convert file 0 in your CUPS error_log file. To have "cups" as a device in your Ghostscript, you either need to patch GNU -Ghostscript and re-compile or use ESP Ghostscript. The +Ghostscript and re-compile or use ESP Ghostscript. The superior alternative is ESP Ghostscript: it supports not just CUPS, but 300 other devices too (while GNU Ghostscript supports only about 180). Because of this broad output device support, ESP Ghostscript is the first choice for non-CUPS spoolers too. It is now recommended by Linuxprinting.org for all spoolers.

    + + CUPS printers may be setup to use external rendering paths. One of the most common ones is provided by the Foomatic/cupsomatic concept, from Linuxprinting.org. This uses the classical Ghostscript approach, doing everything in one step. It doesn't use the "cups" device, but one of the many others. However, even for Foomatic/cupsomatic usage, best results and + broadest printer model support is provided by ESP Ghostscript (more about cupsomatic/Foomatic, particularly the new version called now foomatic-rip, follows below). -

    MIME types and CUPS Filters

    +

    MIME types and CUPS Filters

    + CUPS reads the file /etc/cups/mime.types (and all other files carrying a *.types suffix in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain the MIME @@ -8798,10 +8468,10 @@ auto-typing routines. The rule syntax is explained in the man page for mime.types and in the comments section of the mime.types file itself. A simple rule reads like this: +

    +

    -
      application/pdf         pdf string(0,%PDF)
    -
     

    This means: if a filename has either a .pdf suffix, or if the magic @@ -8810,9 +8480,7 @@ beginning of the file itself (offset 0 from the start), then it is a PDF file (application/pdf). Another rule is this:

    -
      application/postscript  ai eps ps string(0,%!) string(0,<04>%!)
    -
     

    Its meaning: if the filename has one of the suffixes .ai, .eps, @@ -8842,7 +8510,7 @@ CUPS can handle ASCII text, HP-GL, PDF, PostScript, DVI and a lot of image formats (GIF. PNG, TIFF, JPEG, Photo-CD, SUN-Raster, PNM, PBM, SGI-RGB and some more) and their associated MIME types with its filters. -

    MIME type Conversion Rules

    +

    MIME type Conversion Rules

    CUPS reads the file /etc/cups/mime.convs (and all other files named with a *.convs suffix in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain @@ -8851,39 +8519,31 @@ conversion filter which can produce the output from the input type and virtual costs associated with this conversion. One example line reads like this:

    -
      application/pdf         application/postscript   33   pdftops
    -
     

    This means that the pdftops filter will take application/pdf as input and produce application/postscript as output, the virtual cost of this operation is 33 CUPS-$. The next filter is more expensive, costing 66 CUPS-$: -

    -
    +

      application/vnd.hp-HPGL application/postscript   66   hpgltops
    -
     

    This is the hpgltops, which processes HP-GL plotter files to PostScript. -

    -
    +

      application/octet-stream
    -
     

    Here are two more examples: -

    -
    +

      application/x-shell     application/postscript   33    texttops
      text/plain              application/postscript   33    texttops
    -
     

    The last two examples name the texttops filter to work on "text/plain" as well as on "application/x-shell". (Hint: this differentiation is needed for the syntax highlighting feature of "texttops"). -

    Filter Requirements

    +

    Filter Requirements

    There are many more combinations named in mime.convs. However, you are not limited to use the ones pre-defined there. You can plug in any filter you like into the CUPS framework. It must meet, or must be made @@ -8899,13 +8559,13 @@ filenames or stdin as input and write to printer job user title copies options [filename]

    Printer

    The name of the printer queue (normally this is the name of the filter being run)

    job

    The numeric job ID for the job being -printed

    Printer

    The string from the originating-user-name -attribute

    Printer

    The string from the job-name attribute

    Printer

    The numeric value from the number-copies -attribute

    Printer

    The job options

    Printer

    (Optionally) The print request file (if missing, +printed

    user

    The string from the originating-user-name +attribute

    title

    The string from the job-name attribute

    copies

    The numeric value from the number-copies +attribute

    options

    The job options

    filename

    (Optionally) The print request file (if missing, filters expected data fed through stdin). In most cases it is very easy to write a simple wrapper script around existing -filters to make them work with CUPS.

    Prefilters

    -As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any Unix based +filters to make them work with CUPS.

    Prefilters

    +As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any UNIX based printing system. From PostScript, CUPS generates raster data to feed non-PostScript printers.

    @@ -8921,18 +8581,18 @@ the imagetops filter. Its outcome is alwa MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript (not application/postscript), meaning it has the print options already embedded into the file. -

    -

    Figure 19.4. Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript

    Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript
    -

    pstops

    +

    +

    Figure 19.4. Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript

    Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript

    +

    pstops

    pstopsis the filter to convert application/postscript to application/vnd.cups-postscript. It was said above that this filter inserts all device-specific print options (commands to the printer to ask for the duplexing of output, or stapling an punching it, etc.) into the PostScript file. -

    -

    Figure 19.5. Adding Device-specific Print Options

    Adding Device-specific Print Options
    -

    +

    +

    Figure 19.5. Adding Device-specific Print Options

    Adding Device-specific Print Options

    +

    This is not all: other tasks performed by it are:

    • selecting the range of pages to be printed (if you choose to @@ -8943,7 +8603,7 @@ putting 2 or more logical pages on one sheet of paper (the so-called "number-up" function)

    • counting the pages of the job to insert the accounting information into the /var/log/cups/page_log -

    pstoraster

    +

    pstoraster

    pstoraster is at the core of the CUPS filtering system. It is responsible for the first stage of the rasterization process. Its input is of MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript; @@ -8951,22 +8611,22 @@ its output is application/vnd.cups-raster. This output format is not yet meant to be printable. Its aim is to serve as a general purpose input format for more specialized raster drivers, that are able to generate device-specific printer data. -

    -

    Figure 19.6. Postscript to intermediate Raster format

    Postscript to intermediate Raster format
    -

    +

    +

    Figure 19.6. Postscript to intermediate Raster format

    Postscript to intermediate Raster format

    +

    CUPS raster is a generic raster format with powerful features. It is able to include per-page information, color profiles and more to be used by the following downstream raster drivers. Its MIME type is registered with IANA and its specification is of course completely open. It is designed to make it very easy and inexpensive for -manufacturers to develop Linux and Unix raster drivers for their +manufacturers to develop Linux and UNIX raster drivers for their printer models, should they choose to do so. CUPS always takes care for the first stage of rasterization so these vendors don't need to care about Ghostscript complications (in fact, there is currently more than one vendor financing the development of CUPS raster drivers). -

    -

    Figure 19.7. CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript

    CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript
    -

    +

    +

    Figure 19.7. CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript

    CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript

    +

    CUPS versions before version 1.1.15 were shipping a binary (or source code) standalone filter, named "pstoraster". pstoraster was derived from GNU Ghostscript 5.50, and could be installed besides and in @@ -8979,30 +8639,30 @@ integrated back into Ghostscript (now based on GNU Ghostscript version parameter. If your Ghostscript doesn't show a success on asking for gs -h |grep cups, you might not be able to print. Update your Ghostscript then! -

    imagetops and imagetoraster

    +

    imagetops and imagetoraster

    Above in the section about prefilters, we mentioned the prefilter that generates PostScript from image formats. The imagetoraster filter is used to convert directly from image to raster, without the intermediate PostScript stage. It is used more often than the above mentioned prefilters. Here is a summarizing flowchart of image file filtering: -

    -

    Figure 19.8. Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion

    Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion
    -

    rasterto [printers specific]

    +

    +

    Figure 19.8. Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion

    Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion

    +

    rasterto [printers specific]

    CUPS ships with quite some different raster drivers processing CUPS raster. On my system I find in /usr/lib/cups/filter/ these: -rastertoalps, rastertobj, rastertoepson, rastertoescp, -rastertopcl, rastertoturboprint, rastertoapdk, rastertodymo, -rastertoescp, rastertohp and +rastertoalps, rastertobj, rastertoepson, rastertoescp, +rastertopcl, rastertoturboprint, rastertoapdk, rastertodymo, +rastertoescp, rastertohp and rastertoprinter. Don't worry if you have less than this; some of these are installed by commercial add-ons to CUPS (like rastertoturboprint), others (like rastertoprinter) by 3rd party driver development projects (such as Gimp-Print) wanting to cooperate as closely as possible with CUPS. -

    -

    Figure 19.9. Raster to Printer Specific formats

    Raster to Printer Specific formats
    -

    CUPS Backends

    +

    +

    Figure 19.9. Raster to Printer Specific formats

    Raster to Printer Specific formats

    +

    CUPS Backends

    The last part of any CUPS filtering chain is a "backend". Backends are special programs that send the print-ready file to the final device. There is a separate backend program for any transfer @@ -9057,7 +8717,7 @@ This backend sends printfiles to printers shared by a Windows host. An example for CUPS device-URIs to use are: smb://workgroup/server/printersharename Or -Smb://server/printersharename +smb://server/printersharename or smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printersharename or @@ -9083,13 +8743,11 @@ printername). Not all of the mentioned backends may be present on your system or usable (depending on your hardware configuration). One test for all available CUPS backends is provided by the lpinfo -utility. Used with the -v parameter, it lists +utility. Used with the -v parameter, it lists all available backends:

    -
    - lpinfo -v
    -
    -

    cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?

    +$ lpinfo -v +

    cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?

    "cupsomatic" filters may be the most widely used on CUPS installations. You must be clear about the fact that these were not developed by the CUPS people. They are a "Third Party" add-on to @@ -9103,9 +8761,7 @@ Printer & Driver Database at Linuxprinting.org. You can recognize these PPDs from the line calling the cupsomatic filter:

    -
      *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript  0  cupsomatic"
    -
     

    This line you may find amongst the first 40 or so lines of the PPD file. If you have such a PPD installed, the printer shows up in the @@ -9114,7 +8770,7 @@ the driver description. cupsomatic is a Perl script that runs Ghostscript, with all the complicated commandline options auto-constructed from the selected PPD and commandline options give to the printjob. -

    +

    However, cupsomatic is now deprecated. Its PPDs (especially the first generation of them, still in heavy use out there) are not meeting the Adobe specifications. You might also suffer difficulties when you try @@ -9139,11 +8795,11 @@ print-options from page to page, in the middle of a job. And the best thing is: the new foomatic-rip now works seamlessly with all legacy spoolers too (like LPRng, BSD-LPD, PDQ, PPR etc.), providing for them access to use PPDs for their printing! -

    The Complete Picture

    +

    The Complete Picture

    If you want to see an overview over all the filters and how they relate to each other, the complete picture of the puzzle is at the end of this document. -

    mime.convs

    +

    mime.convs

    CUPS auto-constructs all possible filtering chain paths for any given MIME type, and every printer installed. But how does it decide in favor or against a specific alternative? (There may often be cases, @@ -9160,7 +8816,7 @@ cost. This is a very efficient way to limit the load of any CUPS server by setting an appropriate "FilterLimit" value. A FilterLimit of 200 allows roughly 1 job at a time, while a FilterLimit of 1000 allows approximately 5 jobs maximum at a time. -

    "Raw" printing

    +

    "Raw" printing

    You can tell CUPS to print (nearly) any file "raw". "Raw" means it will not be filtered. CUPS will send the file to the printer "as is" without bothering if the printer is able to digest it. Users need to @@ -9169,9 +8825,7 @@ printing can happen on any queue if the "-o raw" option is specified on the command line. You can also set up raw-only queues by simply not associating any PPD with it. This command:

    -
    - lpadmin -P rawprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -E
    -
    +$ lpadmin -P rawprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -E
     

    sets up a queue named "rawprinter", connected via the "socket" protocol (a.k.a. "HP JetDirect") to the device at IP address @@ -9183,7 +8837,7 @@ CUPS will automatically treat each job sent to a queue as a "raw" one, if it can't find a PPD associated with the queue. However, CUPS will only send known MIME types (as defined in its own mime.types file) and refuse others. -

    "application/octet-stream" printing

    +

    "application/octet-stream" printing

    Any MIME type with no rule in the /etc/cups/mime.types file is regarded as unknown or application/octet-stream and will not be @@ -9192,9 +8846,7 @@ you will probably have experienced the fact that printjobs originating from Windows clients were not printed. You may have found an error message in your CUPS logs like:

    -
      Unable to convert file 0 to printable format for job
    -
     

    To enable the printing of "application/octet-stream" files, edit these two files: @@ -9203,20 +8855,16 @@ Both contain entries (at the end of the respective files) which must be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation for application/octet-stream. In /etc/cups/mime.types make sure this line is present: -

    -
    +

      application/octet-stream
    -
     

    This line (with no specific auto-typing rule set) makes all files not otherwise auto-typed a member of application/octet-stream. In /etc/cups/mime.convs, have this line:

    -
      application/octet-stream   application/vnd.cups-raw   0   -
    -
    -

    +

    This line tells CUPS to use the Null Filter (denoted as "-", doing... nothing at all) on application/octet-stream, and tag the result as @@ -9241,7 +8889,7 @@ be one that is known to CUPS and an allowed one. The file recognizes MIME types. The file /etc/cups/mime.convs decides which file conversion filter(s) may be applied to which MIME types. -

    PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers

    +

    PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers

    Originally PPDs were meant to be used for PostScript printers only. Here, they help to send device-specific commands and settings to the RIP which processes the jobfile. CUPS has extended this @@ -9254,10 +8902,8 @@ printers the Ghostscript RIP runs on the host computer.

    PPDs for a non-PS printer have a few lines that are unique to CUPS. The most important one looks similar to this: -

    -
    +

      *cupsFilter: application/vnd.cups-raster  66   rastertoprinter
    -
     

    It is the last piece in the CUPS filtering puzzle. This line tells the CUPS daemon to use as a last filter "rastertoprinter". This filter @@ -9273,24 +8919,12 @@ CUPS by default ships only a few generic PPDs, but they are good for several hundred printer models. You may not be able to control different paper trays, or you may get larger margins than your specific model supports): -

    deskjet.ppd

    older HP inkjet printers and compatible -

    deskjet2.ppd

    newer HP inkjet printers and compatible -

    dymo.ppd

    label printers -

    epson9.ppd

    Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible -

    epson24.ppd

    Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible -

    okidata9.ppd

    Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible -

    okidat24.ppd

    Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible -

    stcolor.ppd

    older Epson Stylus Color printers -

    stcolor2.ppd

    newer Epson Stylus Color printers -

    stphoto.ppd

    older Epson Stylus Photo printers -

    stphoto2.ppd

    newer Epson Stylus Photo printers -

    laserjet.ppd

    all PCL printers. Further below is a discussion -of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable fur use with CUPS. -

    Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and -native CUPS printing

    +

    Table 19.1. PPD's shipped with CUPS

    PPD filePrinter type
    deskjet.ppdolder HP inkjet printers and compatible
    deskjet2.ppdnewer HP inkjet printers and compatible
    dymo.ppdlabel printers
    epson9.ppdEpson 24pin impact printers and compatible
    epson24.ppdEpson 24pin impact printers and compatible
    okidata9.ppdOkidata 9pin impact printers and compatible
    okidat24.ppdOkidata 24pin impact printers and compatible
    stcolor.ppdolder Epson Stylus Color printers
    stcolor2.ppdnewer Epson Stylus Color printers
    stphoto.ppdolder Epson Stylus Photo printers
    stphoto2.ppdnewer Epson Stylus Photo printers
    laserjet.ppdall PCL printers. Further below is a discussion of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable for use with CUPS.

    Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing

    Native CUPS rasterization works in two steps.

    • First is the "pstoraster" step. It uses the special "cups" + device from ESP Ghostscript 7.05.x as its tool

    • Second comes the "rasterdriver" step. It uses various @@ -9299,9 +8933,9 @@ quality filters for this step, some are Free Software, some are Shareware/Non-Free, some are proprietary.

    Often this produces better quality (and has several more advantages) than other methods. -

    -

    Figure 19.10. cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS

    cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS
    -

    +

    +

    Figure 19.10. cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS

    cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS

    +

    One other method is the cupsomatic/foomatic-rip way. Note that cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent contribution to printing development, @@ -9314,6 +8948,8 @@ other (non-CUPS) spoolers. An upgrade to foomatic-rip is strongly advised, especially if you are upgrading to a recent version of CUPS too.

    + + Both the cupsomatic (old) and the foomatic-rip (new) methods from Linuxprinting.org use the traditional Ghostscript print file processing, doing everything in a single step. It therefore relies on @@ -9335,7 +8971,7 @@ installation: Therefore the printfile bypasses the "pstoraster" filter cupsomatic hands the rendered file directly to the CUPS backend. The flowchart above illustrates the difference between native CUPS rendering and the Foomatic/cupsomatic method. -

    Examples for filtering Chains

    +

    Examples for filtering Chains

    Here are a few examples of commonly occurring filtering chains to illustrate the workings of CUPS.

    @@ -9355,10 +8991,8 @@ PPD) into the new PostScript file; the file now is of PostScript MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript;

  • the file goes to the socket backend, which transfers the job to the printers.

  • -The resulting filter chain therefore is: -

    -pdftops --> pstops --> socket
    -

    + The resulting filter chain therefore is as drawn in the image below. +

    Figure 19.11. PDF to socket chain

    PDF to socket chain

    Assume your want to print the same filter to an USB-connected Epson Stylus Photo printer, installed with the CUPS stphoto2.ppd. The first few filtering stages @@ -9382,45 +9016,43 @@ does its work (as is indicated in the printer's PPD), creating the printer-specific raster data and embedding any user-selected print-options into the print data stream;

  • the file goes to the usb backend, which transfers the job to the printers.

  • -The resulting filter chain therefore is: -

    -pdftops --> pstops --> pstoraster --> rastertoepson --> usb
    -

    Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs

    + The resulting filter chain therefore is as drawn in the image below. +

    Figure 19.12. PDF to USB chain

    PDF to USB chain

    Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs

    On the internet you can find now many thousand CUPS-PPD files (with their companion filters), in many national languages, supporting more than 1000 non-PostScript models. -

    • ESP -PrintPro (http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/) (commercial, +

      • ESP +PrintPro (commercial, non-Free) is packaged with more than 3000 PPDs, ready for successful use "out of the box" on Linux, Mac OS X, IBM-AIX, -HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital Unix and some +HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital UNIX and some more commercial Unices (it is written by the CUPS developers themselves and its sales help finance the further development of CUPS, as they feed their creators).

      • the Gimp-Print-Project -(http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/) (GPL, Free Software) + (GPL, Free Software) provides around 140 PPDs (supporting nearly 400 printers, many driven to photo quality output), to be used alongside the Gimp-Print CUPS filters;

      • TurboPrint -(http://www.turboprint.com/) (Shareware, non-Free) supports + (Shareware, non-Free) supports roughly the same amount of printers in excellent quality;

      • OMNI -(http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/) + (LPGL, Free) is a package made by IBM, now containing support for more than 400 printers, stemming from the inheritance of IBM OS/2 Know-How ported over to Linux (CUPS support is in a Beta-stage at present);

      • HPIJS -(http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/) (BSD-style licenses, Free) + (BSD-style licenses, Free) supports around 150 of HP's own printers and is also providing excellent print quality now (currently available only via the Foomatic path);

      • Foomatic/cupsomatic -(http://www.linuxprinting.org/) (LPGL, Free) from + (LPGL, Free) from Linuxprinting.org are providing PPDs for practically every Ghostscript filter known to the world (including Omni, Gimp-Print and HPIJS).

      Note

      The cupsomatic/Foomatic trick from Linuxprinting.org works differently from the other drivers. This is explained elsewhere in this document. -

    Printing with Interface Scripts

    +

    Printing with Interface Scripts

    CUPS also supports the usage of "interface scripts" as known from System V AT&T printing systems. These are often used for PCL printers, from applications that generate PCL print jobs. Interface @@ -9433,61 +9065,60 @@ realm. On HP-UX platforms they are more often used. You can use any working interface script on CUPS too. Just install the printer with the -i option:

    -
    - lpadmin -p pclprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -i /path/to/interface-script
    -
    +root# lpadmin -p pclprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 \
    +  -i /path/to/interface-script
     

    Interface scripts might be the "unknown animal" to many. However, with CUPS they provide the most easy way to plug in your own custom-written filtering script or program into one specific print queue (some information about the traditional usage of interface scripts is to be found at http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html). -

    Network printing (purely Windows)

    +

    Network printing (purely Windows)

    Network printing covers a lot of ground. To understand what exactly goes on with Samba when it is printing on behalf of its Windows clients, let's first look at a "purely Windows" setup: Windows clients with a Windows NT print server. -

    From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server

    +

    From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server

    Windows clients printing to an NT-based print server have two options. They may -

    • execute the driver locally and render the GDI output +

      • execute the driver locally and render the GDI output (EMF) into the printer specific format on their own, or

      • send the GDI output (EMF) to the server, where the driver is executed to render the printer specific output.

      Both print paths are shown in the flowcharts below. -

    Driver Execution on the Client

    +

    Driver Execution on the Client

    In the first case the print server must spool the file as "raw", meaning it shouldn't touch the jobfile and try to convert it in any -way. This is what traditional Unix-based print server can do too; and +way. This is what traditional UNIX-based print server can do too; and at a better performance and more reliably than NT print server. This is what most Samba administrators probably are familiar with. One advantage of this setup is that this "spooling-only" print server may -be used even if no driver(s) for Unix are available it is sufficient +be used even if no driver(s) for UNIX are available it is sufficient to have the Windows client drivers available and installed on the clients. -

    -

    Figure 19.11. Print Driver execution on the Client

    Print Driver execution on the Client
    -

    Driver Execution on the Server

    +

    +

    Figure 19.13. Print Driver execution on the Client

    Print Driver execution on the Client

    +

    Driver Execution on the Server

    The other path executes the printer driver on the server. The clients transfers print files in EMF format to the server. The server uses the PostScript, PCL, ESC/P or other driver to convert the EMF file into -the printer-specific language. It is not possible for Unix to do the +the printer-specific language. It is not possible for UNIX to do the same. Currently there is no program or method to convert a Windows -client's GDI output on a Unix server into something a printer could +client's GDI output on a UNIX server into something a printer could understand. -

    -

    Figure 19.12. Print Driver execution on the Server

    Print Driver execution on the Server
    -

    +

    +

    Figure 19.14. Print Driver execution on the Server

    Print Driver execution on the Server

    +

    However, there is something similar possible with CUPS. Read on... -

    Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +

    Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print Servers)

    Since UNIX print servers cannot execute the Win32 program code on their platform, the picture is somewhat different. However, this doesn't limit your options all that much. In the contrary, you may have a way here to implement printing features which are not possible otherwise. -

    From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server

    +

    From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server

    Here is a simple recipe showing how you can take advantage of CUPS powerful features for the benefit of your Windows network printing clients: @@ -9499,12 +9130,11 @@ printer is a non-PostScript model. It also requires that you have a "driver" on the CUPS server.

    Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing through Samba the -following options should be set in your smb.conf file [globals] +following options should be set in your smb.conf file [global] section: -

    • printing = CUPS

    • printcap = CUPS

    +

    • printing = cups

    • printcap = cups

    When these parameters are specified, all manually set print directives -(like print command =..., or lppause -command =...) in smb.conf (as well as +(like print command, or lppause command) in smb.conf (as well as in samba itself) will be ignored. Instead, Samba will directly interface with CUPS through it's application program interface (API) - as long as Samba has been compiled with CUPS library (libcups) @@ -9513,12 +9143,12 @@ other print commands are set up, then printing will use the System V AT&T command set, with the -oraw option automatically passing through (if you want your own defined print commands to work with a Samba that has CUPS support compiled in, -simply use printing = sysv). -

    -

    Figure 19.13. Printing via CUPS/samba server

    Printing via CUPS/samba server
    -

    Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS

    +simply use printing = sysv). +

    +

    Figure 19.15. Printing via CUPS/samba server

    Printing via CUPS/samba server

    +

    Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS

    Samba must use its own spool directory (it is set -by a line similar to path = /var/spool/samba, +by a line similar to path = /var/spool/samba, in the [printers] or [printername] section of smb.conf). Samba receives the job in its own @@ -9534,8 +9164,8 @@ A Windows user authenticates only to Samba (by whatever means is configured). If Samba runs on the same host as CUPS, you only need to allow "localhost" to print. If they run on different machines, you need to make sure the Samba host gets access to printing on CUPS. -

    Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use -PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs

    +

    Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs

    PPDs can control all print device options. They are usually provided by the manufacturer; if you own a PostScript printer, that is. PPD files (PostScript Printer Descriptions) are always a component of @@ -9554,7 +9184,7 @@ or see if you have lphelp on your system). There are also some different GUI frontends on Linux/UNIX, which can present PPD options to users. PPD options are normally meant to be evaluated by the PostScript RIP on the real PostScript printer. -

    PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX

    +

    PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX

    CUPS doesn't limit itself to "real" PostScript printers in its usage of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the scope of the PPD concept, to also describe available device and driver options for @@ -9571,7 +9201,7 @@ the supplied PostScript. Thus CUPS lets all its printers appear as PostScript devices to its clients, because it can act as a PostScript RIP for those printers, processing the received PostScript code into a proper raster print format. -

    PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows

    +

    PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows

    CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a "core" PostScript driver (now recommended is the "CUPS PostScript Driver for WindowsNT/2K/XP"; you can also use the Adobe one, with @@ -9587,13 +9217,13 @@ which always remain unfiltered per definition;

  • enable clients to driver, even for many different target printers.

  • Using CUPS PPDs on Windows clients enables these to control all print job settings just as a UNIX client can do too. -

    Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients

    +

    Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients

    This setup may be of special interest to people experiencing major problems in WTS environments. WTS need often a multitude of non-PostScript drivers installed to run their clients' variety of different printer models. This often imposes the price of much increased instability. -

    Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +

    Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many Problems

    The reason is that in Win NT printer drivers run in "Kernel Mode", this introduces a high risk for the stability of the system @@ -9607,10 +9237,10 @@ of Death" on a regular basis? PostScript drivers generally are very well tested. They are not known to cause any problems, even though they run in Kernel Mode too. This might be because there have so far only been 2 different PostScript -drivers the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are +drivers: the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are very well tested and are as stable as you ever can imagine on Windows. The CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one. -

    Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations

    +

    Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations

    In many cases, in an attempt to work around this problem, site administrators have resorted to restrict the allowed drivers installed on their WTS to one generic PCL- and one PostScript driver. This @@ -9618,7 +9248,7 @@ however restricts the clients in the amount of printer options available for them; often they can't get out more than simplex prints from one standard paper tray, while their devices could do much better, if driven by a different driver! ) -

    CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?

    +

    CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?

    Using a PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD, seems to be a very elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. There are, depending on the version of Windows OS you use, up to 3 different PostScript @@ -9630,8 +9260,8 @@ is a certain price for this too: a CUPS server acting as a PostScript RIP for its clients requires more CPU and RAM than when just acting as a "raw spooling" device. Plus, this setup is not yet widely tested, although the first feedbacks look very promising. -

    PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel -Mode

    +

    PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode

    More recent printer drivers on W2K and XP don't run in Kernel mode (unlike Win NT) any more. However, both operating systems can still use the NT drivers, running in Kernel mode (you can roughly tell which @@ -9647,14 +9277,14 @@ development efforts. This is what the CUPS people have done. The license doesn't allow them to publish the whole of the source code. However, they have released the "diff" under the GPL, and if you are owner of an "MS DDK for Win NT", you can check the driver yourself. -

    Setting up CUPS for driver Download

    +

    Setting up CUPS for driver Download

    As we have said before: all previously known methods to prepare client printer drivers on the Samba server for download and "Point'n'Print" convenience of Windows workstations are working with CUPS too. These methods were described in the previous chapter. In reality, this is a pure Samba business, and only relates to the Samba/Win client relationship. -

    cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility

    +

    cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility

    The cupsaddsmb utility (shipped with all current CUPS versions) is an alternative method to transfer printer drivers into the Samba [print$] share. Remember, this share is where @@ -9679,53 +9309,26 @@ job-billing)

    However, currently only Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by the CUPS drivers. You will need to get the respective part of Adobe driver too if you need to support Windows 95, 98, and ME clients. -

    Prepare your smb.conf for -cupsaddsmb

    +

    Prepare your smb.conf for cupsaddsmb

    Prior to running cupsaddsmb, you need the following settings in smb.conf: -

    -
    - [global]
    -         load printers = yes
    -         printing = cups
    -         printcap name = cups
    -
    - [printers]
    -         comment = All Printers
    -         path = /var/spool/samba
    -         browseable = no
    -         public = yes
    -         guest ok = yes           # setting depends on your requirements
    -         writable = no
    -         printable = yes
    -         printer admin = root
    -
    - [print$]
    -         comment = Printer Drivers
    -         path = /etc/samba/drivers
    -         browseable = yes
    -         guest ok = no
    -         read only = yes
    -         write list = root  
    -
    -

    CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"

    -CUPS users may get the exactly same packages fromhttp://www.cups.org/software.html. +

    Example 19.3. smb.conf for cupsaddsmb usage

    [global]
    load printers = yes
    printing = cups
    printcap name = cups
    [printers]
    comment = All Printers
    path = /var/spool/samba
    browseable = no
    public = yes
    # setting depends on your requirements
    guest ok = yes
    writable = no
    printable = yes
    printer admin = root
    [print$]
    comment = Printer Drivers
    path = /etc/samba/drivers
    browseable = yes
    guest ok = no
    read only = yes
    write list = root

    CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"

    +CUPS users may get the exactly same packages from http://www.cups.org/software.html. It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as -CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA +CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for Samba (tar.gz, 192k). The filename to download is cups-samba-1.1.x.tar.gz. Upon untar-/unzip-ing, it will reveal these files:

    -
    -# tar xvzf cups-samba-1.1.19.tar.gz 
    -
    -   cups-samba.install
    -   cups-samba.license
    -   cups-samba.readme
    -   cups-samba.remove
    -   cups-samba.ss
    -
    -

    +root# tar xvzf cups-samba-1.1.19.tar.gz +cups-samba.install +cups-samba.license +cups-samba.readme +cups-samba.remove +cups-samba.ss +

    + + These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software "EPM". The *.install and *.remove files are simple shell scripts, which @@ -9735,26 +9338,20 @@ too). Then it puts the content into /usr/share/cups/drivers/. This content includes 3 files:

    -
    -# tar tv cups-samba.ss
    -
    -    cupsdrvr.dll
    -    cupsui.dll
    -    cups.hlp  
    -
    +root# tar tv cups-samba.ss
    +cupsdrvr.dll
    +cupsui.dll
    +cups.hlp  
     

    The cups-samba.install shell scripts is easy to handle:

    -
    -# ./cups-samba.install
    -
    -   [....]
    -   Installing software...
    -   Updating file permissions...
    -   Running post-install commands...
    -   Installation is complete.        
    -
    +root# ./cups-samba.install
    +[....]
    +Installing software...
    +Updating file permissions...
    +Running post-install commands...
    +Installation is complete.        
     

    The script should automatically put the driver files into the /usr/share/cups/drivers/ directory. @@ -9767,10 +9364,8 @@ copy/move the file (after running the ./cups-samba.install script) manually to the right place.

    -
    -   cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/
    -
    -

    +root# cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/ +

    This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free of charge. No complete source code is provided (yet). The reason is this: it has been developed with the help of the Microsoft Driver @@ -9779,42 +9374,27 @@ Studio 6. Driver developers are not allowed to distribute the whole of the source code as Free Software. However, CUPS developers released the "diff" in source code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of Visual Studio and a DDK will be able to compile for him/herself. -

    Recognize the different Driver Files

    +

    Recognize the different Driver Files

    The CUPS drivers don't support the "older" Windows 95/98/ME, but only the Windows NT/2000/XP client: -

    -
    - [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:]
    -         cups.hlp
    -         cupsdrvr.dll
    -         cupsui.dll
    -
    -

    +

    Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:

    +

    • cups.hlp

    • cupsdrvr.dll

    • cupsui.dll

    +

    Adobe drivers are available for the older Windows 95/98/ME as well as the Windows NT/2000/XP clients. The set of files is different for the different platforms. -

    -
    - [Windows 95, 98, and Me are supported by:]
    -         ADFONTS.MFM
    -         ADOBEPS4.DRV
    -         ADOBEPS4.HLP
    -         DEFPRTR2.PPD
    -         ICONLIB.DLL
    -         PSMON.DLL
    +

    Windows 95, 98, and Me are supported by:

    +

    • ADFONTS.MFM

    • ADOBEPS4.DRV

    • ADOBEPS4.HLP

    • DEFPRTR2.PPD

    • ICONLIB.DLL

    • PSMON.DLL

    +

    Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:

    +

    • ADOBEPS5.DLL

    • ADOBEPSU.DLL

    • ADOBEPSU.HLP

    - [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:] - ADOBEPS5.DLL - ADOBEPSU.DLL - ADOBEPSU.HLP - -

    Note

    +

    Note

    If both, the Adobe driver files and the CUPS driver files for the support of WinNT/2k/XP are present in , the Adobe ones will be ignored and the CUPS ones will be used. If you prefer -- for whatever reason -- to use Adobe-only drivers, move away the 3 CUPS driver files. The Win95/98/ME clients use the Adobe drivers in any case. -

    Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files

    +

    Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files

    Acquiring the Adobe driver files seems to be unexpectedly difficult for many users. They are not available on the Adobe website as single files and the self-extracting and/or self-installing Windows-exe is @@ -9827,12 +9407,12 @@ Generic PostScript printer. After this, the client's where you can get them with smbclient from the CUPS host. A more detailed description about this is in the next (the CUPS printing) chapter. -

    ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for -WinNT/2k/XP"

    +

    ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"

    Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install their "Samba Drivers" package for this purpose with no problem. Retrieve the driver files from the normal download area of the ESP Print Pro software -athttp://www.easysw.com/software.html. +at http://www.easysw.com/software.html. You need to locate the link labelled "SAMBA" amongst the Download Printer Drivers for ESP Print Pro 4.x area and download the package. Once installed, you can prepare any @@ -9843,7 +9423,7 @@ driver files; i.e. mainly setup the [print$] share, etc. The ESP Print Pro package includes the CUPS driver files as well as a (licensed) set of Adobe drivers for the Windows 95/98/ME client family. -

    Caveats to be considered

    +

    Caveats to be considered

    Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually moved the cups.hlp file to /usr/share/cups/drivers/), the driver is @@ -9854,6 +9434,7 @@ tree with WIN40 and "cupsaddsmb" (see also man cupsaddsmb for CUPS since release 1.1.16).

    Tip

    + You may need to put root into the smbpasswd file by running smbpasswd; this is especially important if you should run this whole procedure for the first time, and are not @@ -9863,8 +9444,8 @@ working in an environment where everything is configured for Once the driver files are in the [print$] share and are initialized, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by the Win NT/2k/XP clients. -

    Note

    -
    1. +

      Note

      +

      1. Win 9x/ME clients won't work with the CUPS PostScript driver. For these you'd still need to use the ADOBE*.* drivers as previously. @@ -9875,6 +9456,7 @@ installations in the /usr/share/cups/drivers/ directory. The new cupsaddsmb (from 1.1.16) will automatically prefer "its own" drivers if it finds both.

      2. + Should your Win clients have had the old ADOBE*.* files for the Adobe PostScript driver installed, the download and installation of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP @@ -9882,8 +9464,7 @@ will fail at first. You need to wipe the old driver from the clients first. It is not enough to "delete" the printer, as the driver files will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to re-install the printer. To really get rid of the Adobe driver files on the -clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via Start ---> Settings --> Control Panel --> Printers), +clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via Start, Settings, Control Panel, Printers), right-click onto the folder background and select Server Properties. When the new dialog opens, select the Drivers tab. On the list select the driver you @@ -9893,20 +9474,23 @@ which uses that particular driver. You need to "delete" all printers using this driver in the "Printers" folder first. You will need Administrator privileges to do this.

      3. + Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver to a client, you can easily switch all printers to this one by proceeding -as described elsewhere in the "Samba HOWTO Collection": either change +as described in the printing chapter: either change a driver for an existing printer by running the "Printer Properties" dialog, or use rpcclient with the setdriver sub-command. -

      -

    What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for -Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?

    +

    +

    Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver

    You are interested in a comparison between the CUPS and the Adobe PostScript drivers? For our purposes these are the most important items which weigh in favor of the CUPS ones:

    • no hassle with the Adobe EULA

    • no hassle with the question “Where do I -get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?

    • the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD +get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?”

    • + + the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD associated with them) often put a PJL header in front of the main PostScript part of the print file. Thus the printfile starts with <1B >%-12345X or @@ -9915,8 +9499,10 @@ of %!PS). This leads to the CUPS daemon auto-typing the incoming file as a print-ready file, not initiating a pass through the "pstops" filter (to speak more technically, it is not regarded as the generic MIME type + application/postscript, but as the more special MIME type + application/cups.vnd-postscript), which therefore also leads to the page accounting in /var/log/cups/page_log not @@ -9946,7 +9532,7 @@ not disturb any other applications as they will regard it as a comment and simply ignore it).

    • the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the fully fledged CUPS IPP client for Windows NT/2K/XP to be released soon (probably alongside the first Beta release for CUPS -1.2).

    Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)

    +1.2).

    Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)

    The cupsaddsmb command copies the needed files into your [print$] share. Additionally, the PPD associated with this printer is copied from @@ -9955,124 +9541,111 @@ associated with this printer is copied from Windows client installations via Point'n'Print. Before we can run the command successfully, we need to be sure that we can authenticate towards Samba. If you have a small network you are probably using user -level security (security = user). Probably your -root has already a Samba account. Otherwise, create it now, using -smbpasswd: -

    -
    - #  smbpasswd -a root 
    - New SMB password: [type in password 'secret']
    - Retype new SMB password: [type in password 'secret']
    -
    -

    +level security (security = user). +

    Here is an example of a successfully run cupsaddsmb command.

    -
    - #  cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027
    - Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: [type in password 'secret']
    -
    +root# cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027
    +Password for root required to access localhost via Samba: ['secret']
     

    To share all printers and drivers, use the --a parameter instead of a printer name. Since +-a parameter instead of a printer name. Since cupsaddsmb "exports" the printer drivers to Samba, it should be obvious that it only works for queues with a CUPS driver associated. -

    Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output

    +

    Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output

    Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the --v parameter to get a more verbose output. The +-v parameter to get a more verbose output. The output below was edited for better readability: all "\" at the end of a line indicate that I inserted an artificial line break plus some indentation here:

    Warning

    You will see the root password for the Samba account printed on -screen. If you use remote access, the password will go over the wire -unencrypted! -

    -
    -  # cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105
    -  Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA:
    -  Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir W32X86;put   \
    -                   /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd;put           \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll;put            \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll W32X86/cupsui.dll;put                \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp W32X86/cups.hlp'
    -  added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    -  Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    -  NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86
    -  putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd (2328.8 kb/s) \
    -               (average 2328.8 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll as \W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll (9374.3 kb/s)  \
    -               (average 5206.6 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll as \W32X86/cupsui.dll (8107.2 kb/s)      \
    -               (average 5984.1 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp as \W32X86/cups.hlp (3475.0 kb/s)          \
    -               (average 5884.7 kb/s)
    +screen. 
    +

    +root# cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105
    +Password for root required to access localhost via GANDALF:
    +Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' \
    +    -c 'mkdir W32X86; \
    +    put /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd; \
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll; \
    +    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll W32X86/cupsui.dll; \
    +    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp W32X86/cups.hlp'
    +added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    +Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    +NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86
    +putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd
    +putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll as \W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll
    +putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll as \W32X86/cupsui.dll
    +putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp as \W32X86/cups.hlp
       
    -  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"   \
    -                   "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:   \
    -                   RAW:NULL"'
    -  cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll: \
    -                   cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL"
    -  Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed.
    +Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' 
    +   -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"   \
    +   "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:   \
    +    RAW:NULL"'
    +cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" \
    +    "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL"
    +Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed.
       
    -  Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir WIN40;put    \
    -                   /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD; put           \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;put               \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV;put             \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP;put             \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD;put             \
    -                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL
    -  WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;'
    +Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' \
    +-c 'mkdir WIN40; \
    +    put /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD; \
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;   \
    +    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV; \
    +    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP; \
    +    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD; \
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL; \
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;'
       added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
    -  Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
    +  Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
       NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \WIN40
    -  putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD (2328.8 kb/s)  \
    -               (average 2328.8 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM (9368.0 kb/s)     \
    -               (average 6469.6 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV (9958.2 kb/s)   \
    -               (average 8404.3 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP (8341.5 kb/s)   \
    -               (average 8398.6 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD (2195.9 kb/s)   \
    -               (average 8254.3 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL (8239.9 kb/s)     \
    -               (average 8253.6 kb/s)
    -  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as \WIN40/PSMON.DLL (6222.2 kb/s)         \
    -               (average 8188.5 kb/s)
    +  putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD
    +  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM
    +  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV
    +  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP
    +  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD
    +  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL
    +  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as \WIN40/PSMON.DLL
       
    -  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0"      \
    -                   "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP:          \
    -                   PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,PSMON.DLL,     \
    -                   ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"'
    +  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' \
    +   -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0"      \
    +   "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP: \
    +   PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,PSMON.DLL, \
    +    ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"'
       cmd = adddriver "Windows 4.0" "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:          \
    -                   ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,  \
    +    ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,  \
                        PSMON.DLL,ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"
       Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed.
       
    -  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'                                  \
    -                             -c 'setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105'
    +  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'  \
    +   -c 'setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105'
       cmd = setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105
       Successfully set infotec_2105 to driver infotec_2105.
     
     

    -If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transfered +If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transferred unencrypted over the wire, so beware! Also, if you look further her, you'll discover error messages like NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION in between. They occur, because the directories WIN40 and W32X86 already existed in the [print$] driver download share (from a previous driver installation). They are harmless here. -

    Understanding cupsaddsmb

    +

    Understanding cupsaddsmb

    What has happened? What did cupsaddsmb do? There are five stages of the procedure -

    1. call the CUPS server via IPP and request the +

      1. + + call the CUPS server via IPP and request the driver files and the PPD file for the named printer;

      2. store the files temporarily in the local TEMPDIR (as defined in cupsd.conf);

      3. connect via smbclient to the Samba server's [print$] share and put the files into the share's WIN40 (for Win95/98/ME) and W32X86/ (for WinNT/2k/XP) sub - directories;

      4. connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and + directories;

      5. + + connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and execute the "adddriver" command with the correct -parameters;

      6. connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second +parameters;

      7. + + connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second time and execute the "setdriver" command.

      Note, that you can run the cupsaddsmb utility with parameters to specify one remote host as Samba host and a second remote host as CUPS @@ -10081,10 +9654,8 @@ good idea try it and see more clearly what is going on (though in real life most people will have their CUPS and Samba servers run on the same host):

      -
      - # cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername
      -
      -

    How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully

    +root# cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername +

    How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully

    You must always check if the utility completed successfully in all fields. You need as a minimum these 3 messages amongst the output: @@ -10095,7 +9666,7 @@ installed. # (for the WIN40 == Win9x/ME architecture...)

  • Successfully set [printerXPZ] to driver [printerXYZ].

  • These messages probably not easily recognized in the general -output. If you run cupsaddsmb with the -a +output. If you run cupsaddsmb with the -a parameter (which tries to prepare all active CUPS printer drivers for download), you might miss if individual printers drivers had problems to install properly. Here a redirection of the @@ -10105,32 +9676,30 @@ It is impossible to see any diagnostic output if you don't run cupsaddsmb in verbose mode. Therefore we strongly recommend to not use the default quiet mode. It will hide any problems from you which might occur. -

    cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC

    +

    cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC

    You can't get the standard cupsaddsmb command to run on a Samba PDC? You are asked for the password credential all over again and again and the command just will not take off at all? Try one of these variations:

    -
    - # cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername
    - # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername
    - # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -h cups-server -v printername
    -
    +root# cupsaddsmb -U MIDEARTH\\root -v printername
    +root# cupsaddsmb -H SAURON -U MIDEARTH\\root -v printername
    +root# cupsaddsmb -H SAURON -U MIDEARTH\\root -h cups-server -v printername
     

    (Note the two backslashes: the first one is required to "escape" the second one). -

    cupsaddsmb Flowchart

    +

    cupsaddsmb Flowchart

    Here is a chart about the procedures, commandflows and dataflows of the "cupaddsmb" command. Note again: cupsaddsmb is not intended to, and does not work with, "raw" queues! -

    -

    Figure 19.14. cupsaddsmb flowchart

    cupsaddsmb flowchart
    -

    Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client

    +

    +

    Figure 19.16. cupsaddsmb flowchart

    cupsaddsmb flowchart

    +

    Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client

    After cupsaddsmb completed, your driver is prepared for the clients to use. Here are the steps you must perform to download and install it via "Point'n'Print". From a Windows client, browse to the CUPS/Samba server; -

    • open the Printers +

      • open the Printers share of Samba in Network Neighbourhood;

      • right-click on the printer in question;

      • from the opening context-menu select Install... or @@ -10145,6 +9714,7 @@ an application like Winword, the new printer will appears in a \\SambaServer\PrinterName entry in the dropdown list of available printers.

        Note

        + cupsaddsmb will only reliably work with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually @@ -10152,16 +9722,14 @@ install the CUPS printer PPD on top of the Adobe PostScript driver on clients. Then point the client's printer queue to the Samba printer share for a UNC type of connection:

        -
        -  net use lpt1: \\sambaserver\printershare /user:ntadmin
        -
        +C:\> net use lpt1: \\sambaserver\printershare /user:ntadmin
         

        should you desire to use the CUPS networked PostScript RIP functions. (Note that user "ntadmin" needs to be a valid Samba user with the required privileges to access the printershare) This would set up the printer connection in the traditional LanMan way (not using MS-RPC). -

      Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +

      Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the Client

      Soooo: printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, @@ -10187,7 +9755,7 @@ get a printout at all) (Adobe)

    • Sometimes you can choose : in case of problems try 2 instead of 3 (the latest ESP Ghostscript package handles Level 3 PostScript very well) (Adobe).

    • Say Yes to PostScript -Error Handler (Adobe)

    Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +Error Handler (Adobe)

    Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using rpcclient)

    Of course you can run all the commands which are embedded into the cupsaddsmb convenience utility yourself, one by one, and hereby upload @@ -10195,9 +9763,18 @@ and prepare the driver files for future client downloads.

    1. prepare Samba (a CUPS printqueue with the name of the printer should be there. We are providing the driver now);

    2. copy all files to -[print$]:

    3. run rpcclient adddriver -(for each client architecture you want to support):

    4. run rpcclient + [print$]

    5. + + run rpcclient adddriver +(for each client architecture you want to support):

    6. + + run rpcclient setdriver.

    + + + + + We are going to do this now. First, read the man page on "rpcclient" to get a first idea. Look at all the printing related sub-commands. enumprinters, @@ -10208,7 +9785,7 @@ the MS-RPC protocol. You can use it to query (and command) a Win NT (or 2K/XP) PC too. MS-RPC is used by Windows clients, amongst other things, to benefit from the "Point'n'Print" features. Samba can now mimic this too. -

    A Check of the rpcclient man Page

    +

    A Check of the rpcclient man Page

    First let's have a little check of the rpcclient man page. Here are two relevant passages:

    @@ -10241,18 +9818,16 @@ printer driver associated with an installed printer. The printer driver must already be correctly installed on the print server.

    See also the enumprinters and enumdrivers commands for obtaining a list of installed printers and drivers. -

    Understanding the rpcclient man Page

    +

    Understanding the rpcclient man page

    The exact format isn't made too clear by the man page, since you have to deal with some parameters containing spaces. Here is a better description for it. We have line-broken the command and indicated the breaks with "\". Usually you would type the command in one line without the linebreaks: -

    -
    +

      adddriver "Architecture" \
                "LongPrinterName:DriverFile:DataFile:ConfigFile:HelpFile:\
                LanguageMonitorFile:DataType:ListOfFiles,Comma-separated"
    -
     

    What the man pages denotes as a simple <config> keyword, does in reality consist of 8 colon-separated fields. The @@ -10277,22 +9852,22 @@ box now, and access it from a UNIX workstation. We will query it with rpcclient to see what it tells us and try to understand the man page more clearly which we've read just now. -

    Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box

    +

    Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box

    + + We could run rpcclient with a getdriver or a getprinter subcommand (in level 3 verbosity) against it. Just sit down at UNIX or Linux workstation with the Samba utilities installed. Then type the following command:

    -
    - rpcclient -U'USERNAME%PASSWORD' NT-SERVER-NAME -c 'getdriver printername 3'
    -
    +root# rpcclient -U'USERNAME%PASSWORD' NT-SERVER-NAME -c 'getdriver printername 3'
     

    From the result it should become clear which is which. Here is an example from my installation: -

    -
    -# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER -c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3'
    +

    +root# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER \
    +	-c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3'
      cmd = getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3
     
      [Windows NT x86]
    @@ -10322,15 +9897,16 @@ Some printer drivers list additional files under the label
     ListOfFiles,Comma-separated. For the CUPS
     PostScript drivers we don't need any (nor would we for the Adobe
     PostScript driver): therefore the field will get a "NULL" entry.
    -

    What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed

    +

    What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed

    From the manpage (and from the quoted output of cupsaddsmb, above) it becomes clear that you need to have certain conditions in order to make the manual uploading and initializing of the driver files succeed. The two rpcclient + subcommands (adddriver and setdriver) need to encounter the following pre-conditions to complete successfully: -

    • you are connected as "printer admin", or root (note, +

      • you are connected as printer admin, or root (note, that this is not the "Printer Operators" group in NT, but the printer admin group, as defined in the [global] section of @@ -10345,7 +9921,10 @@ to escape the "$": smbclient //sambaserver/print\$ root);

      • the user you're connecting as must be able to write to the [print$] share and create subdirectories;

      • the printer you are going to setup for the Windows -clients, needs to be installed in CUPS already;

      • the CUPS printer must be known to Samba, otherwise the +clients, needs to be installed in CUPS already;

      • + + + the CUPS printer must be known to Samba, otherwise the setdriver subcommand fails with an NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL error. To check if the printer is known by Samba you may use the enumprinters subcommand to @@ -10353,30 +9932,25 @@ rpcclient. A long-standing bug prevented a proper update of the printer list until every smbd process had received a SIGHUP or was restarted. Remember this in case you've created the CUPS printer just shortly ago and encounter problems: try restarting -Samba.

    Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps

    +Samba.

    Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps

    We are going to install a printer driver now by manually executing all required commands. As this may seem a rather complicated process at first, we go through the procedure step by step, explaining every single action item as it comes up. -

    First Step: Install the Printer on CUPS

    -
    -# lpadmin -p mysmbtstprn -v socket://10.160.51.131:9100 -E -P /home/kurt/canonIR85.ppd
    -
    +

    Procedure 19.1. Manual Driver Installation installation

    1. Install the Printer on CUPS

      +root# lpadmin -p mysmbtstprn -v socket://10.160.51.131:9100 -E -P canonIR85.ppd
       

      This installs printer with the name mysmbtstprn to the CUPS system. The printer is accessed via a socket (a.k.a. JetDirect or Direct TCP/IP) connection. You need to be root for this step -

    Second Step (optional): Check if the Printer is recognized by -Samba

    -
    - # rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn
    -
    -        flags:[0x800000]
    -        name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    -        description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,,mysmbtstprn]
    -        comment:[mysmbtstprn]
    -
    +

  • (optional) Check if the Printer is recognized by +Samba

    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn
    +flags:[0x800000]
    +name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    +description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,,mysmbtstprn]
    +comment:[mysmbtstprn]
     

    This should show the printer in the list. If not, stop and re-start the Samba daemon (smbd), or send a HUP signal: kill -HUP @@ -10388,24 +9962,25 @@ already. You need to know root's Samba password (as set by the following steps. Alternatively you can authenticate as one of the users from the "write list" as defined in smb.conf for [print$]. -

  • Third Step (optional): Check if Samba knows a Driver for the -Printer

    -
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver
    -         drivername:[]
    - 
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv
    -        servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
    -        printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    -        sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
    -        portname:[Samba Printer Port]
    -        drivername:[]
    -        comment:[mysmbtstprn]
    -        location:[]
    -        sepfile:[]
    -        printprocessor:[winprint]
    +

  • (optional) Check if Samba knows a Driver for the +Printer

    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
    +			| grep driver 
    +drivername:[]
    +
    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
    +	| grep -C4 driv
    +servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
    +printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    +sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
    +portname:[Samba Printer Port]
    +drivername:[]
    +comment:[mysmbtstprn]
    +location:[]
    +sepfile:[]
    +printprocessor:[winprint]
      
    -#  rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost
    +root# rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost
      result was WERR_UNKNOWN_PRINTER_DRIVER
     
     

    @@ -10414,16 +9989,14 @@ This step was done for the purpose of demonstrating this condition. An attempt to connect to the printer at this stage will prompt the message along the lines: "The server has not the required printer driver installed". -

  • Fourth Step: Put all required Driver Files into Samba's -[print$]

    -
    -#  smbclient //localhost/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx'                        \ 
    -                              -c 'cd W32X86;                                             \
    -                                  put /etc/cups/ppd/mysmbtstprn.ppd mysmbtstprn.PPD;     \
    -                                  put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll cupsui.dll;     \
    -                                  put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll cupsdrvr.dll; \
    -                                  put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp cups.hlp'
    -
    +

  • Put all required Driver Files into Samba's +[print$]

    +root# smbclient //localhost/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' \
    +	-c 'cd W32X86; \
    +	put /etc/cups/ppd/mysmbtstprn.ppd mysmbtstprn.PPD; \ 
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll cupsui.dll; \
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll cupsdrvr.dll; \
    +	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp cups.hlp'
     

    (Note that this command should be entered in one long single line. Line-breaks and the line-end indicating "\" has been inserted @@ -10433,31 +10006,26 @@ present in the [print$] share. However, client would still not be able to install them, because Samba does not yet treat them as driver files. A client asking for the driver would still be presented with a "not installed here" message. -

  • Fifth Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now

    -
    -#  ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/
    - total 669
    - drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:08 2
    - drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 25 23:21 cupsdrvr.dll
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 25 23:21 cupsui.dll
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
    -
    +

  • Verify where the Driver Files are now

    +root# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/
    +total 669
    +drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:08 2
    +drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 25 23:21 cupsdrvr.dll
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 25 23:21 cupsui.dll
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
     

    The driver files now are in the W32X86 architecture "root" of [print$]. -

  • Sixth Step: Tell Samba that these are +

  • Tell Samba that these are Driver Files -(adddriver)

  • -
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \
    -                                          cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD:                  \
    -                                          cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW[:]NULL"             \
    -                                          localhost
    -
    - Printer Driver mydrivername successfully installed.
    -
    +(adddriver)

    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \
    +  cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD: \
    +  cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL" \
    +  localhost
    +Printer Driver mydrivername successfully installed.
     

    Note that your cannot repeat this step if it fails. It could fail even as a result of a simple typo. It will most likely have moved a part of @@ -10468,49 +10036,41 @@ driver. It is normally a good idea to use the same name as is used for the printername; however, in big installations you may use this driver for a number of printers which have obviously different names. So the name of the driver is not fixed. -

    Seventh Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now

    -
    -#  ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/
    - total 1
    - drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:22 2
    - drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
    -
    - 
    -#  ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/2
    - total 5039
    - [....]
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 13 13:53 cupsdrvr.dll
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 13 13:53 cupsui.dll
    - -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
    -
    +

  • Verify where the Driver Files are now

    +root# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/
    +total 1
    +drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:22 2
    +drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
    +
    +root# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/2
    +total 5039
    +[....]
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 13 13:53 cupsdrvr.dll
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 13 13:53 cupsui.dll
    +-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
     

    Notice how step 6 did also move the driver files to the appropriate subdirectory. Compare with the situation after step 5. -

  • Eighth Step (optional): Verify if Samba now recognizes the -Driver

    -
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost | grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername
    -
    - Printer Driver Info 3:
    -        Version: [2]
    -        Driver Name: [mydrivername]
    -        Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
    -        Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
    -        Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
    -        Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
    -        Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
    -
    +

  • (optional) Verify if Samba now recognizes the +Driver

    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost \
    +	| grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername
    +Printer Driver Info 3:
    +Version: [2]
    +Driver Name: [mydrivername]
    +Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
    +Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
    +Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
    +Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
    +Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
     

    Remember, this command greps for the name you did choose for the driver in step Six. This command must succeed before you can proceed. -

  • Ninth Step: Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver -Files (setdriver)

    -
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost
    - 
    - Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername
    -
    +

  • Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver +Files (setdriver)

    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost
    +Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername
     

    Since you can bind any printername (=printqueue) to any driver, this is a very convenient way to setup many queues which use the same @@ -10518,50 +10078,53 @@ driver. You don't need to repeat all the previous steps for the setdriver command to succeed. The only pre-conditions are: enumdrivers must find the driver and enumprinters must find the printer. -

  • Tenth Step (optional): Verify if Samba has this Association -recognized

    -
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver
    -       drivername:[mydrivername]
    +

  • (optional) Verify if Samba has this Association +recognized

    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
    +  | grep driver
    +drivername:[mydrivername]
      
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv
    -       servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
    -       printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    -       sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
    -       portname:[Done]
    -       drivername:[mydrivername]
    -       comment:[mysmbtstprn]
    -       location:[]
    -       sepfile:[]
    -       printprocessor:[winprint]
    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
    +  | grep -C4 driv
    +servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
    +printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    +sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
    +portname:[Done]
    +drivername:[mydrivername]
    +comment:[mysmbtstprn]
    +location:[]
    +sepfile:[]
    +printprocessor:[winprint]
      
    -#  rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost
    - [Windows NT x86]
    - Printer Driver Info 3:
    -       Version: [2]
    -       Driver Name: [mydrivername]
    -       Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
    -       Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
    -       Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
    -       Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
    -       Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
    -       Monitorname: []
    -       Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
    -       Monitorname: []
    -       Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
    +root# rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost
    +[Windows NT x86]
    +Printer Driver Info 3:
    +     Version: [2]
    +     Driver Name: [mydrivername]
    +     Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
    +     Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
    +     Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
    +     Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
    +     Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
    +     Monitorname: []
    +     Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
    +     Monitorname: []
    +     Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
      
    -#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep mysmbtstprn
    -       name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    -       description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,mydrivername,mysmbtstprn]
    -       comment:[mysmbtstprn]
    +root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep mysmbtstprn
    +     name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
    +     description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,mydrivername,mysmbtstprn]
    +     comment:[mysmbtstprn]
     
     

    + Compare these results with the ones from steps 2 and 3. Note that every single of these commands show the driver is installed. Even the enumprinters command now lists the driver on the "description" line. -

  • Eleventh Step (optional): Tickle the Driver into a correct -Device Mode

    +

  • (optional) Tickle the Driver into a correct +Device Mode

    + You certainly know how to install the driver on the client. In case you are not particularly familiar with Windows, here is a short recipe: browse the Network Neighbourhood, go to the Samba server, look @@ -10578,39 +10141,32 @@ It is important that you execute this step as a Samba printer admin to do this on Windows XP. It uses a commandline, which you may type into the "DOS box" (type root's smbpassword when prompted):

    -
    - C:\> runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n \\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
    -
    +C:\> runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n\
    +			\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
     

    -Change any printer setting once (like "portrait" ---> "landscape"), click "Apply"; change the setting +Change any printer setting once (like changing "portrait" to + "landscape"), click Apply; change the setting back. -

  • Twelfth Step: Install the Printer on a Client -("Point'n'Print")

    -
    - C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
    -
    +

  • Install the Printer on a Client +("Point'n'Print")

    +C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
     

    If it doesn't work it could be a permission problem with the [print$] share. -

  • Thirteenth Step (optional): Print a Test Page

    -
    - C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
    -
    +

  • Thirteenth Step (optional): Print a Test Page

    +C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
     

    Then hit [TAB] 5 times, [ENTER] twice, [TAB] once and [ENTER] again and march to the printer. -

  • Fourteenth Step (recommended): Study the Test Page

    +

  • Fourteenth Step (recommended): Study the Test Page

    Hmmm.... just kidding! By now you know everything about printer installations and you don't need to read a word. Just put it in a frame and bolt it to the wall with the heading "MY FIRST RPCCLIENT-INSTALLED PRINTER" - why not just throw it away! -

  • Fifteenth Step (obligatory): Enjoy. Jump. Celebrate your -Success

    -
    -# echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." >> /var/log/samba/log.smbd     
    -
    -

    Troubleshooting revisited

    +

  • Fifteenth Step (obligatory): Enjoy. Jump. Celebrate your +Success

    +root# echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." >> /var/log/samba/log.smbd
    +
  • Troubleshooting revisited

    The setdriver command will fail, if in Samba's mind the queue is not already there. You had promising messages about the:

    @@ -10625,7 +10181,8 @@ a disappointing message like this one beneath?
      result was NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL
     
     

    -It is not good enough that you + +It is not good enough that you can see the queue in CUPS, using the lpstat -p ir85wm command. A bug in most recent versions of Samba prevents the proper update of @@ -10634,26 +10191,35 @@ fails unless you re-start Samba or send a HUP to all smbd processes. To verify if this is the reason why Samba doesn't execute the setdriver command successfully, check if Samba "sees" the printer: -

    -
    -# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep  ir85wm
    +

    +root# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep  ir85wm
             printername:[ir85wm]
    -
     

    An alternative command could be this: -

    -
    -# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm' 
    +

    +root# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm' 
             cmd = getprinter ir85wm
             flags:[0x800000]
             name:[\\transmeta\ir85wm]
             description:[\\transmeta\ir85wm,ir85wm,DPD]
             comment:[CUPS PostScript-Treiber for WinNT/2K/XP]
    -
     

    BTW, you can use these commands, plus a few more, of course, to install drivers on remote Windows NT print servers too! -

    The printing *.tdb Files

    +

    The printing *.tdb Files

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + Some mystery is associated with the series of files with a tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are connections.tdb, @@ -10668,12 +10234,12 @@ tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are ntprinters.tdb, sessionid.tdb and secrets.tdb. What is their purpose? -

    Trivial DataBase Files

    +

    Trivial DataBase Files

    A Windows NT (Print) Server keeps track of all information needed to serve its duty toward its clients by storing entries in the Windows "Registry". Client queries are answered by reading from the registry, Administrator or user configuration settings are saved by writing into -the Registry. Samba and Unix obviously don't have such a kind of +the Registry. Samba and UNIX obviously don't have such a kind of Registry. Samba instead keeps track of all client related information in a series of *.tdb files. (TDB = Trivial Data Base). These are often located in /var/lib/samba/ @@ -10681,7 +10247,7 @@ or /var/lock/samba/ . The printing related files are ntprinters.tdb, printing.tdb,ntforms.tdb and ntdrivers.tdb. -

    Binary Format

    +

    Binary Format

    *.tdb files are not human readable. They are written in a binary format. "Why not ASCII?", you may ask. "After all, ASCII configuration files are a good and proofed tradition on UNIX." @@ -10694,7 +10260,7 @@ same time. The file format of Samba's *.tdb files allows for this provision. Many smbd processes may write to the same *.tdb file at the same time. This wouldn't be possible with pure ASCII files. -

    Losing *.tdb Files

    +

    Losing *.tdb Files

    It is very important that all *.tdb files remain consistent over all write and read accesses. However, it may happen that these files do get corrupted. (A @@ -10704,13 +10270,12 @@ etc.). In cases of trouble, a deletion of the old printing-related *.tdb files may be the only option. You need to re-create all print related setup after that. Or you have made a backup of the *.tdb files in time. -

    Using tdbbackup

    +

    Using tdbbackup

    Samba ships with a little utility which helps the root user of your system to back up your *.tdb files. If you run it with no argument, it prints a little usage message:

    -
    -# tdbbackup
    +root# tdbbackup
      Usage: tdbbackup [options] <fname...>
      
      Version:3.0a
    @@ -10721,32 +10286,30 @@ with no argument, it prints a little usage message:
     

    Here is how I backed up my printing.tdb file:

    -
    -# ls 
    - .           browse.dat       locking.tdb     ntdrivers.tdb   printing.tdb    share_info.tdb
    - ..          connections.tdb  messages.tdb    ntforms.tdb     printing.tdbkp  unexpected.tdb
    - brlock.tdb  gmon.out         namelist.debug  ntprinters.tdb  sessionid.tdb
    +root# ls
    +.              browse.dat       locking.tdb     ntdrivers.tdb   printing.tdb
    +..             share_info.tdb   connections.tdb messages.tdb    ntforms.tdb
    +printing.tdbkp unexpected.tdb   brlock.tdb      gmon.out        namelist.debug  
    +ntprinters.tdb sessionid.tdb
      
    - kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # tdbbackup -s .bak printing.tdb
    +root# tdbbackup -s .bak printing.tdb
      printing.tdb : 135 records
      
    - kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # ls -l printing.tdb*
    +root# ls -l printing.tdb*
      -rw-------    1 root     root        40960 May  2 03:44 printing.tdb
      -rw-------    1 root     root        40960 May  2 03:44 printing.tdb.bak
     
    -

    CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org

    +

    CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org

    CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can install the generic driver as follows: -

    -
    -lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd
    -
    +

    +root# lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd
     

    -The -m switch will retrieve the +The -m switch will retrieve the laserjet.ppd from the standard repository for not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in /usr/share/cups/model. Alternatively, you may use --P /path/to/your.ppd. +-P /path/to/your.ppd.

    The generic laserjet.ppd however does not support every special option for every LaserJet-compatible model. It constitutes a sort of "least @@ -10758,6 +10321,7 @@ best used for each printer. Its database is kept current by the tireless work of Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft, who is also the principal author of the foomatic-rip utility.

    Note

    + The former "cupsomatic" concept is now be replaced by the new, much more powerful "foomatic-rip". foomatic-rip is the successor of cupsomatic. cupsomatic is no longer maintained. Here is the new URL @@ -10768,7 +10332,7 @@ not work with PPDs generated for the old cupsomatic. The new-style PPDs are 100% compliant to the Adobe PPD specification. They are intended to be used by Samba and the cupsaddsmb utility also, to provide the driver files for the Windows clients also! -

    foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained

    +

    foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained

    Nowadays most Linux distros rely on the utilities of Linuxprinting.org to create their printing related software (which, BTW, works on all UNIXes and on Mac OS X or Darwin too). It is not known as well as it @@ -10785,7 +10349,7 @@ its Foomatic< database. Currently there are 245 drivers in the database: many drivers support various models, and many models may be driven by different drivers; it's your choice! -

    690 "perfect" Printers

    +

    690 "perfect" Printers

    At present there are 690 devices dubbed as working "perfectly", 181 "mostly", 96 "partially" and 46 are "Paperweights". Keeping in mind that most of these are non-PostScript models (PostScript printers are @@ -10796,7 +10360,7 @@ doesn't also scan and copy and fax under GNU/Linux: then this is a truly astonishing achievement. Three years ago the number was not more than 500, and Linux or UNIX "printing" at the time wasn't anywhere near the quality it is today! -

    How the "Printing HOWTO" started it all

    +

    Foomatic's strange Name

    +

    Foomatic's strange Name

    "Why the funny name?", you ask. When it really took off, around spring 2000, CUPS was far less popular than today, and most systems used LPD, LPRng or even PDQ to print. CUPS shipped with a few generic "drivers" @@ -10833,7 +10397,7 @@ developments available for CUPS;

  • It made available a lot of addit to CUPS users (because often the "traditional" Ghostscript way of printing was the only one available);

  • It gave all the advanced CUPS options (web interface, GUI driver configurations) to users wanting (or needing) to use -Ghostscript filters.

  • cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic

    +Ghostscript filters.

    cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic

    CUPS worked through a quickly-hacked up filter script named cupsomatic. cupsomatic ran the printfile through Ghostscript, constructing automatically the rather complicated command line needed. It just @@ -10867,8 +10431,8 @@ Foomatic up to versions 2.0.x required (ugly) Perl data structures attached the Linuxprinting.org PPDs for CUPS. It had a different "*omatic" script for every spooler, as well as different printer configuration files.. -

    7.13.1.5.The Grand Unification -achieved...

    +

    The Grand Unification +achieved...

    This all has changed in Foomatic versions 2.9 (Beta) and released as "stable" 3.0. This has now achieved the convergence of all *omatic scripts: it is called the foomatic-rip. @@ -10903,7 +10467,7 @@ sizes for many printers; and it will support printing on media drawn from different paper trays within the same job (in both cases: even where there is no support for this from Windows-based vendor printer drivers). -

    Driver Development outside

    +

    Driver Development outside

    Most driver development itself does not happen within Linuxprinting.org. Drivers are written by independent maintainers. Linuxprinting.org just pools all the information, and stores it in its @@ -10916,7 +10480,7 @@ the work is currently done in three projects. These are:

    • Omni -- a Free Software project by IBM which tries to convert their printer driver knowledge from good-ol' OS/2 times into a modern, modular, -universal driver architecture for Linux/Unix (still Beta). This +universal driver architecture for Linux/UNIX (still Beta). This currently supports 437 models.

    • HPIJS -- a Free Software project by HP to provide the support for their own range of models (very mature, printing in most cases is perfect and @@ -10926,8 +10490,8 @@ effort, started by Michael Sweet (also lead developer for CUPS), now directed by Robert Krawitz, which has achieved an amazing level of photo print quality (many Epson users swear that its quality is better than the vendor drivers provided by Epson for the Microsoft -platforms). This currently supports 522 models.

    Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and -commercial Unix

    +platforms). This currently supports 522 models.

    Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and +commercial UNIX

    Linuxprinting.org today is the one-stop "shop" to download printer drivers. Look for printer information and tutorials or solve printing problems in its popular forums. But @@ -10947,7 +10511,7 @@ of the Foomatic project. Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job in his spare time to maintain Linuxprinting.org and Foomatic. So if you use it often, please send him a note showing your appreciation. -

    Foomatic Database generated PPDs

    +

    Foomatic Database generated PPDs

    The Foomatic database is an amazing piece of ingenuity in itself. Not only does it keep the printer and driver information, but it is organized in a way that it can generate "PPD" files "on the fly" from @@ -10972,7 +10536,7 @@ GUI tools (like KDE's marvellous "gtklp", "xpp" and the CUPS web interface) read the PPD too and use this information to present the available settings to the user as an intuitive menu selection. -

    foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation

    +

    foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation

    Here are the steps to install a foomatic-rip driven "LaserJet 4 Plus" compatible printer in CUPS (note that recent distributions of SuSE, UnitedLinux and Mandrake may ship with a complete package of @@ -10986,11 +10550,11 @@ link.

  • You'll arrive at a page listing all drivers working with this model (for all printers, there will always be one recommended driver. Try this one first).

  • In our case ("HP LaserJet 4 Plus"), we'll arrive here: -http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus + http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus

  • The recommended driver is "ljet4".

  • There are several links provided here. You should visit them all, if you are not familiar with the Linuxprinting.org database.

  • There is a link to the database page for the "ljet4": -http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4 + http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4 On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed information about how to use that driver within the various available spoolers.

  • Another link may lead you to the homepage of the @@ -11031,9 +10595,7 @@ the /usr/share/cups/model/ path and re-start cupsd).

  • Then install the printer with a suitable commandline, e.g.:

    -
    -lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P path/to/my-printer.ppd
    -
    +root# lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P path/to/my-printer.ppd
     
  • Note again this: for all the new-style "Foomatic-PPDs" from Linuxprinting.org, you also need a special "CUPS filter" named "foomatic-rip".Get the latest version of "foomatic-rip" from: http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0 @@ -11071,7 +10633,7 @@ the driver/model) contain support for a certain "device", representing the selected "driver" for your model (as shown by "gs -h")

  • foomatic-rip needs a new version of PPDs (PPD versions produced for cupsomatic don't work with -foomatic-rip).

  • Page Accounting with CUPS

    +foomatic-rip).

    Page Accounting with CUPS

    Often there are questions regarding "print quotas" wherein Samba users (that is, Windows clients) should not be able to print beyond a certain amount of pages or data volume per day, week or month. This @@ -11084,18 +10646,17 @@ Of course one could "hack" things with one's own scripts. But then there is CUPS. CUPS supports "quotas" which can be based on sizes of jobs or on the number of pages or both, and are spanning any time period you want. -

    Setting up Quotas

    +

    Setting up Quotas

    This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS, assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter": -

    -
    -  lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100
    -
    +

    +root# lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 \
    +	-o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100
     

    This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of data (whichever comes first) within the last 604,800 seconds ( = 1 week). -

    Correct and incorrect Accounting

    +

    Correct and incorrect Accounting

    For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS "pstops" filter, otherwise it uses a "dummy" count of "1". Some printfiles don't pass it (eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1 @@ -11109,8 +10670,8 @@ driver there) to have the chance to get accounting done. If the printer is a non-PostScript model, you need to let CUPS do the job to convert the file to a print-ready format for the target printer. This will be working for currently about 1,000 different printer models, -see http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi). -

    Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients

    +see the driver list at linuxprinting.org/. +

    Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients

    Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not always passed through the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and @@ -11123,14 +10684,14 @@ From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the "CUPS PostScript Driver for Windows NT/2K/XP clients" (which is tagged in the download area of http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package). It does not work for Win9x/ME clients. But it guarantees: -

    • to not write an PJL-header

    • to still read and support all PJL-options named in the +

      • to not write an PJL-header

      • to still read and support all PJL-options named in the driver PPD with its own means

      • that the file will pass through the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba server

      • to page-count correctly the printfile

      You can read more about the setup of this combination in the manpage for "cupsaddsmb" (which is only present with CUPS installed, and only current from CUPS 1.1.16). -

    The page_log File Syntax

    +

    The page_log File Syntax

    These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every single page of a job:

    • Printer name

    • User name

    • Job ID

    • Time of printing

    • the page number

    • the number of copies

    • a billing information string @@ -11139,20 +10700,18 @@ single page of a job: Here is an extract of my CUPS server's page_log file to illustrate the format and included items:

      -
      -        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 1 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      -        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 2 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      -        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 3 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      -        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 4 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      -        DigiMaster9110 boss 402 [22/Apr/2003:10:33:22 +0100] 1 440 finance-dep 10.160.51.33
      -
      +infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 1 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      +infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 2 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      +infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 3 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      +infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 4 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
      +DigiMaster9110 boss 402 [22/Apr/2003:10:33:22 +0100] 1 440 finance-dep 10.160.51.33
       

      This was job ID "401", printed on "infotec_IS2027" by user "kurt", a 64-page job printed in 3 copies and billed to "#marketing", sent from IP address 10.160.50.13. The next job had ID "402", was sent by user "boss" from IP address 10.160.51.33,printed from one page 440 copies and is set to be billed to "finance-dep". -

    Possible Shortcomings

    +

    Possible Shortcomings

    What flaws or shortcomings are there with this quota system?

    • the ones named above (wrongly logged job in case of printer hardware failure, etc.)

    • in reality, CUPS counts the job pages that are being @@ -11161,12 +10720,12 @@ processed in software (that is, going thr printing device. Thus if there is a jam while printing the 5th sheet out of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer, the "page count" will still show the figure of 1000 for that job

    • all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility -to give the boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for +to give the boss a higher quota than the clerk), no support for groups

    • no means to read out the current balance or the "used-up" number of current quota

    • a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will still be able to send and print a 1,000 sheet job

    • a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota doesn't get a meaningful error message from CUPS other than -"client-error-not-possible".

    Future Developments

    +"client-error-not-possible".

    Future Developments

    This is the best system currently available, and there are huge improvements under development for CUPS 1.2:

    • page counting will go into the "backends" (these talk @@ -11174,9 +10733,9 @@ directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the actual printing process: thus a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a stop in the counting)

    • quotas will be handled more flexibly

    • probably there will be support for users to inquire their "accounts" in advance

    • probably there will be support for some other tools -around this topic

    Other Accounting Tools

    +around this topic

    Other Accounting Tools

    PrintAnalyzer, pyKota, printbill, LogReport. -

    Additional Material

    +

    Additional Material

    A printer queue with no PPD associated to it is a "raw" printer and all files will go directly there as received by the spooler. The exceptions are file types "application/octet-stream" @@ -11197,10 +10756,8 @@ where "normally" the native CUPS "pstoraster" filter would k in. cupsomatic by-passes pstoraster, "kidnaps" the printfile from CUPS away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscript. CUPS accepts this, because the associated CUPS-O-Matic-/Foomatic-PPD specifies: -

    -
    -   *cupsFilter:  "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic"
    -
    +

    +  *cupsFilter:  "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic"
     

    This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has successfully converted it to the MIME type @@ -11212,30 +10769,24 @@ Jobs arriving from Windows which are auto-typed CUPS is widely configurable and flexible, even regarding its filtering mechanism. Another workaround in some situations would be to have in /etc/cups/mime.types entries as follows: -

    -
    -   application/postscript           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
    -   application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
    -
    +

    + application/postscript           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
    + application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
     

    This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather, they will through the virtual nullfilter denoted with "-"). This could only be useful for PS printers. If you want to print PS code on non-PS printers (provided they support ASCII text printing) an entry as follows could be useful: -

    -
    -   */*           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
    -
    +

    + */*           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
     

    and would effectively send all files to the backend without further processing.

    Lastly, you could have the following entry: -

    -
    -   application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  my_PJL_stripping_filter
    -
    +

    +application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 my_PJL_stripping_filter
     

    You will need to write a my_PJL_stripping_filter (could be a shellscript) that parses the PostScript and removes the @@ -11254,16 +10805,15 @@ the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no user is allowed to have direct access (such as when the operators often need to load the proper paper type before running the 10,000 page job requested by marketing for the mailing, etc.). -

    Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files

    +

    Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files

    Samba print files pass through two "spool" directories. One is the -incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the path = -/var/spool/samba directive in the -[printers] section of +incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the path = /var/spool/samba directive in the +[printers] section of smb.conf). The other is the spool directory of your UNIX print subsystem. For CUPS it is normally /var/spool/cups/, as set by the cupsd.conf directive RequestRoot /var/spool/cups. -

    CUPS Configuration Settings explained

    +

    CUPS Configuration Settings explained

    Some important parameter settings in the CUPS configuration file cupsd.conf are:

    PreserveJobHistory Yes

    @@ -11287,34 +10837,32 @@ maximum to 0 disables this functionality. The default setting is

    (There are also additional settings for "MaxJobsPerUser" and "MaxJobsPerPrinter"...) -

    Pre-conditions

    +

    Pre-conditions

    For everything to work as announced, you need to have three things:

    • a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check on Linux by running "ldd `which smbd`")

    • a Samba-smb.conf setting of -"printing = cups"

    • another Samba-smb.conf setting of -"printcap = cups"

    Note

    + printing = cups

  • another Samba-smb.conf setting of + printcap = cups

  • Note

    In this case all other manually set printing-related commands (like -"print command", "lpq command", "lprm command", "lppause command" or -"lpresume command") are ignored and they should normally have no +print command, +lpq command, +lprm command, +lppause command or +lpresume command) are ignored and they should normally have no influence what-so-ever on your printing. -

    Manual Configuration

    -If you want to do things manually, replace the "printing = -cups" by "printing = bsd". Then your manually set commands may work -(haven't tested this), and a "print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s" +

    Manual Configuration

    +If you want to do things manually, replace the printing = cups +by printing = bsd. Then your manually set commands may work +(haven't tested this), and a print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s" may do what you need. -

    When not to use Samba to print to -CUPS

    -[TO BE DONE] -

    In Case of Trouble.....

    +

    In Case of Trouble.....

    If you have more problems, post the output of these commands to the CUPS or Samba mailing lists (choose the one which seems more relevant to your problem):

    -
    -   grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$
    -   grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;"
    -
    +$ grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$
    +$ grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;"
     

    (adapt paths as needed). These commands leave out the empty lines and lines with comments, providing the "naked settings" in a @@ -11322,18 +10870,12 @@ compact way. Don't forget to name the CUPS and Samba versions you are using! This saves bandwidth and makes for easier readability for experts (and you are expecting experts to read them, right? ;-) -

    Where to find Documentation

    -[TO BE DONE] -

    How to ask for Help

    -[TO BE DONE] -

    Where to find Help

    -[TO BE DONE] -

    Appendix

    Printing from CUPS to Windows attached -Printers

    +

    Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers

    From time to time the question arises, how you can print to a Windows attached printer from Samba. Normally the local connection -"Windows host <--> printer" would be done by USB or parallel +from Windows host to printer would be done by USB or parallel cable, but this doesn't matter to Samba. From here only an SMB connection needs to be opened to the Windows host. Of course, this printer must be "shared" first. As you have learned by now, CUPS uses @@ -11345,33 +10887,29 @@ is in the CUPS backend directory. This resides usually in file there. It should be a symlink to smbspool which file must exist and be executable:

    -
    - # ls -l /usr/lib/cups/backend/   
    - total 253
    - drwxr-xr-x    3 root     root          720 Apr 30 19:04 .
    - drwxr-xr-x    6 root     root          125 Dec 19 17:13 ..
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 canon
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 epson
    - lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            3 Apr 17 22:50 http -> ipp
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        17316 Apr 17 22:50 ipp
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        15420 Apr 20 17:01 lpd
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         8656 Apr 20 17:01 parallel
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         2162 Mar 31 23:15 pdfdistiller
    - lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           25 Apr 30 19:04 ptal -> /usr/local/sbin/ptal-cups
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         6284 Apr 20 17:01 scsi
    - lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           17 Apr  2 03:11 smb -> /usr/bin/smbspool
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         7912 Apr 20 17:01 socket
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         9012 Apr 20 17:01 usb
    -
    -# ls -l `which smbspool`
    - -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root       563245 Dec 28 14:49 /usr/bin/smbspool
    -
    +root# ls -l /usr/lib/cups/backend/
    +total 253
    +drwxr-xr-x    3 root     root          720 Apr 30 19:04 .
    +drwxr-xr-x    6 root     root          125 Dec 19 17:13 ..
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 canon
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 epson
    +lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            3 Apr 17 22:50 http -> ipp
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        17316 Apr 17 22:50 ipp
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        15420 Apr 20 17:01 lpd
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         8656 Apr 20 17:01 parallel
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         2162 Mar 31 23:15 pdfdistiller
    +lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           25 Apr 30 19:04 ptal -> /usr/sbin/ptal-cups
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         6284 Apr 20 17:01 scsi
    +lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           17 Apr  2 03:11 smb -> /usr/bin/smbspool
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         7912 Apr 20 17:01 socket
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         9012 Apr 20 17:01 usb
    +
    +root# ls -l `which smbspool`
    +-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root       563245 Dec 28 14:49 /usr/bin/smbspool
     

    If this symlink doesn't exist, create it:

    -
    -# ln -s `which smbspool` /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb
    -
    +root# ln -s `which smbspool` /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb
     

    smbspool has been written by Mike Sweet from the CUPS folks. It is included and ships with Samba. It may also be used with print @@ -11388,9 +10926,8 @@ the Windows host, etc.

    To install a printer with the smb backend on CUPS, use this command:

    -
    -# lpadmin -p winprinter -v smb://WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename -P /path/to/PPD
    -
    +root# lpadmin -p winprinter -v smb://WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename \
    +  -P /path/to/PPD
     

    The PPD must be able to direct CUPS to generate the print data for the target model. For PostScript printers just use @@ -11399,13 +10936,7 @@ what can you do if the printer is only accessible with a password? Or if the printer's host is part of another workgroup? This is provided for: you can include the required parameters as part of the smb:// device-URI. Like this: -

    -
    - smb://WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename 
    - smb://username:password@WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename
    - smb://username:password@WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename
    -
    -

    +

    • smb://WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename

    • smb://username:password@WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename

    • smb://username:password@WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename

    Note that the device-URI will be visible in the process list of the Samba server (e.g. when someone uses the ps -aux command on Linux), even if the username and passwords are sanitized @@ -11416,337 +10947,41 @@ doesn't require a password! Printing will only work if you have a working netbios name resolution up and running. Note that this is a feature of CUPS and you don't necessarily need to have smbd running (but who wants that? :-). -

    More CUPS filtering Chains

    +

    More CUPS filtering Chains

    The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. -

    -#########################################################################
    -#
    -# CUPS in and of itself has this (general) filter chain (CAPITAL
    -# letters are FILE-FORMATS or MIME types, other are filters (this is
    -# true for pre-1.1.15 of pre-4.3 versions of CUPS and ESP PrintPro):
    -#
    -# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     somethingtops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     pstops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     pstoraster   # as shipped with CUPS, independent from any Ghostscipt
    -#      |           # installation on the system
    -#      |  (= "postscipt interpreter")
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     rastertosomething  (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
    -#      |   (= "raster driver")
    -#      V
    -# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     backend
    -#
    -#
    -# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced "rastertosomething" filters as compared to
    -# CUPS, and also a somewhat improved "pstoraster" filter.
    -#
    -# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
    -#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
    -#
    -#########################################################################
    -
    -#########################################################################
    -#
    -# This is how "cupsomatic" comes into play:
    -# =========================================
    -#
    -# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#    somethingtops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#    pstops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
    -#      |                                          V
    -#      V                                         cupsomatic
    -#    pstoraster                                  (constructs complicated
    -#      |  (= "postscipt interpreter")            Ghostscript commandline
    -#      |                                         to let the file be
    -#      V                                         processed by a
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER                    "-sDEVICE=s.th."
    -#      |                                         call...)
    -#      V                                          |
    -#    rastertosomething                            V
    -#      |    (= "raster driver")     +-------------------------+
    -#      |                            | Ghostscript at work.... |
    -#      V                            |                         |
    -# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *-------------------------+
    -#      |                                          |
    -#      V                                          |
    -#    backend <------------------------------------+
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#    THE PRINTER
    -#
    -#
    -# Note, that cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the
    -# "APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT" stage and deviates it gh
    -# the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript installation, bypassing the
    -# "pstoraster" filter (therefore also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers
    -# "rastertosomething", and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS
    -# backend...
    -#
    -# cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent
    -# contribution to printing development, made by people from
    -# Linuxprinting.org. (see also http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html)
    -#
    -# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
    -#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
    -#
    -#########################################################################
    -
    -#########################################################################
    -#
    -# And this is how it works for ESP PrintPro from 4.3:
    -# ===================================================
    -#
    -# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     somethingtops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     pstops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     gsrip
    -#      |  (= "postscipt interpreter")
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     rastertosomething  (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
    -#      |   (= "raster driver")
    -#      V
    -# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     backend
    -#
    -# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
    -#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
    -#
    -#########################################################################
    -
    -#########################################################################
    -#
    -# This is how "cupsomatic" would come into play with ESP PrintPro:
    -# ================================================================
    -#
    -#
    -# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#    somethingtops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#    pstops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
    -#      |                                          V
    -#      V                                         cupsomatic
    -#    gsrip                                       (constructs complicated
    -#      |  (= "postscipt interpreter")            Ghostscript commandline
    -#      |                                         to let the file be
    -#      V                                         processed by a
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER                    "-sDEVICE=s.th."
    -#      |                                         call...)
    -#      V                                          |
    -#    rastertosomething                            V
    -#      |   (= "raster driver")      +-------------------------+
    -#      |                            | Ghostscript at work.... |
    -#      V                            |                         |
    -# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *-------------------------+
    -#      |                                          |
    -#      V                                          |
    -#    backend <------------------------------------+
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#    THE PRINTER
    -#
    -# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
    -#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
    -#
    -#########################################################################
    -
    -#########################################################################
    -#
    -# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15:
    -# ==============================================
    -#
    -# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     somethingtops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     pstops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
    -#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
    -#                  | Ghostscript                                     |
    -#                  | at work...                                      |
    -#                  | (with                                           |
    -#                  | "-sDEVICE=cups")                                |
    -#                  |                                                 |
    -#                  |         (= "postscipt interpreter")             |
    -#                  |                                                 |
    -#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
    -#                                     |
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER >-------+
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     rastertosomething
    -#      |   (= "raster driver")
    -#      V
    -# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     backend
    -#
    -#
    -# NOTE: since version 1.1.15 CUPS "outsourced" the pstoraster process to
    -#       Ghostscript. GNU Ghostscript needs to be patched to handle the
    -#       CUPS requirement; ESP Ghostscript has this builtin. In any case,
    -#       "gs -h" needs to show up a "cups" device. pstoraster is now a
    -#       calling an appropriate "gs -sDEVICE=cups..." commandline to do
    -#       the job. It will output "application/vnd.cup-raster", which will
    -#       be finally processed by a CUPS raster driver "rastertosomething"
    -#       Note the difference to "cupsomatic", which will not output
    -#       CUPS-raster, but a final version of the printfile, ready to be
    -#       sent to the printer. cupsomatic also doesn't use the "cups"
    -#       devicemode in Ghostscript, but one of the classical devicemodes....
    -#
    -# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
    -#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
    -#
    -#########################################################################
    -
    -#########################################################################
    -#
    -# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15, with cupsomatic included:
    -# ========================================================================
    -#
    -# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     somethingtops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     pstops
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
    -#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
    -#                  | Ghostscript        . Ghostscript at work....    |
    -#                  | at work...         . (with "-sDEVICE=           |
    -#                  | (with              .            s.th."          |
    -#                  | "-sDEVICE=cups")   .                            |
    -#                  |                    .                            |
    -#                  | (CUPS standard)    .      (cupsomatic)          |
    -#                  |                    .                            |
    -#                  |          (= "postscript interpreter")           |
    -#                  |                    .                            |
    -#                  +------------------v--------------v---------------+
    -#                                     |              |
    -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER >-------+              |
    -#      |                                             |
    -#      V                                             |
    -#     rastertosomething                              |
    -#      |   (= "raster driver")                       |
    -#      V                                             |
    -# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC >------------------------+
    -#      |
    -#      V
    -#     backend
    -#
    -#
    -# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
    -#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
    -#
    -##########################################################################
    -

    Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing -Problems

    -This is a short description of how to debug printing problems -with Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from -a SMB client to a Samba server, not the other way around. -

    Win9x client can't install driver

    For Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8 +

    Figure 19.17. Filtering chain 1

    Filtering chain 1

    Figure 19.18. Filtering chain with cupsomatic

    Filtering chain with cupsomatic

    Note

    +Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +

    Common Errors

    Win9x client can't install driver

    For Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8 chars (or "8 plus 3 chars suffix") max; otherwise the driver files won't get transferred when you want to download them from -Samba.

    testparm

    Run testparm: It will tell you if -smb.conf parameters are in the wrong -section. Many people have had the "printer admin" parameter in the -[printers] section and experienced -problems. "testparm" will tell you if it sees -this.

    "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for a root password in a -neverending loop

    Have you security = user? Have +Samba.

    "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in + neverending loop

    Have you security = user? Have you used smbpasswd to give root a Samba account? You can do 2 things: open another terminal and execute smbpasswd -a root to create the account, and continue with entering the password into the first terminal. Or break out of the loop by hitting ENTER twice (without trying to type a -password).

    "cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." -message (but I swear there is one!)
    • Have you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means: +password).

    "cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." + message while PPD file is present

    Have you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means: do you have a <Location /printers>....</Location> section in CUPS server's cupsd.conf which doesn't deny access to the host you run "cupsaddsmb" from? It could be an issue if you use cupsaddsmb remotely, or if you use it with a --h parameter: cupsaddsmb -H -sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername. -

  • Is your +-h parameter: cupsaddsmb -H + sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername. +

    Is your "TempDir" directive in cupsd.conf set to a valid value and is it writeable? -

  • I can't connect client to Samba printer.

    Use smbstatus to check which user +

    Client can't connect to Samba printer

    Use smbstatus to check which user you are from Samba's point of view. Do you have the privileges to write into the [print$] -share?

    I can't reconnect to Samba under a new account -from Win2K/XP

    Once you are connected as the "wrong" user (for -example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have map to -guest = bad user), Windows Explorer will not accept an +share?

    Can't reconnect to Samba under new account + from Win2K/XP

    Once you are connected as the "wrong" user (for +example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have +map to guest = bad user), Windows Explorer will not accept an attempt to connect again as a different user. There won't be any byte transfered on the wire to Samba, but still you'll see a stupid error message which makes you think that Samba has denied access. Use @@ -11759,107 +10994,105 @@ indicating a renewed connection attempt? Shut all Explorer Windows. This makes Windows forget what it has cached in its memory as established connections. Then re-connect as the right user. Best method is to use a DOS terminal window and first -do net use z: \\SAMBAHOST\print$ /user:root. Check +do net use z: \\GANDALF\print$ /user:root. Check with smbstatus that you are connected under a different account. Now open the "Printers" folder (on the Samba server in the Network Neighbourhood), right-click the printer in question and select -Connect...

    Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the -"wrong" user

    You see per smbstatus that you are +Connect...

    Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the + "wrong" user

    You see per smbstatus that you are connected as user "nobody"; while you wanted to be "root" or -"printeradmin"? This is probably due to map to guest = bad -user, which silently connects you under the guest account, +"printeradmin"? This is probably due to +map to guest = bad user, which silently connects you under the guest account, when you gave (maybe by accident) an incorrect username. Remove -map to guest, if you want to prevent -this.

    Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on -NT/2K/XP clients gives problems

    First delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then +map to guest, if you want to prevent +this.

    Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on + NT/2K/XP clients gives problems

    First delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then delete all "old" Adobe drivers. (On Win2K/XP, right-click in background of "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties...", select -tab "Drivers" and delete here).

    I can't use "cupsaddsmb"on a Samba server which is -a PDC

    Do you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it -this way: cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v -printername (note the two backslashes: the first one is -required to "escape" the second one).

    I deleted a printer on Win2K; but I still see -its driver

    Deleting a printer on the client won't delete the +tab "Drivers" and delete here).

    Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is + a PDC

    Do you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it +this way: cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v +printername> (note the two backslashes: the first one is +required to "escape" the second one).

    Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shown

    Deleting a printer on the client won't delete the driver too (to verify, right-click on the white background of the "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties" and click on the "Drivers" tab). These same old drivers will be re-used when you try to install a printer with the same name. If you want to update to a new driver, delete the old ones first. Deletion is only possible if no -other printer uses the same driver.

    Win2K/XP "Local Security -Policies"

    Local Security Policies may not +other printer uses the same driver.

    Win2K/XP "Local Security + Policies"

    Local Security Policies may not allow the installation of unsigned drivers. "Local Security Policies" may not allow the installation of printer drivers at -all.

    WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install -printers for all local users"

    Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis. +all.

    WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install + printers for all local users"

    Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis. This means every user needs to install the printer himself. To have a printer available for everybody, you might want to use the built-in IPP client capabilities of WinXP. Add a printer with the print path of http://cupsserver:631/printers/printername. Still looking into this one: maybe a "logon script" could automatically install printers for all -users.

    "Print Change Notify" functions on -NT-clients

    For "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients, +users.

    "Print Change Notify" functions on + NT-clients

    For "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients, these need to run the "Server" service first (re-named to File & Print Sharing for MS Networks in -XP).

    WinXP-SP1

    WinXP-SP1 introduced a Point and Print +XP).

    WinXP-SP1

    WinXP-SP1 introduced a Point and Print Restriction Policy (this restriction doesn't apply to "Administrator" or "Power User" groups of users). In Group Policy -Object Editor: go to User Configuration --> -Administrative Templates --> Control Panel --> +Object Editor: go to User Configuration, + Administrative Templates, Control Panel, Printers. The policy is automatically set to Enabled and the Users can only Point and Print to machines in their Forest . You probably need to change it to Disabled or Users can only Point and Print to these servers in order to make -driver downloads from Samba possible.

    I can't set and save default print options for all -users on Win2K/XP

    How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not +driver downloads from Samba possible.

    Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XP

    How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not very easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring you to a dialog that seems to set everything. All three dialogs look the same. Only one of them does what you intend. You need to be Administrator or Print Administrator to do this for all users. Here is how I do in on XP: -

    1. The first "wrong" way: +

      1. The first "wrong" way: -

        1. Open the Printers +

          1. Open the Printers folder.

          2. Right-click on the printer (remoteprinter on cupshost) and select in context menu Printing Preferences...

          3. Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks -like.

          -
        2. The second "wrong" way: +like.

        +

      2. The second "wrong" way: -

        1. Open the Printers +

          1. Open the Printers folder.

          2. Right-click on the printer (remoteprinter on cupshost) and select in the context menu Properties

          3. Click on the General tab

          4. Click on the button Printing Preferences...

          5. A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back -to the parent dialog.

          -
        2. The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +to the parent dialog.

        +

      3. The third, the "correct" way: (should you do this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second "way" above) -

        1. Click on the Advanced +

          1. Click on the Advanced tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged in as a user with enough privileges).

          2. Click on the Printing Defaults... button.

          3. On any of the two new tabs, click on the Advanced... button.

          4. A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, -identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".

          -

        +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".

      +

    Do you see any difference? I don't either... However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps "C.1.-6." will save any settings permanently and be the defaults for new users. If you want all clients to get the same defaults, you need to conduct these steps as -Administrator (printer admin in +Administrator (printer admin in smb.conf) before a client downloads the driver (the clients can later set their own per-user defaults by following the procedures A. or B. -above).

    What are the most common blunders in driver -settings on Windows clients?

    Don't use Optimize for +above).

    Most common blunders in driver + settings on Windows clients

    Don't use Optimize for Speed: use Optimize for Portability instead (Adobe PS Driver) Don't use Page Independence: No: always @@ -11871,8 +11104,8 @@ printer (Adobe PS Driver). For TrueType Download Options choose Outline. Use PostScript Level 2, if you are having trouble with a non-PS printer, and if -there is a choice.

    I can't make cupsaddsmb work -with newly installed printer

    Symptom: the last command of +there is a choice.

    cupsaddsmb does not work + with newly installed printer

    Symptom: the last command of cupsaddsmb doesn't complete successfully: cmd = setdriver printername printername result was NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL then possibly the printer was not yet @@ -11881,23 +11114,23 @@ Neighbourhood? Did it show up in rpcclient hostname -c 'enumprinters'? Restart smbd (or send a kill -HUP to all processes listed by smbstatus and try -again.

    My permissions on +again.

    Permissions on /var/spool/samba/ get reset after each -reboot

    Have you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to +reboot

    Have you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to the same location? (RequestRoot /var/spool/samba/ in cupsd.conf or the other way round: /var/spool/cups/ is set as -path in the [printers] +path> in the [printers] section). These must be different. Set RequestRoot /var/spool/cups/ in -cupsd.conf and path = -/var/spool/samba in the [printers] +cupsd.conf and path = +/var/spool/samba in the [printers] section of smb.conf. Otherwise cupsd will sanitize permissions to its spool directory with each restart, and -printing will not work reliably.

    My printers work fine: just the printer named "lp" +printing will not work reliably.

    Printer named "lp" intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different -ones

    It is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This -is the traditional Unix name for the default printer. CUPS may be set +ones

    It is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This +is the traditional UNIX name for the default printer. CUPS may be set up to do an automatic creation of "Implicit Classes". This means, to group all printers with the same name to a pool of devices, and loadbalancing the jobs across them in a round-robin fashion. Chances @@ -11906,107 +11139,85 @@ receive his jobs and send your own to his device unwittingly. To have tight control over the printer names, set BrowseShortNames No. It will present any printer as "printername@cupshost" then, giving you a better control over what may happen in a large -networked environment.

    How do I "watch" my Samba server?

    You can use tail -f -/var/log/samba/log.smbd (you may need a different path) to -see a live scrolling of all log messages. smbcontrol smbd -debuglevel tells you which verbosity goes into the -logs. smbcontrol smbd debug 3 sets the verbosity to -a quite high level (you can choose from 0 to 10 or 100). This works -"on the fly", without the need to restart the smbd daemon. Don't use -more than 3 initially; or you'll drown in an ocean of -messages.

    I can't use Samba from my WinXP Home box, while -access from WinXP Prof works flawlessly

    You have our condolences! WinXP home has been -completely neutered by Microsoft as compared to WinXP Prof: you can -not log into a WinNT domain. It cannot join a Win NT domain as a -member server. While it is possible to access domain resources, users -don't have "single sign-on". They need to supply username and password -each time they connect to a resource. Logon scripts and roaming -profiles are not supported. It can serve file and print shares; but -only in "share-mode security" level. It can not use "user-mode -security" (what Windows 95/98/ME still can -do).

    Where do I find the Adobe PostScript driver files -I need for "cupsaddsmb"?

    Use smbclient to connect to any +networked environment.

    Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"

    Use smbclient to connect to any Windows box with a shared PostScript printer: smbclient //windowsbox/print\$ -U guest. You can navigate to the W32X86/2 subdir to mget ADOBE* and other files or to WIN40/0 to do the same. -- Another option is to download the *.exe packaged -files from the Adobe website.

    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes

    -

    Figure 19.15. CUPS Printing Overview

    CUPS Printing Overview
    -

    Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Tim Potter

    Simo Sorce

    original vfs_skel README

    Alexander Bokovoy

    original vfs_netatalk docs

    Stefan Metzmacher

    Update for multiple modules

    Features and Benefits

    +files from the Adobe website.

    An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes

    Figure 19.19. CUPS Printing Overview

    CUPS Printing Overview

    Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Tim Potter

    Simo Sorce

    original vfs_skel README

    Alexander Bokovoy

    original vfs_netatalk docs

    Stefan Metzmacher

    Update for multiple modules

    Features and Benefits

    Since Samba-3, there is support for stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules. Samba passes each request to access the unix file system thru the loaded VFS modules. This chapter covers all the modules that come with the samba source and references to some external modules. -

    Discussion

    +

    Discussion

    If not supplied with your platform distribution binary Samba package you may have problems to compile these modules, as shared libraries are compiled and linked in different ways on different systems. They currently have been tested against GNU/Linux and IRIX. -

    +

    To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below. The -important parameter is the vfs objects parameter where +important parameter is the vfs objects parameter where you can list one or more VFS modules by name. For example, to log all access to files and put deleted files in a recycle bin: -

    -[audit]
    -        comment = Audited /data directory
    -        path = /data
    -        vfs objects = audit recycle
    -        writeable = yes
    -        browseable = yes
    -
    -

    +

    Example 20.1. smb.conf with VFS modules

    [audit]
    comment = Audited /data directory
    path = /data
    vfs objects = audit recycle
    writeable = yes
    browseable = yes

    +

    The modules are used in the order in which they are specified.

    Samba will attempt to load modules from the lib directory in the root directory of the samba installation (usually /usr/lib/samba/vfs or /usr/local/samba/lib/vfs ). -

    +

    Some modules can be used twice for the same share. This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below. -

    -[test]
    -        comment = VFS TEST
    -        path = /data
    -        writeable = yes
    -        browseable = yes
    -        vfs objects = example:example1 example example:test
    -		example1: parameter = 1
    -		example:  parameter = 5
    -		test:	  parameter = 7
    -
    -

    Included modules

    audit

    +

    Example 20.2. smb.conf with multiple VFS modules

    [test]
    comment = VFS TEST
    path = /data
    writeable = yes
    browseable = yes
    vfs objects = example:example1 example example:test
    example1: parameter = 1
    example: parameter = 5
    test: parameter = 7

    +

    Included modules

    audit

    A simple module to audit file access to the syslog facility. The following operations are logged: -
    share
    connect/disconnect
    directory opens/create/remove
    file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod
    -

    extd_audit

    +

    • share

    • connect/disconnect

    • directory opens/create/remove

    • file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod

    +

    extd_audit

    This module is identical with the audit module above except that it sends audit logs to both syslog as well as the smbd log file/s. The loglevel for this module is set in the smb.conf file.

    The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by - the log level parameter in smb.conf. The + the log level parameter in smb.conf. The following information will be recorded: -

    Table 20.1. Extended Auditing Log Information

    Log LevelLog Details - File and Directory Operations
    0Creation / Deletion
    1Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes
    2Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close

    fake_perms

    +

    Table 20.1. Extended Auditing Log Information

    Log LevelLog Details - File and Directory Operations
    0Creation / Deletion
    1Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes
    2Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close

    fake_perms

    This module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server under Unix) as read only. This module will if installed on the Profiles share will report to the client that the Profile files and directories are writable. This satisfies the client even though the files will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down. -

    recycle

    +

    recycle

    A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle - directory instead of being deleted. -

    Supported options: -
    recycle:repository

    FIXME

    recycle:keeptree

    FIXME

    recycle:versions

    FIXME

    recycle:touch

    FIXME

    recycle:maxsize

    FIXME

    recycle:exclude

    FIXME

    recycle:exclude_dir

    FIXME

    recycle:noversions

    FIXME

    -

    netatalk

    + directory instead of being deleted. This gives the same + effect as the "Recycle Bin" on Windows computers. +

    Supported options: +

    recycle:repository

    Relative path of the directory where deleted files should be moved to

    recycle:keeptree

    Specifies whether the directory structure should + be kept or if the files in the directory that is being + deleted should be kept seperately in the recycle bin. +

    recycle:versions

    If this option is set, two files + with the same name that are deleted will both + be kept in the recycle bin. Newer deleted versions + of a file will be called "Copy #x of filename".

    recycle:touch

    Specifies whether a file's access + date should be touched when the file is moved to + the recycle bin.

    recycle:maxsize

    Files that are larger than the number + of bytes specified by this parameter will + not be put into the recycle bin.

    recycle:exclude

    List of files that should not + be put into the recycle bin when deleted, but deleted + in the regular way.

    recycle:exclude_dir

    Contains a list of directories. When files from + these directories are deleted, they are not put into the + recycle bin, but deleted in the regular way. +

    recycle:noversions

    Opposite of recycle:versions. If both options are specified, this one takes precedence.

    +

    netatalk

    A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and netatalk file sharing services. -

    Advantages compared to the old netatalk module: -
    it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync
    if a share in smb.conf doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically
    -

    VFS modules available elsewhere

    +

    Advantages compared to the old netatalk module: +

    • it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync

    • if a share in smb.conf doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically

    +

    VFS modules available elsewhere

    This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that have been posted but don't currently reside in the Samba CVS tree for one reason or another (e.g. it is easy for the maintainer @@ -12014,7 +11225,7 @@ to have his or her own CVS tree).

    No statements about the stability or functionality of any module should be implied due to its presence here. -

    DatabaseFS

    +

    DatabaseFS

    URL: http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php

    By Eric Lorimer.

    I have created a VFS module which implements a fairly complete read-only @@ -12029,25 +11240,47 @@ should be implied due to its presence here. Any feedback would be appreciated: comments, suggestions, patches, etc... If nothing else, hopefully it might prove useful for someone else who wishes to create a virtual filesystem. -

    vscan

    URL: http://www.openantivirus.org/

    samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which uses the VFS (virtual file system) features of Samba 2.2.x/3.0 alphaX. Of course, Samba has to be compiled with VFS support. samba-vscan supports various virus scanners and is maintained by Rainer Link. -

    Common Errors

    -There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? -

    Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind

    Tim Potter

    Samba Team

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    Naag Mummaneni

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    27 June 2002

    Features and Benefits

    Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through - a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous - computing environments for a long time. We present - winbind, a component of the Samba suite - of programs as a solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind - uses a UNIX implementation - of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name - Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate - as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind - system, explaining the functionality it provides, how it is configured, - and how it works internally.

    Introduction

    It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have +

    Chapter 21. Winbind: Use of Domain Accounts

    Tim Potter

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    Naag Mummaneni

    Notes for Solaris

    John Trostel

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    27 June 2002

    Features and Benefits

    + Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has + been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous computing environments for + a long time. +

    + There is one other facility without which UNIX and Microsoft Windows network + interoperability would suffer greatly. It is imperative that there be a + mechanism for sharing files across UNIX systems and to be able to assign + domain user and group ownerships with integrity. +

    + winbind is a component of the Samba suite of programs + solves the unified logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation of Microsoft + RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name Service Switch to + allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate as UNIX users on a UNIX + machine. This chapter describes the winbind system, explaining the functionality + it provides, how it is configured, and how it works internally. +

    + Winbind provides three separate functions: +

    • + Authentication of user credentials (via PAM) +

    • + Identity resolution (via NSS)` +

    • + Windindd maintains a database called winbind_idmap.tdb in which it stores + mappings between UNIX UIDs / GIDs and NT SIDs. This mapping is used only + for users and groups that do not have a local UID/GID. It stored the UID/GID + allocated from the idmap uid/gid range that it has mapped to the NT SID. + If idmap backend has been specified as ldapsam:url + then instead of using a local mapping winbindd will obtain this information + from the LDAP database. +

    Note

    + If winbindd is not running, then smbd (which calls winbindd) will fall back to + using purely local information from /etc/passwd and /etc/group and no dynamic + mapping will be used. +

    Introduction

    It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have different models for representing user and group information and use different technologies for implementing them. This fact has made it difficult to integrate the two systems in a satisfactory @@ -12068,7 +11301,7 @@ There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon - problem.

    What Winbind Provides

    Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by + problem.

    What Winbind Provides

    Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once this is done the UNIX box will see NT users and groups as if they were native UNIX users and groups, allowing the NT domain @@ -12092,7 +11325,7 @@ There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? to provide authentication via a NT domain to any PAM enabled applications. This capability solves the problem of synchronizing passwords between systems since all passwords are stored in a single - location (on the domain controller).

    Target Uses

    Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an + location (on the domain controller).

    Target Uses

    Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish to put UNIX workstations or servers. Winbind will allow these organizations to deploy UNIX workstations without having to @@ -12102,12 +11335,12 @@ There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? be used is as a central part of UNIX based appliances. Appliances that provide file and print services to Microsoft based networks will be able to use Winbind to provide seamless integration of - the appliance into the domain.

    How Winbind Works

    The winbind system is designed around a client/server + the appliance into the domain.

    How Winbind Works

    The winbind system is designed around a client/server architecture. A long running winbindd daemon listens on a UNIX domain socket waiting for requests to arrive. These requests are generated by the NSS and PAM clients and processed sequentially.

    The technologies used to implement winbind are described - in detail below.

    Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls

    Over the last few years, efforts have been underway + in detail below.

    Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls

    Over the last few years, efforts have been underway by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (MSRPC) system. This system is used for most network related operations between @@ -12120,7 +11353,7 @@ There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? users or groups. Other MSRPC calls can be used to authenticate NT domain users and to change user passwords. By directly querying a Windows PDC for user and group information, winbind maps the - NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.

    Microsoft Active Directory Services

    + NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.

    Microsoft Active Directory Services

    Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to interact with Microsoft Windows 2000 using its 'Native Mode' protocols, rather than the NT4 RPC services. @@ -12129,7 +11362,7 @@ There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? same way as a Win2k client would, and in so doing provide a much more efficient and effective winbind implementation. -

    Name Service Switch

    The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is +

    Name Service Switch

    The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone @@ -12151,7 +11384,7 @@ There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? the C library looks in /etc/nsswitch.conf for a line which matches the service type being requested, for example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names - are looked up. This config line species which implementations + are looked up. This config line specifies which implementations of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd config line is:

     passwd: files example
    @@ -12166,7 +11399,7 @@ passwd: files example
     		is to put libnss_winbind.so in /lib/ 
     		then add "winbind" into /etc/nsswitch.conf at 
     		the appropriate place. The C library will then call Winbind to 
    -		resolve user and group names.

    Pluggable Authentication Modules

    Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, + resolve user and group names.

    Pluggable Authentication Modules

    Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different authentication methods for different system applications without @@ -12191,7 +11424,7 @@ passwd: files example is copied to /lib/security/ and the PAM control files for relevant services are updated to allow authentication via winbind. See the PAM documentation - for more details.

    User and Group ID Allocation

    When a user or group is created under Windows NT + for more details.

    User and Group ID Allocation

    When a user or group is created under Windows NT is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers that are used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify @@ -12204,7 +11437,7 @@ passwd: files example time, winbind will have mapped all Windows NT users and groups to UNIX user ids and group ids.

    The results of this mapping are stored persistently in an ID mapping database held in a tdb database). This ensures that - RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.

    Result Caching

    An active system can generate a lot of user and group + RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.

    Result Caching

    An active system can generate a lot of user and group name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind uses a caching scheme based on the SAM sequence number supplied by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned @@ -12215,23 +11448,12 @@ passwd: files example the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry. If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information is discarded and up to date information is requested directly - from the PDC.

    Installation and Configuration

    -Many thanks to John Trostel jtrostel@snapserver.com -for providing the HOWTO for this section. -

    -This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running -to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using -the winbind services which come with SAMBA 3.0. -

    Introduction

    + from the PDC.

    Installation and Configuration

    Introduction

    This section describes the procedures used to get winbind up and -running on a RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access +running. Winbind is capable of providing access and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT or Win2K PDC for 'regular' services, such as telnet a nd ftp, as well for SAMBA services. -

    -This HOWTO has been written from a 'RedHat-centric' perspective, so if -you are using another distribution, you may have to modify the instructions -somewhat to fit the way your distribution works.

    • Why should I to this?

      This allows the SAMBA administrator to rely on the @@ -12247,7 +11469,7 @@ somewhat to fit the way your distribution works. SAMBA server, this HOWTO is for you. That said, I am no NT or PAM expert, so you may find a better or easier way to accomplish these tasks. -

    Requirements

    +

    Requirements

    If you have a Samba configuration file that you are currently using... BACK IT UP! If your system already uses PAM, back up the /etc/pam.d directory @@ -12274,41 +11496,26 @@ winbind modules, you should have at least the pam libraries resident on your system. For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that means pam-0.74-22. For best results, it is helpful to also install the development packages in pam-devel-0.74-22. -

    Testing Things Out

    +

    Testing Things Out

    Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA related daemons running on your server. Kill off all smbd, nmbd, and winbindd processes that may be running. To use PAM, you will want to make sure that you have the -standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the /etc/pam.d +standard PAM package which supplies the /etc/pam.d directory structure, including the pam modules are used by pam-aware services, several pam libraries, and the /usr/doc and /usr/man entries for pam. Winbind built better in SAMBA if the pam-devel package was also installed. This package includes the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. -

    Configure and compile SAMBA

    -The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward. -The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon -whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries. -

    -root# autoconf
    -root# make clean
    -root# rm config.cache
    -root# ./configure
    -root# make
    -root# make install
    -

    -This will, by default, install SAMBA in /usr/local/samba. -See the main SAMBA documentation if you want to install SAMBA somewhere else. -It will also build the winbindd executable and libraries. -

    Configure nsswitch.conf and the +

    Configure nsswitch.conf and the winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris

    The libraries needed to run the winbindd daemon through nsswitch need to be copied to their proper locations, so -

    -
    +

    +

     root# cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib
    -
    -

    +

    +

    I also found it necessary to make the following symbolic link:

    root# ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 @@ -12335,7 +11542,7 @@ is faster (and you don't need to reboot) if you do it manually:

    This makes libnss_winbind available to winbindd and echos back a check to you. -

    NSS Winbind on AIX

    (This section is only for those running AIX)

    +

    NSS Winbind on AIX

    (This section is only for those running AIX)

    The winbind AIX identification module gets built as libnss_winbind.so in the nsswitch directory of the samba source. This file can be copied to /usr/lib/security, and the AIX naming convention would indicate that it @@ -12355,40 +11562,25 @@ Programming Concepts for AIX": "System Management Guide: Operating System and Devices". -

    Configure smb.conf

    +

    Configure smb.conf

    Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control the behavior of winbindd. Configure smb.conf These are described in more detail in the winbindd(8) man page. My smb.conf file was modified to include the following entries in the [global] section: -

    -[global]
    -     <...>
    -     # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username
    -     winbind separator = +
    -     # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users
    -     idmap uid = 10000-20000
    -     # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups
    -     idmap gid = 10000-20000
    -     # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups
    -     winbind enum users = yes
    -     winbind enum groups = yes
    -     # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access)
    -     template homedir = /home/winnt/%D/%U
    -     template shell = /bin/bash
    -

    Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain

    +

    Example 21.1. smb.conf for winbind set-up

    [global]
    ...
    # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username
    winbind separator = +
    # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users
    idmap uid = 10000-20000
    # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups
    winbind gid = 10000-20000
    # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups
    winbind enum users = yes
    winbind enum groups = yes
    # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access)
    template homedir = /home/winnt/%D/%U
    template shell = /bin/bash

    Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain

    Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the PDC domain, where DOMAIN is the name of your Windows domain and Administrator is a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain.

    -root# /usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator +root# /usr/local/samba/bin/net rpc join -S PDC -U Administrator

    The proper response to the command should be: "Joined the domain DOMAIN" where DOMAIN is your DOMAIN name. -

    Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!

    +

    Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!

    Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of SAMBA start, but it is possible to test out just the winbind @@ -12430,8 +11622,7 @@ your PDC. For example, I get the following response: CEO+krbtgt CEO+TsInternetUser

    -Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my winbind -separator is '+'. + Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my winbind separator is '+'.

    You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from the PDC: @@ -12460,7 +11651,7 @@ directories and default shells. The same thing can be done for groups with the command

    root# getent group -

    Fix the init.d startup scripts

    Linux

    +

    Fix the init.d startup scripts

    Linux

    The winbindd daemon needs to start up after the smbd and nmbd daemons are running. To accomplish this task, you need to modify the startup scripts of your system. @@ -12491,18 +11682,18 @@ start() { touch /var/lock/subsys/smb || RETVAL=1 return $RETVAL } -If you would like to run winbindd in dual daemon mode, replace +

    If you would like to run winbindd in dual daemon mode, replace the line -

    +

             daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd
    -
    +

    in the example above with: -

    +

             daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B
    -
    . -

    +

    . +

    The 'stop' function has a corresponding entry to shut down the services and looks like this:

    @@ -12526,7 +11717,7 @@ stop() {
             echo ""
             return $RETVAL
     }
    -
    Solaris

    Winbind doesn't work on Solaris 9, see the Portability chapter for details.

    On Solaris, you need to modify the +

    Solaris

    Winbind doesn't work on Solaris 9, see the Portability chapter for details.

    On Solaris, you need to modify the /etc/init.d/samba.server startup script. It usually only starts smbd and nmbd but should now start winbindd too. If you have samba installed in /usr/local/samba/bin, @@ -12578,22 +11769,22 @@ the file could contains something like this: echo "Usage: /etc/init.d/samba.server { start | stop }" ;; esac - +

    Again, if you would like to run samba in dual daemon mode, replace -

    +

     	/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd
    -
    +

    in the script above with: -

    +

     	/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B
    -
    -
    Restarting

    +

    +

    Restarting

    If you restart the smbd, nmbd, and winbindd daemons at this point, you should be able to connect to the samba server as a domain member just as if you were a local user. -

    Configure Winbind and PAM

    +

    Configure Winbind and PAM

    If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other services, keep reading. The pam configuration files need to be altered in @@ -12613,7 +11804,7 @@ your other pam security modules. On my RedHat system, this was the modules reside in /usr/lib/security.

    root# cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security -

    Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration

    +

    Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration

    The /etc/pam.d/samba file does not need to be changed. I just left this file as it was:

    @@ -12640,7 +11831,7 @@ have individual directories for the domain users already present on
     the server, or change the home directory template to a general
     directory for all domain users.  These can be easily set using 
     the smb.conf global entry 
    -template homedir.
    +template homedir.
     

    The /etc/pam.d/ftp file can be changed to allow winbind ftp access in a manner similar to the @@ -12669,14 +11860,14 @@ same way. It now looks like this: password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session optional /lib/security/pam_console.so -

    -In this case, I added the
    auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
    -lines as before, but also added the
    required pam_securetty.so
    +

    +In this case, I added the

    auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so

    +lines as before, but also added the

    required pam_securetty.so

    above it, to disallow root logins over the network. I also added a -sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass +

    sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass

    line after the winbind.so line to get rid of annoying double prompts for passwords. -

    Solaris-specific configuration

    +

    Solaris-specific configuration

    The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but @@ -12748,15 +11939,15 @@ annoying double prompts for passwords.

    Now restart your Samba and try connecting through your application that you configured in the pam.conf. -

    Conclusion

    The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service +

    Conclusion

    The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative - cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.

    Common Errors

    Winbind has a number of limitations in its current + cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.

    Common Errors

    Winbind has a number of limitations in its current released version that we hope to overcome in future releases:

    • Winbind is currently only available for - the Linux, Solaris and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating + the Linux, Solaris, AIX and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating systems are certainly possible. For such ports to be feasible, we require the C library of the target operating system to support the Name Service Switch and Pluggable Authentication @@ -12768,11 +11959,18 @@ configured in the pam.conf. containing this information is corrupted or destroyed.

    • Currently the winbind PAM module does not take into account possible workstation and logon time restrictions that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is - instead up to the PDC to enforce.

    NSCD Problem Warning

    Note

    + Do NOT under ANY circumstances run nscd on any system + on which winbind is running. +

    + If nscd is running on the UNIX/Linux system, then + even though NSSWITCH is correctly configured it will NOT be possible to resolve + domain users and groups for file and directory controls. +

    Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    April 3 2003

    This section documents peripheral issues that are of great importance to network administrators who want to improve network resource access control, to automate the user environment, and to make their lives a little easier. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    Often the difference between a working network environment and a well appreciated one can best be measured by the little things that makes everything work more harmoniously. A key part of every network environment solution is the ability to remotely @@ -12782,7 +11980,7 @@ network operations.

    This chapter presents information on each of these area. They are placed here, and not in other chapters, for ease of reference. -

    Remote Server Administration

    +

    Remote Server Administration

    How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'?

    Since I don't need to buy an NT4 Server, how do I get the 'User Manager for Domains', @@ -12796,17 +11994,17 @@ Click here to download the archived file Windows NT 4.0 version of the 'User Manager for Domains' and 'Server Manager' are available from Microsoft via ftp from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE -

    Remote Desktop Management

    +

    Remote Desktop Management

    There are a number of possible remote desktop management solutions that range from free through costly. Do not let that put you off. Sometimes the most costly solutions is the most cost effective. In any case, you will need to draw your own conclusions as to which is the best tool in your network environment. -

    Remote Management from NoMachines.Com

    +

    Remote Management from NoMachines.Com

    The following information was posted to the Samba mailing list at Apr 3 23:33:50 GMT 2003. It is presented in slightly edited form (with author details omitted for privacy reasons). The entire answer is reproduced below with some comments removed. -

    -
    +	

    +

     > I have a wonderful linux/samba server running as PDC for a network.
     > Now I would like to add remote desktop capabilities so that
     > users outside could login to the system and get their desktop up from
    @@ -12818,8 +12016,8 @@ is the best tool in your network environment.
     > even if the computer is in a domain?
     >
     > Any ideas/experience would be appreciated :)
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Answer provided: Check out the new offer from NoMachine, "NX" software: http://www.nomachine.com/.

    @@ -12889,7 +12087,7 @@ is the best tool in your network environment. NoMachine are encouraging and offering help to OSS/Free Software implementations for such a frontend too, even if it means competition to them (they have written to this effect even to the LTSP, KDE and GNOME developer mailing lists) -

    Network Logon Script Magic

    +

    Network Logon Script Magic

    This section needs work. Volunteer contributions most welcome. Please send your patches or updates to John Terpstra.

    @@ -12901,10 +12099,10 @@ See examples directory genlogonntlogon subdirectories.

    The following listings are from the genlogon directory. -

    +

    This is the genlogon.pl file: -

    +

     	#!/usr/bin/perl
     	#
     	# genlogon.pl
    @@ -12976,28 +12174,28 @@ This is the genlogon.pl file:
     
     	# All done! Close the output file.
     	close LOGON;
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Those wishing to use more elaborate or capable logon processing system should check out the following sites: -

    http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon
    http://www.kixtart.org
    http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105

    Adding printers without user intervention

    +

    http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon
    http://www.kixtart.org
    http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105

    Adding printers without user intervention

    Printers may be added automatically during logon script processing through the use of: -

    +

     	rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /?
    -
    +

    See the documentation in the Microsoft knowledgebase article no: 189105. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    The information provided in this chapter has been reproduced from postings on the samba@samba.org mailing list. No implied endorsement or recommendation is offered. Administrators should conduct their own evaluation of alternatives and are encouraged to draw their own conclusions. -

    Chapter 23. System and Account Policies

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    April 3 2003

    This chapter summarises the current state of knowledge derived from personal practice and knowledge from samba mailing list subscribers. Before reproduction of posted information effort has been made to validate the information provided. Where additional information was uncovered through this validation it is provided also. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    When MS Windows NT3.5 was introduced the hot new topic was the ability to implement Group Policies for users and group. Then along came MS Windows NT4 and a few sites started to adopt this capability. How do we know that? By way of the number of "booboos" @@ -13016,9 +12214,9 @@ the deployment in many sites. This chapter reviews techniques and methods that c be used to exploit opportunities for automation of control over user desktops and network client workstations.

    -A tool new to Samba-3 may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators' +A tool new to Samba may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators' arsenal. The editreg tool is described in this document. -

    Creating and Managing System Policies

    +

    Creating and Managing System Policies

    Under MS Windows platforms, particularly those following the release of MS Windows NT4 and MS Windows 95) it is possible to create a type of file that would be placed in the NETLOGON share of a domain controller. As the client logs onto the network @@ -13047,13 +12245,13 @@ be a step forward, but improved functionality comes at a great price. Before embarking on the configuration of network and system policies it is highly advisable to read the documentation available from Microsoft's web site regarding -Implementing Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0 from http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp available from Microsoft. +Implementing Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0 available from Microsoft. There are a large number of documents in addition to this old one that should also be read and understood. Try searching on the Microsoft web site for "Group Policies".

    What follows is a very brief discussion with some helpful notes. The information provided here is incomplete - you are warned. -

    Windows 9x/Me Policies

    +

    Windows 9x/Me Policies

    You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to set Group Profiles up under Windows 9x/Me. It can be found on the Original full product Win98 installation CD under tools/reskit/netadmin/poledit. Install this using the @@ -13079,7 +12277,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned. grouppol.inf. Log off and on again a couple of times and see if Win98 picks up group policies. Unfortunately this needs to be done on every Win9x/Me machine that uses group policies. -

    Windows NT4 Style Policy Files

    +

    Windows NT4 Style Policy Files

    To create or edit ntconfig.pol you must use the NT Server Policy Editor, poledit.exe which is included with NT4 Server but not NT Workstation. There is a Policy Editor on a NT4 @@ -13100,14 +12298,14 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned. be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft. -

    Registry Spoiling

    +

    Registry Spoiling

    With NT4 style registry based policy changes, a large number of settings are not automatically reversed as the user logs off. Since the settings that were in the NTConfig.POL file were applied to the client machine registry and that apply to the hive key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE are permanent until explicitly reversed. This is known as tattooing. It can have serious consequences down-stream and the administrator must be extremely careful not to lock out the ability to manage the machine at a later date. -

    MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies

    +

    MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies

    Windows NT4 System policies allows setting of registry parameters specific to users, groups and computers (client workstations) that are members of the NT4 style domain. Such policy file will work with MS Windows 2000 / XP clients also. @@ -13144,7 +12342,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned. to any number of concurrently applicable (and applied) policy sets (GPOs). Active Directory allows the administrator to also set filters over the policy settings. No such equivalent capability exists with NT4 style policy files. -

    Administration of Win2K / XP Policies

    +

    Administration of Win2K / XP Policies

    Instead of using the tool called The System Policy Editor, commonly called Poledit (from the executable name poledit.exe), GPOs are created and managed using a Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in as follows:

    1. @@ -13170,10 +12368,10 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned. The MS Windows 2000 Resource Kit contains a tool called gpolmig.exe. This tool can be used to migrate an NT4 NTConfig.POL file into a Windows 200x style GPO. Be VERY careful how you use this powerful tool. Please refer to the resource kit manuals for specific usage information. -

    Managing Account/User Policies

    +

    Managing Account/User Policies

    Policies can define a specific user's settings or the settings for a group of users. The resulting policy file contains the registry settings for all users, groups, and computers that will be using -the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not not necessary. +the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not necessary.

    If you create a policy that will be automatically downloaded from validating domain controllers, you should name the file NTconfig.POL. As system administrator, you have the option of renaming the @@ -13195,42 +12393,49 @@ In addition to user access controls that may be imposed or applied via system an in a manner that works in conjunction with user profiles, the user management environment under MS Windows NT4/200x/XP allows per domain as well as per user account restrictions to be applied. Common restrictions that are frequently used includes: -

    -
    Logon Hours
    Password Aging
    Permitted Logon from certain machines only
    Account type (Local or Global)
    User Rights
    -

    Samba Editreg Toolset

    - Describe in detail the benefits of editreg and how to use it. -

    Windows NT4/200x

    +

    +

    • Logon Hours

    • Password Aging

    • Permitted Logon from certain machines only

    • Account type (Local or Global)

    • User Rights

    +

    Samba Editreg Toolset

    + A new tool called editreg is under development. This tool can be used + to edit registry files (called NTUser.DAT) that are stored in user and group profiles. + NTConfig.POL files have the same structure as the NTUser.DAT file and can be editted using + this tool. editreg is being built with the intent to enable NTConfig.POL + files to be saved in text format and to permit the building of new NTConfig.POL files with + extended capabilities. It is proving difficult to realise this capability, so do not be surprised + if this feature does not materialise. Formal capabilities will be announced at the time that + this tool is released for production use. +

    Windows NT4/200x

    The tools that may be used to configure these types of controls from the MS Windows environment are: The NT4 User Manager for domains, the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor, the registry editor (regedt32.exe). Under MS Windows 200x/XP this is done using the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) with appropriate "snap-ins", the registry editor, and potentially also the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor. -

    Samba PDC

    +

    Samba PDC

    With a Samba Domain Controller, the new tools for managing of user account and policy information includes: smbpasswd, pdbedit, net, rpcclient. The administrator should read the man pages for these tools and become familiar with their use. -

    System Startup and Logon Processing Overview

    +

    System Startup and Logon Processing Overview

    The following attempts to document the order of processing of system and user policies following a system reboot and as part of the user logon:

    1. Network starts, then Remote Procedure Call System Service (RPCSS) and Multiple Universal Naming Convention Provider (MUP) start -

    2. +

    3. Where Active Directory is involved, an ordered list of Group Policy Objects (GPOs) is downloaded and applied. The list may include GPOs that: -
      Apply to the location of machines in a Directory
      Apply only when settings have changed
      Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.
      +

      • Apply to the location of machines in a Directory

      • Apply only when settings have changed

      • Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.

      No desktop user interface is presented until the above have been processed. -

    4. +

    5. Execution of start-up scripts (hidden and synchronous by default).

    6. A keyboard action to affect start of logon (Ctrl-Alt-Del).

    7. User credentials are validated, User profile is loaded (depends on policy settings). -

    8. +

    9. An ordered list of User GPOs is obtained. The list contents depends on what is configured in respect of: -
      Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies
      Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)
      Location of the Active Directory itself
      Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.
      -

    10. +

      • Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies

      • Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)

      • Location of the Active Directory itself

      • Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.

      +

    11. User Policies are applied from Active Directory. Note: There are several types.

    12. Logon scripts are run. New to Win2K and Active Directory, logon scripts may be obtained based on Group @@ -13239,18 +12444,18 @@ reboot and as part of the user logon:

    13. The User Interface as determined from the GPOs is presented. Note: In a Samba domain (like and NT4 Domain) machine (system) policies are applied at start-up, User policies are applied at logon. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    Policy related problems can be very difficult to diagnose and even more difficult to rectify. The following collection demonstrates only basic issues. -

    Policy Does Not Work

    -Question: We have created the config.pol file and put it in the NETLOGON share. +

    Policy Does Not Work

    + “We have created the config.pol file and put it in the NETLOGON share. It has made no difference to our Win XP Pro machines, they just don't see it. IT worked fine with Win 98 but does not -work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints? +work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints?

    -ANSWER: Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based +Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based platforms. You need to use the NT4 Group Policy Editor to create a file called NTConfig.POL so that it is in the correct format for your MS Windows XP Pro clients. -

    Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    April 3 2003

    Features and Benefits

    Roaming Profiles are feared by some, hated by a few, loved by many, and a Godsend for some administrators.

    @@ -13263,7 +12468,7 @@ problem to others. In particular, users of mobile computing tools, where often t be a sustained network connection, are often better served by purely Local Profiles. This chapter provides information to help the Samba administrator to deal with those situations also. -

    Roaming Profiles

    Warning

    +

    Roaming Profiles

    Warning

    Roaming profiles support is different for Win9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x.

    Before discussing how to configure roaming profiles, it is useful to see how @@ -13276,23 +12481,19 @@ profiles are restricted to being stored in the user's home directory.

    Windows NT4/200x clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields, including a separate field for the location of the user's profiles. -

    Samba Configuration for Profile Handling

    +

    Samba Configuration for Profile Handling

    This section documents how to configure Samba for MS Windows client profile support. -

    NT4/200x User Profiles

    +

    NT4/200x User Profiles

    To support Windows NT4/200x clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the following (for example): -

    -
    -	logon path = \\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath
    -
    +

    +

    logon path = \\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath

    This is typically implemented like: -

    -		logon path = \\%L\Profiles\%u
    -
    +

    logon path = \\%L\Profiles\%u

    where %L translates to the name of the Samba server and %u translates to the user name -

    +

    The default for this option is \\%N\%U\profile, namely \\sambaserver\username\profile. The \\N%\%U service is created automatically by the [homes] service. If you are using @@ -13303,46 +12504,39 @@ semantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u. MS Windows NT/2K clients at times do not disconnect a connection to a server between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the homes meta-service name as part of the profile share path. -

    Windows 9x / Me User Profiles

    - To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the logon home parameter. Samba has +

    Windows 9x / Me User Profiles

    + To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the logon home parameter. Samba has now been fixed so that net use /home now works as well, and it, too, relies on the logon home parameter.

    By using the logon home parameter, you are restricted to putting Win9x / Me profiles in the user's home directory. But wait! There is a trick you can use. If you set the following in the [global] section of your smb.conf file: -

    -	logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles
    -

    +

    logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles

    then your Windows 9x / Me clients will dutifully put their clients in a subdirectory of your home directory called .profiles (thus making them hidden).

    Not only that, but net use /home will also work, because of a feature in Windows 9x / Me. It removes any directory stuff off the end of the home directory area and only uses the server and share portion. That is, it looks like you -specified \\%L\%U for logon home. -

    Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles

    +specified \\%L\%U for logon home. +

    Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles

    You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the -logon home and logon path parameters. For example: -

    -	logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles
    -	logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u
    -

    Disabling Roaming Profile Support

    +logon home and logon path parameters. For example: +

    logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles
    logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u

    Disabling Roaming Profile Support

    A question often asked is “How may I enforce use of local profiles?” or “How do I disable Roaming Profiles?

    There are three ways of doing this: -

    In smb.conf
    +

    In smb.conf

    Affect the following settings and ALL clients will be forced to use a local profile: -

    -			logon home =
    -			logon path =
    -		
    -
    MS Windows Registry:
    +

    logon home
    logon path

    +

    MS Windows Registry:

    By using the Microsoft Management Console gpedit.msc to instruct your MS Windows XP machine to use only a local profile. This of course modifies registry settings. The full path to the option is: -

    +		
    +	

     	Local Computer Policy\
     		Computer Configuration\
     			Administrative Templates\
    @@ -13351,8 +12545,8 @@ There are three ways of doing this:
     
     	Disable:	Only Allow Local User Profiles
     	Disable:	Prevent Roaming Profile Change from Propagating to the Server
    -	
    -
    Change of Profile Type:

    +

    +

    Change of Profile Type:

    From the start menu right click on the My Computer icon, select Properties, click on the User Profiles tab, select the profile you wish to change from Roaming type to Local, click Change Type. @@ -13364,15 +12558,15 @@ profiles. The specifics of how to convert a local profile to a roaming profile, or a roaming profile to a local one vary according to the version of MS Windows you are running. Consult the Microsoft MS Windows Resource Kit for your version of Windows for specific information. -

    Windows Client Profile Configuration Information

    Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup

    +

    Windows Client Profile Configuration Information

    Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup

    When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created, as are folders Start Menu, Desktop, Programs and Nethood. These directories and their contents will be merged with the local versions stored in c:\windows\profiles\username on subsequent logins, taking the most recent from each. You will need to use the [global] -options preserve case = yes, short preserve case = yes and -case sensitive = no in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts +options preserve case = yes, short preserve case = yes and +case sensitive = no in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts in any of the profile folders.

    The user.DAT file contains all the user's preferences. If you wish to @@ -13405,11 +12599,11 @@ domain and profiles downloaded from it, if that domain logon server supports it), user name and user's password.

    Once the user has been successfully validated, the Windows 9x / Me machine -will inform you that The user has not logged on before' and asks you - if you wish to save the user's preferences? Select yes. +will inform you that The user has not logged on before and asks you +Do you wish to save the user's preferences?. Select yes.

    Once the Windows 9x / Me client comes up with the desktop, you should be able -to examine the contents of the directory specified in the logon path +to examine the contents of the directory specified in the logon path on the samba server and verify that the Desktop, Start Menu, Programs and Nethood folders have been created.

    @@ -13423,14 +12617,14 @@ the newest folders and short-cuts from each set. If you have made the folders / files read-only on the samba server, then you will get errors from the Windows 9x / Me machine on logon and logout, as it attempts to merge the local and the remote profile. Basically, if -you have any errors reported by the Windows 9x / Me machine, check the Unix file +you have any errors reported by the Windows 9x / Me machine, check the UNIX file permissions and ownership rights on the profile directory contents, on the samba server.

    If you have problems creating user profiles, you can reset the user's local desktop cache, as shown below. When this user then next logs in, they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time". -

    Warning

    +

    Warning

    Before deleting the contents of the directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be c:\windows\profiles\username), ask them if they @@ -13441,7 +12635,7 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time". This will have the effect of removing the local (read-only hidden system file) user.DAT in their profile directory, as well as the local "desktop", "nethood", "start menu" and "programs" folders. -

    1. +

    1. instead of logging in under the [user, password, domain] dialog, press escape.

    2. @@ -13458,7 +12652,7 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time".

    3. log off the windows 9x / Me client.

    4. - check the contents of the profile path (see logon path described + check the contents of the profile path (see logon path described above), and delete the user.DAT or user.MAN file for the user, making a backup if required.

    @@ -13470,14 +12664,14 @@ If you have access to an Windows NT4/200x server, then first set up roaming prof and / or netlogons on the Windows NT4/200x server. Make a packet trace, or examine the example packet traces provided with Windows NT4/200x server, and see what the differences are with the equivalent samba trace. -

    Windows NT4 Workstation

    +

    Windows NT4 Workstation

    When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile NTuser.DAT is created. The profile location can be now specified -through the logon path parameter. +through the logon path parameter.

    There is a parameter that is now available for use with NT Profiles: -logon drive. This should be set to H: or any other drive, and -should be used in conjunction with the new "logon home" parameter. +logon drive. This should be set to H: or any other drive, and +should be used in conjunction with the new logon home parameter.

    The entry for the NT4 profile is a _directory_ not a file. The NT help on profiles mentions that a directory is also created with a .PDS @@ -13499,7 +12693,7 @@ turns a profile into a mandatory one.

    The case of the profile is significant. The file must be called NTuser.DAT or, for a mandatory profile, NTuser.MAN. -

    Windows 2000/XP Professional

    +

    Windows 2000/XP Professional

    You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows:

    1. @@ -13518,8 +12712,7 @@ profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows: Click on the 'Look in" area that lists the machine name, when you click here it will open up a selection box. Click on the domain to which the profile must be accessible. -

      Note

      You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect - as: MIDEARTH\root, password: mypassword.

    2. +

      Note

      You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect as: DOMAIN\root, password: mypassword.

    3. To make the profile capable of being used by anyone select 'Everyone'

    4. Click OK. The Selection box will close. @@ -13527,12 +12720,12 @@ profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows: Now click on the Ok button to create the profile in the path you nominated.

    -Done. You now have a profile that can be edited using the samba-3.0.0 +Done. You now have a profile that can be edited using the samba profiles tool.

    Note

    Under NT/2K the use of mandatory profiles forces the use of MS Exchange storage of mail data. That keeps desktop profiles usable. -

    Note

    1. +

    Procedure 24.2. Windows XP Service Pack 1

    1. This is a security check new to Windows XP (or maybe only Windows XP service pack 1). It can be disabled via a group policy in Active Directory. The policy is:

      Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User @@ -13549,7 +12742,7 @@ On the XP workstation log in with an Administrator account.

    2. Click: Start, Run

    3. Type: mmc

    4. Click: OK

    5. A Microsoft Management Console should appear.

    6. Click: File, Add/Remove Snap-in..., Add

    7. Double-Click: Group Policy

    8. Click: Finish, Close

    9. Click: OK

    10. In the "Console Root" window:

    11. Expand: Local Computer Policy, Computer Configuration, Administrative Templates, System, User Profiles

    12. Double-Click: Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders

    13. Select: Enabled

    14. Click: OK

    15. Close the whole console. You do not need to save the settings (this refers to the console settings rather than the policies you have - changed).

    16. Reboot

    Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations

    + changed).

  • Reboot

  • Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations

    Sharing of desktop profiles between Windows versions is NOT recommended. Desktop profiles are an evolving phenomenon and profiles for later versions of MS Windows clients add features that may interfere with earlier versions @@ -13560,18 +12753,18 @@ version resulting in loss of profile information content when that user logs on again with the newer version of MS Windows.

    If you then want to share the same Start Menu / Desktop with W9x/Me, you will -need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters -that need to be common are logon path and -logon home. +need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters +that need to be common are logon path and +logon home.

    If you have this set up correctly, you will find separate user.DAT and NTuser.DAT files in the same profile directory. -

    Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba

    +

    Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba

    There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the location of users' profiles. Therefore, you could specify that the profile be stored on a samba server, or any other SMB server, as long as that SMB server supports encrypted passwords. -

    Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools

    +

    Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools

    Unfortunately, the Resource Kit information is specific to the version of MS Windows NT4/200x. The correct resource kit is required for each platform.

    @@ -13588,17 +12781,13 @@ domain is not a member of a trust relationship with your NT4 PDC.

    c:\temp\foobar

  • Click on the button Change in the Permitted to use box.

  • Click on the group 'Everyone' and then click OK. This closes the 'choose user' box.

  • Now click OK.

  • Follow the above for every profile you need to migrate. -

    Side bar Notes

    +

    Side bar Notes

    You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do -this. Read the man page.

    -With Samba-3.0.0 alpha code you can import all you NT4 domain accounts -using the net samsync method. This way you can retain your profile -settings as well as all your users. -

    moveuser.exe

    +this. Read the man page.

    moveuser.exe

    The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes the security of a profile from one user to another. This allows the account domain to change, and/or the user name to change. -

    Get SID

    +

    Get SID

    You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0 Resource Kit.

    @@ -13611,7 +12800,7 @@ users who have logged on to this computer. (To find the profile information for the user whose locally cached profile you want to move, find the SID for the user with the GetSID.exe utility.) Inside of the appropriate user's subkey, you will see a string value named ProfileImagePath. -

    Mandatory profiles

    +

    Mandatory profiles

    A Mandatory Profile is a profile that the user does NOT have the ability to overwrite. During the user's session it may be possible to change the desktop environment, but as the user logs out all changes made will be lost. If it is desired to NOT allow the @@ -13627,7 +12816,7 @@ file in the copied profile and rename it to NTUser.MAN.

    For MS Windows 9x / Me it is the User.DAT file that must be renamed to User.MAN to affect a mandatory profile. -

    Creating/Managing Group Profiles

    +

    Creating/Managing Group Profiles

    Most organisations are arranged into departments. There is a nice benefit in this fact since usually most users in a department will require the same desktop applications and the same desktop layout. MS Windows NT4/200x/XP will allow the @@ -13642,14 +12831,14 @@ the now modified profile.

    Note

    Be careful with group profiles, if the user who is a member of a group also has a personal profile, then the result will be a fusion (merge) of the two. -

    Default Profile for Windows Users

    +

    Default Profile for Windows Users

    MS Windows 9x / Me and NT4/200x/XP will use a default profile for any user for whom a profile does not already exist. Armed with a knowledge of where the default profile is located on the Windows workstation, and knowing which registry keys affect the path from which the default profile is created, it is possible to modify the default profile to one that has been optimised for the site. This has significant administrative advantages. -

    MS Windows 9x/Me

    +

    MS Windows 9x/Me

    To enable default per use profiles in Windows 9x / Me you can either use the Windows 98 System Policy Editor or change the registry directly.

    @@ -13661,7 +12850,7 @@ select User Profiles, click on the enable box. Do To modify the registry directly, launch the Registry Editor (regedit.exe), select the hive HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Network\Logon. Now add a DWORD type key with the name "User Profiles", to enable user profiles set the value to 1, to disable user profiles set it to 0. -

    How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?

    +

    How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?

    When a user logs on to a Windows 9x / Me machine, the local profile path, HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList, is checked for an existing entry for that user: @@ -13677,7 +12866,7 @@ If a User Profile is not found in either location, the Default User Profile from machine is used and is copied to a newly created folder for the logged on user. At log off, any changes that the user made are written to the user's local profile. If the user has a roaming profile, the changes are written to the user's profile on the server. -

    MS Windows NT4 Workstation

    +

    MS Windows NT4 Workstation

    On MS Windows NT4 the default user profile is obtained from the location %SystemRoot%\Profiles which in a default installation will translate to C:\WinNT\Profiles. Under this directory on a clean install there will be @@ -13688,7 +12877,7 @@ system users. The Default User directory contains menu customisable per user depending on the profile settings chosen/created.

    When a new user first logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine a new profile is created from: -

    All Users settings
    Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)

    +

    • All Users settings

    • Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)

    When a user logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine that is a member of a Microsoft security domain the following steps are followed in respect of profile handling:

    1. @@ -13718,15 +12907,15 @@ the following steps are followed in respect of profile handling: MS Windows NT4 profiles may be Local or Roaming. A Local profile will stored in the %SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME% location. A roaming profile will also remain stored in the same way, unless the following registry key is created: -

      -
      -	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\
      -	"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001
      -
      +

      +

      +HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\
      +winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001
      +

      In which case, the local copy (in %SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%) will be deleted on logout. -

      +

      Under MS Windows NT4 default locations for common resources (like My Documents may be redirected to a network share by modifying the following registry keys. These changes may be affected via use of the System Policy Editor (to do so may require that you create your owns template extension @@ -13739,17 +12928,17 @@ are controlled by entries on Windows NT4 is: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders\

      The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are: -

      -

      Table 24.1. User Shell Folder registry keys default values

      NameDefault Value
      AppData%USERPROFILE%\Application Data
      Desktop%USERPROFILE%\Desktop
      Favorites%USERPROFILE%\Favorites
      NetHood%USERPROFILE%\NetHood
      PrintHood%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood
      Programs%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs
      Recent%USERPROFILE%\Recent
      SendTo%USERPROFILE%\SendTo
      Start Menu %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu
      Startup%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup
      -

      +

      +

      Table 24.1. User Shell Folder registry keys default values

      NameDefault Value
      AppData%USERPROFILE%\Application Data
      Desktop%USERPROFILE%\Desktop
      Favorites%USERPROFILE%\Favorites
      NetHood%USERPROFILE%\NetHood
      PrintHood%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood
      Programs%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs
      Recent%USERPROFILE%\Recent
      SendTo%USERPROFILE%\SendTo
      Start Menu %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu
      Startup%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup

      +

      The registry key that contains the location of the default profile settings is:

      HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders -

      +

      The default entries are: -

      Table 24.2. Defaults of profile settings registry keys

      Common Desktop%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop
      Common Programs%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs
      Common Start Menu%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu
      Common Startup%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup
      -

    MS Windows 200x/XP

    Note

    +

    Table 24.2. Defaults of profile settings registry keys

    Common Desktop%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop
    Common Programs%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs
    Common Start Menu%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu
    Common Startup%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup

    +

    MS Windows 200x/XP

    Note

    MS Windows XP Home Edition does use default per user profiles, but can not participate in domain security, can not log onto an NT/ADS style domain, and thus can obtain the profile only from itself. While there are benefits in doing this the beauty of those MS Windows @@ -13797,9 +12986,9 @@ are controlled by entries on Windows 200x/XP is: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders\

    The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are: -

    -

    Table 24.3. Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys

    NameDefault Value
    AppData%USERPROFILE%\Application Data
    Cache%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files
    Cookies%USERPROFILE%\Cookies
    Desktop%USERPROFILE%\Desktop
    Favorites%USERPROFILE%\Favorites
    History%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History
    Local AppData%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data
    Local Settings%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings
    My Pictures%USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures
    NetHood%USERPROFILE%\NetHood
    Personal%USERPROFILE%\My Documents
    PrintHood%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood
    Programs%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs
    Recent%USERPROFILE%\Recent
    SendTo%USERPROFILE%\SendTo
    Start Menu%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu
    Startup%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup
    Templates%USERPROFILE%\Templates
    -

    +

    +

    Table 24.3. Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys

    NameDefault Value
    AppData%USERPROFILE%\Application Data
    Cache%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files
    Cookies%USERPROFILE%\Cookies
    Desktop%USERPROFILE%\Desktop
    Favorites%USERPROFILE%\Favorites
    History%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History
    Local AppData%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data
    Local Settings%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings
    My Pictures%USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures
    NetHood%USERPROFILE%\NetHood
    Personal%USERPROFILE%\My Documents
    PrintHood%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood
    Programs%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs
    Recent%USERPROFILE%\Recent
    SendTo%USERPROFILE%\SendTo
    Start Menu%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu
    Startup%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup
    Templates%USERPROFILE%\Templates

    +

    There is also an entry called "Default" that has no value set. The default entry is of type REG_SZ, all the others are of type REG_EXPAND_SZ.

    @@ -13814,18 +13003,21 @@ You could also use:

    \\SambaServer\FolderShare\%USERNAME%

    in which case the default folders will be stored in the server named SambaServer in the share called FolderShare under a directory that has the name of the MS Windows -user as seen by the Linux/Unix file system. +user as seen by the Linux/UNIX file system.

    Please note that once you have created a default profile share, you MUST migrate a user's profile (default or custom) to it.

    MS Windows 200x/XP profiles may be Local or Roaming. A roaming profile will be cached locally unless the following registry key is created: -

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001

    +

    +

    +HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\
    +	winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001

    In which case, the local cache copy will be deleted on logout. -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    The following are some typical errors/problems/questions that have been asked. -

    How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?

    +

    Setting up roaming profiles for just a few user's or group's?

    With samba-2.2.x the choice you have is to enable or disable roaming profiles support. It is a global only setting. The default is to have roaming profiles and the default path will locate them in the user's home @@ -13837,42 +13029,40 @@ those machines on which roaming profile support is NOT wanted it is then necessary to disable roaming profile handling in the registry of each such machine.

    -With samba-3.0.0 (soon to be released) you can have a global profile -setting in smb.conf _AND_ you can over-ride this by per-user settings +With samba-3 you can have a global profile +setting in smb.conf _AND_ you can over-ride this by per-user settings using the Domain User Manager (as with MS Windows NT4/ Win 2Kx).

    In any case, you can configure only one profile per user. That profile can be either: -

    A profile unique to that user
    A mandatory profile (one the user can not change)
    A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)

    Can NOT use Roaming Profiles

    +

    • A profile unique to that user

    • A mandatory profile (one the user can not change)

    • A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)

    Can NOT use Roaming Profiles

    +A user requested the following: “ - I dont want Roaming profile to be implemented, I just want to give users - local profiles only. -... - Please help me I am totally lost with this error from past two days I tried - everything and googled around quite a bit but of no help. Please help me. -

    -Your choices are: - - -
    Local profiles

    - I know of no registry keys that will allow auto-deletion of LOCAL profiles on log out -

    Roaming profiles
    -
    can use auto-delete on logout option
    requires a registry key change on workstation
    - - Your choices are: - -
    Personal Roaming profiles

    - - should be preserved on a central server - - workstations 'cache' (store) a local copy - - used in case the profile can not be downloaded - at next logon -

    Group profiles

    - loaded from a central place

    Mandatory profiles

    - - can be personal or group - - can NOT be changed (except by an administrator -

    -
    - -

    +I do not want Roaming profiles to be implemented. I want to give users a local profile alone. ... +Please help me I am totally lost with this error. For the past two days I tried everything, I googled +around but found no useful pointers. Please help me. +”

    +The choices are: +

    Local profiles:

    + I know of no registry keys that will allow auto-deletion of LOCAL profiles on log out +

    Roaming profiles:

    + As a user logs onto the network a centrally stored profile is copied to the workstation + to form a local profile. This local profile will persist (remain on the workstation disk) + unless a registry key is changed that will cause this profile to be automatically deleted + on logout. +

    +The Roaming Profile choices are: +

    Personal Roaming profiles

    + These are typically stored in a profile share on a central (or conveniently located + local) server. +

    + Workstations 'cache' (store) a local copy of the profile. This cached copy is used when + the profile can not be downloaded at next logon. +

    Group profiles

    These are loaded from a central profile server

    Mandatory profiles

    + Mandatory profiles can be created for a user as well as for any group that a user + is a member of. Mandatory profiles can NOT be changed by ordinary users. Only the administrator + can change or reconfigure a mandatory profile. +

    A WinNT4/2K/XP profile can vary in size from 130KB to off the scale. Outlook PST files are most often part of the profile and can be many GB in size. On average (in a well controlled environment) roaming profile size of @@ -13886,52 +13076,39 @@ controls of how they can be changed as well as good discipline make up for a problem free site.

    Microsoft's answer to the PST problem is to store all email in an MS -Exchange Server back-end. But this is another story ...! -

    -So, having LOCAL profiles means: - -
    If lots of users user each machine - lot's of local disk storage needed for local profiles
    Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile - can be very different from machine to machine
    - -On the other hand, having roaming profiles means: -
    The network administrator can control EVERY aspect of user profiles
    With the use of mandatory profiles - a drastic reduction in network management overheads
    User unhappiness about not being able to change their profiles soon fades as they get used to being able to work reliably
    - -

    -I have managed and installed MANY NT/2K networks and have NEVER found one -where users who move from machine to machine are happy with local -profiles. In the long run local profiles bite them. -

    Changing the default profile

    -When the client tries to logon to the PDC it looks for a profile to download -where do I put this default profile. +Exchange Server back-end. This removes the need for a PST file. +

    +LOCAL profiles mean: +

    • If each machine is used my many users then much local disk storage is needed for local profiles

    • Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile, these can be very different from machine to machine

    +On the other hand, use of roaming profiles means: +

    • The network administrator can control the desktop environment of all users.

    • Use of mandatory profiles drasitcally reduces network management overheads.

    • In the long run users will be experience fewer problems.

    Changing the default profile

    +Question: +“ +When the client logs onto the domain controller it searches for a profile to download, +where do I put this default profile?

    -Firstly, your samba server need to be configured as a domain controller. -

    -	server = user
    -    os level = 32 (or more)
    -	domain logons = Yes
    -

    -Plus you need to have a [netlogon] share that is world readable. +Firstly, the samba server needs to be configured as a domain controller. +This can be done by setting in smb.conf: +

    security = user
    os level = 32 (or more)
    domain logons = Yes

    +There must be an [netlogon] share that is world readable. It is a good idea to add a logon script to pre-set printer and drive connections. There is also a facility for automatically synchronizing the workstation time clock with that of the logon server (another good thing to do).

    Note

    To invoke auto-deletion of roaming profile from the local -workstation cache (disk storage) you need to use the Group Policy Editor +workstation cache (disk storage) use the Group Policy Editor to create a file called NTConfig.POL with the appropriate entries. This file needs to be located in the netlogon share root directory.

    -Oh, of course the windows clients need to be members of the domain. -Workgroup machines do NOT do network logons - so they never see domain -profiles. +Windows clients need to be members of the domain. Workgroup machines do NOT use network logons so +they do not interoperate with domain profiles.

    -Secondly, for roaming profiles you need: - - logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U (with some such path) - logon drive = H: (Z: is the default) - - Plus you need a PROFILES share that is world writable. -

    Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Stephen Langasek

    May 31, 2003

    +For roaming profiles add to smb.conf: +

    +

    logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U
    # Default logon drive is Z:
    logon drive = H:
    # This requires a PROFILES share that is world writable.

    +

    Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Stephen Langasek

    May 31, 2003

    This chapter you should help you to deploy winbind based authentication on any PAM enabled -Unix/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication +UNIX/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication from any MS Windows NT Domain, MS Windows 200x Active Directory based domain, or any Samba based domain environment. It will also help you to configure PAM based local host access controls that are appropriate to your Samba configuration. @@ -13939,9 +13116,9 @@ controls that are appropriate to your Samba configuration. In addition to knowing how to configure winbind into PAM, you will learn generic PAM management possibilities and in particular how to deploy tools like pam_smbpass.so to your advantage.

    Note

    -The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to the Winbind chapter. -

    Features and Benefits

    -A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, +The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to the Winbind chapter. +

    Features and Benefits

    +A number of UNIX systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, now utilize the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, authorization and resource control services. Prior to the introduction of PAM, a decision to use an alternative to the system password database (/etc/passwd) @@ -13954,38 +13131,38 @@ authentication/authorization infrastructure. PAM is configured either through o /etc/pam.conf (Solaris), or by editing individual files that are located in /etc/pam.d.

    -On PAM enabled Unix/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any +On PAM enabled UNIX/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any authentication backend, so long as the appropriate dynamically loadable library modules are available for it. The backend may be local to the system, or may be centralised on a remote server.

    PAM support modules are available for: -

    /etc/passwd

    -

    - There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard Unix user +

    /etc/passwd:

    + There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard UNIX user database. The most common are called: pam_unix.so, pam_unix2.so, pam_pwdb.so and pam_userdb.so. -

    Kerberos

    -

    +

    Kerberos:

    The pam_krb5.so module allows the use of any Kerberos compliant server. This tool is used to access MIT Kerberos, Heimdal Kerberos, and potentially Microsoft Active Directory (if enabled). -

    LDAP

    -

    +

    LDAP:

    The pam_ldap.so module allows the use of any LDAP v2 or v3 compatible backend server. Commonly used LDAP backend servers include: OpenLDAP v2.0 and v2.1, Sun ONE iDentity server, Novell eDirectory server, Microsoft Active Directory. -

    NetWare Bindery

    -

    +

    NetWare Bindery:

    The pam_ncp_auth.so module allows authentication off any bindery enabled NetWare Core Protocol based server. -

    SMB Password

    -

    +

    SMB Password:

    This module, called pam_smbpass.so, will allow user authentication off the passdb backend that is configured in the Samba smb.conf file. -

    SMB Server

    -

    +

    SMB Server:

    The pam_smb_auth.so module is the original MS Windows networking authentication tool. This module has been somewhat outdated by the Winbind module. -

    Winbind

    -

    +

    Winbind:

    The pam_winbind.so module allows Samba to obtain authentication from any MS Windows Domain Controller. It can just as easily be used to authenticate users for access to any PAM enabled application. -

    RADIUS

    -

    +

    RADIUS:

    There is a PAM RADIUS (Remote Access Dial-In User Service) authentication module. In most cases the administrator will need to locate the source code for this tool and compile and install it themselves. RADIUS protocols are @@ -13998,12 +13175,12 @@ of distributed samba domain controllers that can provide wide are network bandwi efficient authentication services for PAM capable systems. In effect, this allows the deployment of centrally managed and maintained distributed authentication from a single user account database. -

    Technical Discussion

    +

    Technical Discussion

    PAM is designed to provide the system administrator with a great deal of flexibility in configuration of the privilege granting applications of their system. The local configuration of system security controlled by PAM is contained in one of two places: either the single system file, /etc/pam.conf; or the /etc/pam.d/ directory. -

    PAM Configuration Syntax

    +

    PAM Configuration Syntax

    In this section we discuss the correct syntax of and generic options respected by entries to these files. PAM specific tokens in the configuration file are case insensitive. The module paths, however, are case sensitive since they indicate a file's name and reflect the case dependence of typical file-systems. @@ -14017,33 +13194,32 @@ If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of Linux, the default location is /lib/security. If the module is located outside the default then the path must be specified as: -

    -
    +

    +

     auth  required  /other_path/pam_strange_module.so
    -
    -

    Anatomy of /etc/pam.d Entries

    +

    +

    Anatomy of /etc/pam.d Entries

    The remaining information in this subsection was taken from the documentation of the Linux-PAM project. For more information on PAM, see - -http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam The Official Linux-PAM home page. +The Official Linux-PAM home page

    A general configuration line of the /etc/pam.conf file has the following form: -

    -
    +

    +

     service-name   module-type   control-flag   module-path   args
    -
    -

    +

    +

    Below, we explain the meaning of each of these tokens. The second (and more recently adopted) way of configuring Linux-PAM is via the contents of the /etc/pam.d/ directory. Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this method. -

    service-name

    -

    +

    service-name:

    The name of the service associated with this entry. Frequently the service name is the conventional name of the given application. For example, `ftpd', `rlogind' and `su', etc. .

    There is a special service-name, reserved for defining a default authentication mechanism. It has the name `OTHER' and may be specified in either lower or upper case characters. Note, when there is a module specified for a named service, the `OTHER' entries are ignored. -

    module-type

    -

    +

    module-type:

    One of (currently) four types of module. The four types are as follows:

    • auth: this module type provides two aspects of authenticating the user. @@ -14065,7 +13241,7 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me password: this last module type is required for updating the authentication token associated with the user. Typically, there is one module for each `challenge/response' based authentication (auth) module-type. -

    control-flag

    -

    +

    control-flag:

    The control-flag is used to indicate how the PAM library will react to the success or failure of the module it is associated with. Since modules can be stacked (modules of the same type execute in series, one after another), the control-flags determine the relative importance of each module. The application @@ -14109,9 +13285,9 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me The more elaborate (newer) syntax is much more specific and gives the administrator a great deal of control over how the user is authenticated. This form of the control flag is delimited with square brackets and consists of a series of value=action tokens: -

    -		[value1=action1 value2=action2 ...]
    -		

    +

    +[value1=action1 value2=action2 ...]
    +

    Here, value1 is one of the following return values: success; open_err; symbol_err; service_err; system_err; buf_err; perm_denied; auth_err; cred_insufficient; authinfo_unavail; user_unknown; maxtries; new_authtok_reqd; acct_expired; session_err; cred_unavail; cred_expired; cred_err; no_module_data; conv_err; @@ -14149,8 +13325,8 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me

    Each of the four keywords: required; requisite; sufficient; and optional, have an equivalent expression in terms of the [...] syntax. They are as follows: -

    -
    • +

      +

      • required is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=bad]

      • requisite is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=die] @@ -14158,15 +13334,15 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me sufficient is equivalent to [success=done new_authtok_reqd=done default=ignore]

      • optional is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok default=ignore] -

      -

      +

    +

    Just to get a feel for the power of this new syntax, here is a taste of what you can do with it. With Linux-PAM-0.63, the notion of client plug-in agents was introduced. This is something that makes it possible for PAM to support machine-machine authentication using the transport protocol inherent to the client/server application. With the [ ... value=action ... ] control syntax, it is possible for an application to be configured to support binary prompts with compliant clients, but to gracefully fall over into an alternative authentication mode for older, legacy, applications. -

    module-path

    -

    +

    module-path:

    The path-name of the dynamically loadable object file; the pluggable module itself. If the first character of the module path is `/', it is assumed to be a complete path. If this is not the case, the given module path is appended to the default module path: /lib/security (but see the notes above). @@ -14177,7 +13353,7 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me to syslog(3). For a list of generic options see the next section.

    Note, if you wish to include spaces in an argument, you should surround that argument with square brackets. For example: -

    +		

     squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \
             db=eminence [query=select user_name from internet_service where \
                          user_name='%u' and password=PASSWORD('%p') and \
    @@ -14185,19 +13361,19 @@ squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \
     

    Note, when using this convention, you can include `[' characters inside the string, and if you wish to include a `]' character inside the string that will survive the argument parsing, you should use `\['. In other words: -

    +		

     [..[..\]..]    -->   ..[..]..
     

    Any line in (one of) the configuration file(s), that is not formatted correctly, will generally tend (erring on the side of caution) to make the authentication process fail. A corresponding error is written to the system log files with a call to syslog(3). -

    Example System Configurations

    +

    Example System Configurations

    The following is an example /etc/pam.d/login configuration file. This example had all options been uncommented is probably not usable as it stacks many conditions before allowing successful completion of the login process. Essentially all conditions can be disabled by commenting them out except the calls to pam_pwdb.so. -

    PAM: original login config

    +

    PAM: original login config

     #%PAM-1.0
     # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
     #
    @@ -14212,10 +13388,10 @@ session      required    pam_pwdb.so
     # session    optional    pam_lastlog.so
     # password   required    pam_cracklib.so retry=3
     password     required    pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
    -

    PAM: login using pam_smbpass

    +

    PAM: login using pam_smbpass

    PAM allows use of replaceable modules. Those available on a sample system include: -

    $/bin/ls /lib/security -
    +

    $/bin/ls /lib/security +

     pam_access.so    pam_ftp.so          pam_limits.so     
     pam_ncp_auth.so  pam_rhosts_auth.so  pam_stress.so     
     pam_cracklib.so  pam_group.so        pam_listfile.so   
    @@ -14239,7 +13415,7 @@ hashes. This database is stored in either
     /usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd, 
     /etc/samba/smbpasswd, or in 
     /etc/samba.d/smbpasswd, depending on the 
    -Samba implementation for your Unix/Linux system. The 
    +Samba implementation for your UNIX/Linux system. The 
     pam_smbpass.so module is provided by 
     Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the 
     --with-pam_smbpass options when running Samba's
    @@ -14247,7 +13423,7 @@ Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the
     on the pam_smbpass module, see the documentation
     in the source/pam_smbpass directory of the Samba 
     source distribution.
    -

    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
     #
    @@ -14258,7 +13434,7 @@ password    required    pam_smbpass.so nodelay
     

    The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular Linux system. The default condition uses pam_pwdb.so. -

    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service
     #
    @@ -14272,7 +13448,7 @@ smbpasswd database even for basic samba authentication. Such a
     decision could also be made for the passwd program and would 
     thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd 
     program.
    -

    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service
     #
    @@ -14291,24 +13467,24 @@ authentication to be configured in a single central file. The
     on the basis that it allows for easier administration. As with all issues in 
     life though, every decision makes trade-offs, so you may want examine the 
     PAM documentation for further helpful information.
    -

    smb.conf PAM Configuration

    -There is an option in smb.conf called obey pam restrictions. +

    smb.conf PAM Configuration

    + There is an option in smb.conf called obey pam restrictions. The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT;

    -When Samba-3 is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. +When Samba is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of -encrypt passwords = yes. +encrypt passwords = yes. The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. -

    Default: obey pam restrictions = no

    Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so

    +

    Default: obey pam restrictions = no

    Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so

    All operating systems depend on the provision of users credentials acceptable to the platform. -Unix requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID). +UNIX requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID). These are both simple integer type numbers that are obtained from a password backend such as /etc/passwd.

    @@ -14332,7 +13508,7 @@ Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as reduction of wide area net The rid to unix id database is the only location where the user and group mappings are stored by winbindd. If this file is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd to determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user and group rids. -

    Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so

    +

    Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so

    pam_smbpass is a PAM module which can be used on conforming systems to keep the smbpasswd (Samba password) database in sync with the unix password file. PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is an API supported @@ -14343,26 +13519,25 @@ This module authenticates a local smbpasswd user database. If you require support for authenticating against a remote SMB server, or if you're concerned about the presence of suid root binaries on your system, it is recommended that you use pam_winbind instead. -

    +

    Options recognized by this module are as follows: -

    Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass

    debuglog more debugging info
    auditlike debug, but also logs unknown usernames
    use_first_passdon't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead
    try_first_passtry to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user
    use_authtoklike try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only)
    not_set_passdon't make passwords used by this module available to other modules.
    nodelaydon't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure.
    nulloknull passwords are allowed.
    nonullnull passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration.
    migrateonly meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication.
    smbconf=filespecify an alternate path to the smb.conf file.
    - -Thanks go to the following people: -
    Andrew Morgan, for providing the Linux-PAM - framework, without which none of this would have happened
    Christian Gafton and Andrew Morgan again, for the - pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based
    Luke Leighton for being receptive to the idea, +

    Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass

    debuglog more debugging info
    auditlike debug, but also logs unknown usernames
    use_first_passdon't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead
    try_first_passtry to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user
    use_authtoklike try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only)
    not_set_passdon't make passwords used by this module available to other modules.
    nodelaydon't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure.
    nulloknull passwords are allowed.
    nonullnull passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration.
    migrateonly meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication.
    smbconf=filespecify an alternate path to the smb.conf file.

    +

    +

    • Andrew Morgan, for providing the Linux-PAM + framework, without which none of this would have happened

    • Christian Gafton and Andrew Morgan again, for the + pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based

    • Luke Leighton for being receptive to the idea, and for the occasional good-natured complaint about the project's status - that keep me working on it :)

    . -

    + that keep me working on it :)

    . +

    The following are examples of the use of pam_smbpass.so in the format of Linux /etc/pam.d/ files structure. Those wishing to implement this tool on other platforms will need to adapt this appropriately. -

    Password Synchronisation Configuration

    +

    Password Synchronisation Configuration

    A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to make sure private/smbpasswd is kept in sync when /etc/passwd (/etc/shadow) is changed. Useful when an expired password might be changed by an application (such as ssh). -

    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # password-sync
     #
    @@ -14373,13 +13548,13 @@ password   requisite    pam_cracklib.so retry=3
     password   requisite    pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
     password   required     pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
     session    required     pam_unix.so
    -

    Password Migration Configuration

    +

    Password Migration Configuration

    A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to migrate from plaintext to encrypted passwords for Samba. Unlike other methods, this can be used for users who have never connected to Samba shares: password migration takes place when users ftp in, login using ssh, pop their mail, etc. -

    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # password-migration
     #
    @@ -14392,11 +13567,11 @@ password   requisite   pam_cracklib.so retry=3
     password   requisite   pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
     password   optional    pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
     session    required    pam_unix.so
    -

    Mature Password Configuration

    +

    Mature Password Configuration

    A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation. private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if -the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the Unix password. -

    +the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the UNIX password.
    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # password-mature
     #
    @@ -14407,11 +13582,11 @@ password   requisite    pam_cracklib.so retry=3
     password   requisite    pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
     password   required     pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass
     session    required     pam_unix.so
    -

    Kerberos Password Integration Configuration

    +

    Kerberos Password Integration Configuration

    A sample PAM configuration that shows pam_smbpass used together with pam_krb5. This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of a Kerberos realm. -

    +

     #%PAM-1.0
     # kdc-pdc
     #
    @@ -14423,13 +13598,15 @@ password   requisite   pam_cracklib.so retry=3
     password   optional    pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
     password   required    pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass
     session    required    pam_krb5.so
    -

    Common Errors

    +

    Common Errors

    PAM can be a very fickle and sensitive to configuration glitches. Here we look at a few cases from the Samba mailing list. -

    pam_winbind problem

    - I have the following PAM configuration: -

    -
    +

    pam_winbind problem

    + “ + I have the following PAM configuration: + ” +

    +

     auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so
     auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
     auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass nullok
    @@ -14438,19 +13615,62 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so
     account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
     account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
     password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
    -
    -

    +

    +

    + “ When I open a new console with [ctrl][alt][F1], then I cant log in with my user "pitie". I've tried with user "scienceu+pitie" also. +

    - Answer: The problem may lie with your inclusion of pam_stack.so + The problem may lie with your inclusion of pam_stack.so service=system-auth. That file often contains a lot of stuff that may duplicate what you're already doing. Try commenting out the pam_stack lines for auth and account and see if things work. If they do, look at /etc/pam.d/system-auth and copy only what you need from it into your /etc/pam.d/login file. Alternatively, if you want all services to use winbind, you can put the winbind-specific stuff in /etc/pam.d/system-auth. -

    Winbind is not resolving users and groups

    + “ + My smb.conf file is correctly configured. I have specified + idmap uid = 12000, + and idmap gid = 3000-3500 + and winbind is running. When I do the following it all works fine. +” +

    +root# wbinfo -u
    +MIDEARTH+maryo
    +MIDEARTH+jackb
    +MIDEARTH+ameds
    +...
    +MIDEARTH+root
    +
    +root# wbinfo -g
    +MIDEARTH+Domain Users
    +MIDEARTH+Domain Admins
    +MIDEARTH+Domain Guests
    +...
    +MIDEARTH+Accounts
    +
    +root# getent passwd
    +root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
    +bin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/bin/bash
    +...
    +maryo:x:15000:15003:Mary Orville:/home/MIDEARTH/maryo:/bin/false
    +

    + “ + But the following command just fails: +” +

    +root# chown 'maryo' a_file
    +chown: `maryo': invalid user
    +

    +“ +This is driving me nuts! What can be wrong? +” +

    + Your system is likely running nscd, the name service + caching daemon. Shut it down, do NOT restart it! You will find your problem resolved. +

    Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    (Jan 01 2001)

    This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section does not apply to your installation. If your installation involves use of @@ -14461,15 +13681,15 @@ NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problem to NOT run NetBEUI at all. Note also that there is NO such thing as NetBEUI over TCP/IP - the existence of such a protocol is a complete and utter mis-apprehension. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    Many MS Windows network administrators have never been exposed to basic TCP/IP -networking as it is implemented in a Unix/Linux operating system. Likewise, many Unix and +networking as it is implemented in a UNIX/Linux operating system. Likewise, many UNIX and Linux administrators have not been exposed to the intricacies of MS Windows TCP/IP based networking (and may have no desire to be either).

    This chapter gives a short introduction to the basics of how a name can be resolved to it's IP address for each operating system environment. -

    Background Information

    +

    Background Information

    Since the introduction of MS Windows 2000 it is possible to run MS Windows networking without the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP. NetBIOS over TCP/IP uses UDP port 137 for NetBIOS name resolution and uses TCP port 139 for NetBIOS session services. When NetBIOS over @@ -14482,17 +13702,19 @@ Name Service or WINS), TCP port 139 AND TCP port 445 (for actual file and print

    When NetBIOS over TCP/IP is disabled the use of DNS is essential. Most installations that disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS requires + Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR). + Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control over client workstation network configuration. -

    Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world

    +

    Name Resolution in a pure UNIX/Linux world

    The key configuration files covered in this section are: -

    • /etc/hosts

    • /etc/resolv.conf

    • /etc/host.conf

    • /etc/nsswitch.conf

    /etc/hosts

    +

    • /etc/hosts

    • /etc/resolv.conf

    • /etc/host.conf

    • /etc/nsswitch.conf

    /etc/hosts

    Contains a static list of IP addresses and names. eg: -

    -	127.0.0.1	localhost localhost.localdomain
    -	192.168.1.1	bigbox.caldera.com	bigbox	alias4box
    +

    +127.0.0.1	localhost localhost.localdomain
    +192.168.1.1	bigbox.caldera.com	bigbox	alias4box
     

    The purpose of /etc/hosts is to provide a name resolution mechanism so that uses do not need to remember @@ -14503,7 +13725,7 @@ layer communicate not via IP addresses but rather using the Media Access Control address, or MAC address. IP addresses are currently 32 bits in length and are typically presented as four (4) decimal numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1. -

    +

    MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg: 40:8e:0a:12:34:56 @@ -14536,15 +13758,15 @@ MAC addresses only; their own unique address and the address ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. The reply packet from an ARP request will contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each interface. -

    +

    The /etc/hosts file is foundational to all -Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain +UNIX/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the primary names by which they are known within the local machine. This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name resolution can exist before any other method of name resolution becomes available. -

    /etc/resolv.conf

    +

    /etc/resolv.conf

    This file tells the name resolution libraries:

    • The name of the domain to which the machine belongs @@ -14554,41 +13776,41 @@ This file tells the name resolution libraries:

    • The name or IP address of available Domain Name Servers that may be asked to perform name to address translation lookups -

    /etc/host.conf

    +

    /etc/host.conf

    /etc/host.conf is the primary means by which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a critical configuration file. This file controls the order by which name resolution may proceed. The typical structure is: -

    -	order hosts,bind
    -	multi on
    +

    +order hosts,bind
    +multi on
     

    then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the man page for host.conf for further details. -

    /etc/nsswitch.conf

    +

    /etc/nsswitch.conf

    This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The file typically has resolver object specifications as follows: -

    -	# /etc/nsswitch.conf
    -	#
    -	# Name Service Switch configuration file.
    -	#
    +

    +# /etc/nsswitch.conf
    +#
    +# Name Service Switch configuration file.
    +#
     
    -	passwd:		compat
    -	# Alternative entries for password authentication are:
    -	# passwd:	compat files nis ldap winbind
    -	shadow:		compat
    -	group:		compat
    +passwd:		compat
    +# Alternative entries for password authentication are:
    +# passwd:	compat files nis ldap winbind
    +shadow:		compat
    +group:		compat
     
    -	hosts:		files nis dns
    -	# Alternative entries for host name resolution are:
    -	# hosts:	files dns nis nis+ hesiod db compat ldap wins
    -	networks:	nis files dns
    +hosts:		files nis dns
    +# Alternative entries for host name resolution are:
    +# hosts:	files dns nis nis+ hesiod db compat ldap wins
    +networks:	nis files dns
     
    -	ethers:		nis files
    -	protocols:	nis files
    -	rpc:		nis files
    -	services:	nis files
    +ethers:		nis files
    +protocols:	nis files
    +rpc:		nis files
    +services:	nis files
     

    Of course, each of these mechanisms requires that the appropriate facilities and/or services are correctly configured. @@ -14596,7 +13818,7 @@ facilities and/or services are correctly configured. It should be noted that unless a network request/message must be sent, TCP/IP networks are silent. All TCP/IP communications assumes a principal of speaking only when necessary. -

    +

    Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will be able to obtain resolution of MS Windows NetBIOS names to IP @@ -14609,7 +13831,7 @@ the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. At this point it will be possible to ping any MS Windows machine by its NetBIOS machine name, so long as that machine is within the workgroup to which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong. -

    Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking

    +

    Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking

    MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as the "computer name", "machine name", "networking name", "netbios name", @@ -14624,25 +13846,14 @@ name is therefore registered for each service type that is provided by the client/server.

    The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations: -

    -	Unique NetBIOS Names:
    -		MACHINENAME<00>	= Server Service is running on MACHINENAME
    -		MACHINENAME<03> = Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name)
    -		MACHINENAME<20> = LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME
    -		WORKGROUP<1b> = Domain Master Browser
    -
    -	Group Names:
    -		WORKGROUP<03> = Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP
    -		WORKGROUP<1c> = Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers
    -		WORKGROUP<1d> = Local Master Browsers
    -		WORKGROUP<1e> = Internet Name Resolvers
    -

    +

    Table 26.1. Unique NetBIOS names

    MACHINENAME<00>Server Service is running on MACHINENAME
    MACHINENAME<03>Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name)
    MACHINENAME<20>LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME
    WORKGROUP<1b>Domain Master Browser

    Table 26.2. Group Names

    WORKGROUP<03>Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP
    WORKGROUP<1c>Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers
    WORKGROUP<1d>Local Master Browsers
    WORKGROUP<1e>Internet Name Resolvers

    + It should be noted that all NetBIOS machines register their own names as per the above. This is in vast contrast to TCP/IP installations where traditionally the system administrator will determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names are associated with each IP address. -

    +

    One further point of clarification should be noted, the /etc/hosts file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information that MS Windows clients depend on to locate the type of service that may @@ -14680,7 +13891,7 @@ NBT or NetBT, the NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows machines use a complex array of name resolution mechanisms. Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is limited to this area. -

    The NetBIOS Name Cache

    +

    The NetBIOS Name Cache

    All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external machines that that machine has communicated with over the @@ -14694,11 +13905,11 @@ an attempt to exchange a message with that machine will be subject to time-out delays. i.e.: Its name is in the cache, so a name resolution lookup will succeed, but the machine can not respond. This can be frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol. -

    +

    The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS name cache is called "nbtstat". The Samba equivalent of this is called nmblookup. -

    The LMHOSTS file

    +

    The LMHOSTS file

    This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC and contains the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The @@ -14706,91 +13917,92 @@ the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The to IP address mapping.

    It typically looks like: -

    -	# Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp.
    -	#
    -	# This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS
    -	# over TCP/IP) stack for Windows98
    -	#
    -	# This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames
    -	# (NetBIOS) names.  Each entry should be kept on an individual line.
    -	# The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the
    -	# corresponding computername. The address and the computername
    -	# should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character
    -	# is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions
    -	# below).
    -	#
    -	# This file is compatible with Microsoft LAN Manager 2.x TCP/IP lmhosts
    -	# files and offers the following extensions:
    -	#
    -	#      #PRE
    -	#      #DOM:<domain>
    -	#      #INCLUDE <filename>
    -	#      #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
    -	#      #END_ALTERNATE
    -	#      \0xnn (non-printing character support)
    -	#
    -	# Following any entry in the file with the characters "#PRE" will cause
    -	# the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are
    -	# not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails.
    -	#
    -	# Following an entry with the "#DOM:<domain>" tag will associate the
    -	# entry with the domain specified by <domain>. This affects how the
    -	# browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload
    -	# the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a
    -	# #PRE to the line. The <domain> is always preloaded although it will not
    -	# be shown when the name cache is viewed.
    -	#
    -	# Specifying "#INCLUDE <filename>" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT)
    -	# software to seek the specified <filename> and parse it as if it were
    -	# local. <filename> is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a
    -	# centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server.
    -	# It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the
    -	# server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive.
    -	# In addition the share "public" in the example below must be in the
    -	# LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to
    -	# be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under
    -	# \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\parameters\nullsessionshares
    -	# in the registry. Simply add "public" to the list found there.
    -	#
    -	# The #BEGIN_ and #END_ALTERNATE keywords allow multiple #INCLUDE
    -	# statements to be grouped together. Any single successful include
    -	# will cause the group to succeed.
    -	#
    -	# Finally, non-printing characters can be embedded in mappings by
    -	# first surrounding the NetBIOS name in quotations, then using the
    -	# \0xnn notation to specify a hex value for a non-printing character.
    -	#
    -	# The following example illustrates all of these extensions:
    -	#
    -	# 102.54.94.97     rhino         #PRE #DOM:networking  #net group's DC
    -	# 102.54.94.102    "appname  \0x14"                    #special app server
    -	# 102.54.94.123    popular            #PRE             #source server
    -	# 102.54.94.117    localsrv           #PRE             #needed for the include
    -	#
    -	# #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
    -	# #INCLUDE \\localsrv\public\lmhosts
    -	# #INCLUDE \\rhino\public\lmhosts
    -	# #END_ALTERNATE
    -	#
    -	# In the above example, the "appname" server contains a special
    -	# character in its name, the "popular" and "localsrv" server names are
    -	# preloaded, and the "rhino" server name is specified so it can be used
    -	# to later #INCLUDE a centrally maintained lmhosts file if the "localsrv"
    -	# system is unavailable.
    -	#
    -	# Note that the whole file is parsed including comments on each lookup,
    -	# so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance.
    -	# Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the
    -	# end of this file.
    -

    HOSTS file

    +

    +# Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp.
    +#
    +# This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS
    +# over TCP/IP) stack for Windows98
    +#
    +# This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames
    +# (NetBIOS) names.  Each entry should be kept on an individual line.
    +# The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the
    +# corresponding computername. The address and the computername
    +# should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character
    +# is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions
    +# below).
    +#
    +# This file is compatible with Microsoft LAN Manager 2.x TCP/IP lmhosts
    +# files and offers the following extensions:
    +#
    +#      #PRE
    +#      #DOM:<domain>
    +#      #INCLUDE <filename>
    +#      #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
    +#      #END_ALTERNATE
    +#      \0xnn (non-printing character support)
    +#
    +# Following any entry in the file with the characters "#PRE" will cause
    +# the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are
    +# not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails.
    +#
    +# Following an entry with the "#DOM:<domain>" tag will associate the
    +# entry with the domain specified by <domain>. This affects how the
    +# browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload
    +# the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a
    +# #PRE to the line. The <domain> is always preloaded although it will not
    +# be shown when the name cache is viewed.
    +#
    +# Specifying "#INCLUDE <filename>" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT)
    +# software to seek the specified <filename> and parse it as if it were
    +# local. <filename> is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a
    +# centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server.
    +# It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the
    +# server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive.
    +# In addition the share "public" in the example below must be in the
    +# LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to
    +# be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under
    +# \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\
    +# parameters\nullsessionshares
    +# in the registry. Simply add "public" to the list found there.
    +#
    +# The #BEGIN_ and #END_ALTERNATE keywords allow multiple #INCLUDE
    +# statements to be grouped together. Any single successful include
    +# will cause the group to succeed.
    +#
    +# Finally, non-printing characters can be embedded in mappings by
    +# first surrounding the NetBIOS name in quotations, then using the
    +# \0xnn notation to specify a hex value for a non-printing character.
    +#
    +# The following example illustrates all of these extensions:
    +#
    +# 102.54.94.97     rhino         #PRE #DOM:networking  #net group's DC
    +# 102.54.94.102    "appname  \0x14"                    #special app server
    +# 102.54.94.123    popular            #PRE             #source server
    +# 102.54.94.117    localsrv           #PRE             #needed for the include
    +#
    +# #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
    +# #INCLUDE \\localsrv\public\lmhosts
    +# #INCLUDE \\rhino\public\lmhosts
    +# #END_ALTERNATE
    +#
    +# In the above example, the "appname" server contains a special
    +# character in its name, the "popular" and "localsrv" server names are
    +# preloaded, and the "rhino" server name is specified so it can be used
    +# to later #INCLUDE a centrally maintained lmhosts file if the "localsrv"
    +# system is unavailable.
    +#
    +# Note that the whole file is parsed including comments on each lookup,
    +# so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance.
    +# Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the
    +# end of this file.
    +

    HOSTS file

    This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC and contains the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in -every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux /etc/hosts file. -

    DNS Lookup

    +every way the equivalent of the UNIX/Linux /etc/hosts file. +

    DNS Lookup

    This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network configuration facility. If enabled, an elaborate name resolution sequence is followed the precise nature of which is dependant on how the NetBIOS @@ -14801,7 +14013,7 @@ cache. If that fails then DNS, HOSTS and LMHOSTS are checked. If set to Node Type 8, then a NetBIOS Unicast (over UDP Unicast) is sent to the WINS Server to obtain a lookup before DNS, HOSTS, LMHOSTS, or broadcast lookup is used. -

    WINS Lookup

    +

    WINS Lookup

    A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivalent of the rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores the names and IP addresses that are registered by a Windows client @@ -14809,24 +14021,20 @@ if the TCP/IP setup has been given at least one WINS Server IP Address.

    To configure Samba to be a WINS server the following parameter needs to be added to the smb.conf file: -

    -	wins support = Yes
    -

    +

    wins support = Yes

    To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are needed in the smb.conf file: -

    -	wins support = No
    -	wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
    -

    +

    wins support = No
    wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

    where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is the IP address of the WINS server. -

    Common Errors

    +

    For information about setting up Samba as a WINS server, read + the chapter on network browsing.

    Common Errors

    TCP/IP network configuration problems find every network administrator sooner or later. The cause can be anything from keyboard mishaps, forgetfulness, simple mistakes, and carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless! -

    My Boomerang Won't Come Back

    - Well, the real complaint said, "I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can - not ping my Windows machine from the samba server." +

    Pinging works only in one way

    + “I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can + not ping my Windows machine from the samba server.

    The Windows machine was at IP Address 192.168.1.2 with netmask 255.255.255.0, the Samba server (Linux) was at IP Address 192.168.1.130 with netmask 255.255.255.128. @@ -14834,49 +14042,49 @@ carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless!

    Due to inconsistent netmasks, the Windows machine was on network 192.168.1.0/24, while the Samba server was on network 192.168.1.128/25 - logically a different network. -

    Very Slow Network Connections

    +

    Very Slow Network Connections

    A common causes of slow network response includes: -

    • Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down

    • Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down

    • Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server

    • Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server

    • Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic

    Samba server name change problem

    - The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be +

    • Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down

    • Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down

    • Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server

    • Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server

    • Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic

    Samba server name change problem

    + “The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be pinged by new name from MS Windows NT4 Workstation, but it does still respond to ping using - the old name. Why? + the old name. Why?

    From this description three (3) things are rather obvious:

    • WINS is NOT in use, only broadcast based name resolution is used

    • The samba server was renamed and restarted within the last 10-15 minutes

    • The old samba server name is still in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 Workstation

    To find what names are present in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 machine, open a cmd shell, then: -

    -
    -	C:\temp\>nbtstat -n
    +	

    +

    +C:\> nbtstat -n
     
    -	              NetBIOS Local Name Table
    +              NetBIOS Local Name Table
     
    -	   Name                 Type          Status
    -	------------------------------------------------
    -	SLACK            <03>  UNIQUE      Registered
    -	ADMINISTRATOR    <03>  UNIQUE      Registered
    -	SLACK            <00>  UNIQUE      Registered
    -	SARDON           <00>  GROUP       Registered
    -	SLACK            <20>  UNIQUE      Registered
    -	SLACK            <1F>  UNIQUE      Registered
    +   Name                 Type          Status
    +------------------------------------------------
    +FRODO            <03>  UNIQUE      Registered
    +ADMINSTRATOR     <03>  UNIQUE      Registered
    +FRODO            <00>  UNIQUE      Registered
    +SARDON           <00>  GROUP       Registered
    +FRODO            <20>  UNIQUE      Registered
    +FRODO            <1F>  UNIQUE      Registered
     
     
    -	C:\Temp\>nbtstat -c
    +C:\> nbtstat -c
     
    -	             NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table
    +             NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table
     
    -	   Name                 Type       Host Address     Life [sec]
    -	--------------------------------------------------------------
    -	FRODO            <20>  UNIQUE      192.168.1.1          240
    +   Name                 Type       Host Address     Life [sec]
    +--------------------------------------------------------------
    +GANDALF	<20>  UNIQUE      192.168.1.1          240
     
    -	C:\Temp\>
    -	
    -

    - In the above example, FRODO is the Samba server and SLACK is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation. +C:\> +

    +

    + In the above example, GANDALF is the Samba server and FRODO is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation. The first listing shows the contents of the Local Name Table (i.e.: Identity information on the MS Windows workstation), the second shows the NetBIOS name in the NetBIOS name cache. The name cache contains the remote machines known to this workstation. -

    Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    TAKAHASHI Motonobu

    25 March 2003

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    TAKAHASHI Motonobu

    25 March 2003

    Features and Benefits

    Every industry eventually matures. One of the great areas of maturation is in the focus that has been given over the past decade to make it possible for anyone anywhere to use a computer. It has not always been that way, in fact, not so long @@ -14884,14 +14092,13 @@ ago it was common for software to be written for exclusive use in the country of origin.

    Of all the effort that has been brought to bear on providing native language support -for all computer users, the efforts of the Openi18n organisation is deserving of -special mention. For more information about Openi18n please refer to: -http://www.openi18n.org/. +for all computer users, the efforts of the Openi18n organisation is deserving of +special mention.

    Samba-2.x supported a single locale through a mechanism called codepages. Samba-3 is destined to become a truly trans-global file and printer sharing platform. -

    What are charsets and unicode?

    +

    What are charsets and unicode?

    Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be translated to a corresponding letter. The meaning that will be assigned to a certain number depends on the character set(charset) @@ -14908,84 +14115,233 @@ is more then all possible characters one could think of. They are called multibyte charsets (because they use more then one byte to store one character).

    -A standardised multibyte charset is unicode, info is available at -www.unicode.org. -A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; no -need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are + A standardised multibyte charset is unicode. +A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; there +is no need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are communicating. -

    Old windows clients used to use single-byte charsets, named +

    Old windows clients use single-byte charsets, named 'codepages' by Microsoft. However, there is no support for negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you -have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an old client. +have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an older client. Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire. -

    Samba and charsets

    +

    Samba and charsets

    As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally, samba knows of three kinds of character sets: -

    unix charset

    +

    unix charset

    This is the charset used internally by your operating system. - The default is ASCII, which is fine for most - systems. -

    display charset

    This is the charset samba will use to print messages + The default is UTF-8, which is fine for most + systems. The default in previous samba releases was ASCII. +

    display charset

    This is the charset samba will use to print messages on your screen. It should generally be the same as the unix charset. -

    dos charset

    This is the charset samba uses when communicating with +

    dos charset

    This is the charset samba uses when communicating with DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients. The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system. Run testparm -v | grep "dos charset" to see what the default is on your system. -

    Conversion from old names

    Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, +

    Conversion from old names

    Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only -for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.

    The following script from Steve Langasek converts all -filenames from CP850 to the iso8859-15 charset.

    -#find /path/to/share -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \ - -t iso8859-15`; if [ "$CP" != "$ISO" ]; then mv "$CP" "$ISO"; fi' \; - -

    Japanese charsets

    Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are -points of attention when setting it up:

    • You should set mangling method = -hash

    • There are various iconv() implementations around and not +for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.

      Bjoern Jacke has written a utility named convm that can convert whole directory + structures to different charsets with one single command. +

    Japanese charsets

    Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are +points of attention when setting it up:

    • You should set mangling method = hash

    • There are various iconv() implementations around and not all of them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem in CP932. libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and -does not work with EUC-JP.

    • You should set dos charset = CP932, not -Shift_JIS, SJIS...

    • Currently only unix charset = CP932 +does not work with EUC-JP.

    • You should set dos charset = CP932, not +Shift_JIS, SJIS...

    • Currently only unix charset = CP932 will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues. -unix charset = EUC-JP doesn't work well because of -iconv() issues.

    • Currently Samba 3.0 does not support unix charset -= UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*

    More information (in Japanese) is available at: http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html.

    Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note
    Features and Benefits

    Note

    +unix charset = EUC-JP doesn't work well because of +iconv() issues.

  • Currently Samba 3.0 does not support unix charset = UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*

  • More information (in Japanese) is available at: http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html.

    Common errors

    CP850.so can't be found

    Samba is complaining about a missing CP850.so file”.

    CP850 is the default dos charset. The dos charset is used to convert data to the codepage used by your dos clients. If you don't have any dos clients, you can safely ignore this message.

    CP850 should be supported by your local iconv implementation. Make sure you have all the required packages installed. If you compiled samba from source, make sure configure found iconv.

    Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note
    Features and Benefits

    Note

    This chapter did not make it into this release. It is planned for the published release of this document. -If you have something to contribute for this section please email it to -jht@samba.org/ -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    We need feedback from people who are backing up samba servers. We would like to know what software tools you are using to backup your samba server/s.

    In particular, if you have any success and / or failure stories you could share with other users this would be appreciated. -

    Chapter 29. High Availability Options

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note

    Note

    +

    Chapter 29. High Availability Options

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note

    Note

    This chapter did not make it into this release. It is planned for the published release of this document. -

    Migration and Updating

    Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    25 October 2002

    Charsets

    You might experience problems with special characters -when communicating with old DOS clients. Codepage -support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter -Unicode support for details. -

    Obsolete configuration options

    -In 3.0, the following configuration options have been removed. -

    printer driver (replaced by new driver procedures)
    printer driver file (replaced by new driver procedures)
    printer driver location (replaced by new driver procedures)
    use rhosts
    postscript
    client code page (replaced by dos charset)
    vfs path
    vfs options

    Password Backend

    -Effective with the release of samba-3 it is now imperative that the password backend -be correctly defined in smb.conf. -

    -Those migrating from samba-2.x with plaintext password support need the following: -passdb backend = guest. -

    -Those migrating from samba-2.x with encrypted password support should add to smb.conf -passdb backend = smbpasswd, guest. -

    -LDAP using Samba-2.x systems can continue to operate with the following entry -passdb backend = ldapsam_compat, guest. -

    Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    April 3, 2003

    +

    Migration and Updating

    Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    June 30, 2003

    New Features in Samba-3

    +Major new features: +

    1. + Active Directory support. This release is able to join a ADS realm + as a member server and authenticate users using LDAP/kerberos. +

    2. + Unicode support. Samba will now negotiate UNICODE on the wire and + internally there is now a much better infrastructure for multi-byte + and UNICODE character sets. +

    3. + New authentication system. The internal authentication system has + been almost completely rewritten. Most of the changes are internal, + but the new auth system is also very configurable. +

    4. + New filename mangling system. The filename mangling system has been + completely rewritten. An internal database now stores mangling maps + persistently. This needs lots of testing. +

    5. + New "net" command. A new "net" command has been added. It is + somewhat similar to the "net" command in windows. Eventually we + plan to replace a bunch of other utilities (such as smbpasswd) + with subcommands in "net", at the moment only a few things are + implemented. +

    6. + Samba now negotiates NT-style status32 codes on the wire. This + improves error handling a lot. +

    7. + Better Windows 2000/XP/2003 printing support including publishing + printer attributes in active directory +

    8. + New loadable RPC modules +

    9. + New dual-daemon winbindd support (-B) for better performance +

    10. + Support for migrating from a Windows NT 4.0 domain to a Samba + domain and maintaining user, group and domain SIDs +

    11. + Support for establishing trust relationships with Windows NT 4.0 + domain controllers +

    12. + Initial support for a distributed Winbind architecture using + an LDAP directory for storing SID to uid/gid mappings +

    13. + Major updates to the Samba documentation tree. +

    +Plus lots of other improvements! +

    Configuration Parameter Changes

    +This section contains a brief listing of changes to smb.conf options +in the 3.0.0 release. Please refer to the smb.conf(5) man page for +complete descriptions of new or modified parameters. +

    Removed Parameters

    (order alphabetically):

    • admin log

    • alternate permissions

    • character set

    • client codepage

    • code page directory

    • coding system

    • domain admin group

    • domain guest group

    • force unknown acl user

    • nt smb support

    • post script

    • printer driver

    • printer driver file

    • printer driver location

    • status

    • total print jobs

    • use rhosts

    • valid chars

    • vfs options

    New Parameters

    (new parameters have been grouped by function):

    Remote management

    • abort shutdown script

    • shutdown script

    User and Group Account Management

    • add group script

    • add machine script

    • add user to group script

    • algorithmic rid base

    • delete group script

    • delete user from group script

    • passdb backend

    • set primary group script

    Authentication

    • auth methods

    • ads server

    • realm

    Protocol Options

    • client lanman auth

    • client NTLMv2 auth

    • client schannel

    • client signing

    • client use spnego

    • disable netbios

    • ntlm auth

    • paranoid server security

    • server schannel

    • smb ports

    • use spnego

    File Service

    • get quota command

    • hide special files

    • hide unwriteable files

    • hostname lookups

    • kernel change notify

    • mangle prefix

    • msdfs proxy

    • set quota command

    • use sendfile

    • vfs objects

    Printing

    • max reported print jobs

    UNICODE and Character Sets

    • display charset

    • dos charset

    • unicode

    • unix charset

    SID to uid/gid Mappings

    • idmap backend

    • idmap gid

    • idmap only

    • idmap uid

    LDAP

    • ldap delete dn

    • ldap group suffix

    • ldap idmap suffix

    • ldap machine suffix

    • ldap passwd sync

    • ldap trust ids

    • ldap user suffix

    General Configuration

    • preload modules

    • privatedir

    Modified Parameters (changes in behavior):

    • encrypt passwords (enabled by default)

    • mangling method (set to 'hash2' by default)

    • passwd chat

    • passwd program

    • restrict anonymous (integer value)

    • security (new 'ads' value)

    • strict locking (enabled by default)

    • winbind cache time (increased to 5 minutes)

    • winbind uid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap uid')

    • winbind gid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap gid')

    New Functionality

    Databases

    + This section contains brief descriptions of any new databases + introduced in Samba 3.0. Please remember to backup your existing + ${lock directory}/*tdb before upgrading to Samba 3.0. Samba will + upgrade databases as they are opened (if necessary), but downgrading + from 3.0 to 2.2 is an unsupported path. +

    Table 30.1. TDB File Descriptions

    NameDescriptionBackup?
    account_policyUser policy settingsyes
    gencacheGeneric caching dbno
    group_mapping

    Mapping table from Windows groups/SID to unix groups

    yes
    idmap

    new ID map table from SIDS to UNIX uids/gids

    yes
    namecacheName resolution cache entriesno
    netlogon_unigrp

    Cache of universal group membership obtained when operating + as a member of a Windows domain

    no
    printing/*.tdb

    Cached output from 'lpq command' created on a per print + service basis

    no
    registry

    Read-only samba registry skeleton that provides support for + exporting various db tables via the winreg RPCs

    no

    Changes in Behavior

    + The following issues are known changes in behavior between Samba 2.2 and + Samba 3.0 that may affect certain installations of Samba. +

    1. + When operating as a member of a Windows domain, Samba 2.2 would + map any users authenticated by the remote DC to the 'guest account' + if a uid could not be obtained via the getpwnam() call. Samba 3.0 + rejects the connection as NT_STATUS_LOGON_FAILURE. There is no + current work around to re-establish the 2.2 behavior. +

    2. + When adding machines to a Samba 2.2 controlled domain, the + 'add user script' was used to create the UNIX identity of the + machine trust account. Samba 3.0 introduces a new 'add machine + script' that must be specified for this purpose. Samba 3.0 will + not fall back to using the 'add user script' in the absence of + an 'add machine script' +

    Charsets

    + You might experience problems with special characters when communicating with old DOS + clients. Codepage support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter + Unicode support for details. +

    Passdb Backends and Authentication

    + There have been a few new changes that Samba administrators should be + aware of when moving to Samba 3.0. +

    1. + Encrypted passwords have been enabled by default in order to + inter-operate better with out-of-the-box Windows client + installations. This does mean that either (a) a samba account + must be created for each user, or (b) 'encrypt passwords = no' + must be explicitly defined in smb.conf. +

    2. + Inclusion of new security = ads option for integration + with an Active Directory domain using the native Windows + Kerberos 5 and LDAP protocols. +

    + Samba 3.0 also includes the possibility of setting up chains + of authentication methods + (auth methods) and account + storage backends + (passdb backend). + Please refer to the smb.conf + man page and the chapter about account information databases for details. While both parameters assume sane default + values, it is likely that you will need to understand what the + values actually mean in order to ensure Samba operates correctly. +

    + Certain functions of the smbpasswd(8) tool have been split between the + new smbpasswd(8) utility, the net(8) tool, and the new pdbedit(8) + utility. See the respective man pages for details. +

    Charsets

    + You might experience problems with special characters when communicating with old DOS + clients. Codepage support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter + Unicode support for details. +

    LDAP

    + This section outlines the new features affecting Samba / LDAP integration. +

    New Schema

    + A new object class (sambaSamAccount) has been introduced to replace + the old sambaAccount. This change aids us in the renaming of attributes + to prevent clashes with attributes from other vendors. There is a + conversion script (examples/LDAP/convertSambaAccount) to modify and LDIF + file to the new schema. +

    + Example: +

    +		$ ldapsearch .... -b "ou=people,dc=..." > old.ldif
    +		$ convertSambaAccount <DOM SID> old.ldif new.ldif
    +		

    + The <DOM SID> can be obtained by running 'net getlocalsid <DOMAINNAME> + on the Samba PDC as root. +

    + The old sambaAccount schema may still be used by specifying the + "ldapsam_compat" passdb backend. However, the sambaAccount and + associated attributes have been moved to the historical section of + the schema file and must be uncommented before use if needed. + The 2.2 object class declaration for a sambaAccount has not changed + in the 3.0 samba.schema file. +

    + Other new object classes and their uses include: +

    • + sambaDomain - domain information used to allocate rids + for users and groups as necessary. The attributes are added + in 'ldap suffix' directory entry automatically if + an idmap uid/gid range has been set and the 'ldapsam' + passdb backend has been selected. +

    • + sambaGroupMapping - an object representing the + relationship between a posixGroup and a Windows + group/SID. These entries are stored in the 'ldap + group suffix' and managed by the 'net groupmap' command. +

    • + sambaUnixIdPool - created in the 'ldap idmap suffix' entry + automatically and contains the next available 'idmap uid' and + 'idmap gid' +

    • + sambaIdmapEntry - object storing a mapping between a + SID and a UNIX uid/gid. These objects are created by the + idmap_ldap module as needed. +

    New Suffix for Searching

    + The following new smb.conf parameters have been added to aid in directing + certain LDAP queries when 'passdb backend = ldapsam://...' has been + specified. +

    • ldap suffix - used to search for user and computer accounts

    • ldap user suffix - used to store user accounts

    • ldap machine suffix - used to store machine trust accounts

    • ldap group suffix - location of posixGroup/sambaGroupMapping entries

    • ldap idmap suffix - location of sambaIdmapEntry objects

    + If an 'ldap suffix' is defined, it will be appended to all of the + remaining sub-suffix parameters. In this case, the order of the suffix + listings in smb.conf is important. Always place the 'ldap suffix' first + in the list. +

    + Due to a limitation in Samba's smb.conf parsing, you should not surround + the DN's with quotation marks. +

    IdMap LDAP support

    + Samba 3.0 supports an ldap backend for the idmap subsystem. The + following options would inform Samba that the idmap table should be + stored on the directory server onterose in the "ou=idmap,dc=plainjoe, + dc=org" partition. +

    [global]
    ...
    idmap backend = ldap:ldap://onterose/
    ldap idmap suffix = ou=idmap,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
    idmap uid = 40000-50000
    idmap gid = 40000-50000

    + This configuration allows winbind installations on multiple servers to + share a uid/gid number space, thus avoiding the interoperability problems + with NFS that were present in Samba 2.2. +

    Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    April 3, 2003

    This is a rough guide to assist those wishing to migrate from NT4 domain control to Samba-3 based domain control. -

    Planning and Getting Started

    +

    Planning and Getting Started

    In the IT world there is often a saying that all problems are encountered because of poor planning. The corollary to this saying is that not all problems can be anticipated and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticipate most show stopper type situations. @@ -14993,65 +14349,62 @@ and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticipate most show stopper typ Those wishing to migrate from MS Windows NT4 domain control to a Samba-3 domain control environment would do well to develop a detailed migration plan. So here are a few pointers to help migration get under way. -

    Objectives

    +

    Objectives

    The key objective for most organisations will be to make the migration from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 domain control as painless as possible. One of the challenges you may experience in your migration process may well be one of convincing management that the new environment should remain in place. Many who have introduced open source technologies have experienced pressure to return to a Microsoft based platform solution at the first sign of trouble.

    -It is strongly advised that before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network -that every possible effort be made to gain all-round commitment to the change. Firstly, you -should know precisely why the change is important for the organisation. -Possible motivations to make a change include: -

    Improve network manageability
    Obtain better user level functionality
    Reduce network operating costs
    Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support
    Avoid MS License 6 implications
    Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft

    -It is vital that it be well recognised that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers -an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers some -advantages compared with it. It should also be recognised that Samba-3 lacks many of the +Before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network make every possible effort to +gain all-round commitment to the change. Know precisely why the change +is important for the organisation. Possible motivations to make a change include: +

    • Improve network manageability

    • Obtain better user level functionality

    • Reduce network operating costs

    • Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support

    • Avoid MS License 6 implications

    • Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft

    +Make sure that everyone knows that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers +an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers +advantages compared with it. Gain recognition that Samba-3 lacks many of the features that Microsoft has promoted as core values in migration from MS Windows NT4 to MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services).

    What are the features that Samba-3 can NOT provide? -

    Active Directory Server
    Group Policy Objects (in Active Directory)
    Machine Policy objects
    Logon Scripts in Active Directory
    Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory

    +

    • Active Directory Server

    • Group Policy Objects (in Active Directory)

    • Machine Policy objects

    • Logon Scripts in Active Directory

    • Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory

    The features that Samba-3 DOES provide and that may be of compelling interest to your site includes: -

    Lower Cost of Ownership
    Global availability of support with no strings attached
    Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)
    Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts
    Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files
    Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability
    Manageability via an ssh connection
    Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)
    Ability to implement a full single-sign-on architecture
    Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand

    -Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 it is vital that all necessary factors are -considered. Users should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a -welcome one and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are some of the -factors that will go into a successful migration: -

    Domain Layout

    +

    • Lower Cost of Ownership

    • Global availability of support with no strings attached

    • Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)

    • Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts

    • Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files

    • Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability

    • Manageability via an ssh connection

    • Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)

    • Ability to implement a full single-sign-on architecture

    • Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand

    +Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 consider all necessary factors. Users +should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a welcome one +and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are factors that will +help ensure a successful migration: +

    Domain Layout

    Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (probably best called a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be paid to the location of the primary domain controller (PDC) as well as backup controllers (BDCs). -It should be noted that one way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one -chooses to use an LDAP authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different -domains. This means that in a complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, that itself -can be distributed, that can simultaneously serve multiple domains (that can also be widely distributed). -

    -It is recommended that from a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number -of servers, per domain should be scaled according to needs and should also consider server capacity -and network bandwidth. -

    -A physical network segment may house several domains, each of which may span multiple network segments. -Where domains span routed network segments it is most advisable to consider and test the performance -implications of the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is being -designed to serve multiple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems if the -response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC is more than 100 ms. In situations -where the delay is too long it is highly recommended to locate a backup controller (BDC) to serve as -the local authentication and access control server. -

    Server Share and Directory Layout

    -There are few cardinal rules to effective network design that can be broken with impunity. -The most important rule of effective network management is that simplicity is king in every -well controlled network. Every part of the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex -it is, the greater will be the demand of keeping systems secure and functional. -

    -The nature of the data that must be stored needs to be born in mind when deciding how many -shares must be created. The physical disk space layout should also be taken into account -when designing where share points will be created. Keep in mind that all data needs to be -backed up, thus the simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to keep track of what must -be backed up to tape or other off-line storage medium. Always plan and implement for minimum +One way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one chooses to use an LDAP +authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different domains. In a +complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, which itself can be distributed (ie: Have +a master server and multiple slave servers) that can simultaneously serve multiple domains. +

    +From a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number of servers, per +domain should be scaled taking into consideration server capacity and network bandwidth. +

    +A physical network segment may house several domains. Each may span multiple network segments. +Where domains span routed network segments, consider and test the performance implications of +the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is designed to +serve multiple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems. Check the +response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC. If long (more than 100 ms) +locate a backup controller (BDC) on the remote segmanet to serve as the local authentication and +access control server. +

    Server Share and Directory Layout

    +There are cardinal rules to effective network design. These can not be broken with impunity. +The most important rule: Simplicity is king in every well controlled network. Every part of +the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex it is, the greater will be the demand +of keeping systems secure and functional. +

    +Keep in mind the nature of how data must be share. Physical disk space layout should be considered +carefully. Some data must be backed up. The simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to +keep track of backed needs. Identify what back media will be meet needs, consider backup to tape +, CD-ROM or (DVD-ROM), or other off-line storage medium. Plan and implement for minimum maintenance. Leave nothing to chance in your design, above all, do not leave backups to chance: Backup and test, validate every backup, create a disaster recovery plan and prove that it works.

    @@ -15059,54 +14412,70 @@ Users should be grouped according to data access control needs. File and directo is best controlled via group permissions and the use of the "sticky bit" on group controlled directories may substantially avoid file access complaints from samba share users.

    -Many network administrators who are new to the game will attempt to use elaborate techniques -to set access controls, on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions. -There is the ever present danger that that administrator's successor will not understand the -complex mess that has been inherited. Remember, apparent job security through complex design -and implementation may ultimately cause loss of operations and downtime to users as the new -administrator learns to untangle your web. Keep access controls simple and effective and -make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity. -

    Logon Scripts

    -Please refer to the section of this document on Advanced Network Administration for information -regarding the network logon script options for Samba-3. Logon scripts can help to ensure that -all users gain share and printer connections they need. -

    -Logon scripts can be created on-the-fly so that all commands executed are specific to the -rights and privileges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through +Inexperienced network administrators often attempt elaborate techniques to set access +controls on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions. +Keep your design and implementation simple and document your design extensively. Have others +audit your documentation. Do not create a complex mess that your successor will not understand. +Remember, job security through complex design and implementation may cause loss of operations +and downtime to users as the new administrator learns to untangle your knots. Keep access +controls simple and effective and make sure that users will never be interrupted by stupid +complexity. +

    Logon Scripts

    +Logon scripts can help to ensure that all users gain share and printer connections they need. +

    +Logon scripts can be created 'on-the-fly' so that all commands executed are specific to the +rights and priviliges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logon script using -the root preexec parameters to the NETLOGON share. +the root preexec parameters to the NETLOGON share.

    Some sites prefer to use a tool such as kixstart to establish a controlled user environment. In any case you may wish to do a google search for logon script process controls. In particular, you may wish to explore the use of the Microsoft knowledgebase article KB189105 that deals with how to add printers without user intervention via the logon script process. -

    Profile Migration/Creation

    +

    Profile Migration/Creation

    User and Group Profiles may be migrated using the tools described in the section titled Desktop Profile Management.

    Profiles may also be managed using the Samba-3 tool profiles. This tool allows the MS Windows NT style security identifiers (SIDs) that are stored inside the profile NTuser.DAT file to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain. -

    User and Group Accounts

    +

    User and Group Accounts

    It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the -groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain AND to connect these to -suitable Unix/Linux groups. Following this simple advice will mean that all user and group attributes +groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain AND to map these to +suitable Unix/Linux groups. By following this simple advice all user and group attributes should migrate painlessly. -

    Steps In Migration Process

    +

    Steps In Migration Process

    The approximate migration process is described below.

    • You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be migrated

    • -Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc. -

    Procedure 31.1. The Account Migration Process

    1. Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager

      1. Samba must NOT be running

    2. rpcclient NT4PDC -U Administrator%passwd

      1. lsaquery

      2. Note the SID returned

    3. net getsid -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd

      1. Note the SID

    4. net getlocalsid

      1. Note the SID, now check that all three SIDS reported are the same!

    5. net rpc join -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd

    6. net rpc vampire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd

    7. pdbedit -L

      1. Note - did the users migrate?

    8. initGrps.sh DOMNAME

    9. net groupmap list

      1. Now check that all groups are recognised

    10. net rpc vampire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd

    11. pdbedit -Lv

      1. Note - check that all group membership has been migrated

    -Now it is time to migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files. -More later. -

    Migration Options

    -Based on feedback from many sites as well as from actual installation and maintenance -experience sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba -based solution fit into three basic categories. -

    Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types

    Number of UsersDescription
    < 50

    Want simple conversion with NO pain

    50 - 250

    Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity

    > 250

    Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas

    Planning for Success

    +Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc. Configure the smb.conf file +to fucntion as a BDC. ie: domain master = No. +

    Procedure 31.1. The Account Migration Process

    1. Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager

      1. Samba must NOT be running

    2. net rpc join -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd

    3. net rpc vampire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd

    4. pdbedit -L

      1. Note - did the users migrate?

    5. + Now assign each of the UNIX groups to NT groups: + (Note: It may be useful to copy this text to a script called + initGroups.sh) +

      +#!/bin/bash
      +#### Keep this as a shell script for future re-use
      +			
      +# First assign well known domain global groups
      +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmins
      +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody
      +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users
      +
      +# Now for our added domain global groups
      +net groupmap add ntgroup="Designers" unixgroup=designers type=d rid=3200
      +net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers" unixgroup=engineers type=d rid=3210
      +net groupmap add ntgroup="QA Team"   unixgroup=qateam    type=d rid=3220
      +

      +

    6. net groupmap list

      1. Now check that all groups are recognised

    +Now migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files. +

    Migration Options

    +Sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba based solution +generally fit into three basic categories. +

    Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types

    Number of UsersDescription
    < 50

    Want simple conversion with NO pain

    50 - 250

    Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity

    > 250

    Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas

    Planning for Success

    There are three basic choices for sites that intend to migrate from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3.

    • @@ -15116,7 +14485,7 @@ to Samba-3.

    • Complete Redesign (completely new solution)

    -No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream problems: +Minimise down-stream problems by:

    • Take sufficient time

    • @@ -15125,65 +14494,28 @@ No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream pr Test ALL assumptions

    • Test full roll-out program, including workstation deployment -

    Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices

    SimpleUpgradedRedesign

    Make use of minimal OS specific features

    Translate NT4 features to new host OS features

    Decide:

    Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3

    Copy and improve:

    Authentication Regime (database location and access)

    Make least number of operational changes

    Make progressive improvements

    Desktop Management Methods

    Take least amount of time to migrate

    Minimise user impact

    Better Control of Desktops / Users

    Live versus Isolated Conversion

    Maximise functionality

    Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability

    Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out)

    Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity

    Samba Implementation Choices

    -Authentication database back end
    -	Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server)
    -	Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs
    -	External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain
    -
    -Database type
    -	smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam
    -
    -Access Control Points
    -	On the Share itself (Use NT4 Server Manager)
    -	On the file system
    -	Unix permissions on files and directories
    -	Enable Posix ACLs in file system?
    -	Through Samba share parameters
    -		Not recommended - except as only resort
    -
    -Policies (migrate or create new ones)
    -	Group Policy Editor (NT4)
    -	Watch out for Tattoo effect
    -
    -User and Group Profiles
    -	Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local
    -	to a Roaming profile Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs
    -	(NTUser.DAT)
    -
    -Logon Scripts (Know how they work)
    -
    -User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux
    -	username map facility may be needed
    -	Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups
    -	Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration
    -NOTE:
    -If migrating to LDAP back end it may be easier to dump initial LDAP database
    -to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP
    -
    -	OS specific scripts / programs may be needed
    -		Add / delete Users
    -			Note OS limits on size of name (Linux 8 chars)
    -				NT4 up to 254 chars
    -		Add / delete machines
    -			Applied only to domain members (note up to 16 chars)
    -		Add / delete Groups
    -			Note OS limits on size and nature
    -				Linux limit is 16 char,
    -				no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd)
    -
    -Migration Tools
    -	Domain Control (NT4 Style)
    -	Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security
    -
    -Migration Tools
    -	Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles
    -	Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS)
    -
    -Authentication
    -	New SAM back end (smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)
    -
    -

    Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices

    SimpleUpgradedRedesign

    Make use of minimal OS specific features

    Translate NT4 features to new host OS features

    Decide:

    Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3

    Copy and improve:

    Authentication Regime (database location and access)

    Make least number of operational changes

    Make progressive improvements

    Desktop Management Methods

    Take least amount of time to migrate

    Minimise user impact

    Better Control of Desktops / Users

    Live versus Isolated Conversion

    Maximise functionality

    Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability

    Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out)

    Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity

    Samba-3 Implementation Choices

    Authentication database/back end:

    + Samba-3 can use an external authentication backend: +

    +

    • Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server)

    • External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain

    • Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs

    +

    + Samba-3 can use a local authentication backend: +

    • smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam

    +

    Access Control Points:
    • On the Share itself - using Share ACLs

    • On the file system - using UNIX permissions on files and directories

      Note: Can Enable Posix ACLs in file system also

    • Through Samba share parameters - Not recommended - except as last resort

    Policies (migrate or create new ones):
    • Using Group Policy Editor (NT4)

    • - Watch out for Tattoo effect

    User and Group Profiles:

    + Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local to a Roaming profile + Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs (NTUser.DAT) +

    Logon Scripts:

    + Know how they work +

    User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux:
    • username map facility may be needed

    • Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups

    • Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration

      + NOTE: When migrating to LDAP back, end it may be easier to dump initial + LDAP database to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP +

    OS specific scripts/programs may be needed:
    • Add/Delete Users: Note OS limits on size of name + (Linux 8 chars) NT4 up to 254 chars

    • Add/Delete Machines: Applied only to domain members + (Note: Machine names may be limited to 16 characters)

    • Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups

    • Add/Delete Groups: Note OS limits on size and nature. + Linux limit is 16 char, no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd)

    Migration Tools:

    + Domain Control (NT4 Style) Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security +

    • Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles

    • Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS)

    +

    Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    April 21, 2003

    There are many and varied opinions regarding the usefulness or otherwise of SWAT. No matter how hard one tries to produce the perfect configuration tool it remains an object of personal taste. SWAT is a tool that will allow web based configuration @@ -15191,7 +14523,7 @@ of samba. It has a wizard that may help to get samba configured quickly, it has sensitive help on each smb.conf parameter, it provides for monitoring of current state of connection information, and it allows network wide MS Windows network password management. -

    Features and Benefits

    +

    Features and Benefits

    There are network administrators who believe that it is a good idea to write systems documentation inside configuration files, for them SWAT will aways be a nasty tool. SWAT does not store the configuration file in any intermediate form, rather, it stores only the @@ -15203,9 +14535,9 @@ internal ordering. So before using SWAT please be warned - SWAT will completely replace your smb.conf with a fully optimised file that has been stripped of all comments you might have placed there and only non-default settings will be written to the file. -

    Enabling SWAT for use

    +

    Enabling SWAT for use

    SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system -your Unix/Linux system has you will have either an inetd or +your UNIX/Linux system has you will have either an inetd or xinetd based system.

    The nature and location of the network super-daemon varies with the operating system @@ -15219,8 +14551,8 @@ The control entry for the older style file might be: swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat

    A control file for the newer style xinetd could be: -

    -
    +

    +

     	# default: off
     	# description: SWAT is the Samba Web Admin Tool. Use swat \
     	#              to configure your Samba server. To use SWAT, \
    @@ -15236,9 +14568,9 @@ A control file for the newer style xinetd could be:
     		log_on_failure  += USERID
     		disable = yes
     	}
    -
    +

    -

    +

    Both the above examples assume that the swat binary has been located in the /usr/sbin directory. In addition to the above SWAT will use a directory access point from which it will load it's help files @@ -15257,32 +14589,32 @@ So long as you log onto SWAT as the user rootHOME, GLOBALS, SHARES, PRINTERS, WIZARD, STATUS, VIEW, PASSWORD. -

    Securing SWAT through SSL

    +

    Securing SWAT through SSL

    Lots of people have asked about how to setup SWAT with SSL to allow for secure remote administration of Samba. Here is a method that works, courtesy of Markus Krieger

    Modifications to the swat setup are as following:

    1. install OpenSSL -

    2. +

    3. generate certificate and private key -

      +

       root# /usr/bin/openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -nodes -config \
      - 	/usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \
      +	/usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \
       	-out /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -keyout /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem
      -	
    4. +

    5. remove swat-entry from [x]inetd -

    6. +

    7. start stunnel -

      +

       root# stunnel -p /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -d 901 \
       	 -l /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat 
      -	

    +

    afterwords simply contact to swat by using the URL https://myhost:901, accept the certificate and the SSL connection is up. -

    The SWAT Home Page

    +

    The SWAT Home Page

    The SWAT title page provides access to the latest Samba documentation. The manual page for each samba component is accessible from this page as are the Samba-HOWTO-Collection (this document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba". @@ -15290,15 +14622,14 @@ document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba". Administrators who wish to validate their samba configuration may obtain useful information from the man pages for the diagnostic utilities. These are available from the SWAT home page also. One diagnostic tool that is NOT mentioned on this page, but that is particularly -useful is ethereal, available from -http://www.ethereal.com. +useful is ethereal.

    Warning

    SWAT can be configured to run in demo mode. This is NOT recommended as it runs SWAT without authentication and with full administrative ability. ie: Allows changes to smb.conf as well as general operation with root privileges. The option that creates this ability is the -a flag to swat. Do not use this in any production environment. -

    Global Settings

    +

    Global Settings

    The Globals button will expose a page that allows configuration of the global parameters in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters:

    • @@ -15311,8 +14642,8 @@ in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters: will want to tamper with.

    To switch to other than Basic editing ability click on either the -Advanced or the Developer dial, then click the -Commit Changes button. +Advanced or the Developer button. You may also +do this by clicking on the radio button, then click the Commit Changes button.

    After making any changes to configuration parameters make sure that you click on the Commit Changes button before moving to another area otherwise @@ -15320,7 +14651,7 @@ your changes will be immediately lost.

    Note

    SWAT has context sensitive help. To find out what each parameter is for simply click the Help link to the left of the configuration parameter. -

    Share Settings

    +

    Share Settings

    To affect a currently configured share, simply click on the pull down button between the Choose Share and the Delete Share buttons, select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the @@ -15330,7 +14661,7 @@ select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the To create a new share, next to the button labelled Create Share enter into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the Create Share button. -

    Printers Settings

    +

    Printers Settings

    To affect a currently configured printer, simply click on the pull down button between the Choose Printer and the Delete Printer buttons, select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the @@ -15340,7 +14671,7 @@ select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on th To create a new printer, next to the button labelled Create Printer enter into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the Create Printer button. -

    The SWAT Wizard

    +

    The SWAT Wizard

    The purpose if the SWAT Wizard is to help the Microsoft knowledgeable network administrator to configure Samba with a minimum of effort.

    @@ -15356,7 +14687,7 @@ Finally, there are a limited set of options that will determine what type of ser will be configured for, whether it will be a WINS server, participate as a WINS client, or operate with no WINS support. By clicking on one button you can elect to expose (or not) user home directories. -

    The Status Page

    +

    The Status Page

    The status page serves a limited purpose. Firstly, it allows control of the samba daemons. The key daemons that create the samba server environment are: smbd, nmbd, winbindd.

    @@ -15367,11 +14698,11 @@ conditions with minimal effort.

    Lastly, the Status page may be used to terminate specific smbd client connections in order to free files that may be locked. -

    The View Page

    +

    The View Page

    This page allows the administrator to view the optimised smb.conf file and, if you are particularly masochistic, will permit you also to see all possible global configuration parameters and their settings. -

    The Password Change Page

    +

    The Password Change Page

    The Password Change page is a popular tool. This tool allows the creation, deletion, deactivation and reactivation of MS Windows networking users on the local machine. Alternatively, you can use this tool to change a local password for a user account. @@ -15382,7 +14713,7 @@ required.

    One popular use for this tool is to change user passwords across a range of remote MS Windows servers. -

    Troubleshooting

    Chapter 33. The Samba checklist

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Wed Jan 15

    Introduction

    This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem is if it fails any one of these steps. If it passes all these tests @@ -15397,7 +14728,7 @@ to solve a problem. If you send one of the samba mailing lists an email saying "it doesn't work" and you have not followed this test procedure then you should not be surprised if your email is ignored. -

    Assumptions

    +

    Assumptions

    In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP.

    @@ -15407,15 +14738,8 @@ It is also assumed you know the name of an available share in your smb.conf. I will assume this share is called tmp. You can add a tmp share like this by adding the following to smb.conf: -

    -
    -[tmp]
    - comment = temporary files 
    - path = /tmp
    - read only = yes
    -
    -
    -

    Note

    +

    Example 33.1. smb.conf with [tmp] share

    [tmp]
    comment = temporary files
    path = /tmp
    read only = yes

    +

    Note

    These tests assume version 3.0 or later of the samba suite. Some commands shown did not exist in earlier versions.

    @@ -15427,7 +14751,7 @@ file points to name servers that really do exist. Also, if you do not have DNS server access for name resolution please check that the settings for your smb.conf file results in dns proxy = no. The best way to check this is with testparm smb.conf. -

    +

    It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the tail -F log_file_name in a separate terminal console (use ctrl-alt-F1 through F6 or multiple terminals in X). @@ -15438,7 +14762,7 @@ depending on how or if you specified logging in your smb.co

    If you make changes to your smb.conf file while going through these test, don't forget to restart smbd and nmbd. -

    The tests

    Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server

    1. +

    The tests

    Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server

    1. In the directory in which you store your smb.conf file, run the command testparm smb.conf. If it reports any errors then your smb.conf configuration file is faulty. @@ -15484,6 +14808,8 @@ that file incorrectly. If you installed it as a daemon then check that it is running, and check that the netbios-ssn port is in a LISTEN state using netstat -a.

      Note

      + + Some Unix / Linux systems use xinetd in place of inetd. Check your system documentation for the location of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of @@ -15500,26 +14826,20 @@ files exist. There are a number of reasons for which smbd may refuse or decline a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of the following smb.conf file entries: -

      -	hosts deny = ALL
      -	hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy
      -	bind interfaces only = Yes
      -

      +

      hosts deny = ALL
      hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy
      bind interfaces only = Yes

      In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that will automatically translate to the loopback adapter address 127.0.0.1. To solve this problem change these lines to: -

      -	hosts deny = ALL
      -	hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127.
      -

      -Do not use the bind interfaces only parameter where you +

      hosts deny = ALL
      hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127.

      +Do not use the bind interfaces only parameter where you may wish to use the samba password change facility, or where smbclient may need to access a local service for name resolution or for local resource -connections. (Note: the bind interfaces only parameter deficiency +connections. (Note: the bind interfaces only parameter deficiency where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be fixed soon).

      + Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running on port 139, such as Samba (ie: smbd is running from inetd already) or @@ -15562,20 +14882,20 @@ messages from several hosts. If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the -interfaces option in smb.conf to manually configure your IP +interfaces option in smb.conf to manually configure your IP address, broadcast and netmask.

      If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to -use the -B option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs +use the -B option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs subnet.

      This test will probably fail if your subnet mask and broadcast address are not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above). -

    2. +

    3. Run the command smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP. You should then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with -another account then add the -U accountname option to the end of +another account then add the -U accountname option to the end of the command line. eg: smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe

      Note

      @@ -15592,14 +14912,13 @@ If it says bad password then the likely causes ar you have shadow passwords (or some other password system) but didn't compile in support for them in smbd

    4. - your valid users configuration is incorrect + your valid users configuration is incorrect

    5. - you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the password - level option at a high enough level + you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the password level option at a high enough level

    6. - the path = line in smb.conf is incorrect. Check it with testparm + the path line in smb.conf is incorrect. Check it with testparm

    7. - you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users + you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users. Run

      smbpasswd -a username

      .

    Once connected you should be able to use the commands dir get put etc. @@ -15649,14 +14968,13 @@ installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your hosts and other config lines in smb.conf are correct.

    It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to -connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line user = -username to the [tmp] section of +connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line user = username to the [tmp] section of smb.conf where username is the username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this fixes things you may need the username mapping option.

    It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords -and you have encrypt passwords = no in smb.conf +and you have encrypt passwords = no in smb.conf Turn it back on to fix.

  • Run the command nmblookup -M testgroup where @@ -15667,30 +14985,33 @@ master browser for that workgroup. If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after that then look at the browsing options you have set in smb.conf. Make -sure you have preferred master = yes to ensure that +sure you have preferred master = yes to ensure that an election is held at startup.

  • ->From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should +From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should appear in the browse list of your local workgroup (or the one you -specified in smb.conf). You should be able to double click on the name +specified in smb.conf). You should be able to double click on the name of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a "invalid password" error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set -security = server AND -password server = Windows_NT_Machine in your -smb.conf file, or make sure encrypted passwords is +security = server AND +password server = Windows_NT_Machine in your +smb.conf file, or make sure encrypt passwords is set to "yes". -

  • Still having troubles?

    Read the chapter on -Analysing and Solving Problems. -

    Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    David Bannon

    Samba Team

    8 Apr 2003

    +

    Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems

    Gerald (Jerry) Carter

    Samba Team

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    David Bannon

    Samba Team

    8 Apr 2003

    There are many sources of information available in the form of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation. The docs that come with the samba distribution contain very good explanations of -general SMB topics such as browsing.

    Diagnostics tools

    +general SMB topics such as browsing.

    Diagnostics tools

    With SMB networking, it is often not immediately clear what +the cause is of a certain problem. Samba itself provides rather +useful information, but in some cases you might have to fall back +to using a sniffer. A sniffer is a program that +listens on your LAN, analyses the data sent on it and displays it +on the screen.

    Debugging with Samba itself

    One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself. You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what -debug level at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and +debug level at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).

    @@ -15709,14 +15030,19 @@ typing in your password, you can attach gdb and continue.

    Some useful samba commands worth investigating:

    -	$ testparm | more
    -	$ smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}
    -

    -An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from -http://www.tcpdup.org/. -Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for Unix and Win32 -hosts, can be downloaded from http://www.ethereal.com. -

    +$ testparm | more +$ smbclient -L //{netbios name of server} +

    Tcpdump

    Tcpdump was the first +unix sniffer with SMB support. It is a command-line utility and +nowadays, it's SMB support is somewhat less then that of ethereal +and tethereal.

    Ethereal

    +Ethereal is a graphical +sniffer, available for both unix (Gtk) and Windows. Ethereal's +SMB support is very good.

    For details on the use of ethereal, read the well-written +ethereal User Guide.

    +Listen for data on ports 137, 138, 139 and 445. E.g. +use the filter port 137 or port 138 or port 139 or port 445.

    A console version of ethereal is available as well and is called +tethereal.

    The Windows Network Monitor

    For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor (aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's, the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of @@ -15726,7 +15052,7 @@ The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon formatted files. -

    Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box

    +

    Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation

    Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple of steps. The following are for installing Netmon V4.00.349, which comes with Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, on Microsoft Windows NT @@ -15759,17 +15085,17 @@ Now copy the files from the NT Server in %SYSTEMROOT%\Syste to %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* on the Workstation and set permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon. -

    +

    Installing 'Network Monitor' on an 9x Workstation

    To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent from the Windows 9x CD (\admin\nettools\netmon). There is a readme file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need information on how to do this. Copy the files from a working Netmon installation. -

    Useful URLs

    • See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at +

    Useful URLs

    Getting help from the mailing lists

    + ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/

    Getting help from the mailing lists

    There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to http://samba.org, click on your nearest mirror and then click on Support and then click on Samba related mailing lists. @@ -15779,10 +15105,10 @@ For questions relating to Samba TNG go to It has been requested that you don't post questions about Samba-TNG to the main stream Samba lists.

    If you post a message to one of the lists please observe the following guide lines : -

    • Always remember that the developers are volunteers, they are +

      • Always remember that the developers are volunteers, they are not paid and they never guarantee to produce a particular feature at a particular time. Any time lines are 'best guess' and nothing more. -

      • Always mention what version of samba you are using and what +

      • Always mention what version of samba you are using and what operating system its running under. You should probably list the relevant sections of your smb.conf file, at least the options in [global] that affect PDC support.

      • In addition to the version, if you obtained Samba via @@ -15803,15 +15129,14 @@ error messages.

      • (Possibly) If you have a complete netmon trace ( the pipe to the error ) you can send the *.CAP file as well.

      • Please think carefully before attaching a document to an email. Consider pasting the relevant parts into the body of the message. The samba mailing lists go to a huge number of people, do they all need a copy of your -smb.conf in their attach directory?

    How to get off the mailing lists

    To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the +smb.conf in their attach directory?

    How to get off the mailing lists

    To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the same place you went to to get on it. Go to http://lists.samba.org, click on your nearest mirror and then click on Support and -then click on Samba related mailing lists. Or perhaps see -here +then click on Samba related mailing lists.

    Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...) -

    Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?

    27 June 1997

    Introduction

    Please report bugs using +

    Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    27 June 1997

    Introduction

    Please report bugs using bugzilla.

    Please take the time to read this file before you submit a bug report. Also, please see if it has changed between releases, as we @@ -15833,7 +15158,7 @@ that list that may be able to help you. You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives, which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages at http://samba.org/samba/. -

    General info

    +

    General info

    Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that you've misconfigured something and run testparm to test your config @@ -15845,42 +15170,38 @@ This is very important. If you include part of a log file with your bug report then be sure to annotate it with exactly what you were doing on the client at the time, and exactly what the results were. -

    Debug levels

    +

    Debug levels

    If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably be very useful. Depending on the problem a log level of between 3 and 10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level gives more detail, but may use too much disk space.

    -To set the debug level use the log level in your +To set the debug level use the log level in your smb.conf. You may also find it useful to set the log level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. -To do this use: -

    -log level = 10
    -log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m
    -include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m
    -

    +To do this add the following lines to your main smb.conf file: +

    log level = 10
    log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m
    include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m

    then create a file /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.machine where machine is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file put any smb.conf commands you want, for example -log level may be useful. This also allows you to +log level may be useful. This also allows you to experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just one machine.

    -The smb.conf entry log level -is synonymous with the parameter debuglevel that has +The smb.conf entry log level +is synonymous with the parameter debuglevel that has been used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards compatibility of smb.conf files.

    -As the log level value is increased you will record +As the log level value is increased you will record a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than 3. Nearly all bugs can be tracked at a setting of 10, but be prepared for a VERY large volume of log data. -

    Internal errors

    +

    Internal errors

    If you get a INTERNAL ERROR message in your log files it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a segmentation fault and almost certainly means a bug in Samba (unless @@ -15893,13 +15214,13 @@ include it in your bug report.

    You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if possible. Please make this reasonably detailed. -

    +

    You may also find that a core file appeared in a corefiles subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To use it you do this: -

    -	$ gdb smbd core
    +

    +$ gdb smbd core
     

    adding appropriate paths to smbd and core so gdb can find them. If you don't have gdb then try dbx. Then within the debugger @@ -15913,7 +15234,7 @@ disassemble the routine that called it) and try to work out exactly where the problem is by looking at the surrounding code. Even if you don't know assembly, including this info in the bug report can be useful. -

    Attaching to a running process

    +

    Attaching to a running process

    Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels) refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd does often). To debug with this sort of system you could try to attach @@ -15923,20 +15244,19 @@ to the running process using Then use c to continue and try to cause the core dump using the client. The debugger should catch the fault and tell you where it occurred. -

    Patches

    +

    Patches

    The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us patches please use diff -u format if your version of diff supports it, otherwise use diff -c4. Make sure you do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know exactly what version you used. -

    Appendixes

    Appendixes

    Chapter 36. How to compile Samba

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Andrew Tridgell

    Samba Team

    22 May 2001

    18 March 2003

    You can obtain the samba source from the samba website. To obtain a development version, you can download samba from CVS or using rsync. -

    Access Samba source code via CVS

    Introduction

    +

    Access Samba source code via CVS

    Introduction

    Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS (Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as "commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can @@ -15945,12 +15265,12 @@ detailed in this chapter.

    This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html -

    CVS Access to samba.org

    +

    CVS Access to samba.org

    The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS repository for access to the source code of several packages, including samba, rsync, distcc, ccache and jitterbug. There are two main ways of accessing the CVS server on this host. -

    Access via CVSweb

    +

    Access via CVSweb

    You can access the source code via your favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of individual files in the repository and also to look at the revision @@ -15958,7 +15278,7 @@ history and commit logs of individual files. You can also ask for a diff listing between any two versions on the repository.

    Use the URL : http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb -

    Access via cvs

    +

    Access via cvs

    You can also access the source code via a normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over what you can do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees @@ -16008,7 +15328,7 @@ on this system just substitute the correct package name the following command from within the samba directory:

    cvs update -d -P -

    Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp

    +

    Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp

    pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS tree at ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked and also via anonymous rsync at rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp. @@ -16017,7 +15337,7 @@ on this system just substitute the correct package name The disadvantage of the unpacked trees is that they do not support automatic merging of local changes like CVS does. rsync access is most convenient for an initial install. -

    Verifying Samba's PGP signature

    +

    Verifying Samba's PGP signature

    In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP signature for any source file before installing it. Even if you're not downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP signatures should be a @@ -16025,39 +15345,43 @@ standard reflex.

    With that said, go ahead and download the following files:

    -$  wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
    -$  wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc
    +$ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
    +$ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc
     

    + The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with:

    -	$ gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc
    +$ gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc
     

    And verify the Samba source code integrity with:

    -	$ gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz
    -	$ gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
    +$ gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz
    +$ gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
     

    If you receive a message like, "Good signature from Samba Distribution Verification Key..." then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An example of what you would not want to see would be: -

    +

    + gpg: BAD signature from "Samba Distribution Verification Key" -

    Building the Binaries

    To do this, first run the program ./configure + +

    Building the Binaries

    + To do this, first run the program ./configure in the source directory. This should automatically configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual - needs then you may wish to run

    root# ./configure --help -

    first to see what special options you can enable. - Then executing

    root# make

    will create the binaries. Once it's successfully - compiled you can use

    root# make install

    to install the binaries and manual pages. You can - separately install the binaries and/or man pages using

    root# make installbin -

    and

    root# make installman -

    Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version + needs then you may wish to run

    root# ./configure --help
    +

    first to see what special options you can enable. + Then executing

    root# make

    will create the binaries. Once it's successfully + compiled you can use

    root# make install

    to install the binaries and manual pages. You can + separately install the binaries and/or man pages using

    root# make installbin
    +

    and

    root# make installman
    +	

    Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of the binaries will be renamed with a ".old" extension. You - can go back to the previous version with

    root# make revert -

    if you find this version a disaster!

    Compiling samba with Active Directory support

    In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed + can go back to the previous version with

    root# make revert
    +

    if you find this version a disaster!

    Compiling samba with Active Directory support

    In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed on your system:

    • the MIT kerberos development libraries (either install from the sources or use a package). The Heimdal libraries will not work.

    • the OpenLDAP development libraries.

    If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then @@ -16069,16 +15393,17 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be: #define HAVE_LDAP 1

    If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or your ldap libraries. Look in config.log to figure - out why and fix it.

    Installing the required packages for Debian

    On Debian you need to install the following packages:

    -
    libkrb5-dev
    krb5-user
    -

    Installing the required packages for RedHat

    On RedHat this means you should have at least:

    -
    krb5-workstation (for kinit)
    krb5-libs (for linking with)
    krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)
    -

    in addition to the standard development environment.

    Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need - to get them off CD2.

    Starting the smbd and nmbd

    You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either + out why and fix it.

    Installing the required packages for Debian

    On Debian you need to install the following packages:

    +

    • libkrb5-dev

    • krb5-user

    +

    Installing the required packages for RedHat

    On RedHat this means you should have at least:

    +

    • krb5-workstation (for kinit)

    • krb5-libs (for linking with)

    • krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)

    +

    in addition to the standard development environment.

    Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need + to get them off CD2.

    Starting the smbd and nmbd

    You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either as daemons or from inetd. Don't try to do both! Either you can put them in inetd.conf and have them started on demand - by inetd, or you can start them as + by inetd or xinetd, + or you can start them as daemons either from the command line or in /etc/rc.local. See the man pages for details on the command line options. Take particular care to read @@ -16086,7 +15411,7 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be: Samba. In many cases you must be root.

    The main advantage of starting smbd and nmbd using the recommended daemon method is that they will respond slightly more quickly to an initial connection - request.

    Starting from inetd.conf

    Note

    The following will be different if + request.

    Starting from inetd.conf

    Note

    The following will be different if you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.

    Look at your /etc/services. What is defined at port 139/tcp. If nothing is defined then add a line like this:

    netbios-ssn     139/tcp

    similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:

    netbios-ns	137/udp

    Next edit your /etc/inetd.conf @@ -16095,12 +15420,13 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be: netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd

    The exact syntax of /etc/inetd.conf varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf - for a guide.

    Note

    Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns + for a guide.

    Some distributions use xinetd instead of inetd. Consult the + xinetd manual for configuration information.

    Note

    Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns (note the underscore) in /etc/services. You must either edit /etc/services or /etc/inetd.conf to make them consistent. -

    Note

    On many systems you may need to use the - interfaces option in smb.conf to specify the IP +

    Note

    On many systems you may need to use the + interfaces option in smb.conf to specify the IP address and netmask of your interfaces. Run ifconfig as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your @@ -16111,8 +15437,9 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be: This means you shouldn't use spaces between the options and arguments, or you should use a script, and start the script from inetd.

    Restart inetd, perhaps just send - it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of nmbd then - you may need to kill nmbd as well.

    Alternative: starting it as a daemon

    To start the server as a daemon you should create + it a HUP.

    +			root# killall -HUP inetd
    +		

    Alternative: starting it as a daemon

    To start the server as a daemon you should create a script something like this one, perhaps calling it startsmb.

     		#!/bin/sh
    @@ -16124,17 +15451,9 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
     		

    To kill it send a kill signal to the processes nmbd and smbd.

    Note

    If you use the SVR4 style init system then you may like to look at the examples/svr4-startup - script to make Samba fit into that system.

    Common Errors

    -I'm using gcc 3 and I've compiled Samba-3 from the CVS and the -binaries are very large files (40 Mb and 20 Mb). I've the same result with ---enable-shared ? -” -

    -The dwarf format used by GCC 3 for storing debugging symbols is very inefficient. -Strip the binaries, don't compile with -g or compile with -gstabs. -

    Chapter 37. Portability

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the + script to make Samba fit into that system.

    Chapter 37. Portability

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains -platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.

    HPUX

    +platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.

    HPUX

    HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for hysterical reasons). There are two group files, /etc/group and /etc/logingroup; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but @@ -16154,15 +15473,15 @@ allowed range. On HPUX you must use gcc or the HP ANSI compiler. The free compiler that comes with HP-UX is not ANSI compliant and cannot compile Samba. -

    SCO Unix

    -If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important +

    SCO UNIX

    +If you run an old version of SCO UNIX then you may need to get important TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may encounter corrupt data transfers using samba.

    The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from SCO (ftp.sco.com, directory SLS, files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z). -

    DNIX

    +

    DNIX

    DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX C library for some reason. @@ -16207,8 +15526,8 @@ _seteuid:

    after creating the above files you then assemble them using

    -	$ as seteuid.s
    -	$ as setegid.s
    +$ as seteuid.s
    +$ as setegid.s
     

    that should produce the files seteuid.o and setegid.o @@ -16221,13 +15540,13 @@ LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln You should then remove the line:

     #define NO_EID
    -

    from the DNIX section of includes.h

    RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II

    +

    from the DNIX section of includes.h

    RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II

    By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an entry to /etc/hosts as follows: -

    +

     	127.0.0.1 loopback "hostname"."domainname"
    -
    -

    +

    +

    This causes Samba to loop back onto the loopback interface. The result is that Samba fails to communicate correctly with the world and therefor may fail to correctly negotiate who @@ -16235,10 +15554,10 @@ is the master browse list holder and who is the master browser.

    Corrective Action: Delete the entry after the word loopback in the line starting 127.0.0.1 -

    AIX

    Sequential Read Ahead

    +

    AIX

    Sequential Read Ahead

    Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using vmtune -r 0 improves Samba performance significantly. -

    Solaris

    Locking improvements

    Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl +

    Solaris

    Locking improvements

    Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl when running Samba on Solaris. The built in file locking mechanism was not scalable. Performance would degrade to the point where processes would get into loops of trying to lock a file. It would try a lock, then fail, @@ -16259,11 +15578,10 @@ and rebuild samba. Nsswitch on Solaris 9 refuses to use the winbind nss module. This behavior is fixed by Sun in patch 113476-05 which as of March 2003 is not in any roll-up packages. -

    Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    Jim McDonough

    OS/2

    5 Mar 2001

    This chapter contains client-specific information.

    Macintosh clients?

    + Yes. Thursby now has a CIFS Client / Server called DAVE

    They test it against Windows 95, Windows NT and samba for compatibility issues. At the time of writing, DAVE was at version @@ -16282,10 +15600,8 @@ What Samba offers MS Windows users, these packages offer to Macs. For more info on these packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html -

    OS2 Client

    How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?

    A more complete answer to this question can be - found on - http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html.

    Basically, you need three components:

    The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')
    TCP/IP ('Internet support')
    The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')

    Installing the first two together with the base operating +

    Newer versions of the Macintosh (Mac OS X) include Samba.

    OS2 Client

    Configuring OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba

    Basically, you need three components:

    • The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')

    • TCP/IP ('Internet support')

    • The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')

    Installing the first two together with the base operating system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp has already been installed, but you now want to install the networking support, use the "Selective Install for Networking" @@ -16300,14 +15616,12 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see to the "Names List", or specify a WINS server ('NetBIOS Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on - the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.

    How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?

    You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client + the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.

    Configuring OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba

    You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client for OS/2 from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/. - See - http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html for - more information on how to install and use this client. In + In a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:

     		20=setup.exe
    @@ -16318,14 +15632,12 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
     		or NS2000 driver from 
     		
      		ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/ instead.
    -		

    How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?

    First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is +

    Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?

    First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is world-readable. Copy your OS/2 driver files there. Note that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need to use the original install files, and not copy an installed driver from an OS/2 system.

    Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then, - add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = - filename. Then, in the file + add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = filename. Then, in the file specified by filename, map the name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as follows:

    nt driver name = os2 driver name.device name, e.g.:

    @@ -16335,7 +15647,7 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see you the driver is not available. On the second attempt, it will work. This is fixed simply by adding the device name to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt. -

    Windows for Workgroups

    Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft

    Use the latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft if you use Windows +

    Windows for Workgroups

    Latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft

    Use the latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft if you use Windows for Workgroups.

    The early TCP/IP stacks had lots of bugs.

    Microsoft has released an incremental upgrade to their TCP/IP 32-Bit @@ -16350,7 +15662,7 @@ fixed. New files include WINSOCK.DLL, TRACERT.EXE, NETSTAT.EXE, and NBTSTAT.EXE. -

    Delete .pwl files after password change

    +

    Delete .pwl files after password change

    WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to delete the .pwl files in the windows directory. The PC will complain about not finding the files, but will soon get over it, allowing you to enter the new password. @@ -16359,20 +15671,20 @@ If you don't do this you may find that WfWg remembers and uses the old password, even if you told it a new one.

    Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box. -

    Configure WfW password handling

    +

    Configuring WfW password handling

    There is a program call admincfg.exe on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set. To install it type EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE. Then add an icon for it via the Program Manager New Menu. This program allows you to control how WFW handles passwords. ie disable Password Caching etc -for use with security = user -

    Case handling of passwords

    Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the smb.conf(5) information on password level to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.

    Use TCP/IP as default protocol

    To support print queue reporting you may find +for use with security = user +

    Case handling of passwords

    Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the smb.conf information on password level to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.

    Use TCP/IP as default protocol

    To support print queue reporting you may find that you have to use TCP/IP as the default protocol under WfWg. For some reason if you leave NetBEUI as the default it may break the print queue reporting on some systems. -It is presumably a WfWg bug.

    Speed improvement

    -Note that some people have found that setting DefaultRcvWindow in +It is presumably a WfWg bug.

    Speed improvement

    + Note that some people have found that setting DefaultRcvWindow in the [MSTCP] section of the SYSTEM.INI file under WfWg to 3072 gives a big improvement. I don't know why. @@ -16382,7 +15694,7 @@ performance with a large value (16384 or larger). Other people have reported that anything over 3072 slows things down enormously. One person even reported a speed drop of a factor of 30 when he went from 3072 to 8192. I don't know why. -

    Windows '95/'98

    +

    Windows '95/'98

    When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these updates have been installed. @@ -16396,11 +15708,11 @@ install the OLEUPD.EXE fix. This fix may stop your machine from hanging for an extended period when exiting Outlook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network neighborhood services. -

    Speed improvement

    +

    Speed improvement

    Configure the win95 TCPIP registry settings to give better performance. I use a program called MTUSPEED.exe which I got off the net. There are various other utilities of this type freely available. -

    Windows 2000 Service Pack 2

    +

    Windows 2000 Service Pack 2

    There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which only appears when using a Samba server to host user profiles to Windows 2000 SP2 clients in a Windows domain. This assumes @@ -16409,26 +15721,19 @@ likely occur if it is not.

    In order to serve profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have -nt acl support = no +nt acl support = no added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles. If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will complain about not being able to access the profile (Access Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001, DOMAIN.user.002, etc...). See the -smb.conf(5) man page +smb.conf man page for more details on this option. Also note that the -nt acl support parameter was formally a global parameter in +nt acl support parameter was formally a global parameter in releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.

    The following is a minimal profile share: -

    -	[profile]
    -		path = /export/profile
    -		create mask = 0600
    -		directory mask = 0700
    -		nt acl support = no
    -		read only = no
    -

    +

    Example 38.1. Minimal profile share

    [profile]
    path = /export/profile
    create mask = 0600
    directory mask = 0700
    nt acl support = no
    read only = no

    The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies the security descriptor for the profile which contains the Samba server's SID, and not the domain SID. The client @@ -16436,15 +15741,15 @@ compares the SID for SAMBA\user and realizes it is different that the one assigned to DOMAIN\user. Hence the reason for the access denied message.

    -By disabling the nt acl support parameter, Samba will send +By disabling the nt acl support parameter, Samba will send the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL for the profile. This default ACL includes

    DOMAIN\user "Full Control">

    Note

    This bug does not occur when using winbind to -create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.

    Windows NT 3.1

    If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows -NT 3.1 workstations, read this Microsoft Knowledge Base article. +create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.

    Windows NT 3.1

    If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows +NT 3.1 workstations, read this Microsoft Knowledge Base article. -

    Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning

    Paul Cochrane

    Dundee Limb Fitting Centre

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Comparisons

    +

    Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning

    Paul Cochrane

    Dundee Limb Fitting Centre

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Comparisons

    The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to programs that use the same protocol. The most readily available @@ -16466,14 +15771,14 @@ suspect the biggest factor is not Samba vs some other system but the hardware and drivers used on the various systems. Given similar hardware Samba should certainly be competitive in speed with other systems. -

    Socket options

    +

    Socket options

    There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the performance of a TCP based server like Samba.

    The socket options that Samba uses are settable both on the command line with the -O option, or in the smb.conf file.

    -The socket options section of the smb.conf manual page describes how +The socket options section of the smb.conf manual page describes how to set these and gives recommendations.

    Getting the socket options right can make a big difference to your @@ -16482,11 +15787,11 @@ much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network.

    The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that -adding socket options = TCP_NODELAY doubles the read +adding socket options = TCP_NODELAY doubles the read performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs. -

    Read size

    -The option read size affects the overlap of disk +

    Read size

    +The option read size affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing @@ -16502,10 +15807,10 @@ The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily. -

    Max xmit

    -At startup the client and server negotiate a maximum transmit size, +

    Max xmit

    + At startup the client and server negotiate a maximum transmit size, which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the -maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the max xmit = option +maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the max xmit option in smb.conf. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept. The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba @@ -16516,41 +15821,41 @@ clients may perform better with a smaller transmit unit. Trying values of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems.

    In most cases the default is the best option. -

    Log level

    -If you set the log level (also known as debug level) higher than 2 +

    Log level

    +If you set the log level (also known as debug level) higher than 2 then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very expensive. -

    Read raw

    -The read raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +

    Read raw

    +The read raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file read operation. A server may choose to not support it, -however. and Samba makes support for read raw optional, with it +however. and Samba makes support for read raw optional, with it being enabled by default.

    -In some cases clients don't handle read raw very well and actually +In some cases clients don't handle read raw very well and actually get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional read operations.

    -So you might like to try read raw = no and see what happens on your +So you might like to try read raw = no and see what happens on your network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only testing can really tell. -

    Write raw

    -The write raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +

    Write raw

    +The write raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file write operation. A server may choose to not support it, -however. and Samba makes support for write raw optional, with it +however. and Samba makes support for write raw optional, with it being enabled by default.

    -Some machines may find write raw slower than normal write, in which +Some machines may find write raw slower than normal write, in which case you may wish to change this option. -

    Slow Logins

    +

    Slow Logins

    Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using -the lowest practical password level will improve things. -

    Client tuning

    +the lowest practical password level will improve things. +

    Client tuning

    Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP performance. Check the sections on the various clients in Samba and Other Clients. -

    Samba performance problem due changing kernel

    +

    Samba performance problem due changing kernel

    Hi everyone. I am running Gentoo on my server and samba 2.2.8a. Recently I changed kernel version from linux-2.4.19-gentoo-r10 to linux-2.4.20-wolk4.0s. And now I have performance issue with samba. Ok @@ -16565,7 +15870,7 @@ Grab mii-tool and check the duplex settings on the NIC. My guess is that it is a link layer issue, not an application layer problem. Also run ifconfig and verify that the framing error, collisions, etc... look normal for ethernet. -

    Corrupt tdb Files

    +

    Corrupt tdb Files

    Well today it happened, Our first major problem using samba. Our samba PDC server has been hosting 3 TB of data to our 500+ users [Windows NT/XP] for the last 3 years using samba, no problem. @@ -16583,10 +15888,10 @@ Q2) What I also would like to mention is that the service latency seems a lot lower then before the locks cleanup, any ideas on keeping it top notch?

    A2) Yes! Same answer as for Q1! -

    Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note

    Note

    +

    Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide

    John H. Terpstra

    Samba Team

    Table of Contents

    Note

    Note

    This chapter did not make it into this release. It is planned for the published release of this document. -

    Chapter 41. Further Resources

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    David Lechnyr

    Unofficial HOWTO

    May 1, 2003

    Websites

    • +

    Chapter 41. Further Resources

    Jelmer R. Vernooij

    The Samba Team

    May 1, 2003

    Websites

    Related updates from Microsoft

    • +

    Related updates from Microsoft

    Books

    Index

    +

    Index

    L

    ldap admin dn, Configuring Samba
    ldap delete dn, Configuring Samba
    ldap filter, Configuring Samba
    ldap machine suffix, Configuring Samba
    ldap passwd sync, Configuring Samba, Password synchronisation
    ldap ssl, Configuring Samba, Security and sambaSamAccount
    ldap suffix, Configuring Samba
    ldap trust ids, Configuring Samba
    ldap user suffix, Configuring Samba
    libnss_wins.so, /etc/nsswitch.conf
    Links
    hard, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
    soft, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
    Linuxprinting.org, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
    lm announce, What is Browsing?
    lm interval, What is Browsing?
    LMB (see Local Master Browser)
    LMHOSTS, The LMHOSTS file
    load printers, Parameters Recommended for Use, A little Experiment to warn you, The [global] Section
    local master, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
    Local Master Browser, Use of the Remote Announce parameter
    locking, Discussion
    locking.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
    (see also TDB)
    log files
    monitoring, Assumptions
    log level, Adding Machine to Domain Fails, extd_audit, Debug levels
    logon drive, Windows NT4 Workstation
    logon home, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts, Windows 9x / Me User Profiles, Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles, Windows NT4 Workstation, Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
    logon path, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts, Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup, Windows NT4 Workstation, Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
    logon script, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts
    lpadmin, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org, Setting up Quotas
    lppause command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions
    lpq cache time, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section
    lpq command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
    lpresume command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
    lprm command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
    lpstat, Troubleshooting revisited

    P

    page_log, The page_log File Syntax
    passdb backend, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts, Account Information Databases, Technical Information, The pdbedit Command, Configuring Samba, Configuring, Users can not logon, auth methods does not work, Passdb Backends and Authentication
    password level, Password checking, The tests, Case handling of passwords, Slow Logins
    password server, Server Security (User Level Security), Security Mode and Master Browsers, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, The tests
    patch, Patches
    path, "The network name cannot be found", The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Print Commands, Creating the [print$] Share, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Subdirectory Structure in [print$], Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS, Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files, Permissions on +/var/spool/samba/ get reset after each +reboot, The tests
    PCL, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics, Driver Execution on the Server, Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
    PDF, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF, PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
    pdf, MIME type Conversion Rules
    PDL, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, PostScript and Ghostscript
    PJL, Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs, Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver, Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
    point and print, Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one, cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?, Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode), Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    PostScript, Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics, PostScript and Ghostscript, Prefilters, Driver Execution on the Server, Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs, CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?, CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
    (see also Ghostscript)
    RIP, PostScript and Ghostscript
    PPD, PostScript and Ghostscript, PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification, PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers, PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX, PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows, CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?, Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
    CUPS (see CUPS-PPD)
    preferred master, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing, Forcing Samba to be the master, Making Samba the domain master, The tests
    preserve case, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup
    print command, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems, Setting up your own Print Commands, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions, Manual Configuration
    print ok , Parameters Recommended for Use
    printable, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section
    printcap, Parameters Recommended for Use, Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems, Basic Configuration of CUPS support, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions
    printcap name, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section
    printer, Parameters Recommended for Use
    printer admin, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI, IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers, Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin", Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW, More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS, What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XP
    printer name, Parameters Recommended for Use
    printing, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems, Setting up your own Print Commands, Basic Configuration of CUPS support, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions, Manual Configuration
    printing.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
    (see also TDB)
    PrintPro (see ESP Print Pro)
    public, The [printers] Section

    R

    read list, User and Group Based Controls
    read only, Miscellaneous Controls, The [printers] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section
    read raw, Read raw
    read size, Read size
    remote announce, NetBIOS over TCP/IP, How Browsing Functions, Use of the Remote Announce parameter, Browsing support in Samba
    remote browse sync, NetBIOS over TCP/IP, How Browsing Functions, Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter
    root preexec, Logon Scripts
    rpcclient
    adddriver, Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output, Understanding cupsaddsmb, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient), Understanding the rpcclient man page, What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    enumdrivers, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient), Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    enumports, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)
    enumprinters, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient), What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps, Troubleshooting revisited
    getdriver, Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    getprinter, Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps, Troubleshooting revisited
    setdriver, Caveats to be considered, Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output, Understanding cupsaddsmb, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient), What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
    rsync, Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp

    S

    secrets.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
    (see also TDB)
    security, Samba Security Modes, Domain Security Mode (User Level Security), Server Security (User Level Security), What makes Samba a SERVER?, What makes Samba a Domain Controller?, What makes Samba a Domain Member?, Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server, Preparing for Domain Control, Security Mode and Master Browsers, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, Why is this better than security = server?, Setup your smb.conf, Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode), "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in + neverending loop, Passdb Backends and Authentication, The tests, Configuring WfW password handling
    security mask, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters
    Server Manager, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts, Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
    sessionid.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
    (see also TDB)
    share_info.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
    (see also TDB)
    short preserve case, Miscellaneous Controls, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup
    Short-Cuts, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
    show add printer wizard, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
    SID, Features and Benefits
    Single Sign On, Caveats to be considered
    smbclient, Testing with smbclient, The tests
    socket options, Socket options
    spooling
    central, Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
    peer-to-peer, Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
    spooling-only, CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
    strict locking, Discussion
    -- cgit